ZyWALL 5 - 4.04

ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series
Internet Security Appliance
User’s Guide
Version 4.04
03/2008
Edition 1
DEFAULT LOGIN
IP Address http://192.168.1.1
Password 1234
www.zyxel.com
About This User's Guide
About This User's Guide

Intended Audience
This manual is intended for people who want to configure the ZyWALL using the web
configurator or System Management Terminal (SMT). You should have at least a basic
knowledge of TCP/IP networking concepts and topology.
Related Documentation
• Quick Start Guide
The Quick Start Guide is designed to help you get up and running right away. It contains
information on setting up your network and configuring for Internet access.
• Web Configurator Online Help
Embedded web help for descriptions of individual screens and supplementary
information.
• CLI Reference Guide
The CLI Reference Guide explains how to use the Command-Line Interface (CLI) to
configure the ZyWALL.
• Supporting Disk
Refer to the included CD for support documents.
• ZyXEL Web Site
Please refer to www.zyxel.com for additional support documentation and product
certifications.
User Guide Feedback

Help us help you. Send all User Guide-related comments, questions or suggestions for
improvement to the following address, or use e-mail instead. Thank you!
The Technical Writing Team,
ZyXEL Communications Corp.,
6 Innovation Road II,
Science-Based Industrial Park,
Hsinchu, 300, Taiwan.
E-mail: [email protected]
ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide 3

Document Conventions
Warnings and Notes
These are how warnings and notes are shown in this User’s Guide.
1 Warnings tell you about things that could harm you or your device.
" Notes tell you other important information (for example, other things you may
need to configure or helpful tips) or recommendations.
Syntax Conventions
• The ZyWALL 5/35/70 series may be referred to as the “ZyWALL”, the “device” or the
“system” in this User’s Guide.
• Product labels, screen names, field labels and field choices are all in bold font.
• A key stroke is denoted by square brackets and uppercase text, for example, [ENTER]
means the “enter” or “return” key on your keyboard.
• “Enter” means for you to type one or more characters and then press the [ENTER] key.
“Select” or “choose” means for you to use one of the predefined choices.
• A right angle bracket ( > ) within a screen name denotes a mouse click. For example,
Maintenance > Log > Log Setting means you first click Maintenance in the navigation
panel, then the Log sub menu and finally the Log Setting tab to get to that screen.
• Units of measurement may denote the “metric” value or the “scientific” value. For
example, “k” for kilo may denote “1000” or “1024”, “M” for mega may denote “1000000”
or “1048576” and so on.
• “e.g.,” is a shorthand for “for instance”, and “i.e.,” means “that is” or “in other words”.
4 ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide

Icons Used in Figures

Figures in this User’s Guide may use the following generic icons. The ZyWALL icon is not an
exact representation of your device.
ZyWALL Computer Notebook computer
Server Firewall Telephone
Switch Router

Safety Warnings
Safety Warnings
1 For your safety, be sure to read and follow all warning notices and instructions.
• Do NOT use this product near water, for example, in a wet basement or near a swimming
pool.
• Do NOT expose your device to dampness, dust or corrosive liquids.
• Do NOT store things on the device.
• Do NOT install, use, or service this device during a thunderstorm. There is a remote risk
of electric shock from lightning.
• Connect ONLY suitable accessories to the device.
• Do NOT open the device or unit. Opening or removing covers can expose you to
dangerous high voltage points or other risks. ONLY qualified service personnel should
service or disassemble this device. Please contact your vendor for further information.
• Make sure to connect the cables to the correct ports.
• Place connecting cables carefully so that no one will step on them or stumble over them.
• Always disconnect all cables from this device before servicing or disassembling.
• Use ONLY an appropriate power adaptor or cord for your device.
• Connect the power adaptor or cord to the right supply voltage (for example, 110V AC in
North America or 230V AC in Europe).
• Do NOT remove the plug and connect it to a power outlet by itself; always attach the plug
to the power adaptor first before connecting it to a power outlet.
• Do NOT allow anything to rest on the power adaptor or cord and do NOT place the
product where anyone can walk on the power adaptor or cord.
• Do NOT use the device if the power adaptor or cord is damaged as it might cause
electrocution.
• If the power adaptor or cord is damaged, remove it from the power outlet.
• Do NOT attempt to repair the power adaptor or cord. Contact your local vendor to order a
new one.
• Do not use the device outside, and make sure all the connections are indoors. There is a
remote risk of electric shock from lightning.
• CAUTION: RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY (on the motherboard) IS REPLACED
BY AN INCORRECT TYPE. DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO
THE INSTRUCTIONS. Dispose them at the applicable collection point for the recycling
of electrical and electronic equipment. For detailed information about recycling of this
product, please contact your local city office, your household waste disposal service or the
store where you purchased the product.
• Do NOT obstruct the device ventilation slots, as insufficient airflow may harm your
device.
• Fuse Warning! Replace a fuse only with a fuse of the same type and rating.

Safety Warnings
This product is recyclable. Dispose of it properly.

Safety Warnings

Contents Overview
Contents Overview
Introduction ............................................................................................................................ 49
Getting to Know Your ZyWALL .................................................................................................. 51

Hardware Installation ................................................................................................................. 55
Introducing the Web Configurator .............................................................................................. 61
Wizard Setup ............................................................................................................................. 87
Tutorials ................................................................................................................................... 109
Registration Screens ............................................................................................................... 141
Network ................................................................................................................................. 147
LAN Screens ........................................................................................................................... 149

Bridge Screens ........................................................................................................................ 161
WAN Screens .......................................................................................................................... 169
DMZ Screens ........................................................................................................................... 207
WLAN Screens ........................................................................................................................ 219
Wireless Screens ..................................................................................................................... 229
Security ................................................................................................................................. 249
Firewall Screens ...................................................................................................................... 251

Intrusion Detection and Prevention (IDP) Screens ................................................................. 277
Anti-Virus Screens ................................................................................................................... 299
Anti-Spam Screens .................................................................................................................. 313
Content Filtering Screens ........................................................................................................ 327
Content Filtering Reports ......................................................................................................... 349
IPSec VPN ............................................................................................................................... 357
Certificates ............................................................................................................................... 399
Authentication Server Screens ................................................................................................ 427
Advanced .............................................................................................................................. 433
Network Address Translation (NAT) ........................................................................................ 435

Static Route Screens ............................................................................................................... 451
Policy Route Screens .............................................................................................................. 457
Bandwidth Management Screens ............................................................................................ 465
DNS Screens ........................................................................................................................... 479
Remote Management Screens ................................................................................................ 491
UPnP Screens ......................................................................................................................... 519
Custom Application Screen ..................................................................................................... 529
ALG Screen ............................................................................................................................. 531

Contents Overview
Reports, Logs and Maintenance ......................................................................................... 537
Reports Screens ...................................................................................................................... 539

Logs Screens .......................................................................................................................... 555
Maintenance Screens .............................................................................................................. 585
SMT ....................................................................................................................................... 603
Introducing the SMT ................................................................................................................ 605

SMT Menu 1 - General Setup .................................................................................................. 613
WAN and Dial Backup Setup ................................................................................................... 619
LAN Setup ............................................................................................................................... 633
Internet Access ........................................................................................................................ 639
DMZ Setup .............................................................................................................................. 645
Route Setup ............................................................................................................................. 649
Wireless Setup ........................................................................................................................ 653
Remote Node Setup ................................................................................................................ 659
IP Static Route Setup .............................................................................................................. 669
Network Address Translation (NAT) ........................................................................................ 673
Introducing the ZyWALL Firewall ............................................................................................. 693
Filter Configuration .................................................................................................................. 695
SNMP Configuration .................................................................................................................711
System Information & Diagnosis ............................................................................................. 713
Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance ........................................................................ 725
System Maintenance Menus 8 to 10 ....................................................................................... 739
Remote Management .............................................................................................................. 745
IP Policy Routing ..................................................................................................................... 749
Call Scheduling ........................................................................................................................ 757
Troubleshooting and Product Specifications ................................................................... 761
Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 763

Product Specifications ............................................................................................................. 769
Appendices and Index ......................................................................................................... 779

Table of Contents
Table of Contents
About This User's Guide .......................................................................................................... 3
Document Conventions............................................................................................................ 4
Safety Warnings........................................................................................................................ 6
Contents Overview ................................................................................................................... 9
Table of Contents.................................................................................................................... 11
List of Figures ......................................................................................................................... 29
List of Tables........................................................................................................................... 41
Part I: Introduction................................................................................. 49
Chapter 1
Getting to Know Your ZyWALL.............................................................................................. 51
1.1 ZyWALL Internet Security Appliance Overview ................................................................... 51

1.2 ZyWALL Features ................................................................................................................ 51
1.3 Applications for the ZyWALL ............................................................................................... 52
1.3.1 Secure Broadband Internet Access via Cable or DSL Modem .................................. 52
1.3.2 VPN Application ......................................................................................................... 53
1.3.3 3G WAN Application (ZyWALL 5 Only) ...................................................................... 53
1.4 Ways to Manage the ZyWALL ............................................................................................. 54
1.5 Good Habits for Managing the ZyWALL .............................................................................. 54
Chapter 2
Hardware Installation.............................................................................................................. 55
2.1 General Installation Instructions .......................................................................................... 55

2.2 Desktop Installation ............................................................................................................ 55
2.3 Rack-mounted Installation Requirements ............................................................................ 56
2.4 Rack-Mounted Installation ................................................................................................... 57
2.5 3G Card, WLAN Card and ZyWALL Turbo Card Installation ............................................... 58
2.6 Front Panel Lights ............................................................................................................... 59
Chapter 3
Introducing the Web Configurator ........................................................................................ 61
3.1 Web Configurator Overview ................................................................................................. 61

Table of Contents
3.2 Accessing the ZyWALL Web Configurator .......................................................................... 61

3.3 Resetting the ZyWALL ......................................................................................................... 63
3.3.1 Procedure To Use The Reset Button ......................................................................... 63
3.3.2 Uploading a Configuration File Via Console Port ....................................................... 63
3.4 Navigating the ZyWALL Web Configurator .......................................................................... 64
3.4.1 Title Bar ...................................................................................................................... 64
3.4.2 Main Window .............................................................................................................. 65
3.4.3 HOME Screen: Router Mode ................................................................................... 65
3.4.4 HOME Screen: Bridge Mode .................................................................................... 71
3.4.5 Navigation Panel ........................................................................................................ 74
3.4.6 Port Statistics ............................................................................................................ 80
3.4.7 Show Statistics: Line Chart ........................................................................................ 81
3.4.8 DHCP Table ........................................................................................................... 82
3.4.9 VPN Status ................................................................................................................. 83
3.4.10 Bandwidth Monitor .................................................................................................. 84
Chapter 4
Wizard Setup ........................................................................................................................... 87
4.1 Wizard Setup Overview ...................................................................................................... 87

4.2 Internet Access ................................................................................................................... 88
4.2.1 ISP Parameters .......................................................................................................... 88
4.2.2 Internet Access Wizard: Second Screen .................................................................... 92
4.2.3 Internet Access Wizard: Registration ......................................................................... 93
4.2.4 Internet Access Wizard: Status .................................................................................. 94
4.2.5 Internet Access Wizard: Service Activation ............................................................... 95
4.3 VPN Wizard Gateway Setting .............................................................................................. 96
4.4 VPN Wizard Network Setting ............................................................................................... 97
4.5 VPN Wizard IKE Tunnel Setting (IKE Phase 1) ................................................................... 99
4.6 VPN Wizard IPSec Setting (IKE Phase 2) ......................................................................... 100
4.7 VPN Wizard Status Summary ............................................................................................ 102
4.8 VPN Wizard Setup Complete ............................................................................................ 104
4.9 Anti-Spam Wizard: Email Server Location Setting ............................................................ 104
4.10 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Recommendations ............................................................. 105
4.11 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Configuration ...................................................................... 106
4.12 Anti-Spam Wizard: Setup Complete ................................................................................ 108
Chapter 5
Tutorials ................................................................................................................................. 109
5.1 Dynamic VPN Rule Configuration ..................................................................................... 109

5.1.1 Configure Bob’s User Account ..................................................................................110
5.1.2 VPN Gateway and Network Policy Configuration .....................................................110
5.1.3 Configure Zero Configuration Mode on ZyWALL B ...................................................116
5.1.4 Testing Your VPN Configuration ................................................................................117

Table of Contents
5.1.5 Using the Dynamic VPN Rule for More VPN Tunnels ...............................................119
5.2 Security Settings for VPN Traffic ........................................................................................119
5.2.1 IDP for From VPN Traffic Example .......................................................................... 120
5.2.2 IDP for To VPN Traffic Example ............................................................................... 121
5.3 Firewall Rule for VPN Example ......................................................................................... 122
5.3.1 Configuring the VPN Rule ........................................................................................ 123
5.3.2 Configuring the Firewall Rules ................................................................................. 127
5.4 How to Set up a 3G WAN Connection ............................................................................... 130
5.4.1 Inserting a 3G Card .................................................................................................. 130
5.4.2 Configuring 3G WAN Settings .................................................................................. 131
5.4.3 Checking WAN Connections .................................................................................... 132
5.5 Configuring Load Balancing .............................................................................................. 132
5.6 Configuring Content Filtering ............................................................................................. 133
5.6.1 Enable Content Filtering ........................................................................................... 133
5.6.2 Block Categories of Web Content ............................................................................ 134
5.6.3 Assign Bob’s Computer a Specific IP Address ......................................................... 136
5.6.4 Create a Content Filter Policy for Bob ...................................................................... 136
5.6.5 Set the Content Filter Schedule ............................................................................... 137
5.6.6 Block Categories of Web Content for Bob ............................................................... 138
Chapter 6
Registration Screens ............................................................................................................ 141
6.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 141

6.1.1 What You Can Do in the Registration Screens ........................................................ 141
6.1.2 What You Need to Know About Registration ............................................................ 141
6.2 The Registration Screen .................................................................................................... 142
6.3 The Service Screen ........................................................................................................... 144
Part II: Network..................................................................................... 147
Chapter 7
LAN Screens.......................................................................................................................... 149
7.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 149

7.1.1 What You Can Do in The LAN Screens ................................................................... 149
7.1.2 What You Need to Know About LAN ........................................................................ 150
7.2 The LAN Screen ................................................................................................................ 152
7.3 The LAN Static DHCP Screen ........................................................................................... 155
7.4 The LAN IP Alias Screen .................................................................................................. 156
7.5 The LAN Port Roles Screen .............................................................................................. 158
Chapter 8
Bridge Screens...................................................................................................................... 161

Table of Contents
8.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 161

8.1.1 What You Can Do in the Bridge Screens ................................................................. 161
8.1.2 What You Need To Know About Bridging ................................................................. 162
8.2 The Bridge Screen ............................................................................................................. 163
8.3 The Bridge Port Roles Screen .......................................................................................... 164
8.4 Bridge Technical Reference ............................................................................................... 166
Chapter 9
WAN Screens......................................................................................................................... 169
9.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 169

9.1.1 What You Can Do in the WAN Screens ................................................................... 170
9.1.2 What You Need to Know About WAN ...................................................................... 170
9.1.3 Before You Begin ..................................................................................................... 172
9.2 The General Screen .......................................................................................................... 172
9.2.1 Configuring the General Screen ............................................................................... 173
9.2.2 Configuring Load Balancing ..................................................................................... 177
9.2.3 Least Load First ....................................................................................................... 177
9.2.4 Weighted Round Robin ............................................................................................ 179
9.2.5 Spillover .................................................................................................................... 180
9.3 The WAN1 and WAN2 Screen .......................................................................................... 182
9.3.1 WAN Ethernet Encapsulation ................................................................................... 183
9.3.2 PPPoE Encapsulation .............................................................................................. 186
9.3.3 PPTP Encapsulation ................................................................................................ 189
9.4 The 3G (WAN2) Screen ..................................................................................................... 192
9.5 The Traffic Redirect Screen ............................................................................................... 197
9.6 Configuring the Traffic Redirect Screen ............................................................................. 198
9.7 The Dial Backup Screen .................................................................................................... 199
9.7.1 The Advanced Modem Setup Screen ...................................................................... 201
9.7.2 Configuring the Advanced Modem Setup Screen .................................................... 202
9.8 WAN Technical Reference ................................................................................................. 204
Chapter 10
DMZ Screens ......................................................................................................................... 207
10.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 207

10.1.1 What You Can Do in the DMZ Screens .................................................................. 207
10.1.2 What You Need To Know About DMZ .................................................................... 208
10.1.3 DMZ Public IP Address Example ........................................................................... 208
10.1.4 DMZ Private and Public IP Address Example ........................................................ 209
10.2 The DMZ Screen ............................................................................................................. 210
10.3 The Static DHCP Screen ................................................................................................ 213
10.4 The IP Alias Screen ........................................................................................................ 214
10.5 The DMZ Port Roles Screen .......................................................................................... 216

Table of Contents
Chapter 11
WLAN Screens ...................................................................................................................... 219
11.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 219

11.1.1 What You Can Do in the WLAN Screens ............................................................... 219
11.1.2 What You Need to Know About WLAN ................................................................... 220
11.2 The WLAN Screen ........................................................................................................... 220
11.3 WLAN Static DHCP ......................................................................................................... 223
11.4 WLAN IP Alias ................................................................................................................ 224
11.5 WLAN Port Roles ............................................................................................................. 226
Chapter 12
Wireless Screens .................................................................................................................. 229
12.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 229

12.1.1 What You Can Do in the Wireless Screens ............................................................ 229
12.1.2 What You Need to Know ........................................................................................ 229
12.2 Wireless Card .................................................................................................................. 232
12.2.1 Static WEP ............................................................................................................. 234
12.2.2 WPA-PSK ............................................................................................................... 235
12.2.3 WPA ....................................................................................................................... 237
12.2.4 IEEE 802.1x + Dynamic WEP ................................................................................ 238
12.2.5 IEEE 802.1x + Static WEP ..................................................................................... 239
12.2.6 IEEE 802.1x + No WEP ......................................................................................... 240
12.2.7 No Access 802.1x + Static WEP ............................................................................ 241
12.2.8 No Access 802.1x + No WEP ................................................................................ 242
12.3 MAC Filter ....................................................................................................................... 243
12.4 Technical Reference ........................................................................................................ 244
Part III: Security.................................................................................... 249
Chapter 13
Firewall Screens.................................................................................................................... 251
13.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 251

13.1.1 What You Can Do Using the Firewall Screens ....................................................... 252
13.1.2 What You Need To Know About the ZyWALL Firewall ........................................... 252
13.1.3 Before You Begin ................................................................................................... 252
13.2 Firewall Rules Example ................................................................................................... 252
13.3 The Firewall Default Rule Screen .................................................................................... 254
13.4 The Firewall Default Rule (Bridge Mode) Screen ............................................................ 256
13.5 The Firewall Rule Summary Screen ............................................................................... 259
13.5.1 The Firewall Edit Rule Screen ............................................................................... 260
13.6 The Anti-Probing Screen ................................................................................................ 263

Table of Contents
13.7 The Firewall Thresholds Screen ..................................................................................... 264

13.8 The Firewall Services Screen ......................................................................................... 266
13.8.1 The Firewall Edit Custom Service Screen ............................................................. 267
13.8.2 My Service Firewall Rule Example ......................................................................... 268
Chapter 14
Intrusion Detection and Prevention (IDP) Screens ........................................................... 277
14.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 277

14.1.1 What You Can Do Using the IDP Screens ............................................................. 277
14.1.2 What You Need To Know About the ZyWALL IDP ................................................. 278
14.1.3 Before You Begin ................................................................................................... 279
14.2 The General Setup Screen .............................................................................................. 279
14.3 The Signatures Screen .................................................................................................... 281
14.3.1 Attack Types ........................................................................................................... 281
14.3.2 Intrusion Severity ................................................................................................... 282
14.3.3 Signature Actions ................................................................................................... 282
14.3.4 Configuring The IDP Signatures Screen ................................................................ 283
14.3.5 The Query View Screen ........................................................................................ 284
14.4 The Anomaly Screen ....................................................................................................... 289
14.5 The Update Screen ........................................................................................................ 291
14.5.1 mySecurityZone ..................................................................................................... 291
14.5.2 Configuring The IDP Update Screen ...................................................................... 292
14.6 The Backup and Restore Screen .................................................................................... 293
Chapter 15
Anti-Virus Screens................................................................................................................ 299
15.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 299

15.1.1 What You Can Do in the Antivirus Screens ............................................................ 299
15.1.2 What You Need to Know About Antivirus ............................................................... 300
15.2 The General Screen ........................................................................................................ 301
15.3 The Signature Screen ..................................................................................................... 303
15.3.1 Signature Search Example .................................................................................... 305
15.4 The Update Screen ........................................................................................................ 306
15.4.1 mySecurityZone ..................................................................................................... 307
15.4.2 Configuring Anti-virus Update ................................................................................ 307
15.5 The Backup and Restore Screen ................................................................................... 309
Chapter 16
Anti-Spam Screens ............................................................................................................... 313
16.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 313

Table of Contents
16.1.1 What You Can Do in the Antispam Screens ........................................................... 313

16.1.2 What You Need to Know About Antispam .............................................................. 314
16.2 The General Screen ........................................................................................................ 315
16.3 The External DB Screen ............................................................................................. 318
16.4 The Lists Screen .............................................................................................................. 320
16.5 Anti-Spam Lists Edit Screen .......................................................................................... 322
Chapter 17
Content Filtering Screens .................................................................................................... 327
17.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 327

17.1.1 What You Can Do in the Content Filtering Screens ............................................... 327
17.1.2 What You Need to Know About Content Filtering .................................................. 327
17.2 General Screen ............................................................................................................... 328
17.3 The Policy Screen ........................................................................................................ 331
17.4 Content Filter Policy: General ......................................................................................... 332
17.5 Content Filter Policy: External Database ........................................................................ 334
17.6 Content Filter Policy: Customization ............................................................................... 341
17.7 Content Filter Policy: Schedule ...................................................................................... 342
17.8 Content Filter Object ....................................................................................................... 343
17.9 Content Filtering Cache .................................................................................................. 346
Chapter 18
Content Filtering Reports..................................................................................................... 349
18.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 349

18.2 Checking Content Filtering Activation .............................................................................. 349
18.3 Viewing Content Filtering Reports ................................................................................... 349
18.4 Web Site Submission ....................................................................................................... 354
Chapter 19
IPSec VPN.............................................................................................................................. 357
19.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 357

19.1.1 What You Can Do in the IPSec VPN Screens ........................................................ 357
19.1.2 What You Need to Know About IPSec VPN ........................................................... 358
19.2 The VPN Rules (IKE) Screen .......................................................................................... 360
19.3 The VPN Rules (IKE) Gateway Policy Edit Screen ......................................................... 361
19.4 The Network Policy Edit Screen .................................................................................... 367
19.5 The Network Policy Edit: Port Forwarding Screen .......................................................... 372
19.6 The Network Policy Move Screen ................................................................................... 374
19.7 The VPN Rules (Manual) Screen .................................................................................... 375
19.8 The VPN Rules (Manual): Edit Screen ............................................................................ 376
19.9 The VPN SA Monitor Screen ........................................................................................... 379
19.10 The VPN Global Setting Screen .................................................................................... 379

Table of Contents
19.11 Telecommuter VPN/IPSec Examples ............................................................................. 382

19.11.1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example ................................................ 383
19.11.2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example ............................................. 383
19.12 VPN and Remote Management ..................................................................................... 385
19.13 Hub-and-spoke VPN ...................................................................................................... 385
19.13.1 Hub-and-spoke VPN Example ............................................................................. 386
19.13.2 Hub-and-spoke Example VPN Rule Addresses ................................................... 387
19.13.3 Hub-and-spoke VPN Requirements and Suggestions ......................................... 387
19.14 IPSec VPN Background Information ............................................................................. 388
Chapter 20
Certificates ............................................................................................................................ 399
20.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 399

20.1.1 What You Can Do in the Certificate Screens ......................................................... 399
20.1.2 What You Need to Know About Certificates ........................................................... 399
20.1.3 Verifying a Certificate ............................................................................................. 400
20.2 The My Certificates Screen ............................................................................................. 401
20.2.1 The My Certificate Details Screen .......................................................................... 403
20.3 The My Certificate Export Screen .................................................................................... 406
20.4 The My Certificate Import Screen .................................................................................... 407
20.4.1 Using the My Certificate Import Screen ................................................................. 407
20.5 The My Certificate Create Screen ................................................................................... 409
20.6 The Trusted CAs Screen ................................................................................................. 413
20.7 The Trusted CA Details Screen ....................................................................................... 415
20.8 The Trusted CA Import Screen ........................................................................................ 418
20.9 The Trusted Remote Hosts Screen ................................................................................. 419
20.10 The Trusted Remote Hosts Import Screen .................................................................... 421
20.11 The Trusted Remote Host Certificate Details Screen .................................................... 422
20.12 The Directory Servers Screen ....................................................................................... 424
20.13 The Directory Server Add or Edit Screen ...................................................................... 425
Chapter 21
Authentication Server Screens............................................................................................ 427
21.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 427

21.1.1 What You Can Do in the Authentication Server Screens ....................................... 427
21.1.2 What You Need To Know About Authentication Server .......................................... 427
21.2 The Local User Database Screen .................................................................................... 428
21.3 The RADIUS Screen ....................................................................................................... 430
Part IV: Advanced ................................................................................ 433

Table of Contents
Chapter 22
Network Address Translation (NAT).................................................................................... 435
22.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 435

22.1.1 What You Can Do Using the NAT Screens ............................................................ 435
22.1.2 What You Need To Know About NAT ..................................................................... 435
22.1.3 Before You Begin ................................................................................................... 436
22.2 The NAT Overview Screen .............................................................................................. 436
22.3 The NAT Address Mapping Screen ................................................................................. 438
22.3.1 NAT Address Mapping Edit ................................................................................... 440
22.4 The Port Forwarding Screen ........................................................................................... 441
22.4.1 Default Server IP Address ...................................................................................... 441
22.4.2 Port Forwarding: Services and Port Numbers ........................................................ 442
22.4.3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding (Example) ....................................... 442
22.4.4 NAT and Multiple WAN ........................................................................................... 442
22.4.5 Port Translation ...................................................................................................... 443
22.4.6 Configuring The Port Forwarding Screen ............................................................... 443
22.5 The Port Triggering Screen ............................................................................................. 445
22.5.1 Configuring Port Triggering .................................................................................... 446
Chapter 23
Static Route Screens ............................................................................................................ 451
23.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 451

23.1.1 What You Can Do in the Static Route Screens ...................................................... 451
23.2 The IP Static Route Screen ............................................................................................. 452
23.2.1 The IP Static Route Edit Screen ............................................................................. 454
Chapter 24
Policy Route Screens ........................................................................................................... 457
24.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 457

24.1.1 What You Can Do in the Policy Route Screens ..................................................... 457
24.1.2 What You Need To Know About Policy Route ........................................................ 457
24.2 The Policy Route Summary Screen ................................................................................ 458
24.2.1 The Policy Route Edit Screen ................................................................................ 460
Chapter 25
Bandwidth Management Screens........................................................................................ 465
25.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 465

25.1.1 What You Can Do in the Bandwidth Management Screens ................................... 465
25.1.2 What You Need to Know About Bandwidth Management ...................................... 465
25.1.3 Application and Subnet-based Bandwidth Management Example ........................ 466
25.1.4 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example ................................................................... 467
25.1.5 Maximize Bandwidth Usage With Bandwidth Borrowing Example ......................... 467

Table of Contents
25.2 The Summary Screen ...................................................................................................... 467

25.2.1 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example .................................................................... 470
25.2.2 Reserving Bandwidth for Non-Bandwidth Class Traffic .......................................... 471
25.3 The Class Setup Screen ................................................................................................. 471
25.4 Bandwidth Manager Class Configuration ...................................................................... 473
25.4.1 Bandwidth Borrowing Example .............................................................................. 476
25.5 Bandwidth Management Statistics ................................................................................. 477
25.6 The Monitor Screen ...................................................................................................... 478
Chapter 26
DNS Screens ......................................................................................................................... 479
26.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 479

26.1.1 What You Can Do in the DNS Screens .................................................................. 479
26.1.2 What You Need To Know About DNS .................................................................... 479
26.2 The System Screen ......................................................................................................... 481
26.2.1 The Add Address Record Screen .......................................................................... 483
26.2.2 The Insert Name Server Record Screen ................................................................ 484
26.3 The DNS Cache Screen .................................................................................................. 485
26.4 The DHCP Screen ........................................................................................................... 487
26.5 The DDNS Screen .......................................................................................................... 488
26.6 Configuring the Dynamic DNS Screen ............................................................................ 489
Chapter 27
Remote Management Screens............................................................................................. 491
27.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 491

27.1.1 What You Can Do in the Remote Management Screens ....................................... 491
27.1.2 What You Need To Know About Remote Management ......................................... 492
27.2 HTTPS Example .............................................................................................................. 493
27.2.1 Internet Explorer Warning Messages ..................................................................... 493
27.2.2 Netscape Navigator Warning Messages ................................................................ 493
27.2.3 Avoiding the Browser Warning Messages .............................................................. 494
27.2.4 Login Screen .......................................................................................................... 495
27.2.5 Enrolling and Importing SSL Client Certificates (Example) .................................... 496
27.2.6 Installing the CA’s Certificate (Example) ................................................................ 497
27.2.7 Installing Your Personal Certificate(s) (Example) ................................................... 498
27.2.8 Using a Certificate When Accessing the ZyWALL (Example) ................................ 501
27.2.9 Secure Telnet Using SSH Examples ...................................................................... 502
27.3 The WWW Screen ......................................................................................................... 504
27.4 Configuring the WWW Screen ......................................................................................... 505
27.5 The SSH Screen ............................................................................................................. 507
27.6 Configuring the SSH Screen ........................................................................................... 507
27.7 The Telnet Screen ........................................................................................................... 508
27.8 The FTP Screen ............................................................................................................ 509

Table of Contents
27.9 The SNMP Screen ......................................................................................................... 510

27.9.1 Configuring the SNMP Screen ............................................................................... 512
27.10 The DNS Screen .......................................................................................................... 513
27.11 The CNM Screen ........................................................................................................... 514
27.12 Configuring the CNM Screen ......................................................................................... 514
27.13 Remote Management Technical Reference .................................................................. 516
Chapter 28
UPnP Screens ....................................................................................................................... 519
28.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 519

28.1.1 What You Can Do in the UPnP Screens ................................................................ 519
28.1.2 What You Need To Know About UPnP ................................................................... 519
28.2 UPnP Examples .............................................................................................................. 520
28.2.1 Installing UPnP in Windows Example .................................................................... 520
28.2.2 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example ................................................................... 522
28.3 The UPnP Screen ............................................................................................................ 526
28.4 The Ports Screen .......................................................................................................... 527
Chapter 29
Custom Application Screen ................................................................................................. 529
29.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 529

29.1.1 What You Can Do in the Custom Application Screen ............................................ 529
29.1.2 What You Need to Know About Custom Application .............................................. 529
29.2 The Custom Application Screen ...................................................................................... 529
Chapter 30
ALG Screen ........................................................................................................................... 531
30.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 531

30.1.1 What You Need to Know About ALG ..................................................................... 531
30.2 The ALG Screen .............................................................................................................. 535
Part V: Reports, Logs and Maintenance ............................................ 537
Chapter 31
Reports Screens ................................................................................................................... 539
31.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 539

31.1.1 What You Can Do in the Reports Screens ............................................................. 539
31.2 The Traffic Statistics Screen ............................................................................................ 539
31.2.1 Viewing Web Site Hits ............................................................................................ 541
31.2.2 Viewing Host IP Address ........................................................................................ 542
31.2.3 Viewing Protocol/Port ............................................................................................. 543

Table of Contents
31.2.4 System Reports Specifications ............................................................................... 545

31.3 The IDP Screen ............................................................................................................. 545
31.4 The Anti-Virus Screen ................................................................................................... 547
31.5 The Anti-Spam Screen ................................................................................................... 549
31.6 The E-mail Report Screen ............................................................................................. 551
Chapter 32
Logs Screens ....................................................................................................................... 555
32.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 555

32.1.1 What You Can Do in the Log Screens .................................................................... 555
32.1.2 What You Need To Know About Logs .................................................................... 555
32.2 The View Log Screen ...................................................................................................... 555
32.2.1 Log Description Example ....................................................................................... 556
32.2.2 About the Certificate Not Trusted Log .................................................................... 557
32.3 The Log Settings Screen ................................................................................................ 558
Chapter 33
Maintenance Screens ........................................................................................................... 585
33.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 585

33.1.1 What You Can Do in the Maintenance Screens ..................................................... 585
33.2 The General Setup Screen .............................................................................................. 585
33.3 The Password Screen .................................................................................................... 586
33.4 The Time and Date Screen .............................................................................................. 587
33.4.1 Time Server Synchronization Example .................................................................. 590
33.5 The Device Mode Screen ................................................................................................ 591
33.6 Configuring the Device Mode Screen (Router) ............................................................... 592
33.7 Configuring the Device Mode Screen (Bridge) ............................................................... 593
33.8 The F/W Upload Screen ................................................................................................. 595
33.9 The Backup and Restore Screen .................................................................................... 597
33.10 The Restart Screen ....................................................................................................... 599
33.11 The Diagnostics Screen ................................................................................................. 599
Part VI: SMT.......................................................................................... 603
Chapter 34
Introducing the SMT ............................................................................................................. 605
34.1 Introduction to the SMT ................................................................................................... 605

34.2 Accessing the SMT via the Console Port ........................................................................ 605
34.2.1 Initial Screen .......................................................................................................... 605
34.2.2 Entering the Password ........................................................................................... 606

Table of Contents
34.3 Navigating the SMT Interface .......................................................................................... 606

34.3.1 Main Menu ............................................................................................................. 607
34.3.2 SMT Menus Overview ............................................................................................ 609
34.4 Changing the System Password ..................................................................................... 610
34.5 Resetting the ZyWALL ......................................................................................................611
Chapter 35
SMT Menu 1 - General Setup ............................................................................................... 613
35.1 Introduction to General Setup .......................................................................................... 613

35.2 Configuring General Setup .............................................................................................. 613
35.2.1 Configuring Dynamic DNS ..................................................................................... 615
Chapter 36
WAN and Dial Backup Setup................................................................................................ 619
36.1 Introduction to WAN and Dial Backup Setup ................................................................... 619

36.2 WAN Setup ...................................................................................................................... 619
36.3 Dial Backup ..................................................................................................................... 620
36.3.1 Configuring Dial Backup in Menu 2 ........................................................................ 620
36.3.2 Advanced WAN Setup ........................................................................................... 621
36.3.3 Remote Node Profile (Backup ISP) ........................................................................ 623
36.3.4 Editing TCP/IP Options .......................................................................................... 625
36.3.5 Editing Login Script ................................................................................................ 626
36.3.6 Remote Node Filter ................................................................................................ 628
36.3.7 3G Modem Setup ................................................................................................... 629
36.3.8 Remote Node Profile (3G WAN) ............................................................................ 630
Chapter 37
LAN Setup.............................................................................................................................. 633
37.1 Introduction to LAN Setup ............................................................................................... 633

37.2 Accessing the LAN Menus .............................................................................................. 633
37.3 LAN Port Filter Setup ....................................................................................................... 633
37.4 TCP/IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup Menu ........................................................................ 634
37.4.1 IP Alias Setup ......................................................................................................... 636
Chapter 38
Internet Access ..................................................................................................................... 639
38.1 Introduction to Internet Access Setup .............................................................................. 639

38.2 Ethernet Encapsulation ................................................................................................... 639
38.3 Configuring the PPTP Client ............................................................................................ 641
38.4 Configuring the PPPoE Client ......................................................................................... 642
38.5 Basic Setup Complete ..................................................................................................... 643
Chapter 39
DMZ Setup ............................................................................................................................. 645

Table of Contents
39.1 Configuring DMZ Setup ................................................................................................... 645

39.2 DMZ Port Filter Setup ...................................................................................................... 645
39.3 TCP/IP Setup ................................................................................................................... 646
39.3.1 IP Address .............................................................................................................. 646
39.3.2 IP Alias Setup ......................................................................................................... 647
Chapter 40
Route Setup........................................................................................................................... 649
40.1 Configuring Route Setup ................................................................................................. 649

40.2 Route Assessment .......................................................................................................... 649
40.3 Traffic Redirect ................................................................................................................ 650
40.4 Route Failover ................................................................................................................. 651
Chapter 41
Wireless Setup ...................................................................................................................... 653
41.1 Wireless LAN Setup ........................................................................................................ 653

41.1.1 MAC Address Filter Setup ...................................................................................... 655
41.2 TCP/IP Setup ................................................................................................................... 656
41.2.1 IP Address .............................................................................................................. 656
41.2.2 IP Alias Setup ......................................................................................................... 657
Chapter 42
Remote Node Setup.............................................................................................................. 659
42.1 Introduction to Remote Node Setup ................................................................................ 659

42.2 Remote Node Setup ........................................................................................................ 659
42.3 Remote Node Profile Setup ............................................................................................. 660
42.3.1 Ethernet Encapsulation .......................................................................................... 660
42.3.2 PPPoE Encapsulation ............................................................................................ 661
42.3.3 PPTP Encapsulation .............................................................................................. 663
42.4 Edit IP .............................................................................................................................. 664
42.5 Remote Node Filter ......................................................................................................... 666
Chapter 43
IP Static Route Setup............................................................................................................ 669
43.1 IP Static Route Setup ...................................................................................................... 669
Chapter 44
Network Address Translation (NAT).................................................................................... 673
44.1 Using NAT ........................................................................................................................ 673

44.1.1 SUA (Single User Account) Versus NAT ................................................................ 673
44.1.2 Applying NAT ......................................................................................................... 673
44.2 NAT Setup ....................................................................................................................... 675
44.2.1 Address Mapping Sets ........................................................................................... 676

Table of Contents
44.3 Configuring a Server behind NAT .................................................................................... 681

44.4 General NAT Examples ................................................................................................... 683
44.4.1 Internet Access Only .............................................................................................. 683
44.4.2 Example 2: Internet Access with a Default Server ................................................. 685
44.4.3 Example 3: Multiple Public IP Addresses With Inside Servers .............................. 685
44.4.4 Example 4: NAT Unfriendly Application Programs ................................................. 689
44.5 Trigger Port Forwarding ................................................................................................... 690
44.5.1 Two Points To Remember About Trigger Ports ...................................................... 690
Chapter 45
Introducing the ZyWALL Firewall ........................................................................................ 693
45.1 Using ZyWALL SMT Menus ............................................................................................ 693

45.1.1 Activating the Firewall ............................................................................................ 693
Chapter 46
Filter Configuration............................................................................................................... 695
46.1 Introduction to Filters ....................................................................................................... 695

46.1.1 The Filter Structure of the ZyWALL ........................................................................ 696
46.2 Configuring a Filter Set .................................................................................................... 698
46.2.1 Configuring a Filter Rule ........................................................................................ 699
46.2.2 Configuring a TCP/IP Filter Rule ............................................................................ 700
46.2.3 Configuring a Generic Filter Rule ........................................................................... 702
46.3 Example Filter .................................................................................................................. 704
46.4 Filter Types and NAT ....................................................................................................... 706
46.5 Firewall Versus Filters ..................................................................................................... 706
46.5.1 Packet Filtering: ..................................................................................................... 706
46.5.2 Firewall ................................................................................................................... 707
46.6 Applying a Filter .............................................................................................................. 707
46.6.1 Applying LAN Filters ............................................................................................... 708
46.6.2 Applying DMZ Filters .............................................................................................. 708
46.6.3 Applying Remote Node Filters ............................................................................... 709
Chapter 47
SNMP Configuration ............................................................................................................. 711
47.1 SNMP Configuration .........................................................................................................711

47.2 SNMP Traps .................................................................................................................... 712
Chapter 48
System Information & Diagnosis......................................................................................... 713
48.1 Introduction to System Status .......................................................................................... 713

48.2 System Status .................................................................................................................. 713
48.3 System Information and Console Port Speed .................................................................. 715
48.3.1 System Information ................................................................................................ 715

Table of Contents
48.3.2 Console Port Speed ............................................................................................... 716

48.4 Log and Trace .................................................................................................................. 717
48.4.1 Viewing Error Log ................................................................................................... 717
48.4.2 Syslog Logging ....................................................................................................... 718
48.4.3 Call-Triggering Packet ............................................................................................ 721
48.5 Diagnostic ........................................................................................................................ 722
48.5.1 WAN DHCP ............................................................................................................ 723
Chapter 49
Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance .................................................................. 725
49.1 Introduction ...................................................................................................................... 725

49.2 Filename Conventions ..................................................................................................... 725
49.3 Backup Configuration ...................................................................................................... 726
49.3.1 Backup Configuration ............................................................................................. 726
49.3.2 Using the FTP Command from the Command Line ............................................... 727
49.3.3 Example of FTP Commands from the Command Line .......................................... 727
49.3.4 GUI-based FTP Clients .......................................................................................... 728
49.3.5 File Maintenance Over WAN .................................................................................. 728
49.3.6 Backup Configuration Using TFTP ......................................................................... 728
49.3.7 TFTP Command Example ...................................................................................... 729
49.3.8 GUI-based TFTP Clients ........................................................................................ 729
49.3.9 Backup Via Console Port ....................................................................................... 729
49.4 Restore Configuration ...................................................................................................... 730
49.4.1 Restore Using FTP ................................................................................................. 731
49.4.2 Restore Using FTP Session Example .................................................................... 732
49.4.3 Restore Via Console Port ....................................................................................... 732
49.5 Uploading Firmware and Configuration Files .................................................................. 733
49.5.1 Firmware File Upload ............................................................................................. 733
49.5.2 Configuration File Upload ....................................................................................... 734
49.5.3 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example ................................. 735
49.5.4 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload .................................................... 735
49.5.5 TFTP File Upload ................................................................................................... 735
49.5.6 TFTP Upload Command Example ......................................................................... 736
49.5.7 Uploading Via Console Port ................................................................................... 736
49.5.8 Uploading Firmware File Via Console Port ............................................................ 736
49.5.9 Example Xmodem Firmware Upload Using HyperTerminal ................................... 737
49.5.10 Uploading Configuration File Via Console Port .................................................... 737
49.5.11 Example Xmodem Configuration Upload Using HyperTerminal ........................... 738
Chapter 50
System Maintenance Menus 8 to 10.................................................................................... 739
50.1 Command Interpreter Mode ............................................................................................ 739

50.2 Call Control Support ........................................................................................................ 740

Table of Contents
50.2.1 Budget Management .............................................................................................. 740

50.2.2 Call History ............................................................................................................. 741
50.3 Time and Date Setting ..................................................................................................... 742
Chapter 51
Remote Management............................................................................................................ 745
51.1 Remote Management ...................................................................................................... 745

51.1.1 Remote Management Limitations .......................................................................... 747
Chapter 52
IP Policy Routing .................................................................................................................. 749
52.1 IP Routing Policy Summary ............................................................................................. 749

52.2 IP Routing Policy Setup ................................................................................................... 750
52.2.1 Applying Policy to Packets ..................................................................................... 752
52.3 IP Policy Routing Example .............................................................................................. 753
Chapter 53
Call Scheduling ..................................................................................................................... 757
53.1 Introduction to Call Scheduling ........................................................................................ 757
Part VII: Troubleshooting and Product Specifications ..................... 761
Chapter 54
Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................... 763
54.1 Power, Hardware Connections, and LEDs ...................................................................... 763

54.2 ZyWALL Access and Login .............................................................................................. 764
54.3 Internet Access ................................................................................................................ 766
54.4 Wireless Router/AP Troubleshooting ............................................................................... 767
54.5 UPnP ............................................................................................................................... 768
Chapter 55
Product Specifications ......................................................................................................... 769
55.1 Compatible 3G Cards ...................................................................................................... 773

55.2 Power Adaptor Specifications .......................................................................................... 775
Part VIII: Appendices and Index ......................................................... 779
Appendix A Removing and Installing a Fuse ....................................................................... 781
Appendix B Common Services............................................................................................. 783

Table of Contents
Appendix C Wireless LANs .................................................................................................. 787
Appendix D Windows 98 SE/Me Requirements for Anti-Virus Message Display ................. 801
Appendix E Legal Information .............................................................................................. 805
Appendix F Customer Support ............................................................................................. 809
Index....................................................................................................................................... 815

List of Figures
List of Figures
Figure 1 Secure Internet Access via Cable, DSL or Wireless Modem ................................................... 52
Figure 2 VPN Application ....................................................................................................................... 53
Figure 3 3G WAN Application ................................................................................................................. 53
Figure 4 Attaching Rubber Feet ............................................................................................................ 56
Figure 5 Attaching Mounting Brackets and Screws ................................................................................ 57
Figure 6 Rack Mounting ......................................................................................................................... 57
Figure 7 WLAN Card Installation ............................................................................................................ 58
Figure 8 ZyWALL 70 Front Panel ........................................................................................................... 59
Figure 11 Change Password Screen ...................................................................................................... 62
Figure 12 Replace Certificate Screen ..................................................................................................... 62
Figure 13 Example Xmodem Upload ...................................................................................................... 63
Figure 14 HOME Screen ........................................................................................................................ 64
Figure 15 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Router Mode (ZyWALL 5) ............................................ 65
Figure 16 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Bridge Mode .................................................................. 71
Figure 17 HOME > Port Statistics ........................................................................................................... 80
Figure 18 HOME > Show Statistics > Line Chart .................................................................................... 81
Figure 19 HOME > Show DHCP Table ................................................................................................... 82
Figure 20 HOME > VPN Status .............................................................................................................. 83
Figure 21 Home > Bandwidth Monitor .................................................................................................... 84
Figure 22 Wizard Setup Welcome .......................................................................................................... 87
Figure 23 ISP Parameters: Ethernet Encapsulation ............................................................................... 88
Figure 24 ISP Parameters: PPPoE Encapsulation ................................................................................. 89
Figure 25 ISP Parameters: PPTP Encapsulation ................................................................................... 91
Figure 26 Internet Access Wizard: Second Screen ................................................................................ 92
Figure 27 Internet Access Setup Complete ............................................................................................ 93
Figure 28 Internet Access Wizard: Registration ..................................................................................... 93
Figure 29 Internet Access Wizard: Registration in Progress .................................................................. 94
Figure 30 Internet Access Wizard: Status .............................................................................................. 95
Figure 31 Internet Access Wizard: Registration Failed .......................................................................... 95
Figure 32 Internet Access Wizard: Registered Device ........................................................................... 95
Figure 33 Internet Access Wizard: Activated Services ........................................................................... 96
Figure 34 VPN Wizard: Gateway Setting ............................................................................................... 96
Figure 35 VPN Wizard: Network Setting ................................................................................................ 98
Figure 36 VPN Wizard: IKE Tunnel Setting ............................................................................................ 99
Figure 37 VPN Wizard: IPSec Setting .................................................................................................. 101
Figure 38 VPN Wizard: VPN Status ..................................................................................................... 102

List of Figures
Figure 39 VPN Wizard Setup Complete ............................................................................................... 104

Figure 40 Anti-Spam Wizard: Email Server Location Setting .............................................................. 105
Figure 41 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Recommendations ................................................................. 106
Figure 42 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Configuration .......................................................................... 107
Figure 43 Anti-Spam Wizard: Setup Complete ..................................................................................... 108
Figure 44 Dynamic VPN Rule Example ................................................................................................ 109
Figure 45 VPN Gateway Policy Edit Screens ........................................................................................112
Figure 46 SECURITY > VPN > Add Network Policy (ZyWALL A) .........................................................113
Figure 47 VPN Network Policy Edit Screens .........................................................................................114
Figure 48 Activate VPN Rule (ZyWALL B) ...........................................................................................115
Figure 49 Tutorial: VPN Summary Screens Comparison Example .......................................................116
Figure 50 Check The Telecommuter's Computer IP Address ...............................................................117
Figure 51 Telecommuter Pinging a Network X IP Address Example .....................................................118
Figure 52 Additional Dynamic VPN Rules Example ..............................................................................119
Figure 53 IDP for From VPN Traffic ...................................................................................................... 120
Figure 54 IDP Configuration for Traffic From VPN ............................................................................... 121
Figure 55 IDP for To VPN Traffic .......................................................................................................... 121
Figure 56 IDP Configuration for To VPN Traffic .................................................................................... 122
Figure 57 Firewall Rule for VPN ........................................................................................................... 123
Figure 58 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) ................................................................................. 123
Figure 59 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE)> Add Gateway Policy ........................................... 124
Figure 60 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE): With Gateway Policy Example ............................... 125
Figure 61 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE)> Add Network Policy ............................................. 126
Figure 62 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary ......................................................................... 127
Figure 63 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary > Edit: Allow ................................................... 128
Figure 64 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary: Allow ............................................................... 129
Figure 65 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule: Block From VPN To LAN .................................... 130
Figure 66 Tutorial: NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN2) ....................................................................... 131
Figure 67 Tutorial: Home ..................................................................................................................... 132
Figure 68 Tutorial: NETWORK > WAN > General ............................................................................. 133
Figure 69 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > General ........................................................................ 134
Figure 70 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy ........................................................................... 135
Figure 71 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > External Database (Default) .......................... 135
Figure 72 HOME > Show DHCP Table ................................................................................................. 136
Figure 74 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Insert .............................................................. 137
Figure 76 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Schedule (Bob) .............................................. 138
Figure 78 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > External Database (Bob) ............................... 139
Figure 79 REGISTRATION > Registration ........................................................................................... 143
Figure 80 REGISTRATION > Registration: Registered Device ............................................................ 144
Figure 81 REGISTRATION > Service ................................................................................................... 145

List of Figures
Figure 82 LAN and WAN ..................................................................................................................... 149

Figure 83 NETWORK > LAN ................................................................................................................ 153
Figure 84 NETWORK > LAN > Static DHCP ........................................................................................ 156
Figure 85 Physical Network & Partitioned Logical Networks ................................................................ 157
Figure 86 NETWORK > LAN > IP Alias ................................................................................................ 157
Figure 87 NETWORK > LAN > Port Roles ........................................................................................... 159
Figure 88 Port Roles Change Complete ............................................................................................... 159
Figure 89 Bridge Mode ......................................................................................................................... 161
Figure 90 Router Mode ......................................................................................................................... 161
Figure 91 Bridge Loop: Bridge Connected to Wired LAN ..................................................................... 162
Figure 92 NETWORK > Bridge ............................................................................................................. 163
Figure 93 NETWORK > Bridge > Port Roles ........................................................................................ 165
Figure 94 Port Roles Change Complete ............................................................................................... 165
Figure 95 LAN and WAN (Multiple) ...................................................................................................... 169
Figure 96 LAN and WAN (Multiple) ...................................................................................................... 169
Figure 97 Incorrect WAN IP .................................................................................................................. 173
Figure 98 NETWORK > WAN > General ............................................................................................. 174
Figure 99 Least Load First Example .................................................................................................... 177
Figure 100 Load Balancing: Least Load First ....................................................................................... 178
Figure 101 Weighted Round Robin Algorithm Example ....................................................................... 180
Figure 102 Load Balancing: Weighted Round Robin ........................................................................... 180
Figure 103 Spillover Algorithm Example ............................................................................................... 181
Figure 104 Load Balancing: Spillover ................................................................................................... 181
Figure 105 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (Ethernet Encapsulation) ..................................................... 184
Figure 106 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPPoE Encapsulation) ......................................................... 187
Figure 107 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPTP Encapsulation) ........................................................... 190
Figure 108 NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN 2) .................................................................................. 194
Figure 109 Traffic Redirect WAN Setup ................................................................................................ 197
Figure 110 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup ................................................................................................. 198
Figure 111 NETWORK > WAN > Traffic Redirect ................................................................................. 198
Figure 112 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup ..................................................................................... 199
Figure 113 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup > Edit .......................................................................... 203
Figure 114 DMZ Overview .................................................................................................................... 207
Figure 115 DMZ Public Address Example ............................................................................................ 209
Figure 116 DMZ Private and Public Address Example ......................................................................... 210
Figure 117 NETWORK > DMZ .............................................................................................................211
Figure 118 NETWORK > DMZ > Static DHCP .................................................................................... 214
Figure 119 NETWORK > DMZ > IP Alias ............................................................................................ 215
Figure 120 NETWORK > DMZ > Port Roles ....................................................................................... 216
Figure 121 WLAN Overview ................................................................................................................. 219
Figure 122 NETWORK > WLAN .......................................................................................................... 221
Figure 123 NETWORK > WLAN > Static DHCP ................................................................................. 224
Figure 124 NETWORK > WLAN > IP Alias ......................................................................................... 225

List of Figures
Figure 125 WLAN Port Role Example ................................................................................................. 226

Figure 126 NETWORK > WLAN > Port Roles ..................................................................................... 227
Figure 127 NETWORK > WLAN > Port Roles: Change Complete ....................................................... 227
Figure 128 WLAN Overview ................................................................................................................. 229
Figure 129 ZyWALL Wireless Security Levels ...................................................................................... 230
Figure 130 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: No Security ............................................................. 232
Figure 131 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: Static WEP .............................................................. 235
Figure 132 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: WPA-PSK ............................................................... 236
Figure 133 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: WPA ........................................................................ 237
Figure 134 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Dynamic WEP .......................................... 238
Figure 135 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Static WEP ............................................... 239
Figure 136 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + No WEP ................................................... 241
Figure 137 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: No Access 802.1x + Static WEP ............................. 242
Figure 138 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > MAC Filter ....................................................................................... 243
Figure 139 EAP Authentication ............................................................................................................ 245
Figure 140 WPA-PSK Authentication ................................................................................................... 246
Figure 141 WPA with RADIUS Application Example ............................................................................ 247
Figure 142 Default Firewall Action ........................................................................................................ 251
Figure 143 Blocking All LAN to WAN IRC Traffic Example .................................................................. 253
Figure 144 Limited LAN to WAN IRC Traffic Example .......................................................................... 254
Figure 145 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Router Mode) ................................................... 255
Figure 146 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Bridge Mode) .................................................... 257
Figure 147 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary ....................................................................... 259
Figure 148 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary > Edit ............................................................ 261
Figure 149 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Anti-Probing ........................................................................... 263
Figure 150 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Threshold ............................................................................ 264
Figure 151 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service ................................................................................... 266
Figure 152 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service > Add ......................................................................... 267
Figure 153 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Service ...................................................................... 268
Figure 154 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Edit Custom Service ................................................. 268
Figure 155 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Rule Summary ........................................................... 269
Figure 156 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Rule Edit ................................................................... 269
Figure 157 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Rule Configuration ..................................................... 270
Figure 158 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Rule Summary ........................................................... 271
Figure 159 From LAN to VPN Example ............................................................................................... 273
Figure 160 From VPN to LAN Example ............................................................................................... 273
Figure 161 From VPN to VPN Example .............................................................................................. 274
Figure 162 Using IP Alias to Solve the Triangle Route Problem .......................................................... 275
Figure 163 Three-Way Handshake ....................................................................................................... 275
Figure 164 Network Intrusions ............................................................................................................. 277
Figure 165 Applying IDP to Interfaces .................................................................................................. 278
Figure 166 SECURITY > IDP > General .............................................................................................. 279
Figure 167 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Group View ....................................................................... 283

List of Figures
Figure 168 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Query View ....................................................................... 285
Figure 169 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Query by Partial Name ..................................................... 287
Figure 170 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Query by Complete ID ...................................................... 288
Figure 171 Signature Query by Attribute. ............................................................................................. 289
Figure 172 SECURITY > IDP > Anomaly ............................................................................................. 290
Figure 173 SECURITY > IDP > Update ............................................................................................... 292
Figure 174 SECURITY > IDP > Backup & Restore .............................................................................. 294
Figure 175 ZyWALL Anti-virus Overview ........................................................................................... 299
Figure 176 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > General ............................................................................... 302
Figure 177 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Signature: Query View ......................................................... 304
Figure 178 Query Example Search Criteria .......................................................................................... 305
Figure 179 Query Example Search Results ......................................................................................... 306
Figure 180 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Update ................................................................................. 307
Figure 181 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Backup and Restore ............................................................ 309
Figure 182 Anti-spam Overview ........................................................................................................... 313
Figure 183 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > General ................................................................................. 316
Figure 184 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > External DB .......................................................................... 319
Figure 185 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists ...................................................................................... 321
Figure 186 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists > Edit ........................................................................... 322
Figure 187 Content Filtering Lookup Procedure ................................................................................... 328
Figure 188 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > General ...................................................................... 329
Figure 189 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy ......................................................................... 331
Figure 190 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > General ........................................................ 333
Figure 191 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > External Database ....................................... 334
Figure 192 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Customization .............................................. 341
Figure 193 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Schedule ...................................................... 343
Figure 194 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Object ........................................................................ 344
Figure 195 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Cache ........................................................................ 346
Figure 196 myZyXEL.com: Login ......................................................................................................... 350
Figure 197 myZyXEL.com: Welcome ................................................................................................... 350
Figure 198 myZyXEL.com: Service Management ................................................................................ 351
Figure 199 Blue Coat: Login ................................................................................................................. 351
Figure 200 Content Filtering Reports Main Screen .............................................................................. 352
Figure 201 Blue Coat: Report Home .................................................................................................... 352
Figure 202 Global Report Screen Example .......................................................................................... 353
Figure 203 Requested URLs Example ................................................................................................. 354
Figure 204 Web Page Review Process Screen ................................................................................... 355
Figure 205 VPN: Example .................................................................................................................... 357
Figure 206 VPN: IKE SA and IPSec SA .............................................................................................. 358
Figure 207 Gateway and Network Policies .......................................................................................... 359
Figure 208 IPSec Fields Summary ...................................................................................................... 359
Figure 209 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) .............................................................................. 360
Figure 210 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Gateway Policy ......................................... 362

List of Figures
Figure 211 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Network Policy ........................................... 368
Figure 212 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Network Policy > Port Forwarding ............. 373
Figure 213 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Move Network Policy ........................................ 374
Figure 214 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) ........................................................................ 375
Figure 215 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) > Edit .............................................................. 376
Figure 216 SECURITY > VPN > SA Monitor ....................................................................................... 379
Figure 217 Overlap in a Dynamic VPN Rule ........................................................................................ 380
Figure 218 Overlap in IP Alias and VPN Remote Networks ................................................................. 381
Figure 219 SECURITY > VPN > Global Setting .................................................................................. 381
Figure 220 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example .............................................................. 383
Figure 221 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example ........................................................... 384
Figure 222 VPN for Remote Management Example ............................................................................ 385
Figure 223 VPN Topologies .................................................................................................................. 386
Figure 224 Hub-and-spoke VPN Example ........................................................................................... 387
Figure 225 IKE SA: Main Negotiation Mode, Steps 1 - 2: IKE SA Proposal ......................................... 388
Figure 226 IKE SA: Main Negotiation Mode, Steps 3 - 4: DH Key Exchange ...................................... 389
Figure 227 IKE SA: Main Negotiation Mode, Steps 5 - 6: Authentication ............................................. 389
Figure 228 VPN/NAT Example ............................................................................................................. 392
Figure 229 Virtual Mapping of Local and Remote Network IP Addresses ............................................ 394
Figure 230 VPN: Transport and Tunnel Mode Encapsulation .............................................................. 394
Figure 231 IPSec High Availability ....................................................................................................... 397
Figure 232 Certificates on Your Computer ........................................................................................... 400
Figure 233 Certificate Details .............................................................................................................. 401
Figure 234 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates ............................................................... 402
Figure 235 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Details ................................................. 404
Figure 236 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Export ................................................. 406
Figure 237 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Import ................................................. 408
Figure 238 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Import: PKCS#12 ............................... 408
Figure 239 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Create (Basic) .................................... 409
Figure 240 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Create (Advanced) ............................. 410
Figure 241 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs ................................................................... 414
Figure 242 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs > Details .................................................... 416
Figure 243 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs > Import ..................................................... 419
Figure 244 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts .................................................... 420
Figure 245 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts > Import ..................................... 421
Figure 246 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts > Details ..................................... 422
Figure 247 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Servers ............................................................ 424
Figure 248 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Server > Add ................................................... 425
Figure 249 SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > Local User Database ...................................................... 429
Figure 250 SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > RADIUS .......................................................................... 430
Figure 251 ADVANCED > NAT > NAT Overview .................................................................................. 437
Figure 252 ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping ............................................................................. 439
Figure 253 ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping > Edit .................................................................. 440

List of Figures
Figure 254 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example .............................................................................. 442

Figure 255 Port Translation Example ................................................................................................... 443
Figure 256 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Forwarding ............................................................................... 444
Figure 257 Trigger Port Forwarding Process: Example ........................................................................ 445
Figure 258 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Triggering ................................................................................. 446
Figure 259 NAT Overview .................................................................................................................... 448
Figure 260 NAT Application With IP Alias ............................................................................................ 449
Figure 261 Port Restricted Cone NAT Example ................................................................................... 450
Figure 262 Example of Static Routing Topology ................................................................................... 451
Figure 263 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route .............................................................. 453
Figure 264 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route > Edit .................................................... 454
Figure 265 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Policy Route Summary ................................................ 459
Figure 266 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Edit .............................................................................. 461
Figure 267 Subnet-based Bandwidth Management Example .............................................................. 466
Figure 268 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Summary .............................................................................. 468
Figure 269 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup .......................................................................... 472
Figure 270 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Add Sub-Class .............................................. 474
Figure 271 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Statistics ........................................................ 477
Figure 272 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Monitor ................................................................................. 478
Figure 273 Private DNS Server Example ............................................................................................. 481
Figure 274 ADVANCED > DNS > System DNS ................................................................................... 482
Figure 275 ADVANCED > DNS > Add (Address Record) .................................................................... 483
Figure 276 ADVANCED > DNS > Insert (Name Server Record) .......................................................... 484
Figure 277 ADVANCED > DNS > Cache ............................................................................................. 486
Figure 278 ADVANCED > DNS > DHCP .............................................................................................. 487
Figure 279 ADVANCED > DNS > DDNS .............................................................................................. 489
Figure 280 Secure and Insecure Remote Management From the WAN .............................................. 491
Figure 281 Security Alert Dialog Box (Internet Explorer) ...................................................................... 493
Figure 282 Security Certificate 1 (Netscape) ........................................................................................ 494
Figure 283 Security Certificate 2 (Netscape) ........................................................................................ 494
Figure 284 Example: Lock Denoting a Secure Connection .................................................................. 495
Figure 285 Replace Certificate ............................................................................................................. 495
Figure 286 Device-specific Certificate .................................................................................................. 496
Figure 287 Common ZyWALL Certificate ............................................................................................. 496
Figure 288 ZyWALL Trusted CA Screen .............................................................................................. 497
Figure 289 CA Certificate Example ...................................................................................................... 498
Figure 290 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 1 .................................................................................. 499
Figure 296 Access the ZyWALL Via HTTPS ........................................................................................ 501

List of Figures
Figure 297 SSL Client Authentication ................................................................................................... 502

Figure 298 Secure Web Configurator Login Screen ............................................................................. 502
Figure 299 SSH Example 1: Store Host Key ........................................................................................ 503
Figure 300 SSH Example 2: Test ........................................................................................................ 503
Figure 301 SSH Example 2: Log in ...................................................................................................... 503
Figure 302 Secure FTP: Firmware Upload Example ............................................................................ 504
Figure 303 HTTPS Implementation ...................................................................................................... 505
Figure 304 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > WWW .......................................................................... 506
Figure 305 SSH Communication Over the WAN Example .................................................................. 507
Figure 306 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > SSH ............................................................................. 508
Figure 307 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > Telnet .......................................................................... 509
Figure 308 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > FTP ............................................................................. 510
Figure 309 SNMP Management Model .................................................................................................511
Figure 310 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > SNMP .......................................................................... 512
Figure 311 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > DNS ............................................................................. 514
Figure 312 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > CNM ............................................................................ 515
Figure 313 How SSH Works ................................................................................................................. 516
Figure 314 ADVANCED > UPnP .......................................................................................................... 526
Figure 315 ADVANCED > UPnP > Ports .............................................................................................. 527
Figure 316 ADVANCED > Custom APP .............................................................................................. 530
Figure 317 H.323 ALG Example .......................................................................................................... 533
Figure 318 H.323 with Multiple WAN IP Addresses ............................................................................ 533
Figure 319 H.323 Calls from the WAN with Multiple Outgoing Calls .................................................... 534
Figure 320 SIP ALG Example ............................................................................................................. 535
Figure 321 ADVANCED > ALG ........................................................................................................... 536
Figure 322 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics ............................................................................................. 540
Figure 323 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Web Site Hits Example ...................................................... 542
Figure 324 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Host IP Address Example .................................................. 543
Figure 325 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Protocol/Port Example ....................................................... 544
Figure 326 REPORTS > IDP ............................................................................................................... 545
Figure 327 REPORTS > IDP > Source ............................................................................................... 547
Figure 328 REPORTS > IDP > Destination ......................................................................................... 547
Figure 329 REPORTS > Anti-Virus ..................................................................................................... 547
Figure 330 REPORTS > Anti-Virus > Source ...................................................................................... 548
Figure 331 REPORTS > Anti-Virus > Destination ............................................................................... 549
Figure 332 REPORTS > Anti-Spam .................................................................................................... 549
Figure 333 REPORTS > Anti-Spam > Source ..................................................................................... 551
Figure 334 REPORTS > Anti-Spam > Score Distribution .................................................................... 551
Figure 335 REPORTS > E-mail Report ............................................................................................... 552
Figure 336 LOGS > View Log ........................................................................................................... 556
Figure 337 myZyXEL.com: Download Center ...................................................................................... 558
Figure 338 myZyXEL.com: Certificate Download ................................................................................. 558
Figure 339 LOGS > Log Settings ......................................................................................................... 559

List of Figures
Figure 340 MAINTENANCE > General Setup ...................................................................................... 586

Figure 341 MAINTENANCE > Password ............................................................................................ 587
Figure 342 MAINTENANCE > Time and Date ...................................................................................... 588
Figure 343 Synchronization in Process ................................................................................................ 590
Figure 344 Synchronization is Successful ............................................................................................ 590
Figure 345 Synchronization Fail ........................................................................................................... 591
Figure 346 MAINTENANCE > Device Mode (Router Mode) ................................................................ 593
Figure 347 MAINTENANCE > Device Mode (Bridge Mode) ................................................................ 594
Figure 348 MAINTENANCE > Firmware Upload .................................................................................. 595
Figure 349 Firmware Upload In Process .............................................................................................. 596
Figure 350 Network Temporarily Disconnected .................................................................................... 596
Figure 351 Firmware Upload Error ....................................................................................................... 596
Figure 352 MAINTENANCE > Backup and Restore ............................................................................. 597
Figure 353 Configuration Upload Successful ....................................................................................... 598
Figure 354 Network Temporarily Disconnected .................................................................................... 598
Figure 355 Configuration Upload Error ................................................................................................. 598
Figure 356 Reset Warning Message .................................................................................................... 599
Figure 357 MAINTENANCE > Restart ................................................................................................. 599
Figure 358 MAINTENANCE > Diagnostics ......................................................................................... 600
Figure 359 Initial Screen ....................................................................................................................... 606
Figure 360 Password Screen .............................................................................................................. 606
Figure 361 Main Menu (Router Mode) ................................................................................................. 607
Figure 362 Main Menu (Bridge Mode) .................................................................................................. 608
Figure 363 Menu 23: System Password ................................................................................................611
Figure 364 Menu 1: General Setup (Router Mode) .............................................................................. 613
Figure 365 Menu 1: General Setup (Bridge Mode) .............................................................................. 614
Figure 366 Menu 1.1: Configure Dynamic DNS ................................................................................... 615
Figure 367 Menu 1.1.1: DDNS Host Summary .................................................................................... 616
Figure 368 Menu 1.1.1: DDNS Edit Host .............................................................................................. 617
Figure 369 MAC Address Cloning in WAN Setup ................................................................................. 619
Figure 370 Menu 2: Dial Backup Setup ............................................................................................... 621
Figure 371 Menu 2.1: Advanced WAN Setup ....................................................................................... 622
Figure 372 Menu 11.3: Remote Node Profile (Backup ISP) ................................................................. 623
Figure 373 Menu 11.3.2: Remote Node Network Layer Options .......................................................... 625
Figure 374 Menu 11.3.3: Remote Node Script ..................................................................................... 627
Figure 375 Menu 11.3.4: Remote Node Filter ...................................................................................... 628
Figure 376 3G Modem Setup in WAN Setup (ZyWALL 5) ................................................................... 629
Figure 377 Menu 11.2: Remote Node Profile (3G WAN) ...................................................................... 630
Figure 378 Menu 3: LAN Setup ............................................................................................................ 633
Figure 379 Menu 3.1: LAN Port Filter Setup ........................................................................................ 634
Figure 380 Menu 3: TCP/IP and DHCP Setup .................................................................................... 634
Figure 381 Menu 3.2: TCP/IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup .................................................................... 635
Figure 382 Menu 3.2.1: IP Alias Setup ................................................................................................. 636

List of Figures
Figure 383 Menu 4: Internet Access Setup (Ethernet) ......................................................................... 640

Figure 384 Internet Access Setup (PPTP) ........................................................................................... 642
Figure 385 Internet Access Setup (PPPoE) ......................................................................................... 643
Figure 386 Menu 5: DMZ Setup ........................................................................................................... 645
Figure 387 Menu 5.1: DMZ Port Filter Setup ........................................................................................ 645
Figure 388 Menu 5: DMZ Setup ........................................................................................................... 646
Figure 391 Menu 6: Route Setup ......................................................................................................... 649
Figure 392 Menu 6.1: Route Assessment ............................................................................................ 649
Figure 393 Menu 6.2: Traffic Redirect .................................................................................................. 650
Figure 394 Menu 6.3: Route Failover ................................................................................................... 651
Figure 395 Menu 7.1: Wireless Setup .................................................................................................. 653
Figure 396 Menu 7.1.1: WLAN MAC Address Filter ............................................................................. 655
Figure 397 Menu 7: WLAN Setup ......................................................................................................... 656
Figure 400 Menu 11: Remote Node Setup ........................................................................................... 659
Figure 401 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for Ethernet Encapsulation ............................................ 660
Figure 402 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for PPPoE Encapsulation .............................................. 662
Figure 403 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for PPTP Encapsulation ................................................ 664
Figure 404 Menu 11.1.2: Remote Node Network Layer Options for Ethernet Encapsulation ............... 665
Figure 405 Menu 11.1.4: Remote Node Filter (Ethernet Encapsulation) .............................................. 667
Figure 406 Menu 11.1.4: Remote Node Filter (PPPoE or PPTP Encapsulation) ................................. 667
Figure 407 Menu 12: IP Static Route Setup ........................................................................................ 670
Figure 408 Menu 12. 1: Edit IP Static Route ........................................................................................ 670
Figure 409 Menu 4: Applying NAT for Internet Access ......................................................................... 674
Figure 410 Menu 11.1.2: Applying NAT to the Remote Node ............................................................... 674
Figure 411 Menu 15: NAT Setup .......................................................................................................... 675
Figure 412 Menu 15.1: Address Mapping Sets .................................................................................... 676
Figure 413 Menu 15.1.255: SUA Address Mapping Rules ................................................................... 676
Figure 414 Menu 15.1.1: First Set ........................................................................................................ 678
Figure 415 Menu 15.1.1.1: Editing/Configuring an Individual Rule in a Set ......................................... 680
Figure 416 Menu 15.2: NAT Server Sets .............................................................................................. 681
Figure 417 Menu 15.2.x: NAT Server Sets ........................................................................................... 681
Figure 418 15.2.x.x: NAT Server Configuration .................................................................................... 682
Figure 419 Menu 15.2.1: NAT Server Setup ....................................................................................... 683
Figure 420 Server Behind NAT Example .............................................................................................. 683
Figure 421 NAT Example 1 .................................................................................................................. 684
Figure 422 Menu 4: Internet Access & NAT Example .......................................................................... 684
Figure 424 Menu 15.2.1: Specifying an Inside Server .......................................................................... 685

List of Figures
Figure 426 Example 3: Menu 11.1.2 ..................................................................................................... 687

Figure 427 Example 3: Menu 15.1.1.1 ................................................................................................. 687
Figure 428 Example 3: Final Menu 15.1.1 ............................................................................................ 688
Figure 429 Example 3: Menu 15.2.1 .................................................................................................... 688
Figure 431 Example 4: Menu 15.1.1.1: Address Mapping Rule ........................................................... 689
Figure 432 Example 4: Menu 15.1.1: Address Mapping Rules ............................................................ 690
Figure 433 Menu 15.3.1: Trigger Port Setup ........................................................................................ 691
Figure 434 Menu 21: Filter and Firewall Setup ..................................................................................... 693
Figure 435 Menu 21.2: Firewall Setup .................................................................................................. 694
Figure 436 Outgoing Packet Filtering Process ..................................................................................... 695
Figure 437 Filter Rule Process ............................................................................................................. 697
Figure 438 Menu 21: Filter and Firewall Setup ..................................................................................... 698
Figure 439 Menu 21.1: Filter Set Configuration .................................................................................... 698
Figure 440 Menu 21.1.1.1: TCP/IP Filter Rule ..................................................................................... 700
Figure 441 Executing an IP Filter ......................................................................................................... 702
Figure 442 Menu 21.1.1.1: Generic Filter Rule .................................................................................... 703
Figure 443 Telnet Filter Example .......................................................................................................... 704
Figure 444 Example Filter: Menu 21.1.3.1 ........................................................................................... 705
Figure 445 Example Filter Rules Summary: Menu 21.1.3 .................................................................... 705
Figure 446 Protocol and Device Filter Sets .......................................................................................... 706
Figure 447 Filtering LAN Traffic ............................................................................................................ 708
Figure 448 Filtering DMZ Traffic ........................................................................................................... 708
Figure 449 Filtering Remote Node Traffic ............................................................................................. 709
Figure 450 Menu 22: SNMP Configuration ............................................................................................711
Figure 451 Menu 24: System Maintenance .......................................................................................... 713
Figure 452 Menu 24.1: System Maintenance: Status .......................................................................... 714
Figure 453 Menu 24.2: System Information and Console Port Speed ................................................. 715
Figure 454 Menu 24.2.1: System Maintenance: Information ............................................................... 716
Figure 455 Menu 24.2.2: System Maintenance: Change Console Port Speed .................................... 717
Figure 456 Menu 24.3: System Maintenance: Log and Trace .............................................................. 717
Figure 457 Examples of Error and Information Messages ................................................................... 718
Figure 458 Menu 24.3.2: System Maintenance: Syslog Logging ......................................................... 718
Figure 459 Call-Triggering Packet Example ......................................................................................... 722
Figure 460 Menu 24.4: System Maintenance: Diagnostic (ZyWALL 5) ............................................... 723
Figure 461 WAN & LAN DHCP ............................................................................................................. 723
Figure 462 Telnet into Menu 24.5 ......................................................................................................... 727
Figure 463 FTP Session Example ........................................................................................................ 727
Figure 464 System Maintenance: Backup Configuration ..................................................................... 730
Figure 465 System Maintenance: Starting Xmodem Download Screen ............................................... 730
Figure 466 Backup Configuration Example .......................................................................................... 730
Figure 467 Successful Backup Confirmation Screen ........................................................................... 730
Figure 468 Telnet into Menu 24.6 ......................................................................................................... 731

List of Figures
Figure 469 Restore Using FTP Session Example ................................................................................ 732

Figure 470 System Maintenance: Restore Configuration ..................................................................... 732
Figure 471 System Maintenance: Starting Xmodem Download Screen ............................................... 732
Figure 472 Restore Configuration Example ......................................................................................... 732
Figure 473 Successful Restoration Confirmation Screen ..................................................................... 733
Figure 474 Telnet Into Menu 24.7.1: Upload System Firmware ........................................................... 734
Figure 475 Telnet Into Menu 24.7.2: System Maintenance ................................................................. 734
Figure 476 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload ................................................................. 735
Figure 477 Menu 24.7.1 As Seen Using the Console Port ................................................................... 737
Figure 478 Example Xmodem Upload .................................................................................................. 737
Figure 479 Menu 24.7.2 As Seen Using the Console Port .................................................................. 738
Figure 480 Example Xmodem Upload .................................................................................................. 738
Figure 481 Command Mode in Menu 24 .............................................................................................. 739
Figure 482 Call Control ......................................................................................................................... 740
Figure 483 Budget Management .......................................................................................................... 740
Figure 484 Call History ......................................................................................................................... 741
Figure 485 Menu 24: System Maintenance .......................................................................................... 742
Figure 486 Menu 24.10 System Maintenance: Time and Date Setting ................................................ 743
Figure 487 Menu 24.11 – Remote Management Control ..................................................................... 746
Figure 488 Menu 25: Sample IP Routing Policy Summary .................................................................. 749
Figure 489 Menu 25.1: IP Routing Policy Setup ................................................................................... 751
Figure 490 Menu 25.1.1: IP Routing Policy Setup ................................................................................ 753
Figure 491 Example of IP Policy Routing ............................................................................................. 754
Figure 492 IP Routing Policy Example 1 .............................................................................................. 754
Figure 493 IP Routing Policy Example 2 .............................................................................................. 755
Figure 494 Schedule Setup .................................................................................................................. 757
Figure 495 Schedule Set Setup ............................................................................................................ 758
Figure 496 Applying Schedule Set(s) to a Remote Node (PPPoE) ...................................................... 759
Figure 497 Applying Schedule Set(s) to a Remote Node (PPTP) ........................................................ 760
Figure 498 Console/Dial Backup Port Pin Layout ................................................................................ 776
Figure 499 Peer-to-Peer Communication in an Ad-hoc Network ......................................................... 787
Figure 500 Basic Service Set ............................................................................................................... 788
Figure 501 Infrastructure WLAN ........................................................................................................... 789
Figure 502 RTS/CTS ............................................................................................................................ 790
Figure 503 WPA(2) with RADIUS Application Example ....................................................................... 797
Figure 504 WPA(2)-PSK Authentication ............................................................................................... 798
Figure 505 Windows 98 SE: WinPopup .............................................................................................. 801
Figure 506 WIndows 98 SE: Program Task Bar ................................................................................. 802
Figure 507 Windows 98 SE: Task Bar Properties ............................................................................ 802
Figure 508 Windows 98 SE: StartUp ................................................................................................... 803
Figure 509 Windows 98 SE: Startup: Create Shortcut ...................................................................... 803
Figure 510 Windows 98 SE: Startup: Select a Title for the Program ................................................. 804
Figure 511 Windows 98 SE: Startup: Shortcut .................................................................................... 804

List of Tables
List of Tables
Table 1 ZyWALL Model Specific Features ............................................................................................. 52
Table 2 Front Panel Lights ..................................................................................................................... 59
Table 3 Title Bar: Web Configurator Icons ............................................................................................. 64
Table 4 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Router Mode .................................................................... 65
Table 5 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Bridge Mode .................................................................... 71
Table 6 Bridge and Router Mode Features Comparison ....................................................................... 74
Table 7 Screens Summary .................................................................................................................... 75
Table 8 HOME > Port Statistics ............................................................................................................. 80
Table 9 HOME > Show Statistics > Line Chart ...................................................................................... 82
Table 10 HOME > Show DHCP Table ................................................................................................... 82
Table 11 HOME > VPN Status ............................................................................................................... 83
Table 12 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Monitor ...................................................................................... 84
Table 13 ISP Parameters: Ethernet Encapsulation ............................................................................... 88
Table 14 ISP Parameters: PPPoE Encapsulation ................................................................................. 90
Table 15 ISP Parameters: PPTP Encapsulation .................................................................................... 91
Table 16 Internet Access Wizard: Registration ...................................................................................... 94
Table 17 VPN Wizard: Gateway Setting ................................................................................................ 96
Table 18 VPN Wizard: Network Setting ................................................................................................. 98
Table 19 VPN Wizard: IKE Tunnel Setting ........................................................................................... 100
Table 20 VPN Wizard: IPSec Setting ................................................................................................... 101
Table 21 VPN Wizard: VPN Status ...................................................................................................... 103
Table 22 Anti-Spam Wizard: Email Server Location Setting ................................................................ 105
Table 23 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Configuration ........................................................................... 107
Table 24 Dynamic VPN Rule Tutorial Settings .................................................................................... 109
Table 25 REGISTRATION > Registration ............................................................................................ 143
Table 26 REGISTRATION > Service ................................................................................................... 145
Table 27 NETWORK > LAN ................................................................................................................. 153
Table 28 NETWORK > LAN > Static DHCP ........................................................................................ 156
Table 29 NETWORK > LAN > IP Alias ................................................................................................ 158
Table 30 NETWORK > LAN > Port Roles ............................................................................................ 159
Table 31 NETWORK > Bridge ............................................................................................................. 163
Table 32 NETWORK > Bridge > Port Roles ........................................................................................ 165
Table 33 STP Path Costs .................................................................................................................... 166
Table 34 STP Port States .................................................................................................................... 167
Table 35 NETWORK > WAN > General .............................................................................................. 175
Table 36 Least Load First: Example 1 ................................................................................................. 178
Table 37 Least Load First: Example 2 ................................................................................................. 178
Table 38 Load Balancing: Least Load First ......................................................................................... 179

List of Tables
Table 39 Load Balancing: Weighted Round Robin .............................................................................. 180

Table 40 Load Balancing: Spillover ...................................................................................................... 181
Table 41 Private IP Address Ranges ................................................................................................... 182
Table 42 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (Ethernet Encapsulation) .......................................................... 184
Table 43 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPPoE Encapsulation) ............................................................ 187
Table 44 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPTP Encapsulation) ............................................................... 190
Table 45 NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN 2) ........................................................................................ 194
Table 46 NETWORK > WAN > Traffic Redirect ................................................................................... 198
Table 47 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup ........................................................................................ 200
Table 48 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup > Edit .............................................................................. 203
Table 49 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G and 3.5G Wireless Technologies ......................................................... 204
Table 50 NETWORK > DMZ .................................................................................................................211
Table 51 NETWORK > DMZ > Static DHCP ........................................................................................ 214
Table 52 NETWORK > DMZ > IP Alias ............................................................................................... 215
Table 53 NETWORK > DMZ > Port Roles ........................................................................................... 216
Table 54 NETWORK > WLAN ............................................................................................................. 221
Table 55 NETWORK > WLAN > Static DHCP ..................................................................................... 224
Table 56 NETWORK > WLAN > IP Alias ............................................................................................. 225
Table 57 NETWORK > WLAN > Port Roles ........................................................................................ 227
Table 58 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: No Security ................................................................ 233
Table 59 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: Static WEP ................................................................ 235
Table 60 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: WPA-PSK .................................................................. 236
Table 61 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: WPA .......................................................................... 237
Table 62 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Dynamic WEP ............................................ 238
Table 63 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Static WEP ................................................. 239
Table 64 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + No WEP ...................................................... 241
Table 65 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: No Access 802.1x + Static WEP ............................... 242
Table 66 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > MAC Filter .......................................................................................... 243
Table 67 Blocking All LAN to WAN IRC Traffic Example ..................................................................... 253
Table 68 Limited LAN to WAN IRC Traffic Example ............................................................................ 254
Table 69 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Router Mode) ...................................................... 255
Table 70 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Bridge Mode) ...................................................... 257
Table 71 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary .......................................................................... 259
Table 72 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary > Edit ................................................................ 262
Table 73 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Anti-Probing .............................................................................. 264
Table 74 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Threshold .................................................................................. 265
Table 75 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service ...................................................................................... 266
Table 76 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service > Add ........................................................................... 267
Table 77 SECURITY > IDP > General Setup ...................................................................................... 280
Table 78 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Attack Types ........................................................................ 281
Table 79 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Intrusion Severity ................................................................ 282
Table 80 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Actions ................................................................................ 282
Table 81 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Group View ......................................................................... 283

List of Tables
Table 82 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Query View .......................................................................... 285
Table 83 SECURITY > IDP > Anomaly ................................................................................................ 290
Table 84 SECURITY > IDP > Update .................................................................................................. 292
Table 85 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > General .................................................................................. 302
Table 86 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Signature: Query View ........................................................... 304
Table 87 Common Computer Virus Types ........................................................................................... 310
Table 88 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > General ................................................................................... 316
Table 89 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > External DB ............................................................................. 319
Table 90 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists ......................................................................................... 321
Table 91 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists > Edit ............................................................................... 323
Table 92 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > General ........................................................................ 329
Table 93 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy ........................................................................... 332
Table 94 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > General ........................................................... 333
Table 95 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > External Database .......................................... 335
Table 96 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Customization ................................................. 342
Table 97 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Schedule ........................................................ 343
Table 98 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Object ........................................................................... 345
Table 99 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Cache ........................................................................... 346
Table 100 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) ............................................................................... 360
Table 101 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Gateway Policy ........................................... 363
Table 102 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Network Policy ............................................ 369
Table 103 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Network Policy > Port Forwarding ............... 373
Table 104 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Move Network Policy .......................................... 374
Table 105 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) ......................................................................... 375
Table 106 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) > Edit ............................................................... 377
Table 107 SECURITY > VPN > SA Monitor ........................................................................................ 379
Table 108 SECURITY > VPN > Global Setting .................................................................................... 381
Table 109 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example ............................................................... 383
Table 110 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example ............................................................ 384
Table 111 VPN Example: Matching ID Type and Content .................................................................... 390
Table 112 VPN Example: Mismatching ID Type and Content .............................................................. 390
Table 113 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates ................................................................ 402
Table 114 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Details ................................................. 404
Table 115 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Export .................................................. 406
Table 116 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Import .................................................. 408
Table 117 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Import: PKCS#12 ................................ 408
Table 118 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Create .................................................. 410
Table 119 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs .................................................................... 414
Table 120 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs > Details ..................................................... 416
Table 121 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs Import ......................................................... 419
Table 122 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts .................................................... 420
Table 123 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts > Import ...................................... 421
Table 124 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts > Details ..................................... 423

List of Tables
Table 125 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Servers ............................................................ 425
Table 126 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Server > Add ................................................... 426
Table 127 SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > Local User Database ....................................................... 430
Table 128 SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > RADIUS .......................................................................... 430
Table 129 NAT Mapping Types ............................................................................................................ 436
Table 130 ADVANCED > NAT > NAT Overview .................................................................................. 437
Table 131 ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping ............................................................................. 439
Table 132 ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping > Edit ................................................................... 441
Table 133 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Forwarding ................................................................................ 444
Table 134 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Triggering ................................................................................. 446
Table 135 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route .............................................................. 453
Table 136 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route > Edit .................................................... 454
Table 137 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Policy Route Summary ................................................. 459
Table 138 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Edit ............................................................................... 461
Table 139 Application and Subnet-based Bandwidth Management Example ..................................... 466
Table 140 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example ............................................................................... 467
Table 141 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Summary ............................................................................... 469
Table 142 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example ................................................................................. 470
Table 143 Priority-based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example ........................ 470
Table 144 Fairness-based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example ..................... 471
Table 145 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup ........................................................................... 472
Table 146 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Add Sub-Class ............................................... 474
Table 147 Bandwidth Borrowing Example ........................................................................................... 476
Table 148 ADVANCED > DNS > Add (Address Record) ..................................................................... 484
Table 149 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > WWW ........................................................................... 506
Table 150 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > SSH ............................................................................. 508
Table 151 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > Telnet ........................................................................... 509
Table 152 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > FTP .............................................................................. 510
Table 153 SNMP Traps ........................................................................................................................ 512
Table 154 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > SNMP .......................................................................... 513
Table 155 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > DNS ............................................................................. 514
Table 156 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > CNM ............................................................................. 515
Table 157 ADVANCED > UPnP ........................................................................................................... 526
Table 158 ADVANCED > UPnP > Ports .............................................................................................. 527
Table 159 ADVANCED > Custom APP ................................................................................................ 530
Table 160 ADVANCED > ALG ............................................................................................................. 536
Table 161 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics .............................................................................................. 540
Table 162 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Web Site Hits Report .......................................................... 542
Table 163 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Host IP Address .................................................................. 543
Table 164 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Protocol/ Port ...................................................................... 544
Table 165 Report Specifications .......................................................................................................... 545
Table 166 REPORTS > IDP ................................................................................................................. 546
Table 167 REPORTS > Anti-Virus ....................................................................................................... 548

List of Tables
Table 168 REPORTS > Anti-Spam ...................................................................................................... 549

Table 169 REPORTS > E-mail Report ................................................................................................. 552
Table 170 LOGS > View Log ............................................................................................................... 556
Table 171 Log Description Example .................................................................................................... 557
Table 172 LOGS > Log Settings .......................................................................................................... 559
Table 173 System Maintenance Logs .................................................................................................. 561
Table 174 System Error Logs .............................................................................................................. 563
Table 175 Access Control Logs ........................................................................................................... 563
Table 176 TCP Reset Logs .................................................................................................................. 564
Table 177 Packet Filter Logs ............................................................................................................... 565
Table 178 ICMP Logs .......................................................................................................................... 565
Table 179 CDR Logs ........................................................................................................................... 566
Table 180 PPP Logs ............................................................................................................................ 566
Table 181 3G Logs .............................................................................................................................. 566
Table 182 UPnP Logs .......................................................................................................................... 567
Table 183 Content Filtering Logs ......................................................................................................... 568
Table 184 Attack Logs ......................................................................................................................... 568
Table 185 Remote Management Logs ................................................................................................. 570
Table 186 Wireless Logs ..................................................................................................................... 570
Table 187 IPSec Logs .......................................................................................................................... 571
Table 188 IKE Logs ............................................................................................................................. 571
Table 189 PKI Logs ............................................................................................................................. 574
Table 190 802.1X Logs ........................................................................................................................ 576
Table 191 ACL Setting Notes .............................................................................................................. 577
Table 192 ICMP Notes ......................................................................................................................... 578
Table 193 IDP Logs ............................................................................................................................. 579
Table 194 AV Logs ............................................................................................................................... 579
Table 195 AS Logs .............................................................................................................................. 581
Table 196 Syslog Logs ........................................................................................................................ 583
Table 197 RFC-2408 ISAKMP Payload Types .................................................................................... 584
Table 198 MAINTENANCE > General Setup ....................................................................................... 586
Table 199 MAINTENANCE > Password .............................................................................................. 587
Table 200 MAINTENANCE > Time and Date ...................................................................................... 588
Table 201 MAC-address-to-port Mapping Table .................................................................................. 591
Table 202 MAINTENANCE > Device Mode (Router Mode) ................................................................. 593
Table 203 MAINTENANCE > Device Mode (Bridge Mode) ................................................................. 594
Table 204 MAINTENANCE > Firmware Upload .................................................................................. 595
Table 205 Restore Configuration ......................................................................................................... 597
Table 206 MAINTENANCE > Diagnostics ........................................................................................... 600
Table 207 Main Menu Commands ....................................................................................................... 606
Table 208 Main Menu Summary .......................................................................................................... 608
Table 209 SMT Menus Overview ......................................................................................................... 609
Table 210 Menu 1: General Setup (Router Mode) ............................................................................... 613

List of Tables
Table 211 Menu 1: General Setup (Bridge Mode) ............................................................................... 614

Table 212 Menu 1.1: Configure Dynamic DNS .................................................................................... 615
Table 213 Menu 1.1.1: DDNS Host Summary ..................................................................................... 616
Table 214 Menu 1.1.1: DDNS Edit Host .............................................................................................. 617
Table 215 MAC Address Cloning in WAN Setup ................................................................................. 620
Table 216 Menu 2: Dial Backup Setup ................................................................................................ 621
Table 217 Advanced WAN Port Setup: AT Commands Fields ............................................................ 622
Table 218 Advanced WAN Port Setup: Call Control Parameters ........................................................ 623
Table 219 Menu 11.3: Remote Node Profile (Backup ISP) .................................................................. 624
Table 220 Menu 11.3.2: Remote Node Network Layer Options .......................................................... 625
Table 221 Menu 11.3.3: Remote Node Script ...................................................................................... 628
Table 222 3G Modem Setup in WAN Setup (ZyWALL 5) .................................................................... 629
Table 223 Menu 11.2: Remote Node Profile (3G WAN) ...................................................................... 630
Table 224 Menu 3.2: DHCP Ethernet Setup Fields ............................................................................. 635
Table 225 Menu 3.2: LAN TCP/IP Setup Fields .................................................................................. 635
Table 226 Menu 3.2.1: IP Alias Setup ................................................................................................. 637
Table 227 Menu 4: Internet Access Setup (Ethernet) .......................................................................... 640
Table 228 New Fields in Menu 4 (PPTP) Screen ................................................................................ 642
Table 229 New Fields in Menu 4 (PPPoE) screen ............................................................................... 643
Table 230 Menu 6.1: Route Assessment ............................................................................................. 650
Table 231 Menu 6.2: Traffic Redirect ................................................................................................... 650
Table 232 Menu 6.3: Route Failover .................................................................................................... 651
Table 233 Menu 7.1: Wireless Setup ................................................................................................... 654
Table 234 Menu 7.1.1: WLAN MAC Address Filter ............................................................................. 656
Table 235 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for Ethernet Encapsulation ............................................. 660
Table 236 Fields in Menu 11.1 (PPPoE Encapsulation Specific) ......................................................... 663
Table 237 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for PPTP Encapsulation ................................................. 664
Table 238 Remote Node Network Layer Options Menu Fields ............................................................ 665
Table 239 Menu 12. 1: Edit IP Static Route ......................................................................................... 670
Table 240 Applying NAT in Menus 4 & 11.1.2 ...................................................................................... 675
Table 241 SUA Address Mapping Rules ............................................................................................. 677
Table 242 Fields in Menu 15.1.1 .......................................................................................................... 679
Table 243 Menu 15.1.1.1: Editing/Configuring an Individual Rule in a Set .......................................... 680
Table 244 15.2.x.x: NAT Server Configuration .................................................................................... 682
Table 245 Menu 15.3.1: Trigger Port Setup ......................................................................................... 691
Table 246 Abbreviations Used in the Filter Rules Summary Menu ..................................................... 699
Table 247 Rule Abbreviations Used .................................................................................................... 699
Table 248 Menu 21.1.1.1: TCP/IP Filter Rule ...................................................................................... 700
Table 249 Generic Filter Rule Menu Fields ......................................................................................... 703
Table 250 SNMP Configuration Menu Fields ........................................................................................711
Table 251 SNMP Traps ........................................................................................................................ 712
Table 252 System Maintenance: Status Menu Fields .......................................................................... 714
Table 253 Fields in System Maintenance: Information ........................................................................ 716

List of Tables
Table 254 System Maintenance Menu Syslog Parameters ................................................................. 718

Table 255 System Maintenance Menu Diagnostic ............................................................................... 724
Table 256 Filename Conventions ........................................................................................................ 726
Table 257 General Commands for GUI-based FTP Clients ................................................................ 728
Table 258 General Commands for GUI-based TFTP Clients .............................................................. 729
Table 259 Budget Management ........................................................................................................... 741
Table 260 Call History .......................................................................................................................... 741
Table 261 Menu 24.10 System Maintenance: Time and Date Setting ................................................. 743
Table 262 Menu 24.11 – Remote Management Control ...................................................................... 746
Table 263 Menu 25: Sample IP Routing Policy Summary ................................................................... 749
Table 264 IP Routing Policy Setup ...................................................................................................... 750
Table 265 Menu 25.1: IP Routing Policy Setup ................................................................................... 751
Table 266 Menu 25.1.1: IP Routing Policy Setup ................................................................................ 753
Table 267 Schedule Set Setup ............................................................................................................ 758
Table 268 Hardware Specifications ..................................................................................................... 769
Table 269 Firmware Specifications ...................................................................................................... 770
Table 270 Feature and Performance Specifications ............................................................................ 771
Table 271 Compatible ZyXEL WLAN Cards and Security Features .................................................... 772
Table 272 3G Features Supported By Compatible 3G Cards .............................................................. 773
Table 273 3G Features Supported By Additional Compatible 3G Cards ............................................. 773
Table 274 3G Features Supported By Additional Compatible 3G Cards ............................................. 774
Table 275 North American Plug Standards .......................................................................................... 775
Table 276 European Plug Standards ................................................................................................... 775
Table 277 United Kingdom Plug Standards ......................................................................................... 775
Table 278 Australia And New Zealand Plug Standards ....................................................................... 775
Table 279 Japan Plug Standards ......................................................................................................... 775
Table 280 China Plug Standards ......................................................................................................... 776
Table 281 Console/Dial Backup Port Pin Assignments ....................................................................... 776
Table 282 Ethernet Cable Pin Assignments ........................................................................................ 777
Table 283 Commonly Used Services ................................................................................................... 783
Table 284 IEEE 802.11g ...................................................................................................................... 791
Table 285 Wireless Security Levels ..................................................................................................... 792
Table 286 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types .......................................................................... 795
Table 287 Wireless Security Relational Matrix .................................................................................... 798

List of Tables

P ART I
Introduction
Getting to Know Your ZyWALL (51)
Hardware Installation (55)
Introducing the Web Configurator (61)
Wizard Setup (87)
Tutorials (109)
Registration Screens (141)
49
50
CHAPTER 1
Getting to Know Your ZyWALL
This chapter introduces the main features and applications of the ZyWALL.
1.1 ZyWALL Internet Security Appliance Overview

The ZyWALL is loaded with security features including VPN, firewall, content filtering, anti-
spam, IDP (Intrusion Detection and Prevention), anti-virus and certificates. The ZyWALL’s
De-Militarized Zone (DMZ) increases LAN security by providing separate ports for
connecting publicly accessible servers. The ZyWALL is designed for small and medium sized
business that need the increased throughput and reliability of dual WAN interfaces and load
balancing. The ZyWALL 35 and ZyWALL 5 provide the option to change port roles from
LAN to DMZ.
You can also deploy the ZyWALL as a transparent firewall in an existing network with
minimal configuration.
The ZyWALL provides bandwidth management, NAT, port forwarding, policy routing,
DHCP server and many other powerful features.
You can add an IEEE 802.11b/g-compliant wireless LAN by either inserting a wireless LAN
card into the PCMCIA/CardBus slot or connecting an access point (AP) to an Ethernet port in
a WLAN port role. If you insert a wireless LAN card to add a WLAN, the ZyWALL offers
highly secured wireless connectivity to your wired network with IEEE 802.1x, WEP data
encryption, WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access) and MAC address filtering. You can use the
wireless card as part of the LAN, DMZ or WLAN.
1.2 ZyWALL Features

The following table lists model specific features.

Chapter 1 Getting to Know Your ZyWALL
" See Chapter 55 on page 769 for a complete list of features.
Table 1 ZyWALL Model Specific Features

MODEL # 70 35 5
FEATURE
Two WAN Ports Y Y
3G Card Supported Y
Load Balancing Y Y Y
Changing Port Roles between LAN and DMZ Y Y
Changing Port Roles between LAN and WLAN Y Y Y
Table Key: A Y in a model’s column shows that the model has the specified feature. The
information in this table was correct at the time of writing, although it may be subject to
change.
1.3 Applications for the ZyWALL

Here are some examples of what you can do with your ZyWALL.
1.3.1 Secure Broadband Internet Access via Cable or DSL Modem

You can connect a cable modem, DSL or wireless modem to the ZyWALL for broadband
Internet access via an Ethernet or wireless port on the modem. The ZyWALL guarantees not
only high speed Internet access, but secure internal network protection and traffic management
as well.
Figure 1 Secure Internet Access via Cable, DSL or Wireless Modem
DMZ
WAN
LAN

1.3.2 VPN Application

ZyWALL VPN is an ideal cost-effective way to securely connect branch offices, business
partners and telecommuters over the Internet without the need (and expense) for leased lines
between sites.
Figure 2 VPN Application
1.3.3 3G WAN Application (ZyWALL 5 Only)

Insert a 3G card to have the ZyWALL (in router mode) wirelessly access the Internet via a 3G
base station.
" At the time of writing, only ZyWALL 5 supports 3G, so all 3G descriptions
relate to ZyWALL 5 only. See Section 9.4 on page 192 for more information
about 3G.
With both the primary WAN (physical WAN port) and 3G WAN connections enabled, you
can use load balancing to improve quality of service and maximize bandwidth utilization or set
one of the WAN connections as a backup.
Figure 3 3G WAN Application

1.4 Ways to Manage the ZyWALL

Use any of the following methods to manage the ZyWALL.
• Web Configurator. This is recommended for everyday management of the ZyWALL
using a (supported) web browser.
• Command Line Interface. Line commands are mostly used for troubleshooting by service
engineers. See the Command Reference Guide for more information about the CLI.
• SMT. System Management Terminal is a text-based configuration menu that you can use
to configure your device.
• FTP for firmware upgrades and configuration backup/restore.
• SNMP. The device can be monitored by an SNMP manager. See the SNMP chapter in this
User’s Guide.
• Vantage CNM (Centralized Network Management). The device can be remotely managed
using a Vantage CNM server.
1.5 Good Habits for Managing the ZyWALL

Do the following things regularly to make the ZyWALL more secure and to manage the
ZyWALL more effectively.
• Change the password. Use a password that’s not easy to guess and that consists of
different types of characters, such as numbers and letters.
• Write down the password and put it in a safe place.
• Back up the configuration (and make sure you know how to restore it). Restoring an
earlier working configuration may be useful if the device becomes unstable or even
crashes. If you forget your password, you will have to reset the ZyWALL to its factory
default settings. If you backed up an earlier configuration file, you would not have to
totally re-configure the ZyWALL. You could simply restore your last configuration.

CHAPTER 2
Hardware Installation
The ZyWALL can be placed on a desktop or rack-mounted on a standard EIA rack. Use the
brackets in a rack-mounted installation.
2.1 General Installation Instructions

Read all the safety warnings in the beginning of this User's Guide before you begin and make
sure you follow them.
Perform the installation as follows:
1 Make sure the ZyWALL is off.
2 Install the hardware first.
3 See the Quick Start Guide for instructions on making power and panel connections and
turning on the ZyWALL.
" For proper ventilation, allow at least 4 inches (10 cm) of clearance at the front
and two sides and 3.4 inches (8 cm) at the back of the ZyWALL. This is
especially important for enclosed rack installations.
2.2 Desktop Installation

1 Make sure the ZyWALL is clean and dry.
2 Set the ZyWALL on a smooth, level surface strong enough to support the weight of the
ZyWALL and the connected cables. Make sure there is a power outlet nearby.
3 Make sure there is enough clearance around the ZyWALL to allow air circulation and
the attachment of cables and the power cord or power adaptor.
4 Remove the adhesive backing from the rubber feet.
5 Attach the rubber feet to each corner on the bottom of the ZyWALL. These rubber feet
help protect the ZyWALL from shock or vibration and ensure space between devices
when stacking.

Chapter 2 Hardware Installation
Figure 4 Attaching Rubber Feet
" Do not block the ventilation holes. Leave space between ZyWALLs when
stacking.
2.3 Rack-mounted Installation Requirements

The ZyWALL can be mounted on an EIA standard size, 19-inch rack or in a wiring closet with
other equipment. Follow the steps below to mount your ZyWALL on a standard EIA rack
using a rack-mounting kit.
" Make sure the rack will safely support the combined weight of all the
equipment it contains.
Make sure the position of the ZyWALL does not make the rack unstable or top-
heavy. Take all necessary precautions to anchor the rack securely before
installing the unit.
Use a #2 Phillips screwdriver to install the screws.
" Failure to use the proper screws may damage the unit.

2.4 Rack-Mounted Installation

1 Align one bracket with the holes on one side of the ZyWALL and secure it with the
bracket screws (smaller than the rack-mounting screws).
2 Attach the other bracket in a similar fashion.
Figure 5 Attaching Mounting Brackets and Screws
3 After attaching both mounting brackets, position the ZyWALL in the rack by lining up
the holes in the brackets with the appropriate holes on the rack. Secure the ZyWALL to
the rack with the rack-mounting screws.
Figure 6 Rack Mounting

2.5 3G Card, WLAN Card and ZyWALL Turbo Card

Installation
" Do not insert or remove a card with the ZyWALL turned on.
Make sure the ZyWALL is off before inserting or removing an 802.11b/g-compliant wireless
LAN PCMCIA or CardBus card, 3G card or ZyWALL Turbo Card (to avoid damage). Slide
the connector end of the card into the slot as shown next.
" Only certain ZyXEL wireless LAN cards or 3G card are compatible with the
ZyWALL. Only the ZyWALL 5 can use a 3G card.
Do not force, bend or twist the wireless LAN card, 3G card or ZyWALL Turbo
Card.
Figure 7 WLAN Card Installation

2.6 Front Panel Lights

Figure 8 ZyWALL 70 Front Panel
The following table describes the lights.

Table 2 Front Panel Lights
LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
PWR Off The ZyWALL is turned off.
Green On The ZyWALL is turned on.
Red On The power to the ZyWALL is too low.
SYS Green Off The ZyWALL is not ready or has failed.
On The ZyWALL is ready and running.
Flashing The ZyWALL is restarting.
ACT Green Off The backup port is not connected.
Flashing The backup port is sending or receiving packets.
CARD Green Off The wireless LAN or 3G card is not ready, or has failed.
On The wireless LAN or 3G card is ready.
Flashing The wireless LAN or 3G card is sending or receiving
packets.
LAN 10/100 Off The LAN is not connected.
(ZyWALL 70 Green On The ZyWALL has a successful 10 Mbps Ethernet
only) connection.
Flashing The 10 M LAN is sending or receiving packets.
Orange On The ZyWALL has a successful 100 Mbps Ethernet
connection.
Flashing The 100 M LAN is sending or receiving packets.

Table 2 Front Panel Lights (continued)

LED COLOR STATUS DESCRIPTION
WAN1/2 10/ Off The WAN connection is not ready, or has failed.
100
Green On The ZyWALL has a successful 10 Mbps WAN connection.
or
WAN 10/100 Flashing The 10M WAN is sending or receiving packets.
Orange On The ZyWALL has a successful 100 Mbps WAN connection.
Flashing The 100M WAN is sending or receiving packets.
DMZ 10/100 Off The LAN/DMZ is not connected.
(ZyWALL 70
only) Green On The ZyWALL has a successful 10 Mbps Ethernet
connection.
Flashing The 10M DMZ is sending or receiving packets.
connection.
Flashing The 100M /DMZ is sending or receiving packets.
LAN/DMZ 10/ Off The LAN/DMZ is not connected.
100
Green On The ZyWALL has a successful 10 Mbps Ethernet
(ZyWALL 35 connection.
and ZyWALL 5)
Flashing The 10 M LAN/DMZ is sending or receiving packets.
connection.
Flashing The 100 M LAN/DMZ is sending or receiving packets.

CHAPTER 3
Introducing the Web
Configurator
This chapter describes how to access the ZyWALL web configurator and provides an
overview of its screens.
3.1 Web Configurator Overview

The web configurator is an HTML-based management interface that allows easy ZyWALL
setup and management via Internet browser. Use Internet Explorer 6.0 and later or Netscape
Navigator 7.0 and later versions. The recommended screen resolution is 1024 by 768 pixels.
In order to use the web configurator you need to allow:
• Web browser pop-up windows from your device. Web pop-up blocking is enabled by
default in Windows XP SP (Service Pack) 2.
• JavaScripts (enabled by default).
• Java permissions (enabled by default).
See Appendix B on page 785 if you want to make sure these functions are allowed in Internet
Explorer or Netscape Navigator.
3.2 Accessing the ZyWALL Web Configurator
" By default, the packets from WLAN to WLAN/ZyWALL are dropped and users
cannot configure the ZyWALL wirelessly.
1 Make sure your ZyWALL hardware is properly connected and prepare your computer/
computer network to connect to the ZyWALL (refer to the Quick Start Guide).
2 Launch your web browser.
3 Type "192.168.1.1" as the URL.
4 Type "1234" (default) as the password and click Login. In some versions, the default
password appears automatically - if this is the case, click Login.

Chapter 3 Introducing the Web Configurator
5 You should see a screen asking you to change your password (highly recommended) as
shown next. Type a new password (and retype it to confirm) and click Apply or click
Ignore.
Figure 11 Change Password Screen
6 Click Apply in the Replace Certificate screen to create a certificate using your
ZyWALL’s MAC address that will be specific to this device.
" If you do not replace the default certificate here or in the CERTIFICATES
screen, this screen displays every time you access the web configurator.
Figure 12 Replace Certificate Screen
7 You should now see the HOME screen (see Figure 15 on page 65).
" The management session automatically times out when the time period set in
the Administrator Inactivity Timer field expires (default five minutes). Simply
log back into the ZyWALL if this happens to you.

3.3 Resetting the ZyWALL

If you forget your password or cannot access the web configurator, you will need to reload the
factory-default configuration file or use the RESET button on the back of the ZyWALL.
Uploading this configuration file replaces the current configuration file with the factory-
default configuration file. This means that you will lose all configurations that you had
previously and the speed of the console port will be reset to the default of 9600bps with 8 data
bit, no parity, one stop bit and flow control set to none. The password will be reset to 1234,
also.
3.3.1 Procedure To Use The Reset Button

Make sure the SYS LED is on (not blinking) before you begin this procedure.
1 Press the RESET button for ten seconds, and then release it. If the SYS LED begins to
blink, the defaults have been restored and the ZyWALL restarts. Otherwise, go to step 2.
2 Turn the ZyWALL off.
3 While pressing the RESET button, turn the ZyWALL on.
4 Continue to hold the RESET button. The SYS LED will begin to blink and flicker very
quickly after about 20 seconds. This indicates that the defaults have been restored and
the ZyWALL is now restarting.
5 Release the RESET button and wait for the ZyWALL to finish restarting.
3.3.2 Uploading a Configuration File Via Console Port

1 Download the default configuration file from the ZyXEL FTP site, unzip it and save it in
a folder.
2 Turn off the ZyWALL, begin a terminal emulation software session and turn on the
ZyWALL again. When you see the message "Press Any key to enter Debug Mode within
3 seconds", press any key to enter debug mode.
3 Enter "y" at the prompt below to go into debug mode.
4 Enter "atlc" after "Enter Debug Mode" message.
5 Wait for "Starting XMODEM upload" message before activating Xmodem upload on
your terminal. This is an example Xmodem configuration upload using HyperTerminal.
Figure 13 Example Xmodem Upload
Type the configuration file’s location,

or click Browse to search for it.
Choose the Xmodem protocol.
Then click Send.
6 After successful firmware upload, enter "atgo" to restart the router.

3.4 Navigating the ZyWALL Web Configurator

The following summarizes how to navigate the web configurator from the HOME screen.
This guide uses the ZyWALL 70 screenshots as an example. The screens may vary slightly for
different ZyWALL models.
Figure 14 HOME Screen
D
As illustrated above, the main screen is divided into these parts:
• A - title bar
• B - navigation panel
• C - main window
• D - status bar
3.4.1 Title Bar

The title bar provides some icons in the upper right corner.
The icons provide the following functions.
Table 3 Title Bar: Web Configurator Icons
ICON DESCRIPTION
Wizards: Click this icon to open one of the web configurator wizards. See Chapter 4
on page 87 for more information.
Help: Click this icon to open the help page for the current screen.

3.4.2 Main Window

The main window shows the screen you select in the navigation panel. It is discussed in more
detail in the rest of this document.
Right after you log in, the HOME screen is displayed. The screen varies according to the
device mode you select in the MAINTENANCE > Device Mode screen.
3.4.3 HOME Screen: Router Mode

The following screen displays when the ZyWALL is set to router mode. This screen displays
general status information about the ZyWALL. The ZyWALL is set to router mode by default.
Not all fields are available on all models.
WAN 2 refers to either the physical WAN 2 port on a ZyWALL with multiple WAN ports or
the 3G card on a single WAN ZyWALL in router mode.
Figure 15 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Router Mode (ZyWALL 5)
The following table describes the labels in this screen.

Table 4 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Router Mode
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Automatic Refresh Select a number of seconds or None from the drop-down list box to update all
Interval screen statistics automatically at the end of every time interval or to not update
the screen statistics.
Refresh Click this button to update the status screen statistics immediately.
System
Information

Table 4 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Router Mode (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
System Name This is the System Name you enter in the MAINTENANCE > General screen. It
is for identification purposes. Click the field label to go to the screen where you
can specify a name for this ZyWALL.
Model This is the model name of your ZyWALL.
Bootbase Version This is the bootbase version and the date created.
Firmware Version This is the ZyNOS Firmware version and the date created. ZyNOS is ZyXEL's
proprietary Network Operating System design. Click the field label to go to the
screen where you can upload a new firmware file.
Up Time This field displays how long the ZyWALL has been running since it last started up.
The ZyWALL starts up when you turn it on, when you restart it (MAINTENANCE >
Restart), or when you reset it (see Section 3.3 on page 63).
System Time This field displays your ZyWALL’s present date (in yyyy-mm-dd format) and time
(in hh:mm:ss format) along with the difference from the Greenwich Mean Time
(GMT) zone. The difference from GMT is based on the time zone. It is also
adjusted for Daylight Saving Time if you set the ZyWALL to use it. Click the field
label to go to the screen where you can modify the ZyWALL’s date and time
settings.
Device Mode This displays whether the ZyWALL is functioning as a router or a bridge. Click the
field label to go to the screen where you can configure the ZyWALL as a router or
a bridge.
Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyWALL’s firewall is activated. Click the field
label to go to the screen where you can turn the firewall on or off.
System Resources
Flash The first number shows how many megabytes of the flash the ZyWALL is using.
Memory The first number shows how many megabytes of the heap memory the ZyWALL
is using. Heap memory refers to the memory that is not used by ZyNOS (ZyXEL
Network Operating System) and is thus available for running processes like NAT,
VPN and the firewall.
The second number shows the ZyWALL's total heap memory (in megabytes).
The bar displays what percent of the ZyWALL's heap memory is in use. The bar
turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached.
Sessions The first number shows how many sessions are currently open on the ZyWALL.
This includes all sessions that are currently traversing the ZyWALL, terminating at
the ZyWALL or Initiated from the ZyWALL
The second number is the maximum number of sessions that can be open at one
time.
The bar displays what percent of the maximum number of sessions is in use. The
bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached.
CPU This field displays what percentage of the ZyWALL’s processing ability is
currently used. When this percentage is close to 100%, the ZyWALL is running at
full load, and the throughput is not going to improve anymore. If you want some
applications to have more throughput, you should turn off other applications (for
example, using bandwidth management.
Interfaces This is the port type.
Click "+" to expand or "-" to collapse the IP alias drop-down lists.
Hold your cursor over an interface’s label to display the interface’s MAC Address.
Click an interface’s label to go to the screen where you can configure settings for
that interface.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Status For the LAN, DMZ and WLAN ports, this displays the port speed and duplex
setting. Ethernet port connections can be in half-duplex or full-duplex mode. Full-
duplex refers to a device's ability to send and receive simultaneously, while half-
duplex indicates that traffic can flow in only one direction at a time. The Ethernet
port must use the same speed or duplex mode setting as the peer Ethernet port in
order to connect.
For the WAN interface(s) and the Dial Backup port, it displays the port speed and
duplex setting if you’re using Ethernet encapsulation or the remote node name
(configured through the SMT) for a PPP connection and Down (line is down or
not connected), Idle (line (ppp) idle), Dial (starting to trigger a call) or Drop
(dropping a call) if you’re using PPPoE encapsulation.
IP/Netmask This shows the port’s IP address and subnet mask.
IP Assignment For the WAN, if the ZyWALL gets its IP address automatically from an ISP, this
displays DHCP client when you’re using Ethernet encapsulation and IPCP Client
when you’re using PPPoE or PPTP encapsulation. Static displays if the WAN
port is using a manually entered static (fixed) IP address.
For the LAN, WLAN or DMZ, DHCP server displays when the ZyWALL is set to
automatically give IP address information to the computers connected to the LAN.
DHCP relay displays when the ZyWALL is set to forward IP address assignment
requests to another DHCP server. Static displays if the LAN port is using a
manually entered static (fixed) IP address. In this case, you must have another
DHCP server on your LAN, or else the computers must be manually configured.
For the dial backup port, this shows N/A when dial backup is disabled and IPCP
client when dial backup is enabled.
Renew If you are using Ethernet encapsulation and the WAN port is configured to get the
IP address automatically from the ISP, click Renew to release the WAN port’s
dynamically assigned IP address and get the IP address afresh. Click Dial to dial
up the PPTP, PPPoE or dial backup connection. Click Drop to disconnect the
PPTP, PPPoE, 3G WAN or dial backup connection.
Security Services
Turbo Card This field displays whether or not a ZyWALL Turbo Card is installed.
Note: The ZyWALL must have a Turbo Card installed and a valid
service subscription to use the IDP and anti-virus features.
IDP/Anti-Virus This is the version number of the signatures set that the ZyWALL is using and the
Definitions date and time that the set was released. Click the field label to go to the screen
where you can update the signatures. N/A displays when there is no Turbo Card
installed or the service subscription has expired.
IDP/Anti-Virus This is the date the IDP/anti-virus service subscription expires. Click the field label
Expiration Date to go to the screen where you can update your service subscription.
Anti-Spam This is the date the anti-spam service subscription expires. Click the field label to
Expiration Date go to the screen where you can update your service subscription.
Content Filter This is the date the category-based content filtering service subscription expires.
Expiration Date Click the field label to go to the screen where you can update your service
subscription.
Intrusion Detected This displays how many intrusions the ZyWALL has detected since it last started
up. N/A displays when the ZyWALL has never had an IDP subscription or there is
no Turbo Card installed. Disable displays when IDP threat statistics collection is
disabled.
Click the field label to go to the related screen.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Virus Detected This displays how many virus-infected files the ZyWALL has detected since it last
started up. It also displays the percentage of virus-infected files out of the total
number of files that the ZyWALL has scanned (since it last started up). N/A
displays when the ZyWALL has never had an anti-virus subscription or there is no
Turbo Card installed. Disable displays when anti-virus threat statistics collection
is disabled.
Spam Mail This displays how many spam e-mails the ZyWALL has detected since it last
Detected started up. It also displays the percentage of spam e-mail out of the total number
of e-mails that the ZyWALL has scanned (since it last started up). Disable
displays when anti-spam threat statistics collection is disabled.
Web Site Blocked This displays how many web site hits the ZyWALL has blocked since it last
started up. N/A displays when the ZyWALL has never had an external database
content filtering service subscription. Disable (collect statistics) displays when the
ZyWALL has been subscribed to the external database content filtering service,
but content filtering is not active.
Top 5 Intrusion & The following is a list of the five intrusions or viruses that the ZyWALL has most
Virus Detections frequently detected since it last started up.
Rank This is the ranking number of an intrusion or virus. This is an intrusion’s or virus’s
place in the list of most common intrusions or viruses.
Intrusion Detected This is the name of a signature for which the ZyWALL has detected matching
packets. The number in brackets indicates how many times the signature has
been matched.
Click the hyperlink for more detailed information on the intrusion.
Virus Detected This is the name of the virus that the ZyWALL has detected.
3G WAN Interface These fields display when a 3G card is inserted and the 3G connection is
Status enabled.
show detail / hide Click show detail to see more information about the 3G connection. Click hide
detail detail to
3G Connection WAN2 (the remote node name configured through the SMT) displays when the
Status 3G connection is up.
Ready to Connect displays when the 3G card is inserted and enabled.
Connecting displays when the ZyWALL is trying to bring the 3G connection up.
Connected displays when the 3G connection is up.
Down displays when the 3G connection is down or not activated.
Idle displays when the 3G connection is idle.
Init displays when the ZyWALL is initializing the 3G card.
Drop displays when the ZyWALL is dropping a call.
This field also displays the type of the network to which the ZyWALL is
connected. The network type varies depending on the 3G card you inserted and
could be UMTS, HSDPA, GPRS or EDGE when you insert a GSM 3G card, or
1xRTT, EVDO Rev.0 or EVDO Rev.A when you insert a CDMA 3G card.
Service Provider This displays the name of your network service provider or Limited Service when
the signal strength is too low.
Signal Strength This displays the strength of the signal. The signal strength mainly depends on
the antenna output power and the distance between your ZyWALL and the
service provider’s base station. You can see a signal strength indication even
when the ZyWALL does not have a 3G connection (because the signal is still
there even when the ZyWALL is not using it).


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Last Connection This displays how long the 3G connection has been up.
Up Time
Tx Bytes This displays the total number of data frames transmitted.
Rx Bytes This displays the total number of data frames received.
3G Card This displays the manufacturer of your 3G card.
Manufacturer
3G Card Model This displays the model name of your 3G card.
3G Card Firmware This displays the version of the firmware currently used in the 3G card.
Revision
3G Card IMEI This displays the International Mobile Equipment Number (IMEI) which is the
serial number of the 3G wireless card. IMEI is a unique 15-digit number used to
identify a mobile device.
SIM Card IMSI This displays the International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) stored in the SIM
(Subscriber Identity Module) card. The SIM card is installed in a mobile device
and used for authenticating a customer to the carrier network. IMSI is a unique
15-digit number used to identify a user on a network.
3G Card ESN This field is available only when you insert a CDMA (Code Division Multiple
Access) 3G card.
This shows the ESN (Electronic Serial Number) of the inserted CDMA 3G card.
The ESN is the serial number of a CDMA 3G card and is similar to the IMEI on a
GSM or UMTS 3G card.
Enter PIN code If the PIN code you specified in the 3G (WAN 2) screen is not the right one for the
again card you inserted, this field displays allowing you to enter the correct PIN code.
Enter the PIN code (four to eight digits) for the inserted 3G card.
Apply Click Apply to save the correct PIN code and replace the one you specified in the
3G (WAN 2) screen.
PUK Code If you enter the PIN code incorrectly three times, the SIM card will be blocked by
your ISP and you cannot use the account to access the Internet. You should get
the PUK (Personal Unblocking Key) code (four to eight digits) from your ISP.
Enter the PUK code to enable the SIM card. If an incorrect PUK code is entered
10 times, the SIM card will be disabled permanently. You then need to contact
your ISP for a new SIM card.
New PIN Code Configure a PIN code for the SIM card. You can specify any four to eight digits to
have a new PIN code or enter the previous PIN code.
Confirm New PIN Enter the PIN code again for confirmation.
Code
Apply Click Apply to save your changes in this section.
Reset budget This field displays if you have enabled budget control but insert a 3G card with a
counters, resume different user account from the one for which you configured budget control.
budget control Select this option to have the ZyWALL do budget calculation starting from 0 but
use the previous settings.
Resume budget This field displays if you have enabled budget control but insert a 3G card with a
control different user account from the one for which you configured budget control.
Select this option to have the ZyWALL keep the existing statistics and continue
counting.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Disable budget This field displays if you have enabled budget control but insert a 3G card with a
control different user account from the one for which you configured budget control.
Select this option to disable budget control.
If you want to enable and configure new budget control settings for the new user
account, go to the 3G (WAN 2) screen.
The ZyWALL keeps the existing statistics if you do not change the budget control
settings. You could reinsert the original card and enable budget control to have
the ZyWALL continue counting the budget control statistics.
Enter modem This field only displays when you insert a 3G card and the internal modem on the
unlock code 3G card is blocked.
Enter a key to enable the internal modem on your 3G card. By default, the key is
the last four digits of your phone number used to dial up the 3G connection.
Otherwise, you need to get the key from your service provider.
Remaining Time This displays when you enable budget control in the 3G (WAN 2) screen.
Budget This shows the amount of time the 3G connection can still be used before the
ZyWALL takes the actions you specified in the 3G (WAN 2) screen.
Remaining Data This displays when you enable budget control in the 3G (WAN 2) screen.
Budget This shows how much data (in bytes) can still be transmitted through the 3G
connection before the ZyWALL takes the actions you specified in the 3G (WAN 2)
screen.
Note: The budget counters will not be reset when you restore the
factory defaults. The budget counters are saved to the flash
every hour or when the 3G connection is dropped. If you
restart the ZyWALL within one hour, any change in the
counters will not be saved.
Reset time and This displays when you enable budget control in the Network > WAN > 3G (WAN
data budget 2) screen.
counters Click this button to reset the time and data budgets immediately. The count starts
over with the 3G connection’s full configured monthly time and data budgets. This
does not affect the normal monthly budget restart.
Latest Alerts This table displays the five most recent alerts recorded by the ZyWALL. You can
see more information in the View Log screen, such as the source and destination
IP addresses and port numbers of the incoming packets.
Date/Time This is the date and time the alert was recorded.
Message This is the reason for the alert.
System Status
Port Statistics Click Port Statistics to see router performance statistics such as the number of
packets sent and number of packets received for each port.
DHCP Table Click DHCP Table to show current DHCP client information.
VPN Click VPN to display the active VPN connections.
Bandwidth Click Bandwidth to view the ZyWALL’s bandwidth usage and allotments.

3.4.4 HOME Screen: Bridge Mode

The following screen displays when the ZyWALL is set to bridge mode. In bridge mode, the
ZyWALL functions as a transparent firewall (also known as a bridge firewall). The ZyWALL
bridges traffic traveling between the ZyWALL's interfaces and still filters and inspects
packets. You do not need to change the configuration of your existing network.
In bridge mode, the ZyWALL cannot get an IP address from a DHCP server. The LAN, WAN,
DMZ and WLAN interfaces all have the same (static) IP address and subnet mask. You can
configure the ZyWALL's IP address in order to access the ZyWALL for management. If you
connect your computer directly to the ZyWALL, you also need to assign your computer a
static IP address in the same subnet as the ZyWALL's IP address in order to access the
ZyWALL.
You can use the firewall and VPN in bridge mode. See the user’s guide for a list of other
features that are available in bridge mode.
Figure 16 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Bridge Mode

Table 5 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Bridge Mode
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Automatic Select a number of seconds or None from the drop-down list box to update all
Refresh Interval screen statistics automatically at the end of every time interval or to not update the
screen statistics.
Refresh Click this button to update the screen’s statistics immediately.
System
Information
System Name This is the System Name you enter in the MAINTENANCE > General screen. It is
for identification purposes. Click the field label to go to the screen where you can
specify a name for this ZyWALL.
Model This is the model name of your ZyWALL.

Table 5 Web Configurator HOME Screen in Bridge Mode (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Bootbase This is the bootbase version and the date created.
Version
Firmware This is the ZyNOS Firmware version and the date created. ZyNOS is ZyXEL's
Version proprietary Network Operating System design. Click the field label to go to the
screen where you can upload a new firmware file.
Up Time This field displays how long the ZyWALL has been running since it last started up.
The ZyWALL starts up when you turn it on, when you restart it (MAINTENANCE >
Restart), or when you reset it (see Section 3.3 on page 63).
System Time This field displays your ZyWALL’s present date (in yyyy-mm-dd format) and time
(in hh:mm:ss format) along with the difference from the Greenwich Mean Time
(GMT) zone. The difference from GMT is based on the time zone. It is also
adjusted for Daylight Saving Time if you set the ZyWALL to use it. Click the field
label to go to the screen where you can modify the ZyWALL’s date and time
settings.
Device Mode This displays whether the ZyWALL is functioning as a router or a bridge. Click the
field label to go to the screen where you can configure the ZyWALL as a router or a
bridge.
Firewall This displays whether or not the ZyWALL’s firewall is activated. Click the field label
to go to the screen where you can turn the firewall on or off.
System
Resources
Flash The first number shows how many megabytes of the flash the ZyWALL is using.
Memory The first number shows how many megabytes of the heap memory the ZyWALL is
using. Heap memory refers to the memory that is not used by ZyNOS (ZyXEL
Network Operating System) and is thus available for running processes like NAT,
VPN and the firewall.
The second number shows the ZyWALL's total heap memory (in megabytes).
The bar displays what percent of the ZyWALL's heap memory is in use. The bar
turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached.
Sessions The first number shows how many sessions are currently open on the ZyWALL.
This includes all sessions that are currently traversing the ZyWALL, terminating at
the ZyWALL or initiated from the ZyWALL
The second number is the maximum number of sessions that can be open at one
time.
The bar displays what percent of the maximum number of sessions is in use. The
bar turns from green to red when the maximum is being approached.
CPU This field displays what percentage of the ZyWALL’s processing ability is currently
used. When this percentage is close to 100%, the ZyWALL is running at full load,
and the throughput is not going to improve anymore. If you want some applications
to have more throughput, you should turn off other applications (for example, using
bandwidth management.
Network Status Click more to display information about the individual interfaces.
IP/Netmask This is the IP address and subnet mask of your ZyWALL in dotted decimal
Address notation.
Gateway IP This is the gateway IP address.
Address
Rapid Spanning This shows whether RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) is active or not. The
Tree Protocol following labels or values relative to RSTP do not apply when RSTP is disabled.
Bridge Priority This is the bridge priority of the ZyWALL. The bridge (or switch) with the lowest
bridge priority value in the network is the root bridge (the base of the spanning
tree).


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Bridge Hello This is the interval of BPDUs (Bridge Protocol Data Units) from the root bridge.
Time
Bridge Max Age This is the predefined interval that a bridge waits to get a Hello message (BPDU)
from the root bridge.
Forward Delay This is the forward delay interval.
Bridge Port This is the port type. Port types are: WAN (or WAN1, WAN2), LAN, Wireless
Card, DMZ and WLAN Interface.
Port Status For the WAN, LAN, DMZ, and WLAN Interfaces, this displays the port speed and
duplex setting. For the WAN port, it displays Down when the link is not ready or
has failed. For the wireless card, it displays the transmission rate when a wireless
LAN card is inserted and WLAN is enabled or Down when a wireless LAN is not
inserted or WLAN is disabled.
RSTP Status This is the RSTP status of the corresponding port.
RSTP Active This shows whether or not RSTP is active on the corresponding port.
RSTP Priority This is the RSTP priority of the corresponding port.
RSTP Path Cost This is the cost of transmitting a frame from the root bridge to the corresponding
port.
Security Services
Note: The ZyWALL must have a Turbo Card installed and a valid
service subscription to use the IDP and anti-virus features.
IDP/Anti-Virus This is the version number of the signatures set that the ZyWALL is using and the
Definitions date and time that the set was released. Click the field label to go to the screen
where you can update the signatures. N/A displays when there is no Turbo Card
installed or the service subscription has expired.
IDP/Anti-Virus This is the date the IDP/anti-virus service subscription expires. Click the field label
Expiration Date to go to the screen where you can update your service subscription.
Anti-Spam This is the date the anti-spam service subscription expires. Click the field label to
Expiration Date go to the screen where you can update your service subscription.
Content Filter This is the date the category-based content filtering service subscription expires.
Expiration Date Click the field label to go to the screen where you can update your service
subscription.
Intrusion This displays how many intrusions the ZyWALL has detected since it last started
Detected up.
N/A displays when there is no valid license or there is no Turbo Card installed.
Disable displays when the IDP threat statistics collection is disabled.
Click the field label to go to the screen where you can turn the statistics collection
on or off.
Virus Detected This displays how many virus-infected files the ZyWALL has detected since it last
started up. It also displays the percentage of virus-infected files out of the total
number of files that the ZyWALL has scanned (since it last started up).
N/A displays when there is no valid license or there is no Turbo Card installed.
Disable displays when the anti-virus threat statistics collection is disabled.
on or off.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Spam Mail This displays how many spam e-mails the ZyWALL has detected since it last
Detected started up. It also displays the percentage of spam e-mail out of the total number of
e-mails that the ZyWALL has scanned (since it last started up).
Disable displays when the anti-spam threat statistics collection is disabled.
on or off.
Web Site This displays how many web site hits the ZyWALL has blocked since it last started
Blocked up.
N/A displays when there is no valid license.
Disable (collect statistics) displays when the content filtering feature is disabled.
Click the field label to go to the screen where you can turn content filtering on or off.
Top 5 Intrusion & The following is a list of the five intrusions or viruses that the ZyWALL has most
Virus Detections frequently detected since it last started up.
Rank This is the ranking number of an intrusion or virus. This is an intrusion’s or virus’s
place in the list of most common intrusions or viruses.
Intrusion This is the name of a signature for which the ZyWALL has detected matching
Detected packets. The number in brackets indicates how many times the signature has been
matched.
Click the hyperlink for more detailed information on the intrusion.
Virus Detected This is the name of the virus that the ZyWALL has detected.
Latest Alerts This table displays the five most recent alerts recorded by the ZyWALL. You can
see more information in the View Log screen, such as the source and destination
IP addresses and port numbers of the incoming packets.
Date/Time This is the date and time the alert was recorded.
Message This is the reason for the alert.
System Status
Port Statistics Click Port Statistics to see router performance statistics such as the number of
packets sent and number of packets received for each port.
VPN Click VPN to display the active VPN connections.
Bandwidth Click Bandwidth to view the ZyWALL’s bandwidth usage and allotments.
3.4.5 Navigation Panel

After you enter the password, use the sub-menus on the navigation panel to configure
ZyWALL features.
The following table lists the features available for each device mode. Not all ZyWALLs have
all features listed in this table.
Table 6 Bridge and Router Mode Features Comparison
FEATURE BRIDGE MODE ROUTER MODE
Internet Access Wizard Y
VPN Wizard Y Y
DHCP Table Y
System Statistics Y Y
Registration Y Y
LAN Y

Table 6 Bridge and Router Mode Features Comparison

FEATURE BRIDGE MODE ROUTER MODE
WAN Y
DMZ Y
Bridge Y
WLAN Y
Wireless Card Y Y
Firewall Y Y
IDP Y Y
Anti-Virus Y Y
Anti-Spam Y Y
Content Filter Y Y
VPN Y Y
Certificates Y Y
Authentication Server Y Y
NAT Y
Static Route Y
Policy Route Y
Bandwidth Management Y Y
DNS Y
Remote Management Y Y
UPnP Y
Custom Application Y Y
ALG Y Y
Reports Y Y
Logs Y Y
Maintenance Y Y
Table Key: A Y in a mode’s column shows that the device mode has the specified feature. The
information in this table was correct at the time of writing, although it may be subject to
change.
The following table describes the sub-menus.
Table 7 Screens Summary
LINK TAB FUNCTION
HOME This screen shows the ZyWALL’s general device and network
status information. Use this screen to access the wizards,
statistics and DHCP table.
REGISTRATIO Registration Use this screen to register your ZyWALL and activate the trial
N service subscriptions.
Service Use this to manage and update the service status and license
information.
NETWORK

Table 7 Screens Summary (continued)

LINK TAB FUNCTION
LAN LAN Use this screen to configure LAN DHCP and TCP/IP settings.
Static DHCP Use this screen to assign fixed IP addresses on the LAN.
IP Alias Use this screen to partition your LAN interface into subnets.
Port Roles Use this screen to change the LAN/DMZ/WLAN port roles.
(ZyWALL 5
and ZyWALL
35)
BRIDGE Bridge Use this screen to change the bridge settings on the ZyWALL.
Port Roles Use this screen to change the DMZ/WLAN port roles on the
ZyWALL 70 or the LAN/DMZ/WLAN port roles on the ZyWALL 5 or
ZyWALL 35.
WAN General This screen allows you to configure load balancing, route priority
and traffic redirect properties.
WAN1 Use this screen to configure the WAN1 connection for Internet
access.
WAN2 Use this screen to configure the WAN2 connection for Internet
access.
3G (WAN2) Use this screen to configure the 3G WAN2 connection for Internet
access (ZyWALL 5 only).
Traffic Use this screen to configure your traffic redirect properties and
Redirect parameters.
Dial Backup Use this screen to configure the backup WAN dial-up connection.
DMZ DMZ Use this screen to configure your DMZ connection.
Static DHCP Use this screen to assign fixed IP addresses on the DMZ.
IP Alias Use this screen to partition your DMZ interface into subnets.
ZyWALL 35.
WLAN WLAN Use this screen to configure your WLAN connection.
Static DHCP Use this screen to assign fixed IP addresses on the WLAN.
IP Alias Use this screen to partition your WLAN interface into subnets.
ZyWALL 35.
WIRELESS
3G (WAN2) This is the same as WAN > 3G (WAN2).
Wi-Fi Wireless Card Use this screen to configure the wireless LAN settings and WLAN
authentication/security settings.
MAC Filter Use this screen to change MAC filter settings on the ZyWALL
SECURITY


LINK TAB FUNCTION
FIREWALL Default Rule Use this screen to activate/deactivate the firewall and the direction
of network traffic to which to apply the rule
Rule Summary This screen shows a summary of the firewall rules, and allows you
to edit/add a firewall rule.
Anti-Probing Use this screen to change your anti-probing settings.
Threshold Use this screen to configure the threshold for DoS attacks.
Service Use this screen to configure custom services.
IDP General Use this screen to enable IDP on the ZyWALL and choose what
interface(s) you want to protect from intrusions.
Signature Use these screens to view signatures by attack type or search for
signatures by signature name, ID, severity, target operating
system, action etc. You can also configure signature actions here.
Anomaly Use this screen to configure anomaly detection settings.
Update Use this screen to download new signature downloads. It is
important to do this as new intrusions evolve.
Backup & Use this screen to back up, restore or revert to the default
Restore signatures’ actions.
ANTI-VIRUS General Use this screen to activate AV scanning on the interface(s) and
specify actions when a virus is detected.
Signature Use these screens to search for signatures by signature name or
attributes and configure how the ZyWALL uses them.
Update Use this screen to view the version number of the current
signatures and configure the signature update schedule.
Backup & Use this screen to back up, restore or revert to the default
Restore signatures’ actions.
ANTI-SPAM General Use this screen to turn the anti-spam feature on or off and set how
the ZyWALL treats spam.
External DB Use this screen to enable or disable the use of the anti-spam
external database.
Lists Use this screen to configure the whitelist to identify legitimate e-
mail and configure the blacklist to identify spam e-mail.
CONTENT General This screen allows you to enable content filtering and block certain
FILTER web features.
Policy Use these screens to configure content filtering policies for
particular source IP addresses or ranges of IP addresses. Select
web features and categories of web pages to block. You can also
configure schedules for applying the content filtering.
Object Use this screen to configure a master list of trusted web sites,
forbidden web sites, and keywords. Then you can use the objects
in individual policies.
Cache Use this screen to view and configure the ZyWALL’s URL caching.
VPN VPN Rules Use this screen to configure VPN connections using IKE key
(IKE) management and view the rule summary.
VPN Rules Use this screen to configure VPN connections using manual key
(Manual) management and view the rule summary.
SA Monitor Use this screen to display and manage active VPN connections.
Global Setting Use this screen to configure the IPSec timer settings.


LINK TAB FUNCTION
CERTIFICATES My Certificates Use this screen to view a summary list of certificates and manage
certificates and certification requests.
Trusted CAs Use this screen to view and manage the list of the trusted CAs.
Trusted Use this screen to view and manage the certificates belonging to
Remote Hosts the trusted remote hosts.
Directory Use this screen to view and manage the list of the directory
Servers servers.
AUTH SERVER Local User Use this screen to configure the local user account(s) on the
Database ZyWALL.
RADIUS Configure this screen to use an external server to authenticate
wireless and/or VPN users.
ADVANCED
NAT NAT Overview Use this screen to enable NAT.
Address Use this screen to configure network address translation mapping
Mapping rules.
Port Use this screen to configure servers behind the ZyWALL.
Forwarding
Port Triggering Use this screen to change your ZyWALL’s port triggering settings.
STATIC ROUTE IP Static Route Use this screen to configure IP static routes.
POLICY ROUTE Policy Route Use this screen to view a summary list of all the policies and
Summary configure policies for use in IP policy routing.
BW MGMT Summary Use this screen to enable bandwidth management on an interface.
Class Setup Use this screen to set up the bandwidth classes.
Monitor Use this screen to view the ZyWALL’s bandwidth usage and
allotments.
DNS System Use this screen to configure the address and name server
records.
Cache Use this screen to configure the DNS resolution cache.
DHCP Use this screen to configure LAN/DMZ/WLAN DNS information.
DDNS Use this screen to set up dynamic DNS.


LINK TAB FUNCTION
REMOTE WWW Use this screen to configure through which interface(s) and from
MGMT which IP address(es) users can use HTTPS or HTTP to manage
the ZyWALL.
SSH Use this screen to configure through which interface(s) and from
which IP address(es) users can use Secure Shell to manage the
ZyWALL.
TELNET Use this screen to configure through which interface(s) and from
which IP address(es) users can use Telnet to manage the
ZyWALL.
FTP Use this screen to configure through which interface(s) and from
which IP address(es) users can use FTP to access the ZyWALL.
SNMP Use this screen to configure your ZyWALL’s settings for Simple
Network Management Protocol management.
DNS Use this screen to configure through which interface(s) and from
which IP address(es) users can send DNS queries to the ZyWALL.
CNM Use this screen to configure and allow your ZyWALL to be
managed by the Vantage CNM server.
UPnP UPnP Use this screen to enable UPnP on the ZyWALL.
Ports Use this screen to view the NAT port mapping rules that UPnP
creates on the ZyWALL.
Custom APP Custom APP Use this screen to specify port numbers for the ZyWALL to monitor
for FTP, HTTP, SMTP, POP3, H323, and SIP traffic.
ALG ALG Use this screen to allow certain applications to pass through the
ZyWALL.
REPORTS
Reports Use this screen to have the ZyWALL record and display network
usage reports.
IDP Use this screen to collect and display statistics on the intrusions
that the ZyWALL has detected.
Anti-Virus Use this screen to collect and display statistics on the viruses that
the ZyWALL has detected.
Anti-Spam Use this screen to collect and display statistics on spam mail that
the ZyWALL has detected.
E-mail Report Use this screen to have reports emailed in a single file.
LOGS View Log Use this screen to view the logs for the categories that you
selected.
Log Settings Use this screen to change your ZyWALL’s log settings.


LINK TAB FUNCTION
MAINTENANCE General This screen contains administrative.
Password Use this screen to change your password.
Time and Date Use this screen to change your ZyWALL’s time and date.
Device Mode Use this screen to configure and have your ZyWALL work as a
router or a bridge.
F/W Upload Use this screen to upload firmware to your ZyWALL
Backup & Use this screen to backup and restore the configuration or reset
Restore the factory defaults to your ZyWALL.
Restart This screen allows you to reboot the ZyWALL without turning the
power off.
Diagnosis Use this screen to have the ZyWALL generate and send
diagnostic files by e-mail and/or the console port.
LOGOUT Click this label to exit the web configurator.
3.4.6 Port Statistics

Click Port Statistics in the HOME screen. Read-only information here includes port status
and packet specific statistics. The Poll Interval(s) field is configurable. Not all items
described are available on all models.
Figure 17 HOME > Port Statistics

Table 8 HOME > Port Statistics
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Click the icon to display the chart of throughput statistics.
Port These are the ZyWALL’s interfaces.

Table 8 HOME > Port Statistics (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Status For the WAN interface(s) and the Dial Backup port, this displays the port speed and
duplex setting if you’re using Ethernet encapsulation or the remote node name for a
PPP connection and Down (line is down or not connected), Idle (line (ppp) idle),
Dial (starting to trigger a call) or Drop (dropping a call) if you’re using PPPoE
encapsulation. Dial backup is not available in bridge mode.
For the LAN, DMZ and WLAN ports, this displays the port speed and duplex setting.
For the WLAN card, this displays the transmission rate when a wireless LAN card is
inserted and WLAN is enabled or Down when a wireless LAN is not inserted or
WLAN is disabled.
TxPkts This is the number of transmitted packets on this port.
RxPkts This is the number of received packets on this port.
Tx B/s This displays the transmission speed in bytes per second on this port.
Rx B/s This displays the reception speed in bytes per second on this port.
Up Time This is the total amount of time the line has been up.
System Up Time This is the total time the ZyWALL has been on.
screen statistics.
3.4.7 Show Statistics: Line Chart

Click the icon in the Show Statistics screen. This screen shows you a line chart of each port’s
throughput statistics.
Figure 18 HOME > Show Statistics > Line Chart


Table 9 HOME > Show Statistics > Line Chart
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Click the icon to go back to the Show Statistics screen.
Port Select the check box(es) to display the throughput statistics of the corresponding
interface(s).
B/s Specify the direction of the traffic for which you want to show throughput statistics in
this table.
Select Tx to display transmitted traffic throughput statistics and the amount of traffic
(in bytes). Select Rx to display received traffic throughput statistics and the amount
of traffic (in bytes).
Throughput Set the range of the throughput (in B/s, KB/s or MB/s) to display.
Range Click Set Range to save this setting back to the ZyWALL.
3.4.8 DHCP Table

DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, RFC 2131 and RFC 2132) allows individual
clients to obtain TCP/IP configuration at start-up from a server. You can configure the
ZyWALL as a DHCP server or disable it. When configured as a server, the ZyWALL provides
the TCP/IP configuration for the clients. If DHCP service is disabled, you must have another
DHCP server on your LAN, or else the computer must be manually configured.
Click Show DHCP Table in the HOME screen when the ZyWALL is set to router mode.
Read-only information here relates to your DHCP status. The DHCP table shows current
DHCP client information (including IP Address, Host Name and MAC Address) of all
network clients using the ZyWALL’s DHCP server.
Figure 19 HOME > Show DHCP Table

Table 10 HOME > Show DHCP Table
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Interface Select LAN, DMZ or WLAN to show the current DHCP client information for the
specified interface.
# This is the index number of the host computer.
IP Address This field displays the IP address relative to the # field listed above.
Host Name This field displays the computer host name.

Table 10 HOME > Show DHCP Table (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
MAC Address The MAC (Media Access Control) or Ethernet address on a LAN (Local Area
Network) is unique to your computer (six pairs of hexadecimal notation).
A network interface card such as an Ethernet adapter has a hardwired address that is
assigned at the factory. This address follows an industry standard that ensures no
other adapter has a similar address.
Reserve Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or
select the check box(es) in each entry to have the ZyWALL always assign the
selected entry(ies)’s IP address(es) to the corresponding MAC address(es) (and host
name(s)). You can select up to 128 entries in this table. After you click Apply, the
MAC address and IP address also display in the corresponding LAN, DMZ or WLAN
Static DHCP screen (where you can edit them).
Refresh Click Refresh to reload the DHCP table.
3.4.9 VPN Status

Click VPN in the HOME screen. This screen displays read-only information about the active
VPN connections. The Poll Interval(s) field is configurable. A Security Association (SA) is
the group of security settings related to a specific VPN tunnel.
Figure 20 HOME > VPN Status

Table 11 HOME > VPN Status
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the security association index number.
Name This field displays the identification name for this VPN policy.
Local Network This field displays the IP address of the computer using the VPN IPSec feature of
your ZyWALL.
Remote Network This field displays IP address (in a range) of computers on the remote network
behind the remote IPSec router.
Encapsulation This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode.

Table 11 HOME > VPN Status

LABEL DESCRIPTION
IPSec Algorithm This field displays the security protocols used for an SA.
Both AH and ESP increase ZyWALL processing requirements and communications
latency (delay).
screen statistics.
3.4.10 Bandwidth Monitor

Click Bandwidth in the HOME screen to display the bandwidth monitor. This screen displays
the device’s bandwidth usage and allotments.
Figure 21 Home > Bandwidth Monitor

Table 12 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Monitor
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Interface Select an interface from the drop-down list box to view the bandwidth usage
of its bandwidth classes.
Class This field displays the name of the bandwidth class.
A Default Class automatically displays for all the bandwidth in the Root
Class that is not allocated to bandwidth classes. If you do not enable
maximize bandwidth usage on an interface, the ZyWALL uses the bandwidth
in this default class to send traffic that does not match any of the bandwidth
classes.A
Budget (kbps) This field displays the amount of bandwidth allocated to the bandwidth class.
Current Usage (kbps) This field displays the amount of bandwidth that each bandwidth class is
using.

Table 12 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Monitor

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Automatic Refresh Select a number of seconds or None from the drop-down list box to update all
Interval screen statistics automatically at the end of every time interval or to not
update the screen statistics.
A. If you allocate all the root class’s bandwidth to the bandwidth classes, the default class still displays a budget of 2
kbps (the minimum amount of bandwidth that can be assigned to a bandwidth class).


CHAPTER 4
Wizard Setup
This chapter provides information on the Wizard Setup screens in the web configurator. The
Internet access wizard is only applicable when the ZyWALL is in router mode.
4.1 Wizard Setup Overview

The web configurator's setup wizards help you configure Internet and VPN connection
settings.
In the HOME screen, click the Wizard icon to open the Wizard Setup Welcome screen.
The following summarizes the wizards you can select:
• Internet Access Setup
Click this link to open a wizard to set up an Internet connection for WAN1 on a ZyWALL
with multiple WAN ports or the WAN port on a ZyWALL with a single WAN port.
• VPN Setup
Use VPN Setup to configure a VPN connection that uses a pre-shared key. If you want to
set the rule to use a certificate, please go to the VPN screens for configuration. See Section
4.3 on page 96.
• Anti-Spam Setup
Use Anti-Spam Setup to select which traffic directions the anti-spam feature checks for
unsolicited commercial or junk e-mail (spam). See Section 4.3 on page 96.
Figure 22 Wizard Setup Welcome

Chapter 4 Wizard Setup
4.2 Internet Access

The Internet access wizard screen has three variations depending on what encapsulation type
you use. Refer to information provided by your ISP to know what to enter in each field. Leave
a field blank if you don’t have that information.
4.2.1 ISP Parameters

The ZyWALL offers three choices of encapsulation. They are Ethernet, PPTP or PPPoE.
The wizard screen varies according to the type of encapsulation that you select in the
Encapsulation field.
4.2.1.1 Ethernet
For ISPs (such as Telstra) that send UDP heartbeat packets to verify that the customer is still
online, please create a WAN-to-WAN/ZyWALL firewall rule for those packets. Contact your
ISP to find the correct port number.
Choose Ethernet when the WAN port is used as a regular Ethernet.
Figure 23 ISP Parameters: Ethernet Encapsulation

Table 13 ISP Parameters: Ethernet Encapsulation
LABEL DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameters
for Internet
Access
Encapsulation You must choose the Ethernet option when the WAN port is used as a regular
Ethernet. Otherwise, choose PPPoE or PPTP for a dial-up connection.
WAN IP Address
Assignment

Table 13 ISP Parameters: Ethernet Encapsulation

LABEL DESCRIPTION
IP Address Select Dynamic If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address. This is the
Assignment default selection.
Select Static If the ISP assigned a fixed IP address.
The fields below are available only when you select Static.
My WAN IP Enter your WAN IP address in this field.
Address
My WAN IP Enter the IP subnet mask in this field.
Subnet Mask
Gateway IP Enter the gateway IP address in this field.
Address
First DNS Server Enter the DNS server's IP address(es) in the field(s) to the right.
Second DNS Leave the field as 0.0.0.0 if you do not want to configure DNS servers. If you do not
Server configure a DNS server, you must know the IP address of a machine in order to
access it.
Back Click Back to return to the previous wizard screen.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes and go to the next screen.
4.2.1.2 PPPoE Encapsulation

Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) functions as a dial-up connection. PPPoE is an
IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) standard specifying how a host personal computer
interacts with a broadband modem (for example DSL, cable, wireless, etc.) to achieve access
to high-speed data networks.
Figure 24 ISP Parameters: PPPoE Encapsulation


Table 14 ISP Parameters: PPPoE Encapsulation
LABEL DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameter
for Internet
Access
Encapsulation Choose an encapsulation method from the pull-down list box. PPP over Ethernet
forms a dial-up connection.
Service Name Type the name of your service provider.
User Name Type the user name given to you by your ISP.
Password Type the password associated with the user name above.
Retype to Type your password again for confirmation.
Confirm
Nailed-Up Select Nailed-Up if you do not want the connection to time out.
Idle Timeout Type the time in seconds that elapses before the router automatically disconnects
from the PPPoE server. The default time is 100 seconds.
WAN IP Address
Assignment
Address
Second DNS Leave the field as 0.0.0.0 if you do not want to configure DNS servers. If you do not
Server configure a DNS server, you must know the IP address of a machine in order to
access it.
4.2.1.3 PPTP Encapsulation

Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) is a network protocol that enables transfers of data
from a remote client to a private server, creating a Virtual Private Network (VPN) using TCP/
IP-based networks.
PPTP supports on-demand, multi-protocol, and virtual private networking over public
networks, such as the Internet.
" The ZyWALL supports one PPTP server connection at any given time.

Figure 25 ISP Parameters: PPTP Encapsulation

Table 15 ISP Parameters: PPTP Encapsulation
LABEL DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameters for
Internet Access
Encapsulation Select PPTP from the drop-down list box. To configure a PPTP client, you must
configure the User Name and Password fields for a PPP connection and the
PPTP parameters for a PPTP connection.
Password Type the password associated with the User Name above.
Retype to Confirm Type your password again for confirmation.
Idle Timeout Type the time in seconds that elapses before the router automatically
disconnects from the PPTP server.
PPTP
Configuration
My IP Address Type the (static) IP address assigned to you by your ISP.
My IP Subnet Mask Type the subnet mask assigned to you by your ISP (if given).
Server IP Address Type the IP address of the PPTP server.
Connection ID/ Enter the connection ID or connection name in this field. It must follow the "c:id"
Name and "n:name" format. For example, C:12 or N:My ISP.
This field is optional and depends on the requirements of your xDSL modem.

Table 15 ISP Parameters: PPTP Encapsulation

LABEL DESCRIPTION
WAN IP Address
Assignment
Address
Second DNS Leave the field as 0.0.0.0 if you do not want to configure DNS servers. If you do
Server not configure a DNS server, you must know the IP address of a machine in order
to access it.
4.2.2 Internet Access Wizard: Second Screen

Click Next to go to the screen where you can register your ZyWALL and activate the free
content filtering, anti-spam, anti-virus and IDP trial applications. Otherwise, click Skip to
display the congratulations screen and click Close to complete the Internet access setup.
" Make sure you have installed the ZyWALL Turbo Card before you activate the
IDP and anti-virus subscription services.
Turn the ZyWALL off before you install or remove the ZyWALL Turbo Card.
Figure 26 Internet Access Wizard: Second Screen

Figure 27 Internet Access Setup Complete
4.2.3 Internet Access Wizard: Registration

If you clicked Next in the previous screen (see Figure 26 on page 92), the following screen
displays.
Use this screen to register the ZyWALL with myZyXEL.com. You must register your
ZyWALL before you can activate trial applications of services like content filtering, anti-
spam, anti-virus and IDP.
" If you want to activate a standard service with your iCard’s PIN number
(license key), use the REGISTRATION > Service screen.
Figure 28 Internet Access Wizard: Registration


Table 16 Internet Access Wizard: Registration
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Device Registration If you select Existing myZyXEL.com account, only the User Name and
Password fields are available.
New myZyXEL.com If you haven’t created an account at myZyXEL.com, select this option and
account configure the following fields to create an account and register your
ZyWALL.
Existing myZyXEL.com If you already have an account at myZyXEL.com, select this option and enter
account your user name and password in the fields below to register your ZyWALL.
User Name Enter a user name for your myZyXEL.com account. The name should be
from six to 20 alphanumeric characters (and the underscore). Spaces are
not allowed.
Check Click this button to check with the myZyXEL.com database to verify the user
name you entered has not been used.
Password Enter a password of between six and 20 alphanumeric characters (and the
underscore). Spaces are not allowed.
Confirm Password Enter the password again for confirmation.
E-Mail Address Enter your e-mail address. You can use up to 80 alphanumeric characters
(periods and the underscore are also allowed) without spaces.
Country Select your country from the drop-down box list.
Back Click Back to return to the previous screen.
Next Click Next to continue.
After you fill in the fields and click Next, the following screen shows indicating the
registration is in progress. Wait for the registration progress to finish.
Figure 29 Internet Access Wizard: Registration in Progress
4.2.4 Internet Access Wizard: Status

This screen shows your device registration and service subscription status. Click Close to
leave the wizard screen when the registration and activation are done.

Figure 30 Internet Access Wizard: Status
A screen similar to the following appears if the registration was not successful. Click Return
to go back to the Device Registration screen and check your settings.
Figure 31 Internet Access Wizard: Registration Failed
4.2.5 Internet Access Wizard: Service Activation

If the ZyWALL has been registered, the Device Registration screen is read-only and the
Service Activation screen appears indicating what trial applications are activated after you
click Next.
Figure 32 Internet Access Wizard: Registered Device

Figure 33 Internet Access Wizard: Activated Services
4.3 VPN Wizard Gateway Setting

Use this screen to name the VPN gateway policy (IKE SA) and identify the IPSec routers at
either end of the VPN tunnel.
Click VPN Setup in the Wizard Setup Welcome screen (Figure 22 on page 87) to open the
VPN configuration wizard. The first screen displays as shown next.
Figure 34 VPN Wizard: Gateway Setting

Table 17 VPN Wizard: Gateway Setting
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Gateway Policy
Property
Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN gateway policy. You may use any
character, including spaces, but the ZyWALL drops trailing spaces.

Table 17 VPN Wizard: Gateway Setting

LABEL DESCRIPTION
My ZyWALL When the ZyWALL is in router mode, enter the WAN IP address or the domain name
of your ZyWALL or leave the field set to 0.0.0.0.
The following applies if the My ZyWALL field is configured as 0.0.0.0:
When the WAN interface operation mode is set to Active/Passive, the ZyWALL uses
the IP address (static or dynamic) of the WAN interface that is in use.
When the WAN interface operation mode is set to Active/Active, the ZyWALL uses
the IP address (static or dynamic) of the primary (highest priority) WAN interface to
set up the VPN tunnel as long as the corresponding WAN1 or WAN2 connection is
up. If the corresponding WAN1 or WAN2 connection goes down, the ZyWALL uses
the IP address of the other WAN port.
If both WAN connections go down, the ZyWALL uses the dial backup IP address for
the VPN tunnel when using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic
redirect. See the chapter on WAN for details on dial backup and traffic redirect.
When the ZyWALL is in bridge mode, this field is read-only and displays the
ZyWALL’s IP address.
Remote Enter the WAN IP address or domain name of the remote IPSec router (secure
Gateway gateway) in the field below to identify the remote IPSec router by its IP address or a
Address domain name. Set this field to 0.0.0.0 if the remote IPSec router has a dynamic WAN
IP address.
4.4 VPN Wizard Network Setting

Use this screen to name the VPN network policy (IPSec SA) and identify the devices behind
the IPSec routers at either end of a VPN tunnel.
Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address(es) both the same. Two active
SAs can have the same local or remote IP address, but not both. You can configure multiple
SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses, as long as only one is active at any time.

Figure 35 VPN Wizard: Network Setting

Table 18 VPN Wizard: Network Setting
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Network Policy
Property
Active If the Active check box is selected, packets for the tunnel trigger the ZyWALL to build
the tunnel.
Clear the Active check box to turn the network policy off. The ZyWALL does not
apply the policy. Packets for the tunnel do not trigger the tunnel.
Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN network policy. You may use any
Network Policy
Setting
Local Network Local IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router's
configured remote IP addresses.
Select Single for a single IP address. Select Range IP for a specific range of IP
addresses. Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet
mask.
Starting IP When the Local Network field is configured to Single, enter a (static) IP address on
Address the LAN behind your ZyWALL. When the Local Network field is configured to Range
IP, enter the beginning (static) IP address, in a range of computers on the LAN behind
your ZyWALL. When the Local Network field is configured to Subnet, this is a
(static) IP address on the LAN behind your ZyWALL.
Ending IP When the Local Network field is configured to Single, this field is N/A. When the
Address/ Local Network field is configured to Range IP, enter the end (static) IP address, in a
Subnet Mask range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyWALL. When the Local Network field
is configured to Subnet, this is a subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyWALL.
Remote Remote IP addresses must be static and correspond to the remote IPSec router's
Network configured local IP addresses.
Select Single for a single IP address. Select Range IP for a specific range of IP
addresses. Select Subnet to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet
mask.

Table 18 VPN Wizard: Network Setting

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Starting IP When the Remote Network field is configured to Single, enter a (static) IP address
Address on the network behind the remote IPSec router. When the Remote Network field is
configured to Range IP, enter the beginning (static) IP address, in a range of
computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router. When the Remote
Network field is configured to Subnet, enter a (static) IP address on the network
behind the remote IPSec router
Ending IP When the Remote Network field is configured to Single, this field is N/A. When the
Address/ Remote Network field is configured to Range IP, enter the end (static) IP address, in
Subnet Mask a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router. When the
Remote Network field is configured to Subnet, enter a subnet mask on the network
4.5 VPN Wizard IKE Tunnel Setting (IKE Phase 1)

Use this screen to specify the authentication, encryption and other settings needed to negotiate
a phase 1 IKE SA.
Figure 36 VPN Wizard: IKE Tunnel Setting


Table 19 VPN Wizard: IKE Tunnel Setting
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Negotiation Mode Select Main Mode for identity protection. Select Aggressive Mode to allow
more incoming connections from dynamic IP addresses to use separate
passwords.
Note: Multiple SAs (security associations) connecting through a

secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode.
Encryption When DES is used for data communications, both sender and receiver must
Algorithm know the same secret key, which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the
message or to generate and verify a message authentication code. The DES
encryption algorithm uses a 56-bit key. Triple DES (3DES) is a variation on DES
that uses a 168-bit key. As a result, 3DES is more secure than DES. It also
requires more processing power, resulting in increased latency and decreased
throughput. This implementation of AES uses a 128-bit key. AES is faster than
3DES.
Authentication MD5 (Message Digest 5) and SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) are hash
Algorithm algorithms used to authenticate packet data. The SHA1 algorithm is generally
considered stronger than MD5, but is slower. Select MD5 for minimal security
and SHA-1 for maximum security.
Key Group You must choose a key group for phase 1 IKE setup. DH1 (default) refers to
Diffie-Hellman Group 1 a 768 bit random number. DH2 refers to Diffie-Hellman
Group 2 a 1024 bit (1 Kb) random number. DH5 refers to Diffie-Hellman Group
5 a 1536-bit random number.
SA Life Time Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates in this
(Seconds) field. The minimum value is 180 seconds.
A short SA Life Time increases security by forcing the two VPN gateways to
update the encryption and authentication keys. However, every time the VPN
tunnel renegotiates, all users accessing remote resources are temporarily
disconnected.
Pre-Shared Key Type your pre-shared key in this field. A pre-shared key identifies a
communicating party during a phase 1 IKE negotiation. It is called "pre-shared"
because you have to share it with another party before you can communicate
with them over a secure connection.
Type from 8 to 31 case-sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62
hexadecimal ("0-9", "A-F") characters. You must precede a hexadecimal key
with a "0x (zero x), which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range
for the key. For example, in "0x0123456789ABCDEF", 0x denotes that the key
is hexadecimal and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself.
Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre-shared key. You will
receive a PYLD_MALFORMED (payload malformed) packet if the same pre-
shared key is not used on both ends.
4.6 VPN Wizard IPSec Setting (IKE Phase 2)

Use this screen to specify the authentication, encryption and other settings needed to negotiate
a phase 2 IPSec SA.

Figure 37 VPN Wizard: IPSec Setting

Table 20 VPN Wizard: IPSec Setting
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Encapsulation Mode Tunnel is compatible with NAT, Transport is not.
Tunnel mode encapsulates the entire IP packet to transmit it securely. A Tunnel
mode is required for gateway services to provide access to internal systems.
Tunnel mode is fundamentally an IP tunnel with authentication and encryption.
Transport mode is used to protect upper layer protocols and only affects the
data in the IP packet. In Transport mode, the IP packet contains the security
protocol (AH or ESP) located after the original IP header and options, but before
any upper layer protocols contained in the packet (such as TCP and UDP).
IPSec Protocol Select the security protocols used for an SA.
Both AH and ESP increase ZyWALL processing requirements and
communications latency (delay).
Encryption Algorithm When DES is used for data communications, both sender and receiver must
know the same secret key, which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the
message or to generate and verify a message authentication code. The DES
encryption algorithm uses a 56-bit key. Triple DES (3DES) is a variation on DES
that uses a 168-bit key. As a result, 3DES is more secure than DES. It also
requires more processing power, resulting in increased latency and decreased
throughput. This implementation of AES uses a 128-bit key. AES is faster than
3DES. Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption. When you select
NULL, you do not enter an encryption key.
Algorithm algorithms used to authenticate packet data. The SHA1 algorithm is generally
considered stronger than MD5, but is slower. Select MD5 for minimal security
and SHA-1 for maximum security.
SA Life Time Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates in this
disconnected.

Table 20 VPN Wizard: IPSec Setting (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Perfect Forward Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS) is disabled (None) by default in phase 2 IPSec
Secret (PFS) SA setup. This allows faster IPSec setup, but is not so secure.
Select DH1, DH2 or DH5 to enable PFS. DH1 refers to Diffie-Hellman Group 1
a 768 bit random number. DH2 refers to Diffie-Hellman Group 2 a 1024 bit
(1Kb) random number (more secure, yet slower). DH5 refers to Diffie-Hellman
Group 5 a 1536-bit random number.
4.7 VPN Wizard Status Summary

This read-only screen shows the status of the current VPN setting. Use the summary table to
check whether what you have configured is correct.
Figure 38 VPN Wizard: VPN Status


Table 21 VPN Wizard: VPN Status
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Gateway Policy
Property
Name This is the name of this VPN gateway policy.
Gateway Policy
Setting
My ZyWALL This is the WAN IP address or the domain name of your ZyWALL in router
mode or the ZyWALL’s IP address in bridge mode.
Remote Gateway This is the IP address or the domain name used to identify the remote IPSec
Address router.
Network Policy
Property
Active This displays whether this VPN network policy is enabled or not.
Name This is the name of this VPN network policy.
Network Policy
Setting
Local Network
Starting IP Address This is a (static) IP address on the LAN behind your ZyWALL.
Ending IP Address/ When the local network is configured for a single IP address, this field is N/A.
Subnet Mask When the local network is configured for a range IP address, this is the end
(static) IP address, in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyWALL.
When the local network is configured for a subnet, this is a subnet mask on the
LAN behind your ZyWALL.
Remote Network
Starting IP Address This is a (static) IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router.
Ending IP Address/ When the remote network is configured for a single IP address, this field is N/A.
Subnet Mask When the remote network is configured for a range IP address, this is the end
(static) IP address, in a range of computers on the network behind the remote
IPSec router. When the remote network is configured for a subnet, this is a
subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router.
IKE Tunnel Setting
(IKE Phase 1)
Negotiation Mode This shows Main Mode or Aggressive Mode. Multiple SAs connecting through
a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode.
Encryption This is the method of data encryption. Options can be DES, 3DES or AES.
Algorithm
Algorithm algorithms used to authenticate packet data.
Key Group This is the key group you chose for phase 1 IKE setup.
SA Life Time This is the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates.
(Seconds)
Pre-Shared Key This is a pre-shared key identifying a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE
negotiation.
IPSec Setting (IKE
Phase 2)
Encapsulation Mode This shows Tunnel mode or Transport mode.

Table 21 VPN Wizard: VPN Status (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
IPSec Protocol ESP or AH are the security protocols used for an SA.
Encryption This is the method of data encryption. Options can be DES, 3DES, AES or
Algorithm NULL.
Algorithm algorithms used to authenticate packet data.
SA Life Time This is the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates.
(Seconds)
Perfect Forward Perfect Forward Secret (PFS) is disabled (None) by default in phase 2 IPSec
Secret (PFS) SA setup. Otherwise, DH1, DH2 or DH5 are selected to enable PFS.
Finish Click Finish to complete and save the wizard setup.
4.8 VPN Wizard Setup Complete

Congratulations! You have successfully set up the VPN rule for your ZyWALL. If you already
had VPN rules configured, the wizard adds the new VPN rule after the last existing VPN rule.
Figure 39 VPN Wizard Setup Complete
4.9 Anti-Spam Wizard: Email Server Location Setting

Use this screen to select the locations where you have e-mail servers. An icon of an e-mail
server appears at each spot you select.
" The anti-spam wizard does NOT enable anti-spam.

Figure 40 Anti-Spam Wizard: Email Server Location Setting

Table 22 Anti-Spam Wizard: Email Server Location Setting
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Intranet These are the networks directly connected to the ZyWALL.
• Select WLAN if you have an e-mail server(s) connected to the ZyWALL’s WLAN.
• Select WAN 1 if you have an e-mail server(s) connected to the ZyWALL’s WAN
1.
• Select LAN if you have an e-mail server(s) connected to the ZyWALL’s LAN.
• Select WAN 2 if you have an e-mail server(s) connected to the ZyWALL’s WAN.
• Select DMZ if you have an e-mail server(s) connected to the ZyWALL’s DMZ.
Internet These are the networks that the ZyWALL connects to through an Internet connection.
• Select Internet if the e-mail server(s) you use are on the Internet.
• Select VPN if you use a VPN tunnel to connect to an e-mail server(s).
4.10 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Recommendations

This screen displays recommended traffic flows to scan for spam based on the locations of
your e-mail servers.

Figure 41 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Recommendations
• For e-mail servers on the LAN, DMZ, or WLAN the ZyWALL recommends checking
traffic that comes from the WAN to the zone(s) where the e-mail server is located. This is
to check for spam coming to the ZyWALL’s e-mail server from outside e-mail servers.
• For e-mail servers on the Internet, the ZyWALL recommends checking traffic that comes
from the WAN to the LAN, DMZ, and WLAN zones. This is to check for spam coming to
the ZyWALL’s local users from the outside e-mail server.
• For e-mail servers located at the other end of a VPN tunnel, the ZyWALL recommends
checking traffic that comes from the VPN to the LAN, DMZ, and WLAN zones. This is to
check for spam coming to the ZyWALL’s local users from the e-mail server at the VPN
peer.
• If you have (your) e-mail server at the WAN zone, the ZyWALL recommends having
anti-spam functionality installed on another device between the e-mail server and the
Internet. Another option would be to move the e-mail server to the LAN, DMZ, or
WLAN.
• Click Back to return to the previous screen.
• Click Next to continue.
4.11 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Configuration

Use this screen to select which traffic directions the anti-spam feature checks for spam.

Figure 42 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Configuration

Table 23 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Configuration
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Anti-Spam Select this check box to check traffic for spam SMTP (TCP port 25 and
POP3 (TCP port 110) e-mail.
From, To Select the directions of travel of packets that you want to check. Select or
clear a row or column’s first check box (with the interface label) to select or
clear the interface’s whole row or column.
You could for example have the ZyWALL check packets traveling in from the
WAN to the interface your e-mail server is on. For example, From WAN1 To
DMZ, or From WAN2 To DMZ.
From LAN To LAN means packets traveling from a computer on one LAN
subnet to a computer on another LAN subnet via the LAN interface of the
ZyWALL. The ZyWALL does not check packets traveling from a LAN
computer to another LAN computer on the same subnet.
From WAN1 To WAN1 means packets that come in through the WAN 1
interface and the ZyWALL routes back out through the WAN 1 interface.
From VPN means traffic that came into the ZyWALL through a VPN tunnel
and is going to the selected “to” interface. For example, From VPN To LAN
specifies the VPN traffic that is going to the LAN or terminating at the
ZyWALL’s LAN interface. The ZyWALL checks the traffic after decrypting it.
To VPN is traffic that comes in through the selected “from” interface and
goes out through any VPN tunnel. For example, From LAN To VPN
specifies the traffic that is coming from the LAN and going out through a VPN
tunnel. The ZyWALL checks the traffic before encrypting it.
From VPN To VPN means traffic that comes in through a VPN tunnel and
goes out through (another) VPN tunnel. This is the case when the ZyWALL
is the hub in a hub-and-spoke VPN. The ZyWALL checks the traffic after
decrypting it (before encrypting it again).
Note: The VPN connection directions apply to the traffic going

to or from the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels. They do not
apply to other VPN traffic for which the ZyWALL is not
one of the gateways (VPN pass-through traffic).

Table 23 Anti-Spam Wizard: Direction Configuration

LABEL DESCRIPTION
4.12 Anti-Spam Wizard: Setup Complete

Congratulations! You have successfully set up the directions that the anti-spam feature checks
for spam. This does not enable the anti-spam feature. Go to the SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM
screens to enable anti-spam.
Figure 43 Anti-Spam Wizard: Setup Complete

CHAPTER 5
Tutorials
This chapter gives examples of how to configure some of your ZyWALL’s key features. See
the related chapter on a feature for more details.
5.1 Dynamic VPN Rule Configuration

Dynamic VPN rules allow VPN connections from IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP
addresses. This tutorial shows how to configure a basic VPN (Virtual Private Network) tunnel
to allow a traveling sales manager named Bob (Y in the figure) using a ZyWALL P1 (B) to
securely connect to computers and servers on the office network X behind a ZyWALL 70 (A).
• The ZyWALLs are peers.
• ZyWALL B has a dynamically-assigned WAN IP addresses (represented by 0.0.0.0), so
only ZyWALL B can initiate (trigger) the VPN tunnel.
• ZyWALL B automatically initiates a VPN tunnel to ZyWALL A whenever Y tries to
connect to an IP address from 10.0.0.2 to 10.0.0.64 and passes the identification
authentication.
Figure 44 Dynamic VPN Rule Example
X Y
A B
0.0.0.0 192.168.167.2
10.0.0.2~10.0.0.64 1.2.3.4
This example uses the following settings.

Table 24 Dynamic VPN Rule Tutorial Settings
ZYWALL A
FIELD ZYWALL B (BOB)
(COMPANY)
Gateway Policy Property Name (identifies the VPN rule) A-B_Gateways A-B_Gateways
My ZyWALL (ZyWALL’s WAN IP address) 1.2.3.4 0.0.0.0
Primary Remote Gateway Address (peer ZyWALL’s WAN 0.0.0.0 1.2.3.4
IP address)
Network Policy Property Name (name of the policy that X-Y_Networks X-Y_Networks
identifies the networks behind the ZyWALLs)

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Table 24 Dynamic VPN Rule Tutorial Settings

ZYWALL A
FIELD ZYWALL B (BOB)
(COMPANY)
Local Network (network behind the local ZyWALL) 10.0.0.2 192.168.167.2
~10.0.0.64
Note: Use static IP addresses or static DHCP to
make sure the computers behind the
ZyWALLs always use these IP addresses.
Remote Network (network behind the peer ZyWALL) 0.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 ~10.0.0.64
Pre-Shared Key (password) MyPre-123!@# MyPre-123!@#
Extended Authentication Enabled, Server Enabled, Client
Mode Mode
Extended Authentication Username and Password (in Local User (in VPN Gateway
Database) Policy Edit)
SalesManager, SalesManager,
Manager1234 Manager1234
5.1.1 Configure Bob’s User Account

This example includes extended authentication. Bob has to enter the correct username and
password to use the ZyWALL tunnel. This keeps others from using Bob’s ZyWALL if it is
lost or stolen. ZyWALL A needs to check the VPN tunnel requests that come in from
ZyWALL B. In this example, you configure a local user database account named
“SalesManager” on ZyWALL A.
1 Go to SECURITY > AUTH SERVER.
2 Add and activate accounts for the users. In this example, enter "SalesManager" with
"Manager1234".
3 Click Apply.
5.1.2 VPN Gateway and Network Policy Configuration

This section covers how to configure the company’s ZyWALL (A) and the telecommuter’s
ZyWALL (B).

Chapter 5 Tutorials
1 Click SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE), and then the add gateway policy ( )
icon to display the Edit Gateway Policy screen. Use this screen to configure the VPN
gateway policy that identifies the ZyWALLs.
The company’s ZyWALL (A) and the telecommuter’s ZyWALL (B) gateway policy edit
screens are shown next.
• The information that identifies the ZyWALL 70 (A) is circled in red.
• The information that identifies the ZyWALL P1 (B) is circled in yellow.
• Information that is the same in both is circled in orange.
• Extended authentication settings are in green.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 45 VPN Gateway Policy Edit Screens

Company Device (A) Remote Device (B)
2 After you click Apply, the A-B_Gateways gateway policy displays as shown next. Click
SECURITY > VPN and the A-B_Gateways’ add network policy ( ) icon. The
following figure shows ZyWALL A’s screen.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 46 SECURITY > VPN > Add Network Policy (ZyWALL A)
3 Edit the VPN-Network Policy -Edit screen to configure network policies. A network
policy identifies the devices behind the IPSec routers at either end of a VPN tunnel and
specifies the authentication, encryption and other settings needed to negotiate a phase 2
IPSec SA.
Here are the company’s ZyWALL (A) and the telecommuter’s ZyWALL (B) network
policy edit screens.
• The information that identifies network X is circled in red.
• The information that identifies network Y is circled in yellow.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 47 VPN Network Policy Edit Screens

Company Device (A) Telecommuter Device (B)

Chapter 5 Tutorials
4 After you click Apply, the network policy displays with the gateway policy.
5 In the ZyWALL B, select "X-Y_Networks" in the Activating VPN Rule field to activate
the VPN rule. The color of "X-Y_Networks" VPN policy changes to pink.
Figure 48 Activate VPN Rule (ZyWALL B)
6 Review the settings on both ZyWALLs as shown next.

• The information that identifies the ZyWALL 70 (A) and network X is circled in red.
• The information that identifies the ZyWALL P1 (B) and network Y is circled in
yellow.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 49 Tutorial: VPN Summary Screens Comparison Example

Company Device (A)
Telecommuter Device (B)
You have configured the company’s ZyWALL (A) and the telecommuter’s ZyWALL (B).
5.1.3 Configure Zero Configuration Mode on ZyWALL B

The ZyWALL P1’s zero configuration mode provides a simplified user mode for the web
configurator interface. The user uses this interface to configure the ZyWALL’s Internet access
settings and log into the VPN tunnel (see Section 5.1.4 on page 117). Do the following to have
the telecommuter’s ZyWALL (B) use zero configuration mode.
1 Log into ZyWALL B’s web configurator.
2 Go to MAINTENANCE and click the Device Mode tab.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
3 Select Zero Configuration Mode.
4 Click Apply. The system reboots automatically and restarts in zero configuration mode.
5.1.4 Testing Your VPN Configuration

Test the VPN configuration before giving the ZyWALL P1 to Bob.
1 ZyWALL A should already be connected to the Internet using it’s public WAN IP
address. Connect ZyWALL B to the Internet. Make sure it gets a public WAN IP. You
may have to take ZyWALL B to another location if it cannot get a public IP address at
the company.
2 Configure one computer to use IP address 192.168.167.2/24 behind ZyWALL B. Use
"ipconfig" in the command mode to ensure the IP address is properly configured.
Figure 50 Check The Telecommuter's Computer IP Address
C:\>ipconfig
Windows 2000 IP Configuration
Ethernet adapter Local Area Connection:
Connection-specific DNS Suffix . :

IP Address. . . . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.167.2
Subnet Mask . . . . . . . . . . . : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway . . . . . . . . . : 192.168.167.1

Chapter 5 Tutorials
3 Open a web browser (like Internet Explorer) to connect to the ZyWALL P1’s LAN IP
address (http://192.168.167.1 in this example).
4 The user mode screen for VPN authentication displays. Enter the user name
"SalesManager" and password "Manager1234". Click Activate.
5 ZyWALL B automatically initiates and negotiates the VPN tunnel with ZyWALL A
after you pass the authentication. A successful screen displays. Click Return.
6 Send a ping from the telecommuter’s computer (IP address 192.168.167.2) to a device
on the office network (X), for example 10.0.0.2. You should get a response.
To do this in most Windows computers, click Start > Run, enter cmd, and then enter
ping followed by the IP address of a computer on network X. Here is an example.
Figure 51 Telecommuter Pinging a Network X IP Address Example
C:\>ping 10.0.0.2
Pinging 10.0.0.2 with 32 bytes of data:
Reply from 10.0.0.2: bytes=32 time=3ms TTL=126

Ping statistics for 10.0.0.2:

Packets: Sent = 4, Received = 4, Lost = 0 (0% loss),
Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds:
Minimum = 2ms, Maximum = 3ms, Average = 2ms
If there is no reply to the ping, the system log can help identify a configuration problem. Click
LOGS to see the system log. See Section on page 561 for information on the log messages.
You may need to click LOGS > Log Settings in the advanced web configurator and make
sure IKE and IPSec logging is enabled at both ends. You can clear the existing log and re-
attempt to build the tunnel (this makes it easier to identify the relevant logs).

Chapter 5 Tutorials
When you can ping IP address 10.0.0.2 from the computer with IP address 192.168.167.2
behind ZyWALL B, you know the VPN tunnel works.
5.1.5 Using the Dynamic VPN Rule for More VPN Tunnels
Other remote users (like sales people and telecommuters) using IPSec routers with dynamic
WAN IP addresses can also use the same gateway and network policy on ZyWALL A. The
gateway policies you configure on the remote IPSec routers differ by user name and password.
The network policies on the remote IPSec routers differ by the IP address of the computer
behind the remote IPSec router. Even though all of the remote IPSec routers use the same
gateway policy and network policy on ZyWALL A, ZyWALL A builds a different VPN
tunnel for each remote IPSec router. See Section 19.9 on page 379 to display VPN tunnels.
Figure 52 Additional Dynamic VPN Rules Example

B
Y
0.0.0.0 192.168.167.2
X
A C
Z
0.0.0.0 192.168.167.33
1.2.3.4
D
10.0.0.2~10.0.0.64 L
0.0.0.0 192.168.167.34
• Create a unique user name and password for each remote IPSec router in ZyWALL A’s
local user database (or on a RADIUS server that ZyWALL A is configured to use).
• Configure a gateway policy on each remote IPSec router. Use the same MyZyWALL and
Primary Remote Gateway address and Pre-Shared Key settings on all of the remote
IPSec routers, but a different user name and password for each.
• Configure a different network policy for each remote IPSec router. Make sure the IP
addresses of the computers (behind the remote IPSec routers) that can trigger the dynamic
rule VPN tunnels do not overlap with each other. For example, computers Y, Z, and L all
use different private IP addresses. You can also use virtual address mapping (NAT over
IPSec) to avoid an overlap (see Section on page 393).
5.2 Security Settings for VPN Traffic

The ZyWALL can apply the firewall, IDP, anti-virus, anti-spam and content filtering to the
traffic going to or from the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels. The ZyWALL applies the security
settings to the traffic before encrypting VPN traffic that it sends out or after decrypting
received VPN traffic.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
" The security settings apply to VPN traffic going to or from the ZyWALL’s VPN
tunnels. They do not apply to other VPN traffic for which the ZyWALL is not
You can turn on content filtering for all of the ZyWALL’s VPN traffic (regardless of its
direction of travel). You can apply firewall, IDP, anti-virus and anti-spam security to VPN
traffic based on its direction of travel. The following examples show how you do this for IDP
and the firewall.
5.2.1 IDP for From VPN Traffic Example

You can apply security settings to the From VPN packet direction to protect your network
from attacks, intrusions, viruses and spam that may come in through a VPN tunnel. For
example, you can use IDP to protect your LAN from intrusions that might come in through
any of the VPN tunnels or interfaces.
Figure 53 IDP for From VPN Traffic
Here is how you would configure this example.

1 Click SECURITY > IDP > General.
2 Select the To LAN column’s first check box (with the interface label) to select all of the
To LAN packet directions.
3 Click Apply.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 54 IDP Configuration for Traffic From VPN
5.2.2 IDP for To VPN Traffic Example

You can also apply security settings to the To VPN packet direction to protect the remote
networks from attacks, intrusions, viruses and spam originating from your own network. For
example, you can use IDP to protect the remote networks from intrusions that might come in
through your ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels.
Figure 55 IDP for To VPN Traffic
Here is how you would configure this example.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
1 Click SECURITY > IDP > General.

2 Select the To VPN column’s first check box (with the interface label) to select all of the
To VPN packet directions.
3 Click Apply.
Figure 56 IDP Configuration for To VPN Traffic
5.3 Firewall Rule for VPN Example

The firewall provides even more fine-tuned control for VPN tunnels. You can configure
default and custom firewall rules for VPN packets.
Take the following example. You have a LAN FTP server with IP address 192.168.1.4 behind
device A. You could configure a VPN rule to allow the network behind device B to access
your LAN FTP server through a VPN tunnel. Now, if you don’t want other services like chat
or e-mail going to the FTP server, you can configure firewall rules that allow only FTP traffic
to come from VPN tunnels to the FTP server. Furthermore, you can configure the firewall rule
so that only the network behind device B can access the FTP server through a VPN tunnel (not
other remote networks that have VPN tunnels with the ZyWALL).

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 57 Firewall Rule for VPN
5.3.1 Configuring the VPN Rule

This section shows how to configure a VPN rule on device A to let the network behind B
access the FTP server. You would also have to configure a corresponding rule on device B.
1 Click Security > VPN to open the following screen. Click the Add Gateway Policy
icon.
Figure 58 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE)
2 Use this screen to set up the connection between the routers. Configure the fields that are
circled as follows and click Apply.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 59 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE)> Add Gateway Policy
3 Click the Add Network Policy icon.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 60 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE): With Gateway Policy Example
4 Use this screen to specify which computers behind the routers can use the VPN tunnel.
Configure the fields that are circled as follows and click Apply. You may notice that the
example does not specify the port numbers. This is due to the following reasons.
• While FTP uses a control session on port 20, the port for the data session is not fixed.
So this example uses the firewall’s FTP application layer gateway (ALG) to handle
this instead of specifying port numbers in this VPN network policy.
• The firewall provides better security because it operates at layer 4 and checks traffic
sessions. The VPN network policy only operates at layer 3 and just checks IP
addresses and port numbers.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 61 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE)> Add Network Policy

Chapter 5 Tutorials
5.3.2 Configuring the Firewall Rules

Suppose you have several VPN tunnels but you only want to allow device B’s network to
access the FTP server. You also only want FTP traffic to go to the FTP server, so you want to
block all other traffic types (like chat, e-mail, web and so on). The following sections show
how to configure firewall rules to enforce these restrictions.
5.3.2.1 Firewall Rule to Allow Access Example

Configure a firewall rule that allows FTP access from the VPN tunnel to the FTP server.
1 Click Security > Firewall > Rule Summary.
2 Select VPN To LAN as the packet direction and click Refresh.
3 Click the insert icon at the top of the Modify column.
Figure 62 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary
4 Configure the rule as follows and click Apply. The source addresses are the VPN rule’s
remote network and the destination address is the LAN FTP server.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 63 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary > Edit: Allow
5 The rule displays in the summary list of VPN to LAN firewall rules.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 64 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary: Allow
5.3.2.2 Default Firewall Rule to Block Other Access Example

Now you configure the default firewall rule to block all VPN to LAN traffic. This blocks any
other types of access from VPN tunnels to the LAN FTP server. This means that you need to
configure more firewall rules if you want to allow any other VPN tunnels to access the LAN.
1 Click SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule.
2 Configure the screen as follows and click Apply.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 65 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule: Block From VPN To LAN
5.4 How to Set up a 3G WAN Connection

This section shows you how to configure and set up a 3G WAN connection on the ZyWALL.
In this example, you have set up WAN 1 and want the ZyWALL to use both of the WAN
interfaces (the physical WAN port and 3G card) for Internet access at the same time.
5.4.1 Inserting a 3G Card

To enable and use the 3G WAN connection, you need to insert a 3G card into the ZyWALL.
" See Table 272 on page 773 for the 3G wireless cards you can use in the
ZyWALL 5.
1 Make sure the ZyWALL is off before inserting or removing a card (to avoid damage).

Chapter 5 Tutorials
2 If you have a wireless card or Turbo card in the ZyWALL, remove it.
3 Slide the connector end of the 3G card into the slot.
4 Connect the ZyWALL’s power.
5.4.2 Configuring 3G WAN Settings

You should already have an activated user account and network access information from the
service provider.
1 Click NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN 2) on the ZyWALL.
2 Enable WAN 2.
3 The Access Point Name (APN) field displays with a GSM or HSDPA 3G card. Select
Access Point Name (APN) and enter the APN ("Internet" for example) provided by
your service provider.
4 If your service provider gave you a user name and password, select CHAP/PAP in the
Authentication Type field and enter the user name and password in the fields below. If
they were not given, set the authentication type to None.
5 The Pin Code field displays with a GSM or HSDPA 3G card. Enter the PIN code and
phone number provided by your service provider. contact your service provider if they
did not provide these.
6 If your service provider gave you an IP address for a 3G connection, select Use Fixed IP
Address and enter it in the My WAN IP Address field. Otherwise, select Get
Automatically from ISP.
7 Click Apply.
Figure 66 Tutorial: NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN2)

Chapter 5 Tutorials
5.4.3 Checking WAN Connections

1 Go to the web configurator’s Home screen.
2 In the network status table, make sure the status for WAN 1 and WAN 2 is not Down
and there is an IP address. If the WAN 2 connection is not up, make sure you have
entered the correct information in the NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN 2) screen and
the signal strength to the service provider’s base station is not too low and can connect to
a network.
Figure 67 Tutorial: Home
5.5 Configuring Load Balancing

In this example, you have set up WAN 1 and WAN 2 and you want the ZyWALL to use both
of the WAN interfaces at the same time. You also balance the load between the two WAN
interfaces using the weighted round-robin method.
1 Click NETWORK > WAN > General.
2 Set the WAN operation mode to active/active and select Weighted Round-Robin in the
Load Balancing Algorithm field.
3 Enter 6 as the weight for WAN 1 and 4 for WAN 2.
4 Click Apply.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 68 Tutorial: NETWORK > WAN > General
5.6 Configuring Content Filtering

You can use the ZyWALL’s content filtering policies to apply specific content filtering
settings to specific users. You can even filter certain things at certain times. For example, you
decide to set the default policy to block access to several categories of web content including
things like pornography, hacking, nudity, and arts and entertainment, and so on. Now, suppose
you want to allow an employee named Bob to access arts and entertainment web pages during
lunch. You can create another policy for traffic from Bob’s computer.
" The ordering of your policies is very important as the ZyWALL applies policies
in the order they are listed.
The ZyWALL applies the content filter policies based on the source address and the schedule.
So for this example, when the ZyWALL receives a request from the LAN for a web page, it
checks the request against the first policy. If the traffic matches (that is if it is from Bob’s
computer and the time is between 12:00 and 13:00), the ZyWALL applies the first policy. Any
traffic that does not match the first policy will match the default policy and the ZyWALL
treats it based on the default policy.
5.6.1 Enable Content Filtering

Do the following to turn on content filtering and have the ZyWALL use the external content
filtering service.
" You must register for external content filtering before you can use it.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Use the REGISTRATION screens (see Chapter 6 on page 141) to create a myZyXEL.com
account, register your device and activate the external content filtering service.
1 Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER.
2 Enable the content filter and external database content filtering.
3 Click Apply.
Figure 69 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > General
5.6.2 Block Categories of Web Content

Here is how to block access to web pages by category of content.
1 Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy and then the external database icon
next to the default policy.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 70 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy
2 Select Active.
3 Select the categories to block.
4 Click Apply.
Figure 71 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > External Database (Default)

Chapter 5 Tutorials
5.6.3 Assign Bob’s Computer a Specific IP Address

You will configure a content filtering policy for traffic from Bob’s computer’s IP address. Do
the following to have the ZyWALL always give Bob’s computer the same IP address
(192.168.1.33 in this example).
1 Click HOME > Show DHCP Table.
2 Find the entry for Bob’s computer and select the Reserve check box as shown next.
3 Click Apply.
Figure 72 HOME > Show DHCP Table
5.6.4 Create a Content Filter Policy for Bob

Do the following to create a content filtering policy for traffic from Bob’s computer.
1 Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy and then the Insert button. The
ZyWALL applies the content filter policies in order, so make sure you add the new
policy before the default policy.
2 Select Active.
3 Give the policy a name.
4 Configure a single address of 192.168.1.33.
5 Click Apply.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 74 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Insert
5.6.5 Set the Content Filter Schedule

You want to let Bob access arts and entertainment web pages, but only during lunch. So you
configure a schedule to only apply the Bob policy from 12:00 to 13:00. For the rest of the time,
the ZyWALL applies the default content filter policy (which blocks access to arts and
entertainment web pages).
1 Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy and then the Bob policy’s schedule
icon.
2 Select Everyday and enter 12:00 to 13:00.

3 Click Apply.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
Figure 76 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Schedule (Bob)
5.6.6 Block Categories of Web Content for Bob

Now you select the categories of web pages to block Bob from accessing.
1 Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy and then the Bob policy’s external
database icon.
2 Select Active.

Chapter 5 Tutorials
3 Select the categories to block. This is very similar to Section 5.6.2 on page 134, except
you do not select the arts and entertainment category.
4 Click Apply.
Figure 78 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > External Database (Bob)

Chapter 5 Tutorials

CHAPTER 6
Registration Screens
6.1 Overview
The registration screens let you activate and update your account with myZyXEL.com,
allowing you access to subscription services required for the ZyWALL’s security features.
6.1.1 What You Can Do in the Registration Screens

• Use the Registration screen (Section 6.2 on page 142) to register with myZyXEL.com
and activate a service(s), or view your registration status.
• Use the Service screen (Section 6.3 on page 144) to view registration details and enter
your iCard’s PIN number (license key).
6.1.2 What You Need to Know About Registration
myZyXEL.com
myZyXEL.com is ZyXEL’s online services center where you can register your ZyWALL and
manage subscription services available for the ZyWALL.
Subscription Services Available on the ZyWALL

At the time of writing, the ZyWALL can use content filtering, anti-spam, anti-virus and IDP
(Intrusion Detection and Prevention) subscription services.
Content Filtering
Content filtering allows or blocks access to web sites. Subscribe to category-based content
filtering to block access to categories of web sites based on content. Your ZyWALL accesses
an external database that has millions of web sites categorized based on content. You can have
the ZyWALL block, block and/or log access to web sites based on these categories.
Anti-spam
Anti-spam identifies and marks or discards spam e-mail. An anti-spam subscription lets the
ZyWALL check e-mail with an external anti-spam server.
Anti-virus
Anti-virus allows the ZyWALL to scan packets for computer viruses and deletes the infected
packets.

Chapter 6 Registration Screens
IDP
IDP allows the ZyWALL to detect malicious or suspicious packets and respond immediately.
Signatures
This is the pattern of code used by a particular virus. The ZyWALL compares files with a
database of signatures to identify possible viruses. The ID&P and anti-virus features use the
same signature files on the ZyWALL to detect and scan for viruses.
Signature Updates
After the service is activated, the ZyWALL downloads the up-to-date signature files from the
update server (http://myupdate.zywall.zyxel.com). You will get automatic e-mail notification
of new signature releases from mySecurityZone after you activate the IDP/Anti-virus service.
You can also check for new signature or virus updates at http://mysecurity.zyxel.com.
" To update the signature file or use a subscription service, you have to register
and activate the corresponding service at myZyXEL.com (through the
ZyWALL).
Finding Out More

See the chapters about content filtering, anti-virus, anti-spam and IDP for more information.
6.2 The Registration Screen

Click REGISTRATION in the navigation panel to open the screen as shown next. Use this
screen to register your ZyWALL with myZyXEL.com and activate a service, such as content
filtering, anti-spam or anti-virus.
Instead of using this screen you can go to http://www.myZyXEL.com with the ZyWALL’s
serial number and LAN MAC address to register it. Refer to the web site’s on-line help for
details.
Please note the following.
• You need to create an account before you can register your device and activate the
services at myZyXEL.com.
• To activate a service on a ZyWALL, you need to access myZyXEL.com via that
ZyWALL.
• Make sure you have installed the ZyWALL Turbo extension card before you activate the
IDP and anti-virus subscription services. Turn the ZyWALL off before you install or
remove the ZyWALL Turbo Card. See the ZyWALL Turbo Card guide for more
information.

Figure 79 REGISTRATION > Registration

Table 25 REGISTRATION > Registration
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Device Registration If you select Existing myZyXEL.com account, only the User Name and
Password fields are available.
New myZyXEL.com If you haven’t created an account at myZyXEL.com, select this option and
account configure the following fields to create an account and register your
ZyWALL.
Existing myZyXEL.com If you already have an account at myZyXEL.com, select this option and enter
account your user name and password in the fields below to register your ZyWALL.
User Name Enter a user name for your myZyXEL.com account. The name should be
from six to 20 alphanumeric characters (and the underscore). Spaces are
not allowed.
Check Click this button to check with the myZyXEL.com database to verify the user
name you entered has not been used.
Password Enter a password of between six and 20 alphanumeric characters (and the
Confirm Password Enter the password again for confirmation.
E-Mail Address Enter your e-mail address. You can use up to 80 alphanumeric characters
(periods and the underscore are also allowed) without spaces.
Country Select your country from the drop-down box list.
Service Activation You can try trial service subscription. After the trial expires, you can buy an
iCard and enter the license key in the REGISTRATION Service screen to
extend the service.
Content Filtering 1- Select the check box to activate a trial. The trial period starts the day you
month Trial activate the trial.
Anti Spam 3-month Select the check box to activate a trial. The trial period starts the day you
Trial activate the trial.
IDP/AV 3-month Trial Select the check box to activate a trial. The trial period starts the day you
activate the trial.

Table 25 REGISTRATION > Registration

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyWALL.
Reset Click Reset to begin configuring this screen afresh.
" If the ZyWALL is registered already, this screen is read-only and indicates
whether trial services are activated. Use the Service screen to update your
service subscription status.
Figure 80 REGISTRATION > Registration: Registered Device
6.3 The Service Screen

After you activate a trial, you can also use the Service screen to register and enter your iCard’s
PIN number (license key). Click REGISTRATION > Service to open the screen as shown
next.
" If you restore the ZyWALL to the default configuration file or upload a different
configuration file after you register, click the Service License Refresh button
to update license information.

Figure 81 REGISTRATION > Service

Table 26 REGISTRATION > Service
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Service Management
Service This field displays the service name available on the ZyWALL.
Status This field displays whether a service is activated (Active) or not (Inactive).
Registration Type This field displays whether you applied for a trial application (Trial) or
registered a service with your iCard’s PIN number (Standard).
Expiration Day This field displays the date your service expires.
License Upgrade
License Key Enter your iCard’s PIN number and click Update to activate or extend a
standard service subscription.
If a standard service subscription runs out, you need to buy a new iCard
(specific to your ZyWALL) and enter the new PIN number to extend the
service.
Service License Click this button to renew service license information (such as the license
Refresh key, registration status and expiration day).


P ART II
Network
LAN Screens (149)
Bridge Screens (161)
WAN Screens (169)
DMZ Screens (207)
WLAN Screens (219)
Wireless Screens (229)
147
148
CHAPTER 7
LAN Screens
7.1 Overview
A network is a shared communication system to which many computers are attached.
The Local Area Network (LAN) includes the computers and networking devices in your home
or office that you connect to the ZyWALL’s LAN ports.
The Wide Area Network (WAN) is another network (most likely the Internet) that you connect
to the ZyWALL’s WAN port. See Chapter 9 on page 169 for how to use the WAN screens to
set up your WAN connection.
The LAN and the WAN are two separate networks. The ZyWALL controls the traffic that
goes between them. The following graphic gives an example.
Figure 82 LAN and WAN
LAN WAN
INTERNET
" This chapter is only applicable when the ZyWALL is in router mode.
7.1.1 What You Can Do in The LAN Screens

• Use the LAN screen (Section 7.2 on page 152) to configure TCP/IP, DHCP, IP/MAC
binding and NetBIOS settings on the LAN.
• Use the Static DHCP screen (Section 7.3 on page 155) to configure the IP addresses
assigned to devices in the LAN by DHCP.

Chapter 7 LAN Screens
• Use the IP Alias screen (Section 7.4 on page 156) to configure IP alias settings on the
ZyWALL’s LAN ports.
• Use the Port Roles screen (Section 7.5 on page 158) to configure LAN ports on the
ZyWALL. The Port Roles screen is available on the ZyWALL 5 and ZyWALL 35.
7.1.2 What You Need to Know About LAN

IP Address and Subnet Mask
Similar to the way houses on a street share a common street name, so too do computers on a
LAN share one common network number.
Where you obtain your network number depends on your particular situation. If the ISP or
your network administrator assigns you a block of registered IP addresses, follow their
instructions in selecting the IP addresses and the subnet mask.
If the ISP did not explicitly give you an IP network number, then most likely you have a single
user account and the ISP will assign you a dynamic IP address when the connection is
established. If this is the case, it is recommended that you select a network number from
192.168.0.0 to 192.168.255.0 and you must enable the Network Address Translation (NAT)
feature of the ZyWALL. The Internet Assigned Number Authority (IANA) reserved this block
of addresses specifically for private use; please do not use any other number unless you are
told otherwise. If you select 192.168.1.0 as the network number; it covers 254 individual
addresses, from 192.168.1.1 to 192.168.1.254 (zero and 255 are reserved). In other words, the
first three numbers specify the network number while the last number identifies an individual
computer on that network.
Once you have decided on the network number, pick an IP address that is easy to remember,
for instance, 192.168.1.1, for your ZyWALL, but make sure that no other device on your
network is using that IP address.
The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. Your ZyWALL will
compute the subnet mask automatically based on the IP address that you entered. You don't
need to change the subnet mask computed by the ZyWALL unless you are instructed to do
otherwise.
Private IP Addresses
Every machine on the Internet must have a unique address. If your networks are isolated from
the Internet, for example, only between your two branch offices, you can assign any IP
addresses to the hosts without problems. However, the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
(IANA) has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private
networks:
• 10.0.0.0 — 10.255.255.255
• 172.16.0.0 — 172.31.255.255
• 192.168.0.0 — 192.168.255.255
You can obtain your IP address from the IANA, from an ISP or it can be assigned from a
private network. If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an
ISP, the ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks. On the other
hand, if you are part of a much larger organization, you should consult your network
administrator for the appropriate IP addresses.

" Regardless of your particular situation, do not create an arbitrary IP address;

always follow the guidelines above. For more information on address
assignment, please refer to RFC 1597, Address Allocation for Private Internets
and RFC 1466, Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space.
MAC Address
Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC address
is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters, for example,
00:A0:C5:00:00:02.
DHCP
The ZyWALL can use DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, RFC 2131 and RFC
2132) to automatically assign IP addresses subnet masks, gateways, and some network
information like the IP addresses of DNS servers to the computers on your LAN. You can
alternatively have the ZyWALL relay DHCP information from another DHCP server. If you
disable the ZyWALL’s DHCP service, you must have another DHCP server on your LAN, or
else the computers must be manually configured.
IP Pool Setup
The ZyWALL is pre-configured with a pool of IP addresses for the computers on your LAN.
See Table 269 on page 770 for the default IP pool range. Do not assign your LAN computers
static IP addresses that are in the DHCP pool.
RIP Setup
RIP (Routing Information Protocol, RFC 1058 and RFC 1389) allows a router to exchange
routing information with other routers. RIP Direction controls the sending and receiving of
RIP packets. When set to Both or Out Only, the ZyWALL will broadcast its routing table
periodically. When set to Both or In Only, it will incorporate the RIP information that it
receives; when set to None, it will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets
received.
RIP Version controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP packets that the
ZyWALL sends (it recognizes both formats when receiving). RIP-1 is universally supported;
but RIP-2 carries more information. RIP-1 is probably adequate for most networks, unless you
have an unusual network topology.
Both RIP-2B and RIP-2M send routing data in RIP-2 format; the difference being that RIP-
2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP-2M uses multicasting. Multicasting can reduce the
load on non-router machines since they generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address
and so will not receive the RIP packets. However, if one router uses multicasting, then all
routers on your network must use multicasting, also.
By default, RIP Direction is set to Both and RIP Version to RIP-1.

Multicast
Traditionally, IP packets are transmitted in one of either two ways - Unicast (1 sender - 1
recipient) or Broadcast (1 sender - everybody on the network). Multicast delivers IP packets to
a group of hosts on the network - not everybody and not just 1.
IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) is a network-layer protocol used to establish
membership in a Multicast group - it is not used to carry user data. IGMP version 2 (RFC
2236) is an improvement over version 1 (RFC 1112) but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use. If
you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP
version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236. The class D IP address is
used to identify host groups and can be in the range 224.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255. The address
224.0.0.0 is not assigned to any group and is used by IP multicast computers. The address
224.0.0.1 is used for query messages and is assigned to the permanent group of all IP hosts
(including gateways). All hosts must join the 224.0.0.1 group in order to participate in IGMP.
The address 224.0.0.2 is assigned to the multicast routers group.
The ZyWALL supports both IGMP version 1 (IGMP-v1) and IGMP version 2 (IGMP-v2). At
start up, the ZyWALL queries all directly connected networks to gather group membership.
After that, the ZyWALL periodically updates this information. IP multicasting can be enabled/
disabled on the ZyWALL LAN and/or WAN interfaces in the web configurator (LAN;
WAN). Select None to disable IP multicasting on these interfaces.
WINS
WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) is a Windows implementation of NetBIOS Name
Server (NBNS) on Windows. It keeps track of NetBIOS computer names. It stores a mapping
table of your network’s computer names and IP addresses. The table is dynamically updated
for IP addresses assigned by DHCP. This helps reduce broadcast traffic since computers can
query the server instead of broadcasting a request for a computer name’s IP address. In this
way WINS is similar to DNS, although WINS does not use a hierarchy (unlike DNS). A
network can have more than one WINS server. Samba can also serve as a WINS server.
IP Alias
IP alias allows you to partition a physical network into different logical networks over the
same Ethernet interface. The LAN, DMZ or WLAN may all be partitioned in this way.
Port Roles
Port Roles allows you to set ports as part of the LAN, DMZ and/or WLAN interface.
7.2 The LAN Screen

Click NETWORK > LAN to open the LAN screen. Use this screen to configure the
ZyWALL’s IP address and other LAN TCP/IP settings as well as the built-in DHCP server
capability that assigns IP addresses and DNS servers to systems that support DHCP client
capability.

Figure 83 NETWORK > LAN

Table 27 NETWORK > LAN
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LAN TCP/IP
IP Address Type the IP address of your ZyWALL in dotted decimal notation. 192.168.1.1 is the
factory default. Alternatively, click the right mouse button to copy and/or paste the
IP address.
IP Subnet Mask The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address. Your
ZyWALL automatically calculates the subnet mask based on the IP address that
you assign. Unless you are implementing subnetting, use the subnet mask
computed by the ZyWALL.
RIP Direction RIP (Routing Information Protocol, RFC1058 and RFC 1389) allows a router to
exchange routing information with other routers. The RIP Direction field controls
the sending and receiving of RIP packets. Select the RIP direction from Both/In
Only/Out Only/None. When set to Both or Out Only, the ZyWALL will broadcast
its routing table periodically. When set to Both or In Only, it will incorporate the
RIP information that it receives; when set to None, it will not send any RIP packets
and will ignore any RIP packets received. Both is the default.

Table 27 NETWORK > LAN (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the RIP
packets that the ZyWALL sends (it recognizes both formats when receiving). RIP-1
is universally supported but RIP-2 carries more information. RIP-1 is probably
adequate for most networks, unless you have an unusual network topology. Both
RIP-2B and RIP-2M sends the routing data in RIP-2 format; the difference being
that RIP-2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP-2M uses multicasting.
Multicasting can reduce the load on non-router machines since they generally do
not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP packets.
However, if one router uses multicasting, then all routers on your network must use
multicasting, also. By default, RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to
RIP-1.
Multicast Select IGMP V-1 or IGMP V-2 or None. IGMP (Internet Group Management
Protocol) is a network-layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast
group - it is not used to carry user data. IGMP version 2 (RFC 2236) is an
improvement over version 1 (RFC 1112) but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use. If
you would like to read more detailed information about interoperability between
IGMP version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236.
DHCP Setup
DHCP DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, RFC 2131 and RFC 2132) allows
individual clients (workstations) to obtain TCP/IP configuration at startup from a
server. Unless you are instructed by your ISP, leave this field set to Server. When
configured as a server, the ZyWALL provides TCP/IP configuration for the clients.
When set as a server, fill in the IP Pool Starting Address and Pool Size fields.
Select Relay to have the ZyWALL forward DHCP requests to another DHCP
server. When set to Relay, fill in the DHCP Server Address field.
Select None to stop the ZyWALL from acting as a DHCP server. When you select
None, you must have another DHCP server on your LAN, or else the computers
must be manually configured.
IP Pool Starting This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool.
Address
Pool Size This field specifies the size, or count of the IP address pool.
DHCP Server Type the IP address of the DHCP server to which you want the ZyWALL to relay
Address DHCP requests. Use dotted decimal notation. Alternatively, click the right mouse
button to copy and/or paste the IP address.
DHCP WINS Type the IP address of the WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server that
Server 1, 2 you want to send to the DHCP clients. The WINS server keeps a mapping table of
the computer names on your network and the IP addresses that they are currently
using.
Filter (IP/MAC
Binding
Drop packets that Select this to allow traffic only from devices on the LAN which have received an IP
do not match address from the ZyWALL. This is done by allowing traffic only from devices on the
static IP or LAN with specific combinations of IP and MAC addresses. These IP addresses are
Dynamic IP/MAC dynamically assigned by the ZyWALL or manually set using static DHCP.
binding See the Static DHCP screen for a list of static IP/MAC address combinations. See
the DHCP Table available from the Home screen for a list of dynamically assigned
IP (and their corresponding MAC addresses).
Exempt packets Set the ZyWALL to allow packets from the LAN with source IP addresses within a
in this IP address specified range. This allows packets even when their IP and MAC addresses do
range. not match those specified in the Static DHCP screen or DHCP Table.
Type this range of IP addresses in the From and To fields.

Table 27 NETWORK > LAN (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Windows NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System) are TCP or UDP packets that
Networking enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN. For some dial-up
(NetBIOS over services such as PPPoE or PPTP, NetBIOS packets cause unwanted calls.
TCP/IP) However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass
through to the WAN in order to find a computer on the WAN.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to WAN 1and from
LAN and WAN1 WAN 1 to the LAN. If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to block
WAN 1 to LAN traffic, you also need to enable the default WAN 1 to LAN firewall
rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to WAN 1
and from WAN 1 to the LAN.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to WAN 2 and
LAN and WAN2 from WAN 2 to the LAN. If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to
block WAN 2 to LAN traffic, you also need to enable the default WAN 2 to LAN
firewall rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to WAN 2
and from WAN 2 to the LAN.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the DMZ and
LAN and DMZ from the DMZ to the LAN. If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to
block DMZ to LAN traffic, you also need to enable the default DMZ to LAN firewall
rule that forwards NetBIOS traffic.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the DMZ
and from the DMZ to the LAN.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the WLAN and
LAN and WLAN from the WLAN to the LAN.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WLAN
and from the WLAN to the LAN.
7.3 The LAN Static DHCP Screen

This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the LAN to specific individual computers
based on their MAC addresses.
To change your ZyWALL’s static DHCP settings, click NETWORK > LAN > Static DHCP.
The screen appears as shown.

Figure 84 NETWORK > LAN > Static DHCP

Table 28 NETWORK > LAN > Static DHCP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the index number of the static IP table entry (row).
MAC Address Type the MAC address of a computer on your LAN.
IP Address Type the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your LAN.
Alternatively, click the right mouse button to copy and/or paste the IP address.
7.4 The LAN IP Alias Screen

same Ethernet interface.

The ZyWALL has a single LAN interface. Even though more than one of ports 1~4 may be in
the LAN port role, they are all still part of a single physical Ethernet interface and all use the
same IP address.
The ZyWALL supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical LAN Ethernet
interface. The ZyWALL itself is the gateway for each of the logical LAN networks.
When you use IP alias, you can also configure firewall rules to control access between the
LAN's logical networks (subnets).
" Make sure that the subnets of the logical networks do not overlap.
The following figure shows a LAN divided into subnets A, B, and C.
Figure 85 Physical Network & Partitioned Logical Networks
To change your ZyWALL’s IP alias settings, click NETWORK > LAN > IP Alias. The
screen appears as shown.
Figure 86 NETWORK > LAN > IP Alias


Table 29 NETWORK > LAN > IP Alias
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable IP Alias 1, Select the check box to configure another LAN network for the ZyWALL.
2
IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyWALL in dotted decimal notation.
IP Subnet Mask Your ZyWALL will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP
address that you assign. Unless you are implementing subnetting, use the subnet
mask computed by the ZyWALL.
RIP Direction RIP (Routing Information Protocol, RFC 1058 and RFC 1389) allows a router to
and will ignore any RIP packets received.
packets that the ZyWALL sends (it recognizes both formats when receiving). RIP-
1 is universally supported but RIP-2 carries more information. RIP-1 is probably
However, if one router uses multicasting, then all routers on your network must
use multicasting, also. By default, RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set
to RIP-1.
7.5 The LAN Port Roles Screen

Use the Port Roles screen to set ports as part of the LAN, DMZ and/or WLAN interface.
Ports 1~4 on the ZyWALL 5 and ZyWALL 35 ports can be part of the LAN, DMZ or WLAN
interface. The ZyWALL 70 has a separate (dedicated) LAN port, so ports 1~4 can be set as
part of the DMZ and/or WLAN interface.
" Do the following if you are configuring from a computer connected to a LAN,
DMZ or WLAN port and changing the port's role:
1 A port's IP address varies as its role changes, make sure your computer's IP address is in
the same subnet as the ZyWALL's LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP address.
2 Use the appropriate LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP address to access the ZyWALL.
To change your ZyWALL’s port role settings, click NETWORK > LAN > Port Roles. The

The radio buttons correspond to Ethernet ports on the front panel of the ZyWALL. On the
ZyWALL 70, ports 1 to 4 are all DMZ ports by default. On the ZyWALL 5 or ZyWALL 35,
ports 1 to 4 are all LAN ports by default.
" Your changes are also reflected in the DMZ Port Roles and WLAN Port
Roles screens.
Figure 87 NETWORK > LAN > Port Roles

Table 30 NETWORK > LAN > Port Roles
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LAN Select a port’s LAN radio button to use the port as part of the LAN. The port will
use the ZyWALL’s LAN IP address and MAC address.
DMZ Select a port’s DMZ radio button to use the port as part of the DMZ. The port will
use the ZyWALL’s DMZ IP address and MAC address.
WLAN Select a port’s WLAN radio button to use the port as part of the WLAN.
The port will use the ZyWALL’s WLAN IP address and MAC address.
After you change the LAN/DMZ/WLAN port roles and click Apply, please wait for few
seconds until the following screen appears. Click Return to go back to the Port Roles screen.
Figure 88 Port Roles Change Complete


CHAPTER 8
Bridge Screens
8.1 Overview
The ZyWALL can act as a bridge between a switch and a wired LAN or between two routers.
This chapter describes how to configure bridge settings. This chapter is only applicable when
the ZyWALL is in bridge mode.
In bridge mode, the ZyWALL functions as a transparent firewall (also known as a bridge
firewall). The ZyWALL bridges traffic traveling between the ZyWALL's interfaces and still
filters and inspects packets. You do not need to change the configuration of your existing
network.
In the first figure below the ZyWALL is in bridge mode and is bridging traffic on the WAN.
The router device has a public WAN IP address and the ZyWALL is transparent. In the second
figure the ZyWALL is in router mode and has a public WAN IP address and routes traffic
between the LAN and WAN.
Figure 89 Bridge Mode
LAN WAN
192.168.1.1 A.B.C.D
192.168.0.1
Figure 90 Router Mode
LAN WAN
192.168.1.33 192.168.1.1 A.B.C.D
8.1.1 What You Can Do in the Bridge Screens

• Use the Bridge screen (Section 8.2 on page 163) to configure bridge and RSTP (Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol) settings.
• Use the Port Roles screen (Section 8.3 on page 164) to set ports as part of the LAN, DMZ
and/or WLAN interface.

Chapter 8 Bridge Screens
8.1.2 What You Need To Know About Bridging
Bridge Loop
Be careful to avoid bridge loops when you enable bridging in the ZyWALL. Bridge loops
cause broadcast traffic to circle the network endlessly, resulting in possible throughput
degradation and disruption of communications. The following example shows the network
topology that can lead to this problem:
• If your ZyWALL (in bridge mode) is connected to a wired LAN while communicating
with another bridge or a switch that is also connected to the same wired LAN as shown
next.
Figure 91 Bridge Loop: Bridge Connected to Wired LAN
To prevent bridge loops, ensure that your ZyWALL is not set to bridge mode while connected
to two wired segments of the same LAN or you enable RSTP in the Bridge screen.
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)

STP detects and breaks network loops and provides backup links between switches, bridges or
routers. It allows a bridge to interact with other STP-compliant bridges in your network to
ensure that only one route exists between any two stations on the network.
Rapid STP
The ZyWALL uses IEEE 802.1w RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) that allow faster
convergence of the spanning tree (while also being backwards compatible with STP-only
aware bridges). Using RSTP, topology change information does not have to propagate to the
root bridge and unwanted learned addresses are flushed from the filtering database. In RSTP,
the port states are Discarding, Learning, and Forwarding.
Finding Out More

To see more information on bridging refer to Section 33.5 on page 591.
To see more advanced information on bridging refer to Section 8.4 on page 166.

8.2 The Bridge Screen

Select Bridge and click Apply in the MAINTENANCE > Device Mode screen to have the
ZyWALL function as a bridge.
You can use the firewall and VPN in bridge mode. See the user’s guide for a list of other
features that are available in bridge mode.
Click NETWORK > BRIDGE to display the screen shown next. Use this screen to configure
bridge and RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) settings.
Figure 92 NETWORK > Bridge

Table 31 NETWORK > Bridge
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Bridge IP Address Setup
IP Address Type the IP address of your ZyWALL in dotted decimal notation.
IP Subnet Mask The subnet mask specifies the network number portion of an IP address.
Gateway IP Address Enter the gateway IP address.

Table 31 NETWORK > Bridge (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
First/Second/Third DNS DNS (Domain Name System) is for mapping a domain name to its
Server corresponding IP address and vice versa. The DNS server is extremely
important because without it, you must know the IP address of a machine
before you can access it. The ZyWALL uses a system DNS server (in the
order you specify here) to resolve domain names for content filtering, the
time server, etc.
If you have the IP address(es) of the DNS server(s), enter the DNS server's
IP address(es) in the field(s) to the right.
Rapid Spanning Tree
Protocol Setup
Enable Rapid Spanning Select the check box to activate RSTP on the ZyWALL.
Tree Protocol
Bridge Priority Enter a number between 0 and 61440 as bridge priority of the ZyWALL.
Bridge priority is used in determining the root switch, root port and
designated port. The switch with the highest priority (lowest numeric value)
becomes the root. If multiple devices have the lowest priority, the device
with the lowest MAC address becomes the root.
The lower the numeric value you assign, the higher the priority for this
bridge.
Bridge Priority determines the root bridge, which in turn determines Hello
Time, Max Age and Forward Delay.
Bridge Hello Time Enter an interval (between 1 and 10) in seconds that the root bridge waits
before sending a hello packet.
Bridge Max Age Enter an interval (between 6 and 40) in seconds that a bridge waits to get a
Hello BPDU from the root bridge.
Forward Delay Enter the length of time (between 4 and 30) in seconds that a bridge
remains in the listening and learning port states. The default is 15 seconds.
Bridge Port This is the bridge port type.
RSTP Active Select the check box to enable RSTP on the corresponding port.
RSTP Priority Enter a number between 0 and 240 as RSTP priority for the corresponding
0(Highest)~240(Lowest) port. 0 is the highest.
RSTP Path Cost Enter a number between 1 and 65535 as RSTP path cost for the
1(Lowest)~65535(Highe corresponding port. 65535 is the highest.
st)
8.3 The Bridge Port Roles Screen

Ports 1~4 on the ZyWALL 5 and ZyWALL 35 ports can be part of the LAN, DMZ or WLAN
interface. The ZyWALL 70 has a separate (dedicated) LAN port, so ports 1~4 can be set as
part of the DMZ and/or WLAN interface.
To change your ZyWALL’s port role settings, click NETWORK > BRIDGE > Port Roles.

Figure 93 NETWORK > Bridge > Port Roles

Table 32 NETWORK > Bridge > Port Roles
LABEL DESCRIPTION
LAN Select a port’s LAN radio button to use the port as part of the LAN.
DMZ Select a port’s DMZ radio button to use the port as part of the DMZ.
Figure 94 Port Roles Change Complete

8.4 Bridge Technical Reference
STP Terminology
The root bridge is the base of the spanning tree. Path cost is the cost of transmitting a frame
from the root bridge to that port. It is assigned according to the speed of the link to which a
port is attached. The slower the media, the higher the cost - see the next table.
Table 33 STP Path Costs
LINK RECOMMENDED RECOMMENDED ALLOWED
SPEED VALUE RANGE RANGE
Path Cost 4Mbps 250 100 to 1000 1 to 65535
Path Cost 1Gbps 4 3 to 10 1 to 65535
Path Cost 10Gbps 2 1 to 5 1 to 65535
On each bridge, the root port is the port through which this bridge communicates with the root.
It is the port on this switch with the lowest path cost to the root (the root path cost). If there is
no root port, then this bridge has been accepted as the root bridge of the spanning tree network.
For each LAN segment, a designated bridge is selected. This bridge has the lowest cost to the
root among the bridges connected to the LAN.
How STP Works

After a bridge determines the lowest cost-spanning tree with STP, it enables the root port and
the ports that are the designated ports for connected LANs, and disables all other ports that
participate in STP. Network packets are therefore only forwarded between enabled ports,
eliminating any possible network loops.
STP-aware bridges exchange Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDUs) periodically. When the
bridged LAN topology changes, a new spanning tree is constructed.
Once a stable network topology has been established, all bridges listen for Hello BPDUs
(Bridge Protocol Data Units) transmitted from the root bridge. If a bridge does not get a Hello
BPDU after a predefined interval (Max Age), the bridge assumes that the link to the root
bridge is down. This bridge then initiates negotiations with other bridges to reconfigure the
network to re-establish a valid network topology.

STP Port States

STP assigns five port states (see next table) to eliminate packet looping. A bridge port is not
allowed to go directly from blocking state to forwarding state so as to eliminate transient
loops.
Table 34 STP Port States
PORT STATE DESCRIPTION
Disabled STP is disabled (default).
Blocking Only configuration and management BPDUs are received and processed.
Listening All BPDUs are received and processed.
Learning All BPDUs are received and processed. Information frames are submitted to the
learning process but not forwarded.
Forwarding All BPDUs are received and processed. All information frames are received and
forwarded.


CHAPTER 9
WAN Screens
9.1 Overview
This chapter discusses the ZyWALL’s WAN screens. Use these screens to configure your
ZyWALL for Internet access.
A WAN (Wide Area Network) connection is an outside connection to another network or the
Internet. It connects your private networks (such as a LAN (Local Area Network) and other
networks, so that a computer in one location can communicate with computers in other
locations.
The ZyWALL has a multiple WAN feature which enables you to connect up to two ISPs (or
networks). The ZyWALL 5 also supports a 3G WAN connection. You can configure the
distribution of traffic on the WAN connections using the load balancing settings.
You can have either a wired WAN connection with a 3G (WAN) connection or two wired
WAN connections as shown in the following figures.
Figure 95 LAN and WAN (Multiple)
ISP
LAN
WAN 1
3G
Figure 96 LAN and WAN (Multiple)
LAN
WAN 1 ISP 1
WAN 2
ISP 2

Chapter 9 WAN Screens
9.1.1 What You Can Do in the WAN Screens

• Use the General screen (Section 9.2 on page 172) to configure load balancing, route
priority, and connection test settings for the ZyWALL.
• Use the WAN 1 and 2 screens (Section 9.3 on page 182) to configure the WAN1 and
WAN2 interfaces for Internet access on the ZyWALL.
• Use the 3G (WAN2) screen (Section 9.4 on page 192 for 3G) to configure the WAN2
interface for Internet access on the ZyWALL.
• Use the Traffic Redirect screen (Section 9.5 on page 197) to configure an alternative
gateway.
• Use the Dial Backup screen (Section 9.7 on page 199) to configure the backup WAN dial-
up connection.
9.1.2 What You Need to Know About WAN

Encapsulation Method
Encapsulation is used to include data from an upper layer protocol into a lower layer protocol.
To set up a WAN connection to the Internet, you need to use the same encapsulation method
used by your ISP (Internet Service Provider). If your ISP offers a dial-up Internet connection
using PPPoE (PPP over Ethernet) or PPPoA, they should also provide a username and
password (and service name) for user authentication.
WAN IP Address
The WAN IP address is an IP address for the ZyWALL, which makes it accessible from an
outside network. It is used by the ZyWALL to communicate with other devices in other
networks. It can be static (fixed) or dynamically assigned by the ISP each time the ZyWALL
tries to access the Internet.
If your ISP assigns you a static WAN IP address, they should also assign you the subnet mask
and DNS server IP address(es) (and a gateway IP address if you use the Ethernet or ENET
ENCAP encapsulation method).
3G
3G (Third Generation) is a digital, packet-switched wireless technology. Bandwidth usage is
optimized as multiple users share the same channel and bandwidth is only allocated to users
when they send data. It allows fast transfer of voice and non-voice data and provides
broadband Internet access to mobile devices.
Multiple WAN Features

You can use a second connection for load sharing to increase overall network throughput or as
a backup to enhance network reliability.
The ZyWALL 70 or ZyWALL 35 has two WAN ports. You can connect one port to one ISP
(or network) and connect the other to a second ISP (or network). When the ZyWALL 5 is in
router mode, you can optionally insert a 3G card to add a second WAN interface.
The ZyWALL can balance the load between the two WAN interfaces (see Section 9.2.2 on
page 177).

You can use policy routing to specify the WAN interface that specific services go through. An
ISP may give traffic from certain (more expensive) connections priority over the traffic from
other accounts. You could route delay intolerant traffic (like voice over IP calls) through this
kind of connection. Other traffic could be routed through a cheaper broadband Internet
connection that does not provide priority service. If one WAN interface's connection goes
down, the ZyWALL can automatically send its traffic through the other WAN interface. See
Chapter 24 on page 457 for details.
The ZyWALL's NAT feature allows you to configure sets of rules for one WAN interface and
separate sets of rules for the other WAN interface. Refer to Chapter 22 on page 435 for details.
You can select through which WAN interface you want to send out traffic from UPnP-enabled
applications (see Chapter 28 on page 519).
The ZyWALL's DDNS lets you select which WAN interface you want to use for each
individual domain name. The DDNS high availability feature lets you have the ZyWALL use
the other WAN interface for a domain name if the configured WAN interface's connection
goes down. See Section 26.1.2 on page 479 for details.
When configuring a VPN rule, you have the option of selecting one of the ZyWALL's domain
names in the My Address field.
Load Balancing
On the ZyWALL, load balancing is the process of dividing traffic loads between the two
WAN interfaces (or ports). This allows you to improve quality of services and maximize
bandwidth utilization.
See also policy routing to provide quality of service by dedicating a route for a specific traffic
type and bandwidth management to specify a set amount of bandwidth for a specific traffic
type on an interface.
The ZyWALL uses three load balancing methods (least load first, weighted round robin and
spillover) to decide which WAN interface the traffic for a session1 (from the LAN) uses.
The available bandwidth you configure on the ZyWALL refers to the actual bandwidth
provided by the ISP and the measured bandwidth refers to the bandwidth an interface is
currently using.
TCP/IP Priority (Metric)

The metric represents the "cost of transmission". A router determines the best route for
transmission by choosing a path with the lowest "cost". RIP routing uses hop count as the
measurement of cost, with a minimum of "1" for directly connected networks. The number
must be between "1" and "15"; a number greater than "15" means the link is down. The
smaller the number, the lower the "cost".
1 The metric sets the priority for the ZyWALL's routes to the Internet. Each route must
have a unique metric.
2 The priorities of the WAN interface routes must always be higher than the dial-backup
and traffic redirect route priorities.
1. In the load balancing section, a session may refer to normal connection-oriented, UDP and SNMP2 traffic.

Lets say that you have the WAN operation mode set to active/passive, meaning the ZyWALL
uses the second highest priority WAN interface as a back up. The WAN 1 route has a metric of
"2", the WAN 2 route has a metric of "3", the traffic-redirect route has a metric of "14" and the
dial-backup route has a metric of "15". In this case, the WAN 1 route acts as the primary
default route. If the WAN 1 route fails to connect to the Internet, the ZyWALL tries the WAN
2 route next. If the WAN 2 route fails, the ZyWALL tries the traffic-redirect route. In the same
manner, the ZyWALL uses the dial-backup route if the traffic-redirect route also fails.
The dial-backup or traffic redirect routes cannot take priority over the WAN 1 and WAN 2
routes.
Finding Out More

Refer to Section 7.1.2 on page 150 for information on IP addresses, LAN and more.
9.1.3 Before You Begin

You need to know your Internet access settings such as encapsulation and WAN IP address.
Get this information from your ISP.
9.2 The General Screen

Use this screen to configure load balancing, route priority, and connection test properties.
Mapping a WAN Interface to a Local Host

You can set the ZyWALL to send all of a local computer’s traffic through the same WAN
interface. This is useful when a redirect server forwards a user request for a file and informs
the file server that a particular WAN IP address is requesting the file. If the user’s subsequent
sessions came from a different WAN IP address, the file server would deny the request. Here
is an example.

Figure 97 Incorrect WAN IP
Internet
WAN 1 WAN 2
LAN
A C
1 LAN user A wants to download a file from a remote server on the Internet. The
ZyWALL is using active/active load balancing and sends the request to an update server
(B) through WAN 1.
2 Update server B sends a file list to LAN user A. The download address of the desired file
is a file server (C). At the same time, update server B informs file server C that a
computer located at the WAN 1’s IP address will download a file.
3 When LAN user A tries to retrieve the file from file server C, the request goes through
WAN 2.
File server C finds that the request comes from WAN 2’s IP address instead of WAN 1’s IP
address and rejects the request.
9.2.1 Configuring the General Screen

To configure your WAN General settings click NETWORK > WAN to open the General
screen.
" WAN 2 refers to either the physical WAN 2 port on a ZyWALL with multiple
WAN ports or the 3G card on a single WAN ZyWALL in router mode.

Figure 98 NETWORK > WAN > General


Table 35 NETWORK > WAN > General
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active/Passive Select the Active/Passive (fail over) operation mode to have the ZyWALL use the
(Fail Over) Mode second highest priority WAN interface as a back up. This means that the ZyWALL
will normally use the highest priority (primary) WAN interface (depending on the
priorities you configure in the Route Priority fields). The ZyWALL will switch to the
secondary (second highest priority) WAN interface when the primary WAN
interface's connection fails.
Fall Back to This field determines the action the ZyWALL takes after the primary WAN interface
Primary WAN fails and the ZyWALL starts using the secondary WAN interface.
When Possible Select this check box to have the ZyWALL change back to using the primary WAN
interface when the ZyWALL can connect through the primary WAN interface again.
Clear this check box to have the ZyWALL continue using the secondary WAN
interface, even after the ZyWALL can connect through the primary WAN interface
again. The ZyWALL continues to use the secondary WAN interface until it's
connection fails (at which time it will change back to using the primary WAN
interface if its connection is up.
Active/Active Select Active/Active Mode to have the ZyWALL use both of the WAN interfaces at
Mode the same time and allow you to enable load balancing.
Load Balancing Select Least Load First, Weighted Round Robin or Spillover to activate load
Algorithm balancing and set the related fields. Otherwise, select None.
Refer to Section 9.2.2 on page 177 for load balancing configuration.
WAN Interface to Select this option to have the ZyWALL send all of a local computer’s traffic through
Local Host the same WAN interface for the period of time that you specify (1 to 600 seconds).
Mapping Timeout This is useful when a redirect server forwards a local user’s request for a file and
informs the file server that a particular WAN IP address is requesting the file. If the
user’s subsequent sessions came from a different WAN IP address, the file server
would deny the request.
This field is configurable only when you select Active/Active Mode and enable
load balancing.
Route Priority
WAN1 The default WAN connection is "1' as your broadband connection via the WAN
WAN2 interface should always be your preferred method of accessing the WAN. The
Traffic Redirect ZyWALL switches from WAN interface 1 to WAN interface 2 if WAN interface 1's
connection fails and then back to WAN interface 1 when WAN interface 1's
Dial Backup connection comes back up. The default priority of the routes is WAN 1, WAN 2,
Traffic Redirect and then Dial Backup:
You have three choices for an auxiliary connection (WAN 2, Traffic Redirect and
Dial Backup) in the event that your regular WAN connection goes down. If Dial
Backup is preferred to Traffic Redirect, then type "14" in the Dial Backup
Priority (metric) field (and leave the Traffic Redirect Priority (metric) at the
default of "15").
The Dial Backup field is available only when you enable the corresponding dial
backup feature in the Dial Backup screen.
Connectivity
Check
Check Period The ZyWALL tests a WAN connection by periodically sending a ping to either the
default gateway or the address in the Ping this Address field.
Type a number of seconds (5 to 300) to set the time interval between checks. Allow
more time if your destination IP address handles lots of traffic.
Check Timeout Type the number of seconds (1 to 10) for your ZyWALL to wait for a response to
the ping before considering the check to have failed. This setting must be less than
the Check Period. Use a higher value in this field if your network is busy or
congested.

Table 35 NETWORK > WAN > General (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Check Fail Type how many WAN connection checks can fail (1-10) before the connection is
Tolerance considered "down" (not connected). The ZyWALL still checks a "down" connection
to detect if it reconnects.
Check WAN1/2 Select the check box to have the ZyWALL periodically test the respective WAN
Connectivity interface's connection.
Select Ping Default Gateway to have the ZyWALL ping the WAN interface's
default gateway IP address.
Select Ping this Address and enter a domain name or IP address of a reliable
nearby computer (for example, your ISP's DNS server address) to have the
ZyWALL ping that address. For a domain name, use up to 63 alphanumeric
characters (hyphens, periods and the underscore are also allowed) without
spaces.
Check Traffic Select the check box to have the ZyWALL periodically test the traffic redirect
Redirection connection.
Connectivity Select Ping Default Gateway to have the ZyWALL ping the backup gateway's IP
address.
Select Ping this Address and enter a domain name or IP address of a reliable
nearby computer (for example, your ISP's DNS server address) to have the
ZyWALL ping that address. For a domain name, use up to 63 alphanumeric
characters (hyphens, periods and the underscore are also allowed) without
spaces.
TCP/IP):
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from WAN 1 to the LAN port and
WAN1 and LAN from the LAN port to WAN1. If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to
block WAN 1 to LAN traffic, you also need to enable the default WAN1 to LAN
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from WAN 1 to the LAN
port and from LAN port to WAN1.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from WAN 1 to the DMZ port
WAN1 and DMZ and from the DMZ port to WAN1.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from WAN 1 to the DMZ
port and from DMZ port to WAN1.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from WAN 1 to the WLAN port
WAN1 and and from the WLAN port to WAN 1.
WLAN Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from WAN 1to the WLAN
port and from WLAN port to WAN1.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from WAN 2 to the LAN port and
WAN2 and LAN from the LAN port to WAN2. If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to
block WAN 2 to LAN traffic, you also need to enable the default WAN2 to LAN
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from WAN 2 to the LAN
port and from LAN port to WAN2.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from WAN 2 to the DMZ port
WAN2 and DMZ and from the DMZ port to WAN2.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from WAN 2 to the DMZ
port and from DMZ port to WAN2.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from WAN 2 to the WLAN port
WAN1 and and from the WLAN port to WAN 2.
WLAN Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from WAN 2 to the WLAN
port and from WLAN port to WAN 2.

Table 35 NETWORK > WAN > General (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Allow Trigger Dial Select this option to allow NetBIOS packets to initiate calls.
9.2.2 Configuring Load Balancing

To configure load balancing on the ZyWALL, click NETWORK > WAN in the navigation
panel. The WAN General screen displays by default. Select Active/Active Mode under
Operation Mode to enable load balancing on the ZyWALL.
The WAN General screen varies depending on what you select in the Load Balancing
Algorithm field.
9.2.3 Least Load First

The least load first algorithm uses the current (or recent) outbound and/or inbound bandwidth
utilization of each WAN interface as the load balancing criteria for making decisions on how
how to route traffic. The outbound bandwidth utilization is defined as the measured outbound
throughput over the available outbound bandwidth. The inbound bandwidth utilization is
defined as the measured inbound throughput over the available inbound bandwidth. The two
ratios are indexes used to calculate which WAN interface is less utilized at the time. A new
LAN-originated session is distributed to the less utilized WAN interface.
Example 1
The following figure depicts an example where both the WAN interfaces on the ZyWALL are
connected to the Internet. The configured available outbound bandwidths for WAN 1 and
WAN 2 are 512K and 256K respectively.
Figure 99 Least Load First Example
If the outbound bandwidth utilization is used as the load balancing index and the measured
outbound throughput of WAN 1 is 412K and WAN 2 is 198K, the ZyWALL calculates the
load balancing index as shown in the table below.

Since WAN 2 has a smaller load balancing index (meaning that it is less utilized than WAN 1),
the ZyWALL will send the subsequent new session traffic through WAN 2.
Table 36 Least Load First: Example 1
OUTBOUND LOAD BALANCING INDEX
INTERFACE
AVAILABLE (A) MEASURED (M) (M/A)
WAN 1 512 K 412 K 0.8

WAN 2 256 K 198 K 0.77
Example 2
This example uses the same network scenario as in Figure 99 on page 177, but uses both the
outbound and inbound bandwidth utilization in calculating the load balancing index. If the
measured inbound stream throughput for both WAN 1 and WAN 2 is 1600K, the ZyWALL
calculates the average load balancing indices as shown in the table below.
Since WAN 1 has a smaller load balancing index (meaning that it is less utilized than WAN 2),
the ZyWALL will send the next new session traffic through WAN 1.
Table 37 Least Load First: Example 2
OUTBOUND INBOUND AVERAGE LOAD
INTERFACE BALANCING INDEX
AVAILABLE MEASURED AVAILABLE MEASURED (OM / OA + IM / IA) / 2
(OA) (OM) (IA) (IM)
WAN 1 512 K 412 K 8000 K 1600 K ( 0.8 + 0.2) / 2 = 0.5
WAN 2 256 K 198 K 2000 K 1600 K ( 0.77 + 0.8 ) / 2 = 0.79
To configure Least Load First, select Least Load First in the Load Balancing Algorithm
field.
Figure 100 Load Balancing: Least Load First

The following table describes the related fields in this screen.

Table 38 Load Balancing: Least Load First
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active/Active Select Active/Active Mode and set the related fields to enable load balancing on
Mode the ZyWALL.
Load Balancing Set the load balancing method to Least Load First.
Algorithm
WAN Interface Select this option to have the ZyWALL send all of a local computer’s traffic through
to Local Host the same WAN interface for the period of time that you specify (1 to 600 seconds).
Mapping This is useful when a redirect server forwards a local user’s request for a file and
Timeout informs the file server that a particular WAN IP address is requesting the file. If the
Time Frame You can set the ZyWALL to get the measured bandwidth using the average
bandwidth in the specified time interval.
Enter the time interval between 10 and 600 seconds.
Load Balancing Specify the direction of the traffic utilization you want the ZyWALL to use in
Index(es) calculating the load balancing index.
Select Outbound Only, Inbound Only or Outbound + Inbound.
Interface This field displays the name of the WAN interface (WAN 1 and WAN 2).
Available This field is applicable when you select Outbound + Inbound or Inbound Only in
Inbound the Load Balancing Index(es) field.
Bandwidth Specify the inbound (or downstream) bandwidth (in kilo bites per second) for the
interface. This should be the actual downstream bandwidth that your ISP provides.
Available This field is applicable when you select Outbound + Inbound or Outbound Only in
Outbound the Load Balancing Index(es) field.
Bandwidth Specify the outbound (or upstream) bandwidth (in kilo bites per second) for the
interface. This should be the actual upstream bandwidth that your ISP provides.
9.2.4 Weighted Round Robin

Round Robin routes traffic on a rotating basis and is activated only when a WAN interface has
more traffic than the configured available bandwidth. On the ZyWALL with two WAN
interfaces, an amount of traffic is sent through the first interface. The second interface is also
given an equal amount of traffic, and then the same amount of traffic is sent through the first
interface again; and so on. This works in a looping fashion until there is no outgoing traffic.
Similar to the Round Robin (RR) algorithm, the Weighted Round Robin (WRR) algorithm sets
the ZyWALL to send traffic through each WAN interface in turn. In addition, the WAN
interfaces are assigned weights. An interface with a larger weight gets more of the traffic than
an interface with a smaller weight.
This algorithm is best suited for situations when the bandwidths set for the two WAN
interfaces are different.
For example, in the figure below, the configured available bandwidth of WAN1 is 1M and
WAN2 is 512K. You can set the ZyWALL to distribute the network traffic between the two
interfaces by setting the weight of WAN1 and WAN2 to 2 and 1 respectively. The ZyWALL
assigns the traffic of two sessions to WAN1 for every one session's traffic assigned to WAN2.

Figure 101 Weighted Round Robin Algorithm Example
To load balance using the weighted round robin method, select Weighted Round Robin in the
Load Balancing Algorithm field.
Figure 102 Load Balancing: Weighted Round Robin

Table 39 Load Balancing: Weighted Round Robin
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active/Active Select Active/Active Mode and set the related fields to enable load balancing on the
Mode ZyWALL.
Load Balancing Set the load balancing method to Weighted Round Robin.
Algorithm
Interface This field displays the name of the WAN interface (WAN 1 and WAN 2).
Ratio Specify the weight for the interface. Enter 0 to set the ZyWALL not to send traffic load
to the interface. The higher the number, the bigger the weight (the more traffic sent).
9.2.5 Spillover
With the spillover load balancing algorithm, the ZyWALL sends network traffic to the
primary interface until the maximum allowable load is reached, then the ZyWALL sends the
excess network traffic of new sessions to the secondary WAN interface. Configure the Route
Priority metrics in the WAN General screen to determine the primary and secondary WANs.

In cases where the primary WAN interface uses an unlimited access Internet connection and
the secondary WAN uses a per-use timed access plan, the ZyWALL will only use the
secondary WAN interface when the traffic load reaches the upper threshold on the primary
WAN interface. This allows you to fully utilize the bandwidth of the primary WAN interface
while avoiding overloading it and reducing Internet connection fees at the same time.
In the following example figure, the upper threshold of the primary WAN interface is set to
800K. The ZyWALL sends network traffic of a new session that exceeds this limit to the
secondary WAN interface.
Figure 103 Spillover Algorithm Example
To load balance using the spillover method, select Spillover in the Load Balancing
Algorithm field.
Configure the Route Priority metrics in the WAN General screen to determine the primary
and secondary WANs. By default, WAN 1 is the primary WAN and WAN 2 is the secondary
WAN.
Figure 104 Load Balancing: Spillover

Table 40 Load Balancing: Spillover
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active/Active Select Active/Active Mode and set the related fields to enable load balancing on
Mode the ZyWALL.
Load Balancing Set the load balancing method to Spillover.
Algorithm

Table 40 Load Balancing: Spillover (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Time Frame You can set the ZyWALL to get the measured bandwidth using the average
bandwidth in the specified time interval.
Enter the time interval between 10 and 600 seconds.
Send traffic to Specify the maximum allowable bandwidth on the primary WAN. Once this
secondary WAN maximum bandwidth is reached, the ZyWALL sends the new session traffic that
when primary exceeds this limit to the secondary WAN. The ZyWALL continues to send traffic of
WAN bandwidth existing sessions to the primary WAN.
exceeds
9.3 The WAN1 and WAN2 Screen

To change your ZyWALL's WAN ISP, IP and MAC settings, click NETWORK > WAN and
then the WAN > WAN 1 or WAN 2 (on a ZyWALL with two WAN Ethernet interfaces). The
screen differs by the encapsulation.
" The WAN 1 and WAN 2 IP addresses of a ZyWALL with multiple WAN
interfaces must be on different subnets.
WAN IP Address Assignment

Every computer on the Internet must have a unique IP address. If your networks are isolated
from the Internet, for instance, only between your two branch offices, you can assign any IP
addresses to the hosts without problems. However, the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
(IANA) has reserved the following three blocks of IP addresses specifically for private
networks.
Table 41 Private IP Address Ranges
10.0.0.0 - 10.255.255.255
172.16.0.0 - 172.31.255.255
192.168.0.0 - 192.168.255.255
You can obtain your IP address from the IANA, from an ISP or have it assigned by a private
network. If you belong to a small organization and your Internet access is through an ISP, the
ISP can provide you with the Internet addresses for your local networks. On the other hand, if
you are part of a much larger organization, you should consult your network administrator for
the appropriate IP addresses.

" Regardless of your particular situation, do not create an arbitrary IP address;

always follow the guidelines above. For more information on address
assignment, please refer to RFC 1597, Address Allocation for Private Internets
and RFC 1466, Guidelines for Management of IP Address Space.
DNS Server Address Assignment

Use DNS (Domain Name System) to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and
vice versa, for instance, the IP address of www.zyxel.com is 204.217.0.2. The DNS server is
extremely important because without it, you must know the IP address of a computer before
you can access it.
The ZyWALL can get the DNS server addresses in the following ways.
1 The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses, usually in the form of an information sheet,
when you sign up. If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses, manually enter them in
the DNS server fields.
2 If your ISP dynamically assigns the DNS server IP addresses (along with the ZyWALL’s
WAN IP address), set the DNS server fields to get the DNS server address from the ISP.
3 You can manually enter the IP addresses of other DNS servers. These servers can be
public or private. A DNS server could even be behind a remote IPSec router (see Section
on page 480).
WAN MAC Address

Every Ethernet device has a unique MAC (Media Access Control) address. The MAC address
is assigned at the factory and consists of six pairs of hexadecimal characters, for example,
00:A0:C5:00:00:02.
You can configure the WAN port's MAC address by either using the factory default or cloning
the MAC address from a computer on your LAN. Once it is successfully configured, the
address will be copied to the "rom" file (ZyNOS configuration file). It will not change unless
you change the setting or upload a different "rom" file.
9.3.1 WAN Ethernet Encapsulation

For ISPs (such as Telstra) that send UDP heartbeat packets to verify that the customer is still
online, please create a WAN-to-WAN/ZyWALL firewall rule for those packets. Contact your
ISP to find the correct port number.
The screen shown next is for Ethernet encapsulation.

Figure 105 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (Ethernet Encapsulation)

Table 42 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (Ethernet Encapsulation)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameters
for Internet
Access
Encapsulation You must choose the Ethernet option when the WAN port is used as a regular
Ethernet.
Service Type Choose from Standard, Telstra (RoadRunner Telstra authentication method), RR-
Manager (Roadrunner Manager authentication method), RR-Toshiba
(Roadrunner Toshiba authentication method) or Telia Login.
The following fields do not appear with the Standard service type.
Retype to Type your password again to make sure that you have entered is correctly.
Confirm

Table 42 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (Ethernet Encapsulation) (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Login Server IP Type the authentication server IP address here if your ISP gave you one.
Address This field is not available for Telia Login.
Login Server Type the domain name of the Telia login server, for example login1.telia.com.
(Telia Login only)
Relogin The Telia server logs the ZyWALL out if the ZyWALL does not log in periodically.
Every(min) Type the number of minutes from 1 to 59 (30 default) for the ZyWALL to wait
(Telia Login only) between logins.
WAN IP Address
Assignment
Get automatically Select this option If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address. This is the
from ISP default selection.
Use Fixed IP Select this option If the ISP assigned a fixed IP address.
Address
My WAN IP Enter your WAN IP address in this field if you selected Use Fixed IP Address.
Address
My WAN IP Enter the IP subnet mask (if your ISP gave you one) in this field if you selected Use
Subnet Mask Fixed IP Address.
Gateway IP Enter the gateway IP address (if your ISP gave you one) in this field if you selected
Address Use Fixed IP Address.
Advanced Setup
Enable NAT Network Address Translation (NAT) allows the translation of an Internet protocol
(Network address used within one network (for example a private IP address used in a local
Address network) to a different IP address known within another network (for example a
Translation) public IP address used on the Internet).
Select this check box to enable NAT.
RIP Direction RIP (Routing Information Protocol) allows a router to exchange routing information
with other routers. The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of
RIP packets.
Choose Both, None, In Only or Out Only.
When set to Both or Out Only, the ZyWALL will broadcast its routing table
periodically.
When set to Both or In Only, the ZyWALL will incorporate RIP information that it
receives.
When set to None, the ZyWALL will not send any RIP packets and will ignore any
RIP packets received.
By default, RIP Direction is set to Both.
packets that the ZyWALL sends (it recognizes both formats when receiving).
Choose RIP-1, RIP-2B or RIP-2M.
RIP-1 is universally supported; but RIP-2 carries more information. RIP-1 is
probably adequate for most networks, unless you have an unusual network
topology. Both RIP-2B and RIP-2M sends the routing data in RIP-2 format; the
difference being that RIP-2B uses subnet broadcasting while RIP-2M uses
multicasting. Multicasting can reduce the load on non-router machines since they
generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the RIP
packets. However, if one router uses multicasting, then all routers on your network
must use multicasting, also. By default, the RIP Version field is set to RIP-1.
Enable Multicast Select this check box to turn on IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol).
IGMP is a network-layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast
group - it is not used to carry user data.

Table 42 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (Ethernet Encapsulation) (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Multicast Version Choose None (default), IGMP-V1 or IGMP-V2. IGMP (Internet Group Management
Protocol) is a session-layer protocol used to establish membership in a Multicast
group – it is not used to carry user data. IGMP version 2 (RFC 2236) is an
you would like to read more detailed information about inter-operability between
Spoof WAN MAC You can configure the WAN port's MAC address by either using the factory
Address from assigned default MAC Address or cloning the MAC address of a computer on your
LAN LAN. By default, the ZyWALL uses the factory assigned MAC Address to identify
itself on the WAN.
Otherwise, select this option and enter the IP address of the computer on the LAN
whose MAC you are cloning. Once it is successfully configured, the address will be
copied to the rom file (ZyNOS configuration file). It will not change unless you
change the setting or upload a different ROM file.
Clone the Enter the IP address of the computer on the LAN whose MAC you are cloning.
computer’s MAC If you clone the MAC address of a computer on your LAN, it is recommended that
address – IP you clone the MAC address prior to hooking up the WAN port.
Address
9.3.2 PPPoE Encapsulation

The ZyWALL supports PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet). PPPoE is an IETF
standard (RFC 2516) specifying how a personal computer (PC) interacts with a broadband
modem (DSL, cable, wireless, etc.) connection. The PPPoE option is for a dial-up connection
using PPPoE.
For the service provider, PPPoE offers an access and authentication method that works with
existing access control systems (for example RADIUS).
One of the benefits of PPPoE is the ability to let you access one of multiple network services,
a function known as dynamic service selection. This enables the service provider to easily
create and offer new IP services for individuals.
Operationally, PPPoE saves significant effort for both you and the ISP or carrier, as it requires
no specific configuration of the broadband modem at the customer site.
By implementing PPPoE directly on the ZyWALL (rather than individual computers), the
computers on the LAN do not need PPPoE software installed, since the ZyWALL does that
part of the task. Furthermore, with NAT, all of the LANs’ computers will have access.
The screen shown next is for PPPoE encapsulation.

Figure 106 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPPoE Encapsulation)

Table 43 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPPoE Encapsulation)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameters
for Internet
Access
Encapsulation Select PPPoE for a dial-up connection using PPPoE.
Service Name Type the PPPoE service name provided to you by your ISP. PPPoE uses a service
name to identify and reach the PPPoE server.
Confirm
Authentication The ZyWALL supports PAP (Password Authentication Protocol) and CHAP
Type (Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol). CHAP is more secure than PAP;
however, PAP is readily available on more platforms.
Use the drop-down list box to select an authentication protocol for outgoing calls.
Options are:
CHAP/PAP - Your ZyWALL accepts either CHAP or PAP when requested by this
remote node.
CHAP - Your ZyWALL accepts CHAP only.
PAP - Your ZyWALL accepts PAP only.

Table 43 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPPoE Encapsulation) (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Idle Timeout This value specifies the time in seconds that elapses before the ZyWALL
automatically disconnects from the PPPoE server.
WAN IP Address
Assignment
Get Select this option If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address. This is the
automatically default selection.
from ISP
Address
Address
Advanced Setup
Select this checkbox to enable NAT.
For more information about NAT see Chapter 22 on page 435.
RIP Direction RIP (Routing Information Protocol) allows a router to exchange routing information
with other routers. The RIP Direction field controls the sending and receiving of
RIP packets.
periodically.
receives.
packets. However, if one router uses multicasting, then all routers on your network
must use multicasting, also. By default, the RIP Version field is set to RIP-1.

Table 43 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPPoE Encapsulation) (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Address from assigned default MAC Address or cloning the MAC address of a computer on your
LAN LAN. By default, the ZyWALL uses the factory assigned MAC Address to identify
itself on the WAN.
whose MAC you are cloning. Once it is successfully configured, the address will be
copied to the rom file (ZyNOS configuration file). It will not change unless you
Address
9.3.3 PPTP Encapsulation

Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) is a network protocol that enables secure transfer of
data from a remote client to a private server, creating a Virtual Private Network (VPN) using
TCP/IP-based networks.
PPTP supports on-demand, multi-protocol and virtual private networking over public
networks, such as the Internet. The screen shown next is for PPTP encapsulation.

Figure 107 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPTP Encapsulation)

Table 44 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPTP Encapsulation)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
ISP Parameters
for Internet Access
Encapsulation Set the encapsulation method to PPTP. The ZyWALL supports only one PPTP
server connection at any given time. To configure a PPTP client, you must
configure the User Name and Password fields for a PPP connection and the
PPTP parameters for a PPTP connection.
Retype to Confirm Type your password again to make sure that you have entered it correctly.

Table 44 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPTP Encapsulation) (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Options are:
remote node.
Nailed-up Select Nailed-Up if you do not want the connection to time out.
automatically disconnects from the PPTP server.
PPTP
Configuration
My IP Address Type the (static) IP address assigned to you by your ISP.
My IP Subnet Your ZyWALL will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP
Mask address that you assign. Unless you are implementing subnetting, use the subnet
Server IP Address Type the IP address of the PPTP server.
Connection ID/ Type your identification name for the PPTP server.
Name
WAN IP Address
Assignment
Address
Address
Advanced Setup
(Network Address address used within one network (for example a private IP address used in a local
Translation) network) to a different IP address known within another network (for example a
public IP address used on the Internet).
RIP Direction RIP (Routing Information Protocol) allows a router to exchange routing
information with other routers. The RIP Direction field controls the sending and
receiving of RIP packets.
periodically.
receives.

Table 44 NETWORK > WAN > WAN (PPTP Encapsulation) (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION

packets. However, if one router uses multicasting, then all routers on your
network must use multicasting, also. By default, the RIP Version field is set to
RIP-1.
Multicast Version Choose None (default), IGMP-V1 or IGMP-V2. IGMP (Internet Group
Management Protocol) is a session-layer protocol used to establish membership
in a Multicast group – it is not used to carry user data. IGMP version 2 (RFC
2236) is an improvement over version 1 (RFC 1112) but IGMP version 1 is still in
wide use. If you would like to read more detailed information about inter-
operability between IGMP version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4 and 5 of
RFC 2236.
Address from LAN assigned default MAC Address or cloning the MAC address of a computer on
your LAN. By default, the ZyWALL uses the factory assigned MAC Address to
identify itself on the WAN.
whose MAC you are cloning. Once it is successfully configured, the address will
be copied to the rom file (ZyNOS configuration file). It will not change unless you
Address
9.4 The 3G (WAN2) Screen

Use this screen to configure your 3G (WAN2) settings.
After you insert a 3G card in the ZyWALL 5, the 3G connection becomes WAN 2. Refer to
Section 55.1 on page 773 for the type of 3G cards that you can use in the ZyWALL along with
the corresponding supported features.

" The actual data rate you obtain varies depending the 3G card you use, the
signal strength to the service provider’s base station, and so on.
If the signal strength of a 3G network is too low, the 3G card may switch to an available 2.5G
or 2.75G network. Refer to Section 9.8 on page 204 for a comparison between 2G, 2.5G,
2.75G and 3G wireless technologies.
" Turn the ZyWALL off before you install or remove the 3G card.
" The WAN 1 and WAN 2 IP addresses of a ZyWALL with multiple WAN
interfaces must be on different subnets.
To change your ZyWALL 5's 3G WAN settings, click NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN 2)
or NETWORK > WIRELESS > 3G (WAN2).

Figure 108 NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN 2)

Table 45 NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN 2)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Select this option to enable WAN 2.
3G Card The fields below display only when you enable WAN 2.
Configuration
3G Wireless Card This displays the manufacturer and model name of your 3G card if you inserted
one in the ZyWALL. Otherwise, it displays Not Installed.

Table 45 NETWORK > WAN > 3G (WAN 2) (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Network Type Select the type of the network (UMTS/HSDPA only, GPRS/EDGE only, GSM all
or WCDMA all) to which you want the card to connect. See Table 49 on page 204
for more information. Otherwise, select Automatically to have the card connect to
an available network using the default settings on the 3G card.
The types of the network vary depending on the 3G card you inserted.
This setting is saved to the flash of your 3G card.
Network Select a service provider to which you want the card to connect. Otherwise, select
Selection Automatically to have the ZyWALL use the default settings on the 3G card and
connect to your service provider’s base station.
This shows Automatically only by default. Click Scan to have the ZyWALL search
for and display the available service providers.
This field resets to the default setting (Automatically) if the ZyWALL restarts.
ISP Parameters
for Internet
Access
Access Point This field displays with a GSM or HSDPA 3G card. Enter the APN (Access Point
Name (APN) Name) provided by your service provider. Connections with different APNs may
provide different services (such as Internet access or MMS (Multi-Media
Messaging Service)) and charge method.
You can enter up to 31 ASCII printable characters. Spaces are allowed.
Initial String Select this option and enter the initial string and APN if you know how to configure
(containing APN) it or your ISP provides a string, which would include the APN, to initialize the 3G
card.
This field is available only when you insert a GSM 3G card.
Options are:
remote node.
User Name Type the user name (of up to 31 ASCII printable characters) given to you by your
service provider.
Password Type the password (of up to 31 ASCII printable characters) associated with the
user name above.
Confirm
PIN Code This field displays with a GSM or HSDPA 3G card. A PIN (Personal Identification
Number) code is a key to a 3G card. Without the PIN code, you cannot use the 3G
card.
Enter the 4-digit PIN code (0000 for example) provided by your ISP. If you enter
the PIN code incorrectly, the 3G card may be blocked by your ISP and you cannot
use the account to access the Internet.
If your ISP disabled PIN code authentication, enter an arbitrary number.
Phone Number Enter the phone number (dial string) used to dial up a connection to your service
provider’s base station. Your ISP should provide the phone number.
For example, *99# is the dial string to establish a GPRS or 3G connection in
Taiwan.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
automatically disconnects from the ISP.
WAN IP Address
Assignment
Address
Address
Advanced Setup
Enable Budget Select this check box to set a monthly limit for the user account of the installed 3G
Control card. You must insert a 3G card before you enable budget control on the ZyWALL.
You can set a limit on the total traffic and/or call time. The ZyWALL takes the
actions you specified when a limit is exceeded during the month.
Time Budget Select this check box and specify the amount of time (in hours) that the 3G
connection can be used within one month.
If you change the value after you configure and enable budget control, the ZyWALL
resets the statistics.
Data Budget Select this check box and specify how much downstream and/or upstream data (in
Mega bytes) can be transmitted via the 3G connection within one month.
Select Download to set a limit on the downstream traffic (from the ISP to the
ZyWALL).
Select Upload to set a limit on the upstream traffic (from the ZyWALL to the ISP).
Select Download/Upload to set a limit on the total traffic in both directions.
If you change the value after you configure and enable budget control, the ZyWALL
resets the statistics.
Reset time and Select the date on which the ZyWALL resets the budget every month. If the date
data budget you selected is not available in a month, such as 30th or 31th, the ZyWALL resets
counters on the budget on the last day of the month.
Reset time and This button is available only when you enable budget control in this screen.
data budget Click this button to reset the time and data budgets immediately. The count starts
counters over with the 3G connection’s full configured monthly time and data budgets. This
does not affect the normal monthly budget restart.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Actions when Specify the actions the ZyWALL takes when the time or data limit is exceeded.
over budget Select Log to create a log.
Select Alert to create an alert. This option is available only when you select Log.
If you select Log, you can also select recurring every to have the ZyWALL send a
log (and alert if selected) for this event periodically. Specify how often (from 1 to
65535 minutes) to send the log (and alert if selected).
Select Allow to permit new 3G connections or Disallow to drop/block new 3G
connections.
Select Keep to maintain the existing 3G connection or Drop to disconnect it.
You cannot select Allow and Drop at the same time.
If you select Disallow and Keep, the ZyWALL allows you to transmit data using
the current connection, but you cannot build a new connection if the existing
connection is disconnected.
Actions when Specify the actions the ZyWALL takes when the specified percentage of time
over % of time budget or data limit is exceeded. Enter a number from 1 to 99 in the percentage
budget or % of fields. If you change the value after you configure and enable budget control, the
data budget ZyWALL resets the statistics.
Select Log to create a log.
Select Alert to create an alert. This option is available only when you select Log.
If you select Log, you can also select recurring every to have the ZyWALL send a
log (and alert if selected) for this event periodically. Specify how often (from 1 to
65535 minutes) to send the log (and alert if selected).
9.5 The Traffic Redirect Screen

Traffic redirect forwards WAN traffic to a backup gateway when the ZyWALL cannot
connect to the Internet through its normal gateway. Connect the backup gateway on the WAN
so that the ZyWALL still provides firewall protection for the LAN.
Figure 109 Traffic Redirect WAN Setup
IP alias allows you to avoid triangle route security issues when the backup gateway is
connected to the LAN or DMZ. Use IP alias to configure the LAN into two or three logical
networks with the ZyWALL itself as the gateway for each LAN network. Put the protected
LAN in one subnet (Subnet 1 in the following figure) and the backup gateway in another
subnet (Subnet 2). Configure a LAN to LAN/ZyWALL firewall rule that forwards packets
from the protected LAN (Subnet 1) to the backup gateway (Subnet 2).

Figure 110 Traffic Redirect LAN Setup
9.6 Configuring the Traffic Redirect Screen

To change your ZyWALL’s traffic redirect settings, click NETWORK > WAN > Traffic
Redirect. The screen appears as shown.
" For the ZyWALL 5, if the traffic redirect feature does not work after you
configure the ZyWALL’s traffic redirect settings in the Traffic Redirect screen,
you may need to turn on the WAN ping check by entering sys rn pingDrop
in the command interpreter. See the CLI Reference Guide.
Figure 111 NETWORK > WAN > Traffic Redirect

Table 46 NETWORK > WAN > Traffic Redirect
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Select this check box to have the ZyWALL use traffic redirect if the normal WAN
connection goes down.
Backup Type the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal notation. The ZyWALL
Gateway IP automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyWALL's Internet connection
Address terminates.

9.7 The Dial Backup Screen

Click NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup to display the Dial Backup screen. Use this
screen to configure the backup WAN dial-up connection. Not all fields are available on all
models.
Figure 112 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup


Table 47 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Dial Backup Setup
Enable Dial Backup Select this check box to turn on dial backup.
Basic Settings
Login Name Type the login name assigned by your ISP.
Password Type the password assigned by your ISP.
Retype to Confirm Type your password again to make sure that you have entered is correctly.
Authentication Use the drop-down list box to select an authentication protocol for outgoing calls.
Type Options are:
remote node.
Primary/ Secondary Type the first (primary) phone number from the ISP for this remote node. If the
Phone Number Primary Phone number is busy or does not answer, your ZyWALL dials the
Secondary Phone number if available. Some areas require dialing the pound
sign # before the phone number for local calls. Include a # symbol at the
beginning of the phone numbers as required.
Dial Backup Port Use the drop-down list box to select the speed of the connection between the
Speed Dial Backup port and the external device. Available speeds are: 9600, 19200,
38400, 57600, 115200 or 230400 bps.
AT Command Initial Type the AT command string to initialize the WAN device. Consult the manual of
String your WAN device connected to your Dial Backup port for specific AT commands.
Advanced Modem Click Edit to display the Advanced Setup screen and edit the details of your dial
Setup backup setup.
TCP/IP Options
Get IP Address Type the login name assigned by your ISP for this remote node.
Automatically from
Remote Server
Used Fixed IP Select this check box if your ISP assigned you a fixed IP address, then enter the
Address IP address in the following field.
My WAN IP Leave the field set to 0.0.0.0 (default) to have the ISP or other remote router
Address dynamically (automatically) assign your WAN IP address if you do not know it.
Type your WAN IP address here if you know it (static). This is the address
assigned to your local ZyWALL, not the remote router.
(Network Address address used within one network to a different IP address known within another
Translation) network.
Select the check box to enable NAT. Clear the check box to disable NAT so the
ZyWALL does not perform any NAT mapping for the dial backup connection.
Enable RIP Select this check box to turn on RIP (Routing Information Protocol), which allows
a router to exchange routing information with other routers.

Table 47 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the
RIP packets that the ZyWALL sends (it recognizes both formats when receiving).
generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the
RIP packets. However, if one router uses multicasting, then all routers on your
network must use multicasting, also.
RIP Direction RIP (Routing Information Protocol) allows a router to exchange routing
information with other routers. The RIP Direction field controls the sending and
receiving of RIP packets.
Choose Both, In Only or Out Only.
periodically.
receives.
Broadcast Dial Select this check box to forward the backup route broadcasts to the WAN.
Backup Route
Multicast Version Select IGMP-v1 or IGMP-v2. IGMP version 2 (RFC 2236) is an improvement
over version 1 (RFC 1112) but IGMP version 1 is still in wide use. If you would
like to read more detailed information about interoperability between IGMP
version 2 and version 1, please see sections 4 and 5 of RFC 2236.
Budget
Always On Select this check box to have the dial backup connection on all of the time.
Configure Budget Select this check box to have the dial backup connection on during the time that
you select.
Allocated Budget Type the amount of time (in minutes) that the dial backup connection can be
used during the time configured in the Period field. Set an amount that is less
than the time period configured in the Period field.
Period Type the time period (in hours) for how often the budget should be reset. For
example, to allow calls to this remote node for a maximum of 10 minutes every
hour, set the Allocated Budget to 10 (minutes) and the Period to 1 (hour).
Idle Timeout Type the number of seconds of idle time (when there is no traffic from the
ZyWALL to the remote node) for the ZyWALL to wait before it automatically
disconnects the dial backup connection. This option applies only when the
ZyWALL initiates the call. The dial backup connection never times out if you set
this field to "0" (it is the same as selecting Always On).
9.7.1 The Advanced Modem Setup Screen

Click the Edit button in the Dial Backup screen to display the Advanced Setup screen. Use
this screen to configure your advanced modem setup settings for the Dial Backup screen.

AT Command Strings
For regular telephone lines, the default Dial string tells the modem that the line uses tone
dialing. ATDT is the command for a switch that requires tone dialing. If your switch requires
pulse dialing, change the string to ATDP.
For ISDN lines, there are many more protocols and operational modes. Please consult the
documentation of your TA. You may need additional commands in both Dial and Init strings.
DTR Signal
The majority of WAN devices default to hanging up the current call when the DTR (Data
Terminal Ready) signal is dropped by the DTE. When the Drop DTR When Hang Up check
box is selected, the ZyWALL uses this hardware signal to force the WAN device to hang up,
in addition to issuing the drop command ATH.
Response Strings
The response strings tell the ZyWALL the tags, or labels, immediately preceding the various
call parameters sent from the WAN device. The response strings have not been standardized;
please consult the documentation of your WAN device to find the correct tags.
9.7.2 Configuring the Advanced Modem Setup Screen

Click the Edit button in the Dial Backup screen to display the Advanced Setup screen.
" Consult the manual of your WAN device connected to your dial backup port for
specific AT commands.

Figure 113 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup > Edit

Table 48 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup > Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
AT Command
Strings
Dial Type the AT Command string to make a call.
Drop Type the AT Command string to drop a call. "~" represents a one second wait, for
example, "~~~+++~~ath" can be used if your modem has a slow response time.
Answer Type the AT Command string to answer a call.
Drop DTR When Select this check box to have the ZyWALL drop the DTR (Data Terminal Ready)
Hang Up signal after the "AT Command String: Drop" is sent out.
AT Response
Strings
CLID Type the keyword that precedes the CLID (Calling Line Identification) in the AT
response string. This lets the ZyWALL capture the CLID in the AT response string
that comes from the WAN device. CLID is required for CLID authentication.
Called ID Type the keyword preceding the dialed number.
Speed Type the keyword preceding the connection speed.
Call Control
Dial Timeout Type a number of seconds for the ZyWALL to try to set up an outgoing call before
(sec) timing out (stopping).
Retry Count Type a number of times for the ZyWALL to retry a busy or no-answer phone
number before blacklisting the number.

Table 48 NETWORK > WAN > Dial Backup > Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Retry Interval Type a number of seconds for the ZyWALL to wait before trying another call after a
(sec) call has failed. This applies before a phone number is blacklisted.
Drop Timeout Type the number of seconds for the ZyWALL to wait before dropping the DTR
(sec) signal if it does not receive a positive disconnect confirmation.
Call Back Delay Type a number of seconds for the ZyWALL to wait between dropping a callback
(sec) request call and dialing the corresponding callback call.
Cancel Click Cancel to exit this screen without saving.
9.8 WAN Technical Reference
3G Comparison Table
See the following table for a comparison between 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G and 3G wireless
technologies.
Table 49 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G and 3.5G Wireless Technologies
MOBILE PHONE AND DATA STANDARDS DATA
NAME TYPE SPEED
GSM-BASED CDMA-BASED
2G Circuit- GSM (Global System for Mobile Interim Standard 95 (IS-95), the first Slow
switched Communications), Personal Handy- CDMA-based digital cellular standard
phone System (PHS), etc. pioneered by Qualcomm. The brand
name for IS-95 is cdmaOne. IS-95 is
also known as TIA-EIA-95.
2.5G Packet- GPRS (General Packet Radio CDMA2000 is a hybrid 2.5G / 3G
switched Services), High-Speed Circuit- protocol of mobile telecommunications
Switched Data (HSCSD), etc. standards that use CDMA, a multiple
access scheme for digital radio.
2.75G Packet- Enhanced Data rates for GSM
switched Evolution (EDGE), Enhanced GPRS CDMA2000 1xRTT (1 times Radio
(EGPRS), etc. Transmission Technology) is the core
CDMA2000 wireless air interface
standard. It is also known as 1x, 1xRTT,
or IS-2000 and considered to be a 2.5G
or 2.75G technology.
3G Packet- UMTS (Universal Mobile CDMA2000 EV-DO (Evolution-Data
switched Telecommunications System), a third- Optimized, originally 1x Evolution-Data
generation (3G) wireless standard Only), also referred to as EV-DO,
defined in ITUA specification, is EVDO, or just EV, is an evolution of
sometimes marketed as 3GSM. The CDMA2000 1xRTT and enables high-
UMTS uses GSM infrastructures and speed wireless connectivity. It is also
W-CDMA (Wideband Code Division denoted as IS-856 or High Data Rate
Multiple Access) as the air interface. (HDR).
3.5G Packet- HSDPA (High-Speed Downlink Packet
switched Access) is a mobile telephony
protocol, used for UMTS-based 3G
networks and allows for higher data
transfer speeds. Fast

A. The International Telecommunication Union (ITU) is an international organization within which governments and the private
sector coordinate global telecom networks and services.


CHAPTER 10
DMZ Screens
10.1 Overview
The DeMilitarized Zone (DMZ) provides a way for public servers (Web, e-mail, FTP, etc.) to
be visible to the outside world (while still being protected from DoS (Denial of Service)
attacks such as SYN flooding and Ping of Death). These public servers can also still be
accessed from the secure LAN.
Figure 114 DMZ Overview
Internet
DMZ
LAN
10.1.1 What You Can Do in the DMZ Screens

• Use the DMZ screen (Section 10.2 on page 210) to configure TCP/IP, DHCP, IP/MAC
binding and NetBIOS settings on the DMZ.
assigned to devices in the DMZ by DHCP.
ZyWALL’s DMZ ports.
• Use the Port Roles screen (Section 10.5 on page 216) to configure DMZ ports on the
ZyWALL.

Chapter 10 DMZ Screens
10.1.2 What You Need To Know About DMZ
DMZ and Security

It is highly recommended that you connect all of your public servers to the DMZ port(s).
It is also highly recommended that you keep all sensitive information off of the public servers
connected to the DMZ port. Store sensitive information on LAN computers.
DMZ and Firewall Rules

By default the firewall allows traffic between the WAN and the DMZ, traffic from the DMZ to
the LAN is denied, and traffic from the LAN to the DMZ is allowed. Internet users can have
access to host servers on the DMZ but no access to the LAN, unless special filter rules
allowing access were configured by the administrator or the user is an authorized remote user.
DMZ and NAT

See Chapter 22 on page 435 for an overview of NAT.
If you do not configure SUA NAT or any full feature NAT mapping rules for the public IP
addresses on the DMZ, the ZyWALL will route traffic to the public IP addresses on the DMZ
without performing NAT. This may be useful for hosting servers for NAT unfriendly
applications.
If the DMZ computers use private IP addresses, use NAT if you want to make them publicly
accessible.
DHCP
See Section 7.1.2 on page 150 for more information on DHCP.
Like the LAN, the ZyWALL can also assign TCP/IP configuration via DHCP to computers
connected to the DMZ ports.
IP alias
See Section 7.4 on page 156 for more information on IP alias.
Port roles
See Section 7.5 on page 158 for more information on port roles.
10.1.3 DMZ Public IP Address Example

The following figure shows a simple network setup with public IP addresses on the WAN and
DMZ and private IP addresses on the LAN. Lower case letters represent public IP addresses
(like a.b.c.d for example). The LAN port and connected computers (A through C) use private
IP addresses that are in one subnet. The DMZ port and connected servers (D through F) use
public IP addresses that are in another subnet. The public IP addresses of the DMZ and WAN
ports are in separate subnets.

Figure 115 DMZ Public Address Example
10.1.4 DMZ Private and Public IP Address Example

The following figure shows a network setup with both private and public IP addresses on the
DMZ. Lower case letters represent public IP addresses (like a.b.c.d for example). The LAN
port and connected computers (A through C) use private IP addresses that are in one subnet.
The DMZ port and server F use private IP addresses that are in one subnet. The private IP
addresses of the LAN and DMZ are on separate subnets. The DMZ port and connected servers
(D and E) use public IP addresses that are in one subnet. The public IP addresses of the DMZ
and WAN are on separate subnets.
Configure one subnet (either the public or the private) in the Network > DMZ screen (see
Figure 117 on page 211) and configure the other subnet in the Network > DMZ > IP Alias
screen (see Figure 119 on page 215) to use this kind of network setup. You also need to
configure NAT for the private DMZ IP addresses.

Figure 116 DMZ Private and Public Address Example
10.2 The DMZ Screen

Use this screen to configure TCP/IP, DHCP, IP/MAC binding and NetBIOS settings on the
DMZ.
The DMZ and the connected computers can have private or public IP addresses. When the
DMZ uses public IP addresses, the WAN and DMZ ports must use public IP addresses that are
on separate subnets. See Appendix E on page 817 for information on IP subnetting.
From the main menu, click NETWORK > DMZ to open the DMZ screen. The screen appears
as shown next.

Figure 117 NETWORK > DMZ

Table 50 NETWORK > DMZ
LABEL DESCRIPTION
DMZ TCP/IP
IP Address Type the IP address of your ZyWALL’s DMZ port in dotted decimal notation.
Note: Make sure the IP addresses of the LAN, WAN, WLAN and
DMZ are on separate subnets.
ZyWALL will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address
that you assign. Unless you are implementing subnetting, use the subnet mask
computed by the ZyWALL 255.255.255.0.
Only/Out Only/None. When set to Both or Out Only, the ZyWALL will
broadcast its routing table periodically. When set to Both or In Only, it will
incorporate the RIP information that it receives; when set to None, it will not send
any RIP packets and will ignore any RIP packets received. Both is the default.

Table 50 NETWORK > DMZ (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
RIP Version The RIP Version field controls the format and the broadcasting method of the
RIP packets that the ZyWALL sends (it recognizes both formats when receiving).
RIP-1 is universally supported but RIP-2 carries more information. RIP-1 is
generally do not listen to the RIP multicast address and so will not receive the
RIP packets. However, if one router uses multicasting, then all routers on your
network must use multicasting, also. By default, RIP direction is set to Both and
the Version set to RIP-1.
DHCP Setup
server. Unless you are instructed by your ISP, leave this field set to Server.
When configured as a server, the ZyWALL provides TCP/IP configuration for the
clients. When set as a server, fill in the IP Pool Starting Address and Pool Size
fields.
Select None to stop the ZyWALL from acting as a DHCP server. When you
select None, you must have another DHCP server on your LAN, or else the
computers must be manually configured.
Address
Server 1, 2 you want to send to the DHCP clients. The WINS server keeps a mapping table
of the computer names on your network and the IP addresses that they are
currently using.
Filter (IP/MAC
Binding
Drop packets that Select this to allow traffic only from devices on the DMZ which have received an
do not match static IP address from the ZyWALL. This is done by allowing traffic only from devices
IP or Dynamic IP/ on the DMZ with specific combinations of IP and MAC addresses. These IP
MAC binding addresses are dynamically assigned by the ZyWALL or manually set using static
DHCP.
See the Static DHCP screen for a list of static IP/MAC address combinations.
See the DHCP Table available from the Home screen for a list of dynamically
assigned IP addresses (and their corresponding MAC addresses).
Exempt packets in Set the ZyWALL to allow packets from the DMZ with source IP addresses within
this IP address a specified range. This allows packets even when their IP and MAC addresses
range. do not match those specified in the Static DHCP screen or DHCP Table.

Table 50 NETWORK > DMZ (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Windows
Networking
(NetBIOS over
TCP/IP)
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the LAN to the DMZ and
DMZ and LAN from the DMZ to the LAN. If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to
block DMZ to LAN traffic, you also need to configure a DMZ to LAN firewall rule
that forwards NetBIOS traffic.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the
DMZ and from the DMZ to the LAN.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the DMZ to WAN 1and
DMZ and WAN 1 from WAN 1 to the DMZ.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the DMZ to WAN 1
and from WAN 1 to the DMZ.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the DMZ to WAN 2 and
DMZ and WAN 2 from WAN 2 to the DMZ.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the DMZ to WAN 2
and from WAN 2 to the DMZ.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the WLAN to the DMZ
DMZ and WLAN and from the DMZ to the WLAN. If your firewall is enabled with the default policy
set to block DMZ to WLAN traffic and WLAN to DMZ traffic, you also need to
configure DMZ to WLAN and WLAN to DMZ firewall rules that forward NetBIOS
traffic.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the WLAN to the
DMZ and from the DMZ to the WLAN.
10.3 The Static DHCP Screen

This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the DMZ to specific individual computers
based on their MAC Addresses.
To change your ZyWALL’s static DHCP settings on the DMZ, click NETWORK > DMZ >
Static DHCP. The screen appears as shown.

Figure 118 NETWORK > DMZ > Static DHCP

Table 51 NETWORK > DMZ > Static DHCP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
MAC Address Type the MAC address of a computer on your DMZ.
IP Address Type the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your DMZ.
10.4 The IP Alias Screen

Configure IP alias settings to partition a physical network into different logical networks over
the same Ethernet interface.
The IP alias IP addresses can be either private or public regardless of whether the physical
DMZ interface is set to use a private or public IP address. Use NAT if you want to make DMZ
computers with private IP addresses publicly accessible. When you use IP alias, you can have
the DMZ use both public and private IP addresses at the same time.

To change your ZyWALL’s IP alias settings, click NETWORK > DMZ > IP Alias. The
Figure 119 NETWORK > DMZ > IP Alias

Table 52 NETWORK > DMZ > IP Alias
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable IP Alias 1, Select the check box to configure another DMZ network for the ZyWALL.
2
to RIP-1.

Table 52 NETWORK > DMZ > IP Alias (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
10.5 The DMZ Port Roles Screen

To change your ZyWALL’s port role settings, click NETWORK > DMZ > Port Roles. The
" Your changes are also reflected in the LAN and/or WLAN Port Roles
screens.
Figure 120 NETWORK > DMZ > Port Roles

Table 53 NETWORK > DMZ > Port Roles
LABEL DESCRIPTION
use the ZyWALL’s LAN IP address and MAC address.
use the ZyWALL’s DMZ IP address and MAC address.
The port will use the ZyWALL’s WLAN IP address and MAC address.



CHAPTER 11
WLAN Screens
11.1 Overview
A wireless LAN can be as simple as two computers with wireless LAN adapters
communicating in a peer-to-peer network or as complex as a number of computers with
wireless LAN adapters communicating through access points which bridge network traffic to
the wired LAN.
To add a wireless network to the ZyWALL, install a wireless card or connect a wireless device
such as an Access Point to one of the ZyWALL's Ethernet ports. This chapter describes
configuring one (or more) of the ZyWALL's Ethernet ports to use as a separate network for
connecting wireless devices. See Section 12.2 on page 232 for information on configuring
wireless LAN settings for a wireless card installed in the ZyWALL.
The following diagram shows the ZyWALL connecting to a wireless LAN through an AP.
Figure 121 WLAN Overview
11.1.1 What You Can Do in the WLAN Screens

• Use the WLAN screen (Section 11.2 on page 220) to configure TCP/IP, DHCP, IP/MAC
binding and NetBIOS settings on the WLAN.
assigned to devices in the LAN by DHCP.
ZyWALL’s LAN ports.

Chapter 11 WLAN Screens
• Use the Port Roles screen (Section 11.5 on page 226) to set a port to be part of the WLAN
and connect an Access Point (AP) to the WLAN interface to extend the ZyWALL’s
wireless LAN coverage.
11.1.2 What You Need to Know About WLAN

DHCP
See Section 7.1.2 on page 150 for more information on DHCP.
Like the LAN, the ZyWALL can also assign TCP/IP configuration via DHCP to computers
connected to the WLAN ports.
IP alias
Port roles
Finding Out More

• See Section 2.5 on page 58 for how to install a WLAN card.
• See the WLAN appendix for more detailed information on WLANs.
11.2 The WLAN Screen

Do one of the following to add a local wireless LAN to the ZyWALL. See Section 9.4 on page
192 if you need to configure a 3G connection (a 3G connection is for Internet access instead of
providing a local wireless LAN).
" Turn the ZyWALL off before you install or remove the wireless LAN card. See
the product specifications chapter for a table of compatible ZyXEL WLAN
cards (and the WLAN security features each card supports) and how to install
a WLAN card.
Insert a compatible wireless LAN card and enable the card in the WIRELESS > Wi-Fi screen
(see Figure 130 on page 232).
Click NETWORK > WLAN to open the WLAN screen to configure the IP address for the
ZyWALL’s WLAN interface, other TCP/IP and DHCP settings.

Figure 122 NETWORK > WLAN

Table 54 NETWORK > WLAN
LABEL DESCRIPTION
WLAN TCP/IP
IP Address Type the IP address of your ZyWALL’s WLAN interface in dotted decimal notation.
ZyWALL automatically calculates the subnet mask based on the IP address that
you assign. Unless you are implementing subnetting, use the subnet mask
and will ignore any RIP packets received. Both is the default.

Table 54 NETWORK > WLAN (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
packets that the ZyWALL sends (it recognizes both formats when receiving). RIP-1
is universally supported but RIP-2 carries more information. RIP-1 is probably
However, if one router uses multicasting, then all routers on your network must use
multicasting, also. By default, RIP direction is set to Both and the Version set to
RIP-1.
DHCP Setup
server. Unless you are instructed by your ISP, leave this field set to Server. When
configured as a server, the ZyWALL provides TCP/IP configuration for the clients.
When set as a server, fill in the IP Pool Starting Address and Pool Size fields.
Select None to stop the ZyWALL from acting as a DHCP server. When you select
None, you must have another DHCP server on your WLAN, or else the computers
must be manually configured.
Address
Server 1, 2 you want to send to the DHCP clients. The WINS server keeps a mapping table of
the computer names on your network and the IP addresses that they are currently
using.
Filter (IP/MAC
Binding
Drop packets that Select this to allow traffic only from devices on the WLAN which have received an
do not match IP address from the ZyWALL. This is done by allowing traffic only from devices on
static IP or the WLAN with specific combinations of IP and MAC addresses. These IP
Dynamic IP/MAC addresses are dynamically assigned by the ZyWALL or manually set using static
binding DHCP.
See the Static DHCP screen for a list of static IP/MAC address combinations. See
the DHCP Table available from the Home screen for a list of dynamically assigned
IP addresses (and their corresponding MAC addresses).
Exempt packets Set the ZyWALL to allow packets from the WLAN with source IP addresses within
in this IP address a specified range. This allows packets even when their IP and MAC addresses do
range. not match those specified in the Static DHCP screen or DHCP Table.

Table 54 NETWORK > WLAN (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
TCP/IP) However it may sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass
through to the WAN in order to find a computer on the WAN.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the WLAN to the LAN and
WLAN and LAN from the LAN to the WLAN.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the LAN to the WLAN
and from the WLAN to the LAN.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the WLAN to WAN 1 and
WLAN and WAN from WAN 1 to the WLAN.
1 Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the WLAN to WAN 1
and from WAN 1 to the WLAN.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the WLAN to WAN 2 and
WLAN and WAN from WAN 2 to the WLAN.
2 Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the WLAN to WAN 2
and from WAN 2 to the WLAN.
Allow between Select this check box to forward NetBIOS packets from the WLAN to the DMZ and
WLAN and DMZ from the DMZ to the WLAN. If your firewall is enabled with the default policy set to
block WLAN to DMZ traffic and DMZ to WLAN traffic, you also need to configure
WLAN to DMZ and DMZ to WLAN firewall rules that forward NetBIOS traffic.
Clear this check box to block all NetBIOS packets going from the WLAN to the
DMZ and from the DMZ to the WLAN.
11.3 WLAN Static DHCP

This table allows you to assign IP addresses on the WLAN to specific individual computers
based on their MAC addresses.
To change your ZyWALL’s WLAN static DHCP settings, click NETWORK >WLAN >
Static DHCP. The screen appears as shown.

Figure 123 NETWORK > WLAN > Static DHCP

Table 55 NETWORK > WLAN > Static DHCP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
MAC Address Type the MAC address of a computer on your WLAN.
IP Address Type the IP address that you want to assign to the computer on your WLAN.
11.4 WLAN IP Alias

same Ethernet interface.

To change your ZyWALL’s IP alias settings, click NETWORK > WLAN > IP Alias. The
Figure 124 NETWORK > WLAN > IP Alias

Table 56 NETWORK > WLAN > IP Alias
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable IP Alias 1, Select the check box to configure another WLAN network for the ZyWALL.
2
RIP Direction RIP (Routing Information Protocol, RFC 1058 and RFC 1389) allows a router to
to RIP-1.

Table 56 NETWORK > WLAN > IP Alias (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
11.5 WLAN Port Roles

Connect wireless LAN Access Points (APs) to WLAN interfaces to extend the ZyWALL’s
wireless LAN coverage. The WLAN port role allows the ZyWALL’s firewall to treat traffic
from connected APs as part of the ZyWALL’s WLAN. You can specify firewall rules for
traffic going to or from the WLAN. The WLAN includes the ZyWALL’s own WLAN and the
Ethernet ports in the WLAN port role.
The following figure shows the ZyWALL with a wireless card installed and an AP connected
to an Ethernet port in the WLAN port role.
Figure 125 WLAN Port Role Example
To change your ZyWALL’s port role settings, click NETWORK > WLAN > Port Roles. The
" Your changes are also reflected in the LAN and/or DMZ Port Roles screen.

Figure 126 NETWORK > WLAN > Port Roles

Table 57 NETWORK > WLAN > Port Roles
LABEL DESCRIPTION
use the LAN IP address.
use the DMZ IP address.
The port will use the WLAN IP address.
Figure 127 NETWORK > WLAN > Port Roles: Change Complete


CHAPTER 12
Wireless Screens
12.1 Overview
In this section you can enable your wireless card and configure wireless security. You can
configure the ZyWALL to use data encryption and user authentication methods to help protect
data transmitted on your network and to ensure only devices with permission to access your
network can do so.
The following diagram shows authenticated wireless devices transmitting encrypted data on a
wireless network which an unauthenticated device cannot access.
Figure 128 WLAN Overview
12.1.1 What You Can Do in the Wireless Screens

• Use the Wireless Card screen (Section 12.2 on page 232) to configure wireless network
settings such as wireless security for the ZyWALL.
• Use the MAC Filter screen (Section 12.3 on page 243) to set the ZyWALL to allow or
disallow access to devices on your wireless network based on their MAC address.
12.1.2 What You Need to Know

Wireless Security
Wireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless
stations, access points and other wireless devices.

Chapter 12 Wireless Screens
The figure below shows the possible wireless security levels on your ZyWALL.
Figure 129 ZyWALL Wireless Security Levels
If you do not enable any wireless security on your ZyWALL, your network is accessible to any
wireless networking device that is within range.
ESSID
ESSID (Extended Service Set IDentity) identifies the Service Set with which a wireless station
is associated. If you hide the ESSID, then the ZyWALL cannot be seen when a wireless client
scans for local APs. The trade-off for the extra security of “hiding” the ZyWALL may be
inconvenience for some valid WLAN clients.
MAC Address Filtering

This gives exclusive access to specific devices or excludes specific devices from accessing the
ZyWALL based on the device’s MAC address.
WEP Encryption
WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) as specified in the IEEE 802.11 standard provides methods
for both data encryption and wireless station authentication. WEP provides a mechanism for
encrypting data using encryption keys. Both the AP and the wireless stations must use the
same WEP key to encrypt and decrypt data. Your ZyWALL allows you to configure up to four
64-bit or 128-bit WEP keys, but only one key can be used at any one time.
IEEE 802.1x
The IEEE 802.1x standard outlines enhanced security methods for both the authentication of
wireless stations and encryption key management. Authentication can be done using the local
user database internal to the ZyWALL (authenticate up to 32 users) or an external RADIUS
server for an unlimited number of users.
To use 802.1x you need the following.
• A computer with an IEEE 802.11b wireless LAN card.
• A computer equipped with a web browser (with JavaScript enabled) and/or Telnet.
• A wireless station must be running IEEE 802.1x-compliant software. Currently, this is
offered in Windows XP.

• An optional network RADIUS server for remote user authentication and accounting.
EAP Authentication
EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol) is an authentication protocol that runs on top of the
IEEE 802.1x transport mechanism in order to support multiple types of user authentication. By
using EAP to interact with an EAP-compatible RADIUS server, the access point helps a
wireless station and a RADIUS server perform authentication.
The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server or the AP.
Your ZyWALL supports EAP-MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5) with the local user
database.
RADIUS
A RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial In User Service) server enables user authentication,
authorization and accounting. RADIUS is based on a client-sever model that supports
authentication and accounting, where the access point is the client and the server is the
RADIUS server. The RADIUS server handles the following tasks among others:
• Authentication
Determines the identity of the users.
• Accounting
Keeps track of the client’s network activity.
WPA
Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a subset of the IEEE 802.11i standard. Key differences
between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption.
Choosing an Encryption Method

• Use WPA security if you have WPA-aware wireless clients and a RADIUS server. WPA
has user authentication and improved data encryption over WEP.
• Use WPA-PSK if you have WPA-aware wireless clients but no RADIUS server.
• If you don’t have WPA-aware wireless clients, then use WEP key encrypting. A higher bit
key offers better security at a throughput trade-off. You can use Passphrase to
automatically generate 64-bit or 128-bit WEP keys or manually enter 64-bit, 128-bit or
256-bit WEP keys.
Choosing an Authentication Method

• Use RADIUS authentication if you have a RADIUS server.
• Use the Local User Database if you have less than 32 wireless clients in your network.
You can't use the ZyWALL's Local User Database for WPA authentication purposes since
the Local User Database uses EAP-MD5 which cannot be used to generate keys.
• If you don't have an external RADIUS server you should use WPA-PSK (WPA-Pre-
Shared Key) that only requires a single (identical) password entered into each access
point, wireless gateway and wireless client. As long as the passwords match, a client will
be granted access to a WLAN.

Finding Out More

• See Section 12.4 on page 244 for technical details on wireless security.
12.2 Wireless Card

The wireless card provides wireless functionality to your ZyWALL.
" Turn the ZyWALL off before you install or remove the wireless LAN card. See
the product specifications chapter for a list of compatible ZyXEL WLAN cards
(and the WLAN security features each card supports) and how to install a
WLAN card.
" You can install either a ZyWALL Turbo Card or a wireless card or a 3G card,
but not both at the same time. When you have a wireless card or 3G card
installed, you cannot use the anti-virus and IDP features.
If you are configuring the ZyWALL from a computer connected to the wireless LAN and you
change the ZyWALL’s ESSID or security settings, you will lose your wireless connection
when you press Apply to confirm. You must then change the wireless settings of your
computer to match the ZyWALL’s new settings.
Click WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card to open the Wireless Card screen. The screen
varies according to the security features you select.
Figure 130 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: No Security


Table 58 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: No Security
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable The wireless LAN through a wireless LAN card is turned off by default, before you
Wireless Card enable the wireless LAN you should configure some security by setting MAC filters
and/or 802.1x security; otherwise your wireless LAN will be vulnerable upon enabling
it. Select the check box to enable the wireless LAN.
Wireless Card This field displays whether or not a compatible ZyXEL wireless LAN card is installed.
ESSID (Extended Service Set IDentity) The ESSID identifies the Service Set with which a
wireless station is associated. Wireless stations associating to the access point (AP)
must have the same ESSID. Enter a descriptive name (up to 32 printable 7-bit ASCII
characters) for the wireless LAN.
Bridge to Select LAN to use the wireless card as part of the LAN.
Select DMZ to use the wireless card as part of the DMZ.
Select WLAN to use the wireless card as part of the WLAN.
The ZyWALL restarts after you change the wireless card setting.
Note: If you set the wireless card to be part of the LAN or DMZ, you
can still use wireless access. The firewall will treat the wireless
card as part of the LAN or DMZ respectively.
Hide ESSID Select this to hide the ESSID in the outgoing beacon frame so a station cannot obtain
the ESSID through scanning.
Channel ID This allows you to set the operating frequency/channel depending on your particular
region. Select a channel from the drop-down list box.
RTS/CTS Use RTS/CTS to reduce data collisions on the wireless network if you have wireless
Threshold clients that are associated with the same AP but out of range of one another. When
enabled, a wireless client sends an RTS (Request To Send) and then waits for a CTS
(Clear To Send) before it transmits. This stops wireless clients from transmitting
packets at the same time (and causing data collisions).
A wireless client sends an RTS for all packets larger than the number (of bytes) that
you enter here. Set the RTS/CTS equal to or higher than the fragmentation threshold
to turn RTS/CTS off.
Fragmentatio This is the threshold (number of bytes) for the fragmentation boundary for directed
n Threshold messages. It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent.

Table 58 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: No Security (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Select one of the security settings.
No Security
Static WEP
WPA-PSK
WPA
802.1x + Dynamic WEP
802.1x + Static WEP
802.1x + No WEP
No Access 802.1x + Static WEP
No Access 802.1x + No WEP
Select No Security to allow wireless stations to communicate with the access points
without any data encryption. Otherwise, select the security you need and see the
following sections for more information.
Note: The installed ZyXEL WLAN card may not support all of the
WLAN security features you can configure in the ZyWALL.
Please see the product specifications chapter for a table of

compatible ZyXEL WLAN cards and the WLAN security features
each card supports.
12.2.1 Static WEP

Static WEP provides a mechanism for encrypting data using encryption keys. Both the AP and
the wireless stations must use the same WEP key to encrypt and decrypt data. Your ZyWALL
allows you to configure up to four 64-bit or 128-bit WEP keys, but only one key can be used at
any one time.
In order to configure and enable WEP encryption, click WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless
Card to display the Wireless Card screen. Select Static WEP from the Security list.

Figure 131 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: Static WEP
The following table describes the wireless LAN security labels in this screen.
Table 59 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: Static WEP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Select Static WEP from the drop-down list.
WEP WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) provides data encryption to prevent unauthorized
Encryption wireless stations from accessing data transmitted over the wireless network.
Select 64-bit WEP or 128-bit WEP to enable data encryption.
Key 1 to Key 4 If you chose 64-bit WEP in the WEP Encryption field, then enter any 5 characters
(ASCII string) or 10 hexadecimal characters ("0-9", "A-F") preceded by 0x for each
key.
If you chose 128-bit WEP in the WEP Encryption field, then enter 13 characters
key.
There are four data encryption keys to secure your data from eavesdropping by
unauthorized wireless users. The values for the keys must be set up exactly the same
on the access points as they are on the wireless stations.
12.2.2 WPA-PSK
Click WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card to display the Wireless Card screen. Select
WPA-PSK from the Security list.

Figure 132 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: WPA-PSK
The following wireless LAN security fields become available when you select WPA-PSK in
the Security drop down list-box.
Table 60 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: WPA-PSK
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Select WPA-PSK from the drop-down list.
Pre-Shared Key The encryption mechanisms used for WPA and WPA-PSK are the same. The only
difference between the two is that WPA-PSK uses a simple common password,
instead of user-specific credentials.
Type a pre-shared key from 8 to 63 case-sensitive ASCII characters (including
spaces and symbols).
ReAuthentication Specify how often wireless stations have to resend user names and passwords in
Timer (Seconds) order to stay connected. Enter a time interval between 10 and 65535 seconds.
If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server, the
reauthentication timer on the RADIUS server has priority.
Idle Timeout The ZyWALL automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wireless
(Seconds) network after a period of inactivity. The wireless station needs to send the
username and password again before it can use the wireless network again. Some
wireless clients may prompt users for a username and password; other clients may
use saved login credentials. In either case, there is usually a short delay while the
wireless client logs in to the wireless network again.
This value is usually smaller when the wireless network is keeping track of how
much time each wireless station is connected to the wireless network (for example,
using an authentication server). If the wireless network is not keeping track of this
information, you can usually set this value higher to reduce the number of delays
caused by logging in again.
WPA Group Key The WPA Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP (if using WPA-
Update Timer PSK key management) or RADIUS server (if using WPA key management) sends
(Seconds) a new group key out to all clients. The re-keying process is the WPA equivalent of
automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a
periodic basis. Setting of the WPA Group Key Update Timer is also supported in
WPA-PSK mode.

12.2.3 WPA
WPA from the Security list.
Figure 133 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: WPA
The following wireless LAN security fields become available when you select WPA in the
Security drop down list-box.
Table 61 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: WPA
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Select WPA from the drop-down list.
Authentication Click RADIUS to go to the RADIUS screen where you can configure the ZyWALL
Databases to check an external RADIUS server.
WPA Group Key The WPA Group Key Update Timer is the rate at which the AP (if using WPA-
Update Timer PSK key management) or RADIUS server (if using WPA key management) sends
(Seconds) a new group key out to all clients. The re-keying process is the WPA equivalent of
automatically changing the WEP key for an AP and all stations in a WLAN on a
periodic basis. Setting of the WPA Group Key Update Timer is also supported in
WPA-PSK mode.

Table 61 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: WPA (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
12.2.4 IEEE 802.1x + Dynamic WEP

802.1x + Dynamic WEP from the Security list.
Figure 134 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Dynamic WEP
The following wireless LAN security fields become available when you select 802.1x +
Dynamic WEP in the Security drop down list-box.
Table 62 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Dynamic WEP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Select 802.1x + Dynamic WEP from the drop-down list.

Table 62 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Dynamic WEP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Authentication Click RADIUS to go to the RADIUS screen where you can configure the ZyWALL
Databases to check an external RADIUS server.
Dynamic WEP Select 64-bit WEP or 128-bit WEP to enable data encryption.
Key Exchange
12.2.5 IEEE 802.1x + Static WEP

802.1x + Static WEP from the Security list.
Figure 135 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Static WEP
The following wireless LAN security fields become available when you select 802.1x + Static
WEP in the Security drop down list-box.
Table 63 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Static WEP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Select 802.1x + Static WEP from the drop-down list.
WEP Encryption WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) provides data encryption to prevent unauthorized
wireless stations from accessing data transmitted over the wireless network.

Table 63 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + Static WEP (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
key.
key.
unauthorized wireless users. The values for the keys must be set up exactly the
same on the access points as they are on the wireless stations.
ReAuthenticatio Specify how often wireless stations have to resend user names and passwords in
n Timer order to stay connected. Enter a time interval between 10 and 65535 seconds.
(Seconds) If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server, the
Idle Timeout The ZyWALL automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wireless network
(Seconds) after a period of inactivity. The wireless station needs to send the username and
password again before it can use the wireless network again. Some wireless clients
may prompt users for a username and password; other clients may use saved login
credentials. In either case, there is usually a short delay while the wireless client
logs in to the wireless network again.
Authentication Click Local User to go to the Local User Database screen where you can view
Databases and/or edit the list of users and passwords. Click RADIUS to go to the RADIUS
screen where you can configure the ZyWALL to check an external RADIUS server.
12.2.6 IEEE 802.1x + No WEP

802.1x + No WEP from the Security list.

Figure 136 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + No WEP
The following wireless LAN security fields become available when you select 802.1x + No
WEP in the Security drop down list-box.
Table 64 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: 802.1x + No WEP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Select 802.1x + No WEP from the drop-down list.
ReAuthenticatio Specify how often wireless stations have to resend user names and passwords in
n Timer order to stay connected. Enter a time interval between 10 and 65535 seconds.
(Seconds) If wireless station authentication is done using a RADIUS server, the
Idle Timeout The ZyWALL automatically disconnects a wireless station from the wireless network
(Seconds) after a period of inactivity. The wireless station needs to send the username and
password again before it can use the wireless network again. Some wireless clients
may prompt users for a username and password; other clients may use saved login
credentials. In either case, there is usually a short delay while the wireless client
logs in to the wireless network again.
Authentication Click Local User to go to the Local User Database screen where you can view
Databases and/or edit the list of users and passwords. Click RADIUS to go to the RADIUS
screen where you can configure the ZyWALL to check an external RADIUS server.
12.2.7 No Access 802.1x + Static WEP

Click WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card to display the Wireless Card screen. Select No
Access 802.1x + Static WEP to deny all wireless stations access to your wired network and
allow wireless stations to communicate with the ZyWALL using static WEP keys for data
encryption.

Figure 137 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: No Access 802.1x + Static WEP
The following wireless LAN security fields become available when you select No Access
802.1x + Static WEP in the Security drop down list-box.
Table 65 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > Wireless Card: No Access 802.1x + Static WEP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Security Select No Access 802.1x + Static WEP from the drop-down list.
WEP WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) provides data encryption to prevent unauthorized
Encryption wireless stations from accessing data transmitted over the wireless network.
key.
key.
unauthorized wireless users. The values for the keys must be set up exactly the same
on the access points as they are on the wireless stations.
12.2.8 No Access 802.1x + No WEP

Click the NETWORK > WIRELESS CARD or NETWORK > Wi-Fi to display the
Wireless Card screen. Select No Access 802.1x + No WEP to deny all wireless stations
access to your wired network and block all wireless stations from communicating with the
ZyWALL.

12.3 MAC Filter

The MAC filter screen allows you to configure the ZyWALL to give exclusive access to
specific devices (Allow Association) or exclude specific devices from accessing the
ZyWALL (Deny Association). You need to know the MAC addresses of the devices to
configure this screen.
To change your ZyWALL’s MAC filter settings, click WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > MAC Filter.
Figure 138 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > MAC Filter
The following table describes the labels in this menu.

Table 66 WIRELESS > Wi-Fi > MAC Filter
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Select or clear the check box to enable or disable MAC address filtering.
Enable MAC address filtering to have the router allow or deny access to wireless
stations based on MAC addresses. Disable MAC address filtering to have the router not
perform MAC filtering on the wireless stations.
Association Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC address filter table.
Select Deny to block access to the router, MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to
access the router. Select Allow to permit access to the router, MAC addresses not
listed will be denied access to the router.
# This is the index number of the MAC address.
User Name Enter a descriptive name for the MAC address.
MAC Enter the MAC addresses (in XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX format) of the wireless stations that
Address are allowed or denied access to the ZyWALL in these address fields.

12.4 Technical Reference
IRADIUS
RADIUS user is a simple package exchange in which your ZyWALL acts as a message relay
between the wireless station and the network RADIUS server. See RFC 2138 and RFC 2139
for more on RADIUS.
Types of RADIUS Messages

The following types of RADIUS messages are exchanged between the access point and the
RADIUS server for user authentication:
• Access-Request
Sent by an access point requesting authentication.
• Access-Reject
Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access.
• Access-Accept
Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access.
• Access-Challenge
Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access. The
access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access-Request
message.
RADIUS server for user accounting:
• Accounting-Request
Sent by the access point requesting accounting.
• Accounting-Response
Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting.
In order to ensure network security, the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared
secret key, which is a password, they both know. The key is not sent over the network. In
addition to the shared key, password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the
network from unauthorized access.
EAP Authentication
The following figure shows an overview of authentication when you specify a RADIUS server
on your access point.

Figure 139 EAP Authentication
The details below provide a general description of how IEEE 802.1x EAP authentication
works.
• The wireless station sends a start message to the ZyWALL.
• The ZyWALL sends a request identity message to the wireless station for identity
information.
• The wireless station replies with identity information, including user name and password.
• The RADIUS server checks the user information against its user profile database and
determines whether or not to authenticate the wireless station.
WPA
Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a subset of the IEEE 802.11i standard. Key differences
between WPA and WEP are user authentication and improved data encryption.
User Authentication
WPA applies IEEE 802.1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) to authenticate
wireless clients using an external RADIUS database.
Encryption
WPA improves data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP), Message
Integrity Check (MIC) and IEEE 802.1x.
Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) uses 128-bit keys that are dynamically generated and
distributed by the authentication server. It includes a per-packet key mixing function, a
Message Integrity Check (MIC) named Michael, an extended initialization vector (IV) with
sequencing rules, and a re-keying mechanism.
TKIP regularly changes and rotates the encryption keys so that the same encryption key is
never used twice. The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key (PMK) key to the AP
that then sets up a key hierarchy and management system, using the pair-wise key to
dynamically generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is
wirelessly communicated between the AP and the wireless clients. This all happens in the
background automatically.

The Message Integrity Check (MIC) is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data
packets, altering them and resending them. The MIC provides a strong mathematical function
in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC. If they do
not match, it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet is dropped.
By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity
checking mechanism (MIC), TKIP makes it much more difficult to decode data on a Wi-Fi
network than WEP, making it difficult for an intruder to break into the network.
The encryption mechanisms used for WPA and WPA-PSK are the same. The only difference
between the two is that WPA-PSK uses a simple common password, instead of user-specific
credentials. The common-password approach makes WPA-PSK susceptible to brute-force
password-guessing attacks but it's still an improvement over WEP as it employs an easier-to-
use, consistent, single, alphanumeric password.
WPA-PSK Application
A WPA-PSK application looks as follows.
1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients. The Pre-Shared Key
(PSK) must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters (including spaces and
symbols).
2 The AP checks each client's password and (only) allows it to join the network if it
matches its password.
3 The AP derives and distributes keys to the wireless clients.
4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP encryption process to encrypt data exchanged
between them.
Figure 140 WPA-PSK Authentication
WPA with RADIUS Application

You need the IP address of the RADIUS server, its port number (default is 1812), and the
RADIUS shared secret. A WPA application example with an external RADIUS server looks
as follows. "A" is the RADIUS server. "DS" is the distribution system.
1 The AP passes the wireless client's authentication request to the RADIUS server.

2 The RADIUS server then checks the user's identification against its database and grants
or denies network access accordingly.
3 The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key (PMK) key to the AP that then
sets up a key hierarchy and management system, using the pair-wise key to dynamically
generate unique data encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly
communicated between the AP and the wireless clients.
Figure 141 WPA with RADIUS Application Example
Wireless Client WPA Supplicants

A wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the
wireless client how to use WPA. At the time of writing, the most widely available supplicants
are the WPA patch for Windows XP, Funk Software's Odyssey client, and Meetinghouse Data
Communications' AEGIS client.
The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP's built-
in "Zero Configuration" wireless client. However, you must run Windows XP to use it.


P ART III
Security
Firewall Screens (251)
Intrusion Detection and Prevention (IDP) Screens (277)
Anti-Virus Screens (299)
Anti-Spam Screens (313)
Content Filtering Screens (327)
Content Filtering Reports (349)
IPSec VPN (357)
Certificates (399)
Authentication Server Screens (427)
249
250
CHAPTER 13
Firewall Screens
This chapter shows you how to configure your ZyWALL’s firewall.
13.1 Overview
A firewall is a system that enforces an access-control policy between two networks. It is
generally a mechanism used to protect a trusted network from an untrusted network.
The ZyWALL physically separates the LAN, DMZ, WLAN and the WAN and acts as a secure
gateway for all data passing between the networks. The ZyWALL protects against Denial of
Service (DoS) attacks, prevents theft, destruction and modification of data, and logs events.
Enable the firewall to protect your LAN computers from attacks by hackers on the Internet and
control access between the LAN, DMZ, WLAN and WAN. By default the firewall:
• allows traffic that originates from your LAN computers to go to all of the networks.
• blocks traffic that originates on the other networks from going to the LAN.
• allows traffic that originates on the WLAN to go to the WAN.
• allows traffic that originates on the WAN to go to the DMZ and protects your DMZ
computers against DoS attacks.
• allows VPN traffic between any of the networks.
The following figure illustrates the default firewall action. User A can initiate an IM (Instant
Messaging) session from the LAN to the WAN (1). Return traffic for this session is also
allowed (2). However other traffic initiated from the WAN is blocked (3 and 4).
Figure 142 Default Firewall Action
Your customized rules take precedence and override the ZyWALL’s default settings. The
ZyWALL checks the source IP address, destination IP address and IP protocol type of network
traffic against the firewall rules (in the order you list them). When the traffic matches a rule,
the ZyWALL takes the action specified in the rule.

Chapter 13 Firewall Screens
13.1.1 What You Can Do Using the Firewall Screens

• Use the Default Rule screens (Section 13.4 on page 256) to configure general firewall
settings when the ZyWALL is set to router mode or bridge mode.
• Use the Rule Summary screens (Section 13.5 on page 259) to configure firewall rules.
• Use the Anti-Probing screen (Section 13.6 on page 263) to specify which of the
ZyWALL’s interfaces will respond to Ping requests and whether or not the ZyWALL is to
respond to probing for unused ports.
• Use the Threshold (Section 13.7 on page 264) screen to configure DoS thresholds and
actions to be taken when a threshold is reached
• Use the Service (Section 13.8 on page 266) screen to configure custom services for use in
firewall rules or view the services that are predefined in the ZyWALL.
13.1.2 What You Need To Know About the ZyWALL Firewall

Packet Direction
Packets have source and destination address headers. You can set what the ZyWALL does
with packets traveling in a specific direction (including going to/coming from a VPN tunnel)
that do not match any of the firewall rules. See also Packet Direction on page 252.
Asymmetrical Routes
Asymmetrical routes only apply if you have another gateway on your LAN, the ZyWALL is in
Router mode, and the firewall is enabled. If return traffic is routed through the LAN gateway
(instead of the ZyWALL), then the ZyWALL may reset the ‘incomplete’ connection. When
you enable asymmetrical routes, interface to same interface (for example WAN 1 to WAN 1,
VPN to VPN and so on) traffic is not checked by the firewall. See Asymmetrical Routes and
IP Alias on page 274 for information on how to use IP alias instead of asymmetrical routes.

Before you configure the firewall, you must first decide if the ZyWALL will act as a Router
or a Bridge. When the ZyWALL is in Bridge mode, the firewall is transparent to your
network. You do not have to reconfigure existing network configurations.
13.2 Firewall Rules Example

Suppose that your company decides to block all of the LAN users from using IRC (Internet
Relay Chat) through the Internet. To do this, you would configure a LAN to WAN firewall
rule that blocks IRC traffic from any source IP address from going to any destination address.
You do not need to specify a schedule since you need the firewall rule to always be in effect.
The following figure shows the results of this rule.

Figure 143 Blocking All LAN to WAN IRC Traffic Example
Your firewall would have the following configuration.

Table 67 Blocking All LAN to WAN IRC Traffic Example
DESTINATIO
# SOURCE SCHEDULE SERVICE ACTION
N
1 Any Any Any IRC Drop
Default Any Any Any Any Allow
• The first row blocks LAN access to the IRC service on the WAN.
• The second row is the firewall’s default policy that allows all traffic from the LAN to go to
the WAN.
The ZyWALL applies the firewall rules in order. So for this example, when the ZyWALL
receives traffic from the LAN, it checks it against the first rule. If the traffic matches (if it is
IRC traffic) the firewall takes the action in the rule (drop) and stops checking the firewall
rules. Any traffic that does not match the first firewall rule will match the default rule and the
ZyWALL forwards it.
Now suppose that your company wants to let the CEO use IRC. You can configure a LAN to
WAN firewall rule that allows IRC traffic from the IP address of the CEO’s computer. In order
to make sure that the CEO’s computer always uses the same IP address, make sure it either:
• has a static IP address,
• or you configure a static DHCP entry for it so the ZyWALL always assigns it the same IP
address (see Section 7.3 on page 155 for information on static DHCP).
Now you configure a LAN to WAN firewall rule that allows IRC traffic from the IP address of
the CEO’s computer (192.168.1.7 for example) to go to any destination address. You do not
need to specify a schedule since you want the firewall rule to always be in effect. The
following figure shows the results of your two custom rules.

Figure 144 Limited LAN to WAN IRC Traffic Example
Your firewall would have the following configuration.

Table 68 Limited LAN to WAN IRC Traffic Example
DESTINATIO
# SOURCE SCHEDULE SERVICE ACTION
N
1 192.168.1.7 Any Any IRC Allow
2 Any Any Any IRC Drop
Default Any Any Any Any Allow
• The first row allows the LAN computer at IP address 192.168.1.7 to access the IRC
service on the WAN.
• The second row blocks LAN access to the IRC service on the WAN.
• The third row is (still) the firewall’s default policy of allowing all traffic from the LAN to
go to the WAN.
The rule for the CEO must come before the rule that blocks all LAN to WAN IRC traffic. If
the rule that blocks all LAN to WAN IRC traffic came first, the CEO’s IRC traffic would
match that rule and the ZyWALL would drop it and not check any other firewall rules.
13.3 The Firewall Default Rule Screen

Click SECURITY > FIREWALL to open the Default Rule screen.
Use this screen to configure general firewall settings when the ZyWALL is in Router mode.

Figure 145 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Router Mode)

Table 69 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Router Mode)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
0-100% This bar displays the percentage of the ZyWALL’s firewall rules storage space that
is currently in use. When the storage space is almost full, you should consider
deleting unnecessary firewall rules before adding more firewall rules.
Enable Firewall Select this check box to activate the firewall. The ZyWALL performs access control
and protects against Denial of Service (DoS) attacks when the firewall is activated.
Note: When you activate the firewall, all current connections through
the ZyWALL are dropped when you apply your changes.
Allow If an alternate gateway on the LAN has an IP address in the same subnet as the
Asymmetrical ZyWALL’s LAN IP address, return traffic may not go through the ZyWALL. This is
Route called an asymmetrical or “triangle” route. This causes the ZyWALL to reset the
connection, as the connection has not been acknowledged.
Select this check box to have the ZyWALL permit the use of asymmetrical route
topology on the network (not reset the connection).
Note: Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go
directly to the LAN without passing through the ZyWALL. A
better solution is to use IP alias to put the ZyWALL and the
backup gateway on separate subnets. See Section 13.9 on
page 271 for an example.

Table 69 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Router Mode) (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
From, To The firewall rules are grouped by the direction of packet travel. The number of rules
for each packet direction displays. Click Edit to go to a summary screen of the rules
for that packet direction.
Here are some example descriptions of the directions of travel.
From LAN To LAN means packets traveling from a computer on one LAN subnet to
a computer on another LAN subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyWALL or the
ZyWALL itself. The ZyWALL does not apply the firewall to packets traveling from a
LAN computer to another LAN computer on the same subnet.
From VPN means traffic that came into the ZyWALL through a VPN tunnel and is
going to the selected “to” interface. For example, From VPN To LAN specifies the
VPN traffic that is going to the LAN. The ZyWALL applies the firewall to the traffic
after decrypting it.
To VPN is traffic that comes in through the selected “from” interface and goes out
through any VPN tunnel. For example, From LAN To VPN specifies the traffic that
is coming from the LAN and going out through a VPN tunnel. The ZyWALL applies
the firewall to the traffic before encrypting it.
From VPN To VPN means traffic that comes in through a VPN tunnel and goes out
through (another) VPN tunnel or terminates at the ZyWALL. This is the case when
the ZyWALL is the hub in a hub-and-spoke VPN. This is also the case if you allow
someone to use a service (like Telnet or HTTP) through a VPN tunnel to manage
the ZyWALL. The ZyWALL applies the firewall to the traffic after decrypting it.
Note: The VPN connection directions apply to the traffic going to or

from the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels. They do not apply to other
VPN traffic for which the ZyWALL is not one of the gateways
(VPN pass-through traffic).
Use the drop-down list box to set the firewall’s default actions based on the direction
of travel of packets.
Select Drop to silently discard the packets without sending a TCP reset packet or
an ICMP destination-unreachable message to the sender.
Select Reject to deny the packets and send a TCP reset packet (for a TCP packet)
or an ICMP destination-unreachable message (for a UDP packet) to the sender.
Select Permit to allow the passage of the packets.
The firewall rules for the WAN port with a higher route priority also apply to the dial
backup connection.
Log Select the check box next to a direction of packet travel to create a log when the
configured action is taken for packets that are traveling in that direction and do not
match any of your customized rules.
13.4 The Firewall Default Rule (Bridge Mode) Screen

Click SECURITY > FIREWALL to open the Default Rule screen.
Use this screen to configure general firewall settings when the ZyWALL is in Bridge mode.

Figure 146 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Bridge Mode)

Table 70 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Bridge Mode)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
0-100% This bar displays the percentage of the ZyWALL’s firewall rules storage space that
is currently in use. When the storage space is almost full, you should consider
deleting unnecessary firewall rules before adding more firewall rules.
Enable Firewall Select this check box to activate the firewall. The ZyWALL performs access control
and protects against Denial of Service (DoS) attacks when the firewall is activated.
Note: When you activate the firewall, all current connections through
the ZyWALL are dropped when you apply your changes.

Table 70 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Default Rule (Bridge Mode) (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
From, To The firewall rules are grouped by the direction of packet travel. The number of rules
for each packet direction displays. Click Edit to go to a summary screen of the rules
for that packet direction.
Here are some example descriptions of the directions of travel.
From LAN To LAN means packets traveling from a computer on one LAN subnet to
a computer on another LAN subnet on the LAN interface of the ZyWALL or the
ZyWALL itself. The ZyWALL does not apply the firewall to packets traveling from a
LAN computer to another LAN computer on the same subnet.
VPN traffic that is going to the LAN. The ZyWALL applies the firewall to the traffic
is coming from the LAN and going out through a VPN tunnel. The ZyWALL applies
the firewall to the traffic before encrypting it.
From VPN To VPN means traffic that comes in through a VPN tunnel and goes out
through (another) VPN tunnel or terminates at the ZyWALL. This is the case when
the ZyWALL is the hub in a hub-and-spoke VPN. This is also the case if you allow
someone to use a service (like Telnet or HTTP) through a VPN tunnel to manage
the ZyWALL. The ZyWALL applies the firewall to the traffic after decrypting it.

Use the drop-down list box to set the firewall’s default actions based on the direction
of travel of packets.
The firewall rules for the WAN port with a higher route priority also apply to the dial
backup connection.
Log Select the check box next to a direction of packet travel to create a log when the
configured action is taken for packets that are traveling in that direction and do not
match any of your customized rules.
Log Broadcast Select this to create a log for any broadcast frames traveling in the selected
Frame (Bridge direction. Many of these logs in a short time period could indicate a broadcast storm.
mode only) A broadcast storm occurs when a packet triggers multiple responses from all hosts
on a network or when computers attempt to respond to a host that never replies. As
a result, duplicated packets are continuously created and circulated in the network,
thus reducing network performance or even rendering it inoperable. A broadcast
storm can be caused by an attack on the network, an incorrect network topology
(such as a bridge loop) or a malfunctioning network device.

13.5 The Firewall Rule Summary Screen

Click SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary to open the screen. This screen displays
a list of the configured firewall rules.
" The ordering of your rules is very important as rules are applied in the order
that they are listed.
See Section 13.1 on page 251 for more information about the firewall.
Figure 147 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary

Table 71 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Packet Direction Use the drop-down list boxes and click Refresh to select a direction of travel of
packets for which you want to display firewall rules.

+/- In the heading row, click + to expand or - to collapse the Source Address,
Destination Address and Service Type drop down lists for all of the displayed
rules.
Default Policy This field displays the default action you selected in the Default Rule screen for the
packet direction displayed.
The following fields summarize the rules you have created that apply to traffic traveling in the selected
packet direction. The firewall rules that you configure (summarized below) take priority over the
general firewall action settings above.
# This is your firewall rule number. The ordering of your rules is important as rules are
applied in turn. Click + to expand or - to collapse the Source Address, Destination
Address and Service Type drop down lists.
Name This is the name of the firewall rule.
Active This field displays whether a firewall is turned on (Y) or not (N). Click the setting to
change it.

Table 71 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Source Address This drop-down list box displays the source addresses or ranges of addresses to
which this firewall rule applies. Please note that a blank source or destination
address is equivalent to Any.
Destination This drop-down list box displays the destination addresses or ranges of addresses
Address to which this firewall rule applies. Please note that a blank source or destination
address is equivalent to Any.
Service Type This drop-down list box displays the services to which this firewall rule applies.
Custom services have an * before the name. See Appendix B on page 783 for a list
of common services.
Action This field displays whether the firewall silently discards packets (Drop), discards
packets and sends a TCP reset packet or an ICMP destination-unreachable
message to the sender (Reject) or allows the passage of packets (Permit).
Sch. This field tells you whether a schedule is specified (Yes) or not (No).
Log This field shows you whether a log is created when packets match this rule (Yes) or
not (No).
Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the rule.
Click the delete icon to delete an existing firewall rule. A window displays asking you
to confirm that you want to delete the firewall rule. Note that subsequent firewall
rules move up by one when you take this action.
Click the move icon, type an index number, and press Enter to move the rule to the
number that you typed. The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in
order of their numbering.
Click the insert icon to display the screen where you can configure a new firewall
rule. The insert icon at the top of the row creates the new firewall rule before the
others. The individual firewall rule insert icons create a new firewall rule after the
row’s firewall rule.
13.5.1 The Firewall Edit Rule Screen

In the Rule Summary screen, click the edit icon or the insert icon to display the Firewall Edit
Rule screen.
Use this screen to create or edit a firewall rule. Refer to the following table for information on
the labels.
See Section 13.1 on page 251 for more information about the firewall.

Figure 148 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary > Edit


Table 72 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary > Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Rule Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 31 printable ASCII characters (except Extended
ASCII characters) for the firewall rule. Spaces are allowed.
Edit Source/
Destination
Address
Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets with a particular (single) IP, a range of IP
addresses (for example 192.168.1.10 to 192.169.1.50), a subnet or any IP
address? Select an option from the drop-down list box that includes: Single
Address, Range Address, Subnet Address and Any Address.
Start IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here.
End IP Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask here, if applicable.
Add Click Add to add a new address to the Source or Destination Address(es) box.
You can add multiple addresses, ranges of addresses, and/or subnets.
Modify To edit an existing source or destination address, select it from the box and click
Modify.
Delete Highlight an existing source or destination address from the Source or
Destination Address(es) box and click Delete to remove it.
Edit Service
Available/ Highlight a service from the Available Services box on the left, then click >> to
Selected add it to the Selected Service(s) box on the right. To remove a service, highlight it
Services in the Selected Service(s) box on the right, then click <<.
Custom services have an * before the name.
Next to the name of a service, two fields appear in brackets. The first field indicates
the IP protocol type (TCP, UDP, or ICMP). The second field indicates the IP port
number that defines the service. (Note that there may be more than one IP
protocol type). For example, look at the DNS entry, (UDP/TCP:53) means UDP
port 53 and TCP port 53. Click the Service link to go to the Service screen where
you can configure custom service ports. See Appendix B on page 783 for a list of
commonly used services and port numbers.
You can use the [CTRL] key and select multiple services at once.
Edit Schedule
Day to Apply Select everyday or the day(s) of the week to apply the rule.
Time of Day to Select All Day or enter the start and end times in the hour-minute format to apply
Apply (24-Hour the rule.
Format)
Actions When
Matched
Log Packet This field determines if a log for packets that match the rule is created (Yes) or not
Information When (No). Go to the Log Settings page and select the Access Control logs category
Matched to have the ZyWALL record these logs.
Send Alert Select the check box to have the ZyWALL generate an alert when the rule is
Message to matched.
Administrator
When Matched

Table 72 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Rule Summary > Edit

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Action for Use the drop-down list box to select what the firewall is to do with packets that
Matched Packets match this rule.
Note: You also need to configure NAT port forwarding (or full
featured NAT address mapping rules) if you want to allow
computers on the WAN to access devices on the LAN.
Note: You may also need to configure the remote management

settings if you want to allow a WAN computer to manage the
ZyWALL or restrict management from the LAN.
Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings and exit this screen.
13.6 The Anti-Probing Screen

Click SECURITY > FIREWALL > Anti-Probing to open the following screen. Configure
this screen to help keep the ZyWALL hidden from probing attempts. You can specify which of
the ZyWALL’s interfaces will respond to Ping requests and whether or not the ZyWALL is to
respond to probing for unused ports.
Figure 149 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Anti-Probing


Table 73 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Anti-Probing
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Respond to PING Select the check boxes of the interfaces that you want to reply to incoming Ping
on requests.
Clear an interface’s check box to have the ZyWALL not respond to any Ping
requests that come into that interface.
Do not respond to Select this option to prevent hackers from finding the ZyWALL by probing for
requests for unused ports. If you select this option, the ZyWALL will not respond to port
unauthorized request(s) for unused ports, thus leaving the unused ports and the ZyWALL
services. unseen. If this option is not selected, the ZyWALL will reply with an ICMP port
unreachable packet for a port probe on its unused UDP ports and a TCP reset
packet for a port probe on its unused TCP ports.
Note that the probing packets must first traverse the ZyWALL's firewall rule
checks before reaching this anti-probing mechanism. Therefore if a firewall rule
stops a probing packet, the ZyWALL reacts based on the firewall rule to either
send a TCP reset packet for a blocked TCP packet (or an ICMP port-unreachable
packet for a blocked UDP packets) or just drop the packets without sending a
response packet.
13.7 The Firewall Thresholds Screen

For DoS attacks, the ZyWALL uses thresholds to determine when to start dropping sessions
that do not become fully established (half-open sessions). These thresholds apply globally to
all sessions. See Threshold Values on page 275 for more information on DoS thresholds.
Click SECURITY > FIREWALL > Threshold to bring up the next screen. The global
values specified for the threshold and timeout apply to all TCP connections.
Figure 150 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Threshold


Table 74 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Threshold
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Disable DoS Attack Select the check boxes of any interfaces (or all VPN tunnels) for which you want
Protection on the ZyWALL to not use the Denial of Service protection thresholds. This disables
DoS protection on the selected interface (or all VPN tunnels).
You may want to disable DoS protection for an interface if the ZyWALL is treating
valid traffic as DoS attacks. Another option would be to raise the thresholds.
Denial of Service The ZyWALL measures both the total number of existing half-open sessions and
Thresholds the rate of session establishment attempts. Both TCP and UDP half-open
sessions are counted in the total number and rate measurements. Measurements
are made once a minute.
One Minute Low This is the rate of new half-open sessions per minute that causes the firewall to
stop deleting half-open sessions. The ZyWALL continues to delete half-open
sessions as necessary, until the rate of new connection attempts drops below this
number.
One Minute High This is the rate of new half-open sessions per minute that causes the firewall to
start deleting half-open sessions. When the rate of new connection attempts rises
above this number, the ZyWALL deletes half-open sessions as required to
accommodate new connection attempts.
For example, if you set the one minute high to 100, the ZyWALL starts deleting
half-open sessions when more than 100 session establishment attempts have
been detected in the last minute. It stops deleting half-open sessions when the
number of session establishment attempts detected in a minute goes below the
number set as the one minute low.
Maximum This is the number of existing half-open sessions that causes the firewall to stop
Incomplete Low deleting half-open sessions. The ZyWALL continues to delete half-open requests
as necessary, until the number of existing half-open sessions drops below this
number.
Maximum This is the number of existing half-open sessions that causes the firewall to start
Incomplete High deleting half-open sessions. When the number of existing half-open sessions
rises above this number, the ZyWALL deletes half-open sessions as required to
accommodate new connection requests. Do not set Maximum Incomplete High
to lower than the current Maximum Incomplete Low number.
For example, if you set the maximum incomplete high to 100, the ZyWALL starts
deleting half-open sessions when the number of existing half-open sessions rises
above 100. It stops deleting half-open sessions when the number of existing half-
open sessions drops below the number set as the maximum incomplete low.
TCP Maximum An unusually high number of half-open sessions with the same destination host
Incomplete address could indicate that a DoS attack is being launched against the host.
Specify the number of existing half-open TCP sessions with the same destination
host IP address that causes the firewall to start dropping half-open sessions to
that same destination host IP address. Enter a number between 1 and 256. As a
general rule, you should choose a smaller number for a smaller network, a slower
system or limited bandwidth. The ZyWALL sends alerts whenever the TCP
Maximum Incomplete is exceeded.
Action taken when Select the action that ZyWALL should take when the TCP maximum incomplete
TCP Maximum threshold is reached. You can have the ZyWALL either:
Incomplete Delete the oldest half open session when a new connection request comes.
reached threshold or
Deny new connection requests for the number of minutes that you specify
(between 1 and 256).

13.8 The Firewall Services Screen

Click SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service to open the screen as shown next. Use this
screen to configure custom services for use in firewall rules or view the services that are
predefined in the ZyWALL.
Figure 151 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service

Table 75 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Custom Service This table shows all configured custom services.
# This is the index number of the custom service.
Service Name This is the name of the service.
Protocol This is the IP protocol type.
If you selected Custom, this is the IP protocol value you entered.
Attribute This is the IP port number or ICMP type and code that defines the service.
Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the service.
Click the delete icon to remove an existing service. A window displays asking you
to confirm that you want to delete the service. Note that subsequent services
move up by one when you take this action.
Add Click this button to bring up the screen that you use to configure a new custom
service that is not in the predefined list of services.
Predefined This table shows all the services that are already configured for use in firewall
Service rules. See Appendix B on page 783 for a list of common services.
# This is the index number of the predefined service.
Service Name This is the name of the service.

Table 75 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Protocol This is the IP protocol type. There may be more than one IP protocol type.
Attribute This is the IP port number or ICMP type and code that defines the service.
13.8.1 The Firewall Edit Custom Service Screen

Click SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service > Add to display the following screen. Use this
screen to configure a custom service entry not is not predefined in the ZyWALL. See
Appendix B on page 783 for a list of commonly used services and port numbers.
Figure 152 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service > Add

Table 76 SECURITY > FIREWALL > Service > Add
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Service Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 31 printable ASCII characters (except
Extended ASCII characters) for the custom service. You cannot use the
“(“character. Spaces are allowed.
IP Protocol Choose the IP protocol (TCP, UDP, TCP/UDP, ICMP or Custom) that defines
your customized service from the drop down list box.
If you select Custom, specify the protocol’s number. For example, ICMP is 1,
TCP is 6, UDP is 17 and so on.
Port Range Enter the port number (from 1 to 255) that defines the customized service
To specify one port only, enter the port number in the From field and enter it
again in the To field.
To specify a span of ports, enter the first port in the From field and enter the last
port in the To field.
Type/Code This field is available only when you select ICMP in the IP Protocol field.
The ICMP messages are identified by their types and in some cases codes.
Enter the type number in the Type field and select Code and enter the code
number if any.

13.8.2 My Service Firewall Rule Example

The following Internet firewall rule example allows a hypothetical My Service connection
from the Internet.
1 In the Service screen, click Add to open the Edit Custom Service screen.
Figure 153 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Service
2 Configure it as follows and click Apply.
Figure 154 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Edit Custom Service
3 Click Rule Summary. Select WAN1 to LAN from the Packet Direction drop-down list
boxes and click Refresh.
4 In the Rule Summary screen, type the index number for where you want to put the rule.
For example, if you type 6, your new rule becomes number 6 and the previous rule 6 (if
there is one) becomes rule 7.
5 Click Insert at the top of the Modify column to display the firewall rule configuration
screen.

Figure 155 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Rule Summary
6 Enter the name of the firewall rule.

7 Select Any in the Destination Address(es) box and then click Delete.
8 Configure the destination address fields as follows and click Add.
Figure 156 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Rule Edit
9 In the Edit Rule screen, use the arrows between Available Services and Selected
Service(s) to configure it as follows. Click Apply when you are done.
" Custom services show up with an * before their names in the Services list box
and the Rule Summary list box.

Figure 157 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Rule Configuration

Rule 1 allows a My Service connection from the WAN to IP addresses 10.0.0.10 through
10.0.0.15 on the LAN.
Figure 158 My Service Firewall Rule Example: Rule Summary

This technical reference contains the following sections:
• Packet Direction Examples
• Asymmetrical Routes
• DoS Thresholds
• Security Considerations
Packet Direction Examples

Firewall rules are grouped based on the direction of travel of packets to which they apply. This
section gives some examples of why you might configure firewall rules for specific
connection directions.
By default, the ZyWALL allows packets traveling in the following directions.:
• LAN to LAN These rules specify which computers on the LAN can manage the
ZyWALL (remote management) and communicate between networks or
subnets connected to the LAN interface (IP alias).
Note: You can also configure the remote management settings to

allow only a specific computer to manage the ZyWALL.
• LAN to WAN These rules specify which computers on the LAN can access which
1 computers or services connected to WAN 1. See Section 13.2 on page
252 for an example.

By default, the ZyWALL drops packets traveling in the following directions.
• WAN 1 to LAN These rules specify which computers connected to WAN 1 can access
which computers or services on the LAN. For example, you may
create rules to:
• Allow certain types of traffic, such as Lotus Notes database
synchronization, from specific hosts on the Internet to specific
hosts on the LAN.
• Allow public access to a Web server on your protected network.
You could also block certain IP addresses from accessing it.
Note: You also need to configure NAT port forwarding (or full
featured NAT address mapping rules) to allow computers
on the WAN to access devices on the LAN. See Section
22.4.3 on page 442 for an example.
• WAN to WAN By default the ZyWALL stops computers connected to WAN1 or

WAN2 from managing the ZyWALL or using the ZyWALL as a
gateway to communicate with other computers on the WAN. You
could configure one of these rules to allow a WAN computer to
manage the ZyWALL.
Note: You also need to configure the remote management

settings to allow a WAN computer to manage the
ZyWALL.
See Chapter 5 on page 109 for information about packets traveling to or from the VPN tunnels.
To VPN Packet Direction

The ZyWALL can apply firewall rules to traffic before encrypting it to send through a VPN
tunnel. To VPN means traffic that comes in through the selected “from” interface and goes out
through any of the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels. For example, From LAN To VPN specifies the
traffic that is coming from the LAN and going out through any of the ZyWALL’s VPN
tunnels.
For example, by default the From LAN To VPN default firewall rule allows traffic from the
LAN computers to go out through any of the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels. You could configure
the From DMZ To VPN default rule to set the ZyWALL to silently block traffic from the
DMZ computers from going out through any of the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels.

Figure 159 From LAN to VPN Example
From VPN Packet Direction

You can also apply firewall rules to traffic that comes in through the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels.
The ZyWALL decrypts the VPN traffic and then applies the firewall rules. From VPN means
traffic that came into the ZyWALL through a VPN tunnel and is going to the selected “to”
interface.
For example, by default the firewall allows traffic from any VPN tunnel to go to any of the
ZyWALL’s interfaces, the ZyWALL itself and other VPN tunnels. You could edit the From
VPN To LAN default firewall rule to silently block traffic from the VPN tunnels from going
to the LAN computers.
Figure 160 From VPN to LAN Example

From VPN To VPN Packet Direction

From VPN To VPN firewall rules apply to traffic that comes in through one of the
ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels and terminates at the ZyWALL (like for remote management) or
goes out through another of the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels (this is called hub-and-spoke VPN,
see Section 19.13 on page 385 for details). The ZyWALL decrypts the traffic and applies the
firewall rules before re-encrypting it or allowing the traffic to terminate at the ZyWALL.
In the following example, the From VPN To VPN default firewall rule silently blocks the
traffic that the ZyWALL receives from any VPN tunnel (either A or B) that is destined for the
other VPN tunnel or the ZyWALL itself. VPN traffic destined for the DMZ is allowed
through.
Figure 161 From VPN to VPN Example
If an alternate gateway on the LAN has an IP address in the same subnet as the ZyWALL’s
LAN IP address, return traffic may not go through the ZyWALL. This is called an
asymmetrical or “triangle” route. This causes the ZyWALL to reset the connection, as the
connection has not been acknowledged.
You can have the ZyWALL permit the use of asymmetrical route topology on the network
(not reset the connection).
Allowing asymmetrical routes may let traffic from the WAN go directly to the LAN without
passing through the ZyWALL. A better solution is to use IP alias to put the ZyWALL and the
backup gateway on separate subnets.
Asymmetrical Routes and IP Alias

You can use IP alias instead of allowing asymmetrical routes. IP Alias allow you to partition
your network into logical sections over the same interface.
By putting your LAN and Gateway A in different subnets, all returning network traffic must
pass through the ZyWALL to your LAN. The following steps describe such a scenario.
1 A computer on the LAN initiates a connection by sending a SYN packet to a receiving
server on the WAN.
2 The ZyWALL reroutes the packet to Gateway A, which is in Subnet 2.

3 The reply from the WAN goes to the ZyWALL.

4 The ZyWALL then sends it to the computer on the LAN in Subnet 1.
Figure 162 Using IP Alias to Solve the Triangle Route Problem
DoS Thresholds
For TCP, half-open means that the session has not reached the established state-the TCP three-
way handshake has not yet been completed. Under normal circumstances, the application that
initiates a session sends a SYN (synchronize) packet to the receiving server. The receiver
sends back an ACK (acknowledgment) packet and its own SYN, and then the initiator
responds with an ACK (acknowledgment). After this handshake, a connection is established.
Figure 163 Three-Way Handshake
For UDP, half-open means that the firewall has detected no return traffic. An unusually high
number (or arrival rate) of half-open sessions could indicate a DOS attack.
Threshold Values
If everything is working properly, you probably do not need to change the threshold settings as
the default threshold values should work for most small offices. Tune these parameters when
you believe the ZyWALL has been receiving DoS attacks that are not recorded in the logs or
the logs show that the ZyWALL is classifying normal traffic as DoS attacks. Factors
influencing choices for threshold values are:

1 The maximum number of opened sessions.

2 The minimum capacity of server backlog in your LAN network.
3 The CPU power of servers in your LAN network.
4 Network bandwidth.
5 Type of traffic for certain servers.
Reduce the threshold values if your network is slower than average for any of these factors
(especially if you have servers that are slow or handle many tasks and are often busy).
If you often use P2P applications such as file sharing with eMule or eDonkey, it’s
recommended that you increase the threshold values since lots of sessions will be established
during a small period of time and the ZyWALL may classify them as DoS attacks.
Security Considerations
" Incorrectly configuring the firewall may block valid access or introduce security
risks to the ZyWALL and your protected network. Use caution when creating or
deleting firewall rules and test your rules after you configure them.
Consider these security ramifications before creating a rule:

1 Does this rule stop LAN users from accessing critical resources on the Internet? For
example, if IRC is blocked, are there users that require this service?
2 Is it possible to modify the rule to be more specific? For example, if IRC is blocked for
all users, will a rule that blocks just certain users be more effective?
3 Does a rule that allows Internet users access to resources on the LAN create a security
vulnerability? For example, if FTP ports (TCP 20, 21) are allowed from the Internet to
the LAN, Internet users may be able to connect to computers with running FTP servers.
4 Does this rule conflict with any existing rules?
Once these questions have been answered, adding rules is simply a matter of entering the
information into the correct fields in the web configurator screens.

CHAPTER 14
Intrusion Detection and
Prevention (IDP) Screens
14.1 Overview
An IDP system can detect malicious or suspicious packets and respond instantaneously. It can
detect anomalies based on violations of protocol standards (RFCs – Requests for Comments)
or traffic flows and abnormal flows such as port scans.
The following figure represents a typical business network consisting of a LAN, a DMZ
(DeMilitarized Zone) containing the company web, FTP, mail servers etc., a firewall and/or
NAT router connected to a broadband modem (M) for Internet access.
Figure 164 Network Intrusions
14.1.1 What You Can Do Using the IDP Screens

• Use the General screen (Section 14.2 on page 279) to enable IDP on the ZyWALL and
choose what traffic flows the ZyWALL checks for intrusions.
• Use the Signatures screens (Section 14.3 on page 281) to configure the ZyWALL’s
signatures. The rules that define how to identify and respond to intrusions are called
signatures.
• Use the Anomaly screen (Section 14.4 on page 289) to configure the ADP (Anomaly
Detection and Prevention) settings

Chapter 14 Intrusion Detection and Prevention (IDP) Screens
• Use the Update screen (Section 14.5 on page 291) to immediately download or schedule
new signature downloads.
• Use the Backup & Restore screen (Section 14.6 on page 293) to back up IDP signatures
with your custom configured settings, restore previously saved IDP signatures (with your
custom configured settings) or revert to the original ZSRT-defined signature Active, Log,
Alert and/or Action settings.
14.1.2 What You Need To Know About the ZyWALL IDP
Network Intrusions
The ZyWALL Internet Security Appliance is designed to protect against network-based
intrusions. Network-based intrusions have the goal of bringing down a network or networks by
attacking computer(s), switch(es), router(s) or modem(s). If a LAN switch is compromised for
example, then the whole LAN is compromised (see Figure 164 on page 277). Typical
“network-based intrusions” are SQL slammer, Blaster, Nimda, MyDoom etc.
IDP and Interfaces

As packets appear at an interface they are passed to the IDP detection engine, which
determines whether they are malicious or not. If a malicious packet is detected, an action is
taken. The remaining packets that make up that particular TCP session are also discarded.
You can change the default actions in the Signature and Anomaly screens (Figure 14.3 on
page 281 and Figure 172 on page 290). In the following figure the ZyWALL is set to check
traffic coming from either WAN interface to the LAN.
Figure 165 Applying IDP to Interfaces
See Section 14.2 on page 279 for more information on how to apply IDP to ZyWALL
interfaces.

Finding out More

See Section 14.7 on page 294 for more detailed information on IDP.

To use IDP on the ZyWALL, you need to insert the ZyWALL Turbo Card into the rear panel
slot of the ZyWALL. See the ZyWALL Turbo Card guide for details.
" Turn the ZyWALL off before you install or remove the ZyWALL Turbo card.
The ZyWALL Turbo Card does not have a MAC address.
14.2 The General Setup Screen

Use this screen to enable IDP on the ZyWALL and choose what traffic flows the ZyWALL
checks for intrusions.
Click SECURITY > IDP from the navigation panel. General is the first screen as shown in
the following figure.
Figure 166 SECURITY > IDP > General


Table 77 SECURITY > IDP > General Setup
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General Setup
Enable Intrusion Select this check box to enable IDP on the ZyWALL. When this check box is
Detection and cleared the ZyWALL is in IDP “bypass” mode and no IDP checking is done.
Protection
Note: You cannot configure and save the IDP and Anti-Virus
screens if the ZyWALL Turbo Card is not installed.
From, To Select the directions of travel of packets that you want to check. Select or clear
a row or column’s first check box (with the interface label) to select or clear the
interface’s whole row or column.
You could for example have the ZyWALL check packets traveling between the
LAN and the WAN interfaces (From WAN1 to LAN, From WAN2 to LAN, From
LAN To WAN1, and From LAN To WAN2).
Note: Depending on your network topology and traffic load,

selecting every packet direction may affect the ZyWALL’s
performance.
ZyWALL. The ZyWALL does not check packets traveling from a LAN computer
to another LAN computer on the same subnet.
From VPN means traffic that came into the ZyWALL through a VPN tunnel and
is going to the selected “to” interface. For example, From VPN To LAN
specifies the VPN traffic that is going to the LAN or terminating at the ZyWALL’s
LAN interface. The ZyWALL checks the traffic after decrypting it.
To VPN is traffic that comes in through the selected “from” interface and goes
out through any VPN tunnel. For example, From LAN To VPN specifies the
traffic that is coming from the LAN and going out through a VPN tunnel. The
ZyWALL checks the traffic before encrypting it.
From VPN To VPN means traffic that comes in through a VPN tunnel and goes
out through (another) VPN tunnel. This is the case when the ZyWALL is the hub
in a hub-and-spoke VPN. The ZyWALL checks the traffic after decrypting it
(before encrypting it again).
Note: The VPN connection directions apply to the traffic going to

or from the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels. They do not apply to
other VPN traffic for which the ZyWALL is not one of the
gateways (VPN pass-through traffic).
Apply Click this button to save your changes back to the ZyWALL.
Reset Click this button to begin configuring this screen afresh.

14.3 The Signatures Screen

The rules that define how to identify and respond to intrusions are called “signatures”. Click
SECURITY > IDP > Signatures to see the ZyWALL’s signatures.
14.3.1 Attack Types

Click SECURITY > IDP > Signature. The Attack Type list box displays all intrusion types
supported by the ZyWALL. Other covers all intrusion types not covered by other types listed.
To see signatures listed by intrusion type supported by the ZyWALL, select that type from the
Attack Type list box.
Table 78 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Attack Types
TYPE DESCRIPTION
DoS/DDoS The goal of Denial of Service (DoS) attacks is not to steal information, but to
disable a device or network on the Internet. A distributed denial-of-service (DDoS)
attack is one in which multiple compromised systems attack a single target,
thereby causing denial of service for users of the targeted system.
Buffer Overflow A buffer overflow occurs when a program or process tries to store more data in a
buffer (temporary data storage area) than it was intended to hold. The excess
information can overflow into adjacent buffers, corrupting or overwriting the valid
data held in them.
Intruders could run codes in the overflow buffer region to obtain control of the
system, install a backdoor or use the victim to launch attacks on other devices.
Access Control Access control refers to procedures and controls that limit or detect access.
Access control is used typically to control user access to network resources such
as servers, directories, and files.
Scan Scan refers to all port, IP or vulnerability scans. Hackers scan ports to find targets.
They may use a TCP connect() call, SYN scanning (half-open scanning), Nmap
etc. After a target has been found, a vulnerability scanner can be used to exploit
exposures.
Trojan Horse A Trojan horse is a harmful program that’s hidden inside apparently harmless
programs or data. It could be used to steal information or remotely control a
device.
P2P Peer-to-peer (P2P) is where computing devices link directly to each other and can
directly initiate communication with each other; they do not need an intermediary.
A device can be both the client and the server. In the ZyWALL, P2P refers to peer-
to-peer applications such as eMule, eDonkey, BitTorrent, iMesh etc.
IM IM (Instant Messaging) refers to chat applications. Chat is real-time
communication between two or more users via networks-connected computers.
After you enter a chat (or chat room), any member can type a message that will
appear on the monitors of all the other participants.
Virus/Worm A computer virus is a small program designed to corrupt and/or alter the operation
of other legitimate programs. A worm is a program that is designed to copy itself
from one computer to another on a network. A worm’s uncontrolled replication
consumes system resources thus slowing or stopping other tasks.
The IDP VirusWorm category refers to network-based viruses and worms. The
Anti-Virus (AV) screen refers to file-based viruses and worms. Refer to the anti-
virus chapter for additional information on file-based anti-virus scanning in the
ZyWALL.
Porn The ZyWALL can block web sites if their URLs contain certain pornographic
words. It cannot block web pages containing those words if the associated URL
does not.

Table 78 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Attack Types (continued)

TYPE DESCRIPTION
Web Attack Web attack signatures refer to attacks on web servers such as IIS (Internet
Information Services).
SPAM Spam is unsolicited "junk" e-mail sent to large numbers of people to promote
products or services. Refer to the anti-spam chapter for more detailed information.
Other This category refers to signatures for attacks that do not fall into the previously
mentioned categories.
14.3.2 Intrusion Severity

Intrusions are assigned a severity level based on the following table. The intrusion severity
level then determines the default signature action.
Table 79 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Intrusion Severity
SEVERITY DESCRIPTION
Severe These are intrusions that try to run arbitrary code or gain system privileges.
High These are known serious vulnerabilities or intrusions that are probably not false
alarms.
Medium These are medium threats, access control intrusions or intrusions that could be false
alarms.
Low These are mild threats or intrusions that could be false alarms.
Very Low These are possible intrusions caused by traffic such as Ping, trace route, ICMP
queries etc.
14.3.3 Signature Actions

You can enable/disable individual signatures. You can log and/or have an alert sent when
traffic meets a signature criteria. You can also change the default action to be taken when a
packet or stream matches a signature. The following figure and table describes these actions.
Note that in addition to these actions, a log may be generated or an alert sent, if those check
boxes are selected and the signature is enabled.
Table 80 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Actions
ACTION DESCRIPTION
No Action The intrusion is detected but no action is taken.
Drop Packet The packet is silently discarded.
Drop Session When the firewall is enabled, subsequent TCP/IP packets belonging to the
same connection are dropped. Neither sender nor receiver are sent TCP RST
packets. If the firewall is not enabled only the packet that matched the
signature is dropped.
Reset Sender When the firewall is enabled, the TCP/IP connection is silently torn down. Just
the sender is sent TCP RST packets. If the firewall is not enabled only the
packet that matched the signature is dropped.
Reset Receiver When the firewall is enabled, the TCP/IP connection is silently torn down. Just
the receiver is sent TCP RST packets. If the firewall is not enabled only the
Reset Both When the firewall is enabled, the TCP/IP connection is silently torn down. Both
sender and receiver are sent TCP RST packets. If the firewall is not enabled
only the packet that matched the signature is dropped.

14.3.4 Configuring The IDP Signatures Screen

Click SECURITY >IDP > Signature to see the ZyWALL’s “group view” signature screen
where you can view signatures by attack type. To search for signatures based on other criteria
such as signature name or ID, then click the Switch to query view link to go to the “query
view” screen.
You can take actions on these signatures as described in Section 14.3.3 on page 282. To revert
to the default actions or to save sets of actions, go to the Backup & Restore screen.
Figure 167 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Group View

Table 81 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Group View
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Signature Groups
Switch to Click this hyperlink to go to a screen where you can search for signatures based on
query view criteria other than attack type.
Attack Type Select the type of signatures you want to view from the list box. See Section 14.3.1 on
page 281 for information on types of signatures.
The table displays the signatures of the type that you selected. Click a column’s
header to sort the entries by that attribute.
Go To Navigate between signatures found. This field is available only if there are more
signatures than that can be displayed on one screen.
Name The (read-only) signature name identifies a specific signature targeted at a specific
intrusion. Click the hyperlink for more detailed information on the intrusion.
ID Each intrusion has a unique identification number. This number may be searched at
myZyXEL.com for more detailed information.
Severity This field displays the level of threat that the intrusion may pose. See Table 79 on page
282 for more information on intrusion severity.
Platform This field displays the computer or network device operating system that the intrusion
targets or is vulnerable to the intrusion. These icons represent a Windows operating
system, a UNIX-based operating system and a network device respectively.

Table 81 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Group View (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes and
enable all signatures.
Clear it to clear all entries and disable all signatures on the current page. For example,
you could clear all check boxes for signatures that targets operating systems not in
your network. This would speed up the IDP signature checking process.
Alternatively, you may select or clear individual entries. The check box becomes gray
when you select the check box.
If you edited any of the check boxes in this column on the current page, use the check
box in the heading row to switch between the settings (last partial edited, all selected
and all cleared).
Log Select this check box to have a log generated when a match is found for a signature.
Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or clear
it to clear all entries on the current page.
and all cleared).
Alert You can only edit the Alert check box when the corresponding Log check box is
selected.
Select this check box to have an e-mail sent when a match is found for a signature.
Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or clear
it to clear all entries on the current page.
and all cleared).
Action You can change the default signature action here. See Table 80 on page 282 for more
details on actions.
14.3.5 The Query View Screen

Click SECURITY > IDP > Signature to see the ZyWALL’s “group view” signature screen,
then click the Switch to query view link to go to this ‘query view” screen.
Use this screen to search for signatures by criteria such as name, ID, severity, attack type,
vulnerable attack platforms, whether or not they are active, log options, alert options or
actions.

Figure 168 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Query View
The following table describes the fields in this screen.

Table 82 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Query View
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Back to group Click this button to go to the IDP group view screen where IDP signatures are
view grouped by attack type.
Signature Search Select this to search for a specific signature name or ID (that you already know).
Then select whether to search the signatures by name or ID. Then enter the name
(or part of the name) or the complete ID number of the signature(s) that you want
to find.
Signature Search Select this to search for signatures that match the criteria that you specify. Then
by Attributes select the criteria to search for. Hold down the [Ctrl] key if you want to make
multiple selections from a list of attributes.
Severity Search for signatures by severity level(s) (see Table 79 on page 282).
Type Search for signatures by attack type(s) (see Table 78 on page 281). Attack types
are known as policy types in the group view screen.
Platform Search for signatures created to prevent intrusions targeting specific operating
system(s).
Active Search for enabled and/or disabled signatures here.
Log Search for signatures by log option here.
Alert Search for signatures by alert option here.
Action Search for signatures by the response the ZyWALL takes when a packet matches
a signature. See Table 80 on page 282 for action details.
Search Click this button to begin the search. The results display at the bottom of the
screen. Results may be spread over several pages depending on how broad the
search criteria selected were. The tighter the criteria selected, the fewer the
signatures returned.

Table 82 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Query View (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Configure The results display in a table showing the criteria as selected in the search. Click a
Signatures column’s header to sort the entries by that attribute.
Go To Navigate between signatures found. This field is available only if there are more
signatures than that can be displayed on one screen.
Name The (read-only) signature name identifies a specific signature targeted at a
specific intrusion. Click the hyperlink for more detailed information on the intrusion.
ID Each intrusion has a unique identification number. This number may be searched
at myZyXEL.com for more detailed information.
Severity This field displays the level of threat that the intrusion may pose. See Table 79 on
page 282 for more information on intrusion severity.
Platform This field displays the computer or network device operating system that the
intrusion targets or is vulnerable to the intrusion. These icons represent a
Windows operating system, a UNIX-based operating system and a network device
respectively.
Active Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes
and enable all signatures.
Clear it to clear all entries and disable all signatures on the current page. For
example, you could clear all check boxes for signatures that targets operating
systems not in your network. This would speed up the IDP signature checking
process.
Alternatively, you may select or clear individual entries. The check box becomes
gray when you select the check box.
If you edited any of the check boxes in this column on the current page, use the
check box in the heading row to switch between the settings (last partial edited, all
selected and all cleared).
Log Select this check box to have a log generated when a match is found for a
signature.
Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or
clear it to clear all entries on the current page.
Alert You can only edit the Alert check box when the corresponding Log check box is
selected.
Select this check box to have an e-mail sent when a match is found for a
signature.
Select the check box in the heading row to automatically select all check boxes or
clear it to clear all entries on the current page.
Action You can change the default signature action here. See Table 80 on page 282 for
more details on actions.

14.3.5.1 Query Example 1

1 From the “group view” signature screen, click the Switch to query view link.
1 Select Signature Search.
2 Select By Name or By ID from the list box.
3 Enter a name (complete or partial) or complete ID to display all relevant signatures in the
signature database.
" A partial name may be searched but a complete ID number must be entered
before a match can be found. For example, a search by name for “w” (in the
first example) finds all intrusions that contain this letter in the name field.
However a search by ID for “1” would return no match. You must enter the
complete ID as shown in the second example.
4 Click Search. If the search finds more signatures than can be displayed on one page, use
the Go to Page list box to view other pages of signatures found in the search.
5 If you change the Active, Log, Alert and/or Action signature fields in the signatures
found, then click Apply to save the changes to the ZyWALL.
Figure 169 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Query by Partial Name

Figure 170 SECURITY > IDP > Signature: Query by Complete ID
14.3.5.2 Query Example 2

1 From the “group view” signature screen, click the Switch to query view link.
1 Select Signature Search By Attributes.
2 Select the Severity, Type, Platform, Active, Log, Alert and/or Action items. In this
example all severe DDoS type signatures that target the Windows operating system are
displayed.
3 Click Search.
If you change the Active, Log, Alert and/or Action signature fields in the signatures found,
then click Apply to save the changes to the ZyWALL.

Figure 171 Signature Query by Attribute.
14.4 The Anomaly Screen

This section introduces ADP (Anomaly Detection and Prevention). An ADP system protects
against anomalies based on violations of protocol standards (RFCs – Requests for Comments)
and abnormal flows such as port scans. Protocol anomaly detection includes HTTP Inspection,
TCP Decoder, UDP Decoder and ICMP Decoder. Protocol anomaly rules may be updated
when you upload new firmware.
Click SECURITY > IDP > Anomaly to display the following screen.

Figure 172 SECURITY > IDP > Anomaly

Table 83 SECURITY > IDP > Anomaly
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Protocol Anomaly
HTTP Inspection/TCP Decoder/UDP Decoder/ICMP Decoder
Name This is the name of the protocol anomaly rule. Click a name to display more detailed
information on a rule.
ID This is the unique identifying number for the anomaly rule.
Active Select the head of the Active column to activate all rules for an anomaly detection
method, or select Active for an individual rule to make it active.
Log Select the head of the Log column to generate logs for all rules included in an anomaly
detection method. Select Log to generate a log when a match is found for the
corresponding rule.
See Chapter 32 on page 555 for more information on logs.
Alert Select the head of the Alert column to activate the alert for all rules in an anomaly
detection method. Select Alert to generate an alert log when a match is found for the
corresponding rule.
See Chapter 32 on page 555 for more information on alerts.

Table 83 SECURITY > IDP > Anomaly (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Action Select what the ZyWALL should do when a packet matches a rule.
No Action: The ZyWALL takes no action when a packet matches the signature(s).
Drop Packet: The packet is silently discarded.
Drop Session: When the firewall is enabled, subsequent TCP/IP packets belonging to
the same connection are dropped. Neither sender nor receiver are sent TCP RST
packets. If the firewall is not enabled only the packet that matched the signature is
dropped.
Reset Sender: When the firewall is enabled, the TCP/IP connection is silently torn
down. Just the sender is sent TCP RST packets. If the firewall is not enabled only the
Reset Receiver: When the firewall is enabled, the TCP/IP connection is silently torn
down. Just the receiver is sent TCP RST packets. If the firewall is not enabled only the
Reset Both: When the firewall is enabled, the TCP/IP connection is silently torn down.
Both sender and receiver are sent TCP RST packets. If the firewall is not enabled only
the packet that matched the signature is dropped.
Apply Click this button to save your changes.
14.5 The Update Screen

The ZyWALL comes with built-in signatures. These are updated as new intrusions evolve.
Use the Update screen to immediately download or schedule new signature downloads.
" You should have already registered the ZyWALL at myZyXEL.com (http://
www.myzyxel.com/myzyxel/) and also have either activated the trial license or
standard license (iCard). If your license has expired, you will have to renew it
before updates are allowed.
14.5.1 mySecurityZone
mySecurityZone is a web portal that provides all security-related information such as intrusion
and anti-virus information for ZyXEL security products.
Click the intrusion ID hyperlink to go directly to information on that signature or enter https://
mysecurity.zyxel.com/mysecurity/ as the URL in your web browser.
You should have already registered your ZyWALL on myZyXEL.com at:
http://www.myzyxel.com/myzyxel/.
You can use your myZyXEL.com username and password to log into mySecurityZone.

14.5.2 Configuring The IDP Update Screen

When scheduling signature updates, you should choose a day and time when your network is
least busy so as to minimize disruption to your network. Your custom signature configurations
are not over-written when you download new signatures.
File-based anti-virus signatures (see the anti-virus chapter) are included with IDP signatures.
When you download new signatures using the anti-virus Update screen, IDP signatures are
also downloaded. The version number changes both in the anti-virus Update screen and this
screen. Both screens also share the same Auto-Update schedule. Changes made to the
schedule in one screen are reflected in the other.
" You do not have to reboot the ZyWALL when you upload new signatures.
Click SECURITY > IDP > Update.
Figure 173 SECURITY > IDP > Update

Table 84 SECURITY > IDP > Update
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Signature Information
Current Pattern This field displays the signatures version number currently used by the ZyWALL.
Version This number is defined by the ZyXEL Security Response Team (ZSRT) who
maintain and update them.
This number increments as new signatures are added, so you should refer to this
number regularly. Go to https://mysecurity.zyxel.com/mysecurity/ to see what the
latest version number is. You can also subscribe to signature update e-mail
notifications.

Table 84 SECURITY > IDP > Update (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Release Date This field displays the time (hour, minutes second) and date (month, date, year)
that the above signature set was created.
Last Update This field displays the last date and time you downloaded new signatures to the
ZyWALL. It displays N/A if you have not downloaded any new signatures yet.
Current IDP This field displays the number of IDP-related signatures.
Signatures
Signature Update
Service Status This field displays License Inactive if you have not yet activated your trial or iCard
license at myZyXEL.com.
It displays License Inactive and an expiration date if your trial or iCard license has
expired (the expiration date is the date it expired).
It displays Trial Active and an expiration date when you have activated your trial
license.
It displays License Active and an expiration date when you have activated your
iCard license (the expiration date is the date it will expire).
Update Server This is the URL of the signature server from which you download signatures.
Update Now Click this button to begin downloading signatures from the Update Server
immediately.
Auto Update Select the check box to configure a schedule for automatic signature updates. The
Hourly, Daily and Weekly fields display when the check box is selected. The
ZyWALL then automatically downloads signatures from the Update Server
regularly at the time and/or day you specify.
Hourly Select this option to have the ZyWALL check the update server for new signatures
every hour. This may be advisable when new intrusions are currently spreading
throughout the Internet.
Daily Select this option to have the ZyWALL check the update server for new signatures
every day at the hour you select from the list box. The ZyWALL uses a 24-hour
clock. For example, choose 15 from the O’clock list box to have the ZyWALL
check the update server for new signatures at 3 PM every day.
Weekly Select this option to have the ZyWALL check the update server for new signatures
once a week on the day and hour you select from the list boxes. The ZyWALL
uses a 24-hour clock, so for example, choose Wednesday and 15 from the
respective list boxes to have the ZyWALL check the update server for new
signatures at 3PM every Wednesday.
Reset Click this button to close this screen without saving any changes.
14.6 The Backup and Restore Screen

Use the Backup & Restore screen to:
• Back up IDP signatures with your custom configured settings.
• Restore previously saved IDP signatures (with your custom configured settings).
• Revert to the factory-default signature (Active, Log, Alert and/or Action) settings.

Figure 174 SECURITY > IDP > Backup & Restore
To back up IDP signatures, click Backup and then choose a location and filename for the IDP
configuration set.
To restore previously saved IDP signatures, type in the location where the previously saved
file resides on your computer or click Browse ... to find it, then click Upload.
To revert to the factory-default signature (Active, Log, Alert and/or Action) settings, click
Reset.

• Firewalls and Intrusions
• IDS and IDP
• Host IDP
• Network IDP
• Example Intrusions
Firewalls and Intrusions

Firewalls are designed to block clearly suspicious traffic and forward other traffic through.
Many exploits take advantage of weaknesses in the protocols that are allowed through the
firewall, so that once an inside server has been compromised it can be used as a backdoor to
launch attacks on other servers.
Firewalls are usually deployed at the network edge. However, many attacks (inadvertently) are
launched from within an organization. Virtual private networks (VPN), removable storage
devices and wireless networks may all provide access to the internal network without going
through the firewall.

IDS and IDP

An Intrusion Detection System (IDS) can detect suspicious activity, but does not take action
against attacks. On the other hand an IDP is a proactive defense mechanisms designed to
detect malicious packets within normal network traffic and take an action (block, drop, log,
send an alert) against the offending traffic automatically before it does any damage. An IDS
only raises an alert after the malicious payload has been delivered. Worms such as Slammer
and Blaster have such fast proliferation speeds that by the time an alert is generated, the
damage is already done and spreading fast.
There are two main categories of IDP; Host IDP and Network IDP.
Host IDP
The goal of host-based intrusions is to infiltrate files on an individual computer or server in
with the goal of accessing confidential information or destroying information on a computer.
You must install Host IDP directly on the system being protected. It works closely with the
operating system, monitoring and intercepting system calls to the kernel or APIs in order to
prevent attacks as well as log them.
Disadvantages of host IDPs are that you have to install them on each device (that you want to
protect) in your network and due to the necessarily tight integration with the host operating
system, future operating system upgrades could cause problems.
Network IDP
Network-based intrusions have the goal of bringing down a network or networks by attacking
computer(s), switch(es), router(s) or modem(s). If a LAN switch is compromised for example,
then the whole LAN is compromised, resulting in the equivalent of a LAN Denial of Service
(DoS) attack. Host-based intrusions may be used to cause network-based intrusions when the
goal of the host virus is to propagate attacks on the network, or attack computer/server
operating system vulnerabilities with the goal of bringing down the computer/server. Typical
“network-based intrusions” are SQL slammer, Blaster, Nimda, MyDoom etc.
A Network IDP has at least two network interfaces, one internal and one external. As packets
appear at an interface they are passed to the detection engine, which determines whether they
are malicious or not. If a malicious packet is detected, an action is taken. The remaining
packets that make up that particular TCP session are also discarded.
Example Intrusions
The following are some examples of intrusions.

SQL Slammer Worm

W32.SQLExp.Worm is a worm that targets the systems running Microsoft SQL Server 2000,
as well as Microsoft Desktop Engine (MSDE) 2000. The worm sends 376 bytes to UDP port
1434, the SQL Server Resolution Service Port. The worm has the unintended payload of
performing a Denial of Service attack due to the large number of packets it sends. Refer to
Microsoft SQL Server 2000 or MSDE 2000 vulnerabilities in Microsoft Security Bulletin
MS02-039 and Microsoft Security Bulletin MS02-061.
Blaster W32.Worm
This is a worm that exploits the DCOM RPC vulnerability (see Microsoft Security Bulletin
MS03-026 and Microsoft Security Bulletin MS03-039) using TCP port 135. The worm targets
only Windows 2000 and Windows XP machines. While Windows NT and Windows 2003
Server machines are vulnerable (if not properly patched), the worm is not coded to replicate on
those systems. This worm attempts to download the msblast.exe file to the
%WinDir%\system32 directory and then execute it. W32.Blaster.Worm does not mass mail to
other devices.
Nimda
Its name (backwards for "admin") refers to an "admin.DLL" file that, when run, continues to
propagate the virus. Nimda probes each IP address within a randomly selected range of IP
addresses, attempting to exploit weaknesses that, unless already patched, are known to exist in
computers with Microsoft's Internet Information Server. A system with an exposed IIS Web
server will read a Web page containing an embedded JavaScript that automatically executes,
causing the same JavaScript code to propagate to all Web pages on that server. As Microsoft
Internet Explorer browsers version 5.01 or earlier visit sites at the infected Web server, they
unwittingly download pages with the JavaScript code that automatically executes, causing the
virus to be sent to other computers on the Internet in a somewhat random fashion. Nimda also
can infect users within the Web server's own internal network that have been given a network
share (a portion of file space). Finally, one of the things that Nimda has an infected system do
is to send an e-mail with a "readme.exe" attachment to the addresses in the local Windows
address book. A user who opens or previews this attachment (which is a Web page with the
JavaScript) propagates the virus further.
Server administrators should get and apply the cumulative IIS patch that Microsoft has
provided for previous viruses and ensure that no one at the server opens e-mail. You should
update your Internet Explorer version to IE 5.5 SP2 or later. Scan and cleanse your system
with anti-virus software.
MyDoom
MyDoom W32.Mydoom.A@mm (also known as W32.Novarg.A) is a mass-mailing worm
that arrives as an attachment with an bat, cmd, exe, pif, scr, or zip file extension. When a
computer is infected, the worm sets up a backdoor into the system by opening TCP ports 3127
through 3198, which can potentially allow an attacker to connect to the computer and use it as
a proxy to gain access to its network resources. In addition, the backdoor can download and
execute arbitrary files. Systems affected are Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows Me,
Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP and Windows Server 2003.

W32/MyDoom-A is a worm that is spread by email. When the infected attachment is

launched, the worm gathers e-mail addresses from address books and from files with the
following extensions: WAB, TXT, HTM, SHT, PHP, ASP, DBX, TBB, ADB and PL. W32/
MyDoom-A creates a file called Message in the temp folder and runs Notepad to display the
contents, which displays random characters. W32/MyDoom-A creates randomly chosen
email addresses in the "To:" and "From:" fields as well as a randomly chosen subject line.
Attached files will have an extension of BAT, CMD, EXE, PIF, SCR or ZIP.


CHAPTER 15
Anti-Virus Screens
15.1 Overview
This section shows you how to configure the ZyWALL to scan files transmitted through the
enabled interfaces into your network. As a network-based anti-virus scanner, the ZyWALL
helps stop threats at the network edge before they reach the local host computers.
The following figure shows the ZyWALL virus-scanning files going to the LAN from WAN1
and WAN2.
Figure 175 ZyWALL Anti-virus Overview
15.1.1 What You Can Do in the Antivirus Screens

• Use the General screen (Section 15.2 on page 301) to enable the antivirus service and
configure to which interface(s) it applies.
• Use the Signature screen (Section 15.3 on page 303) to locate signatures and manage how
the ZyWALL uses them.
• Use the Update screen (Section 15.4 on page 306) to immediately download or schedule
new signature downloads.
• Use the Backup and Restore screen (Section 15.5 on page 309) to backup or restore
antivirus signatures, or return antivirus signatures to their original settings.

Chapter 15 Anti-Virus Screens
15.1.2 What You Need to Know About Antivirus
Virus
A computer virus is a small program designed to corrupt and/or alter the operation of other
legitimate programs. A worm is a self-replicating virus that resides in active memory and
duplicates itself. The effect of a virus attack varies from doing so little damage that you are
unaware your computer is infected to wiping out the entire contents of a hard drive to
rendering your computer inoperable.
Signature
This is the pattern of code used by a particular virus. The virus-scanner compares files with a
database of signatures to identify possible viruses.
The ZyWALL Anti-Virus Scanner

The ZyWALL checks traffic going in the direction(s) you specify for signature matches.
You can set the ZyWALL to examine files received through the following protocols:
• FTP (File Transfer Protocol)
• HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol)
• SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)
• POP3 (Post Office Protocol version 3)
The following describes the virus scanning process on the ZyWALL.
1 The ZyWALL first identifies SMTP, POP3, HTTP and FTP packets through standard
ports.
2 If the packets are not session connection setup packets (such as SYN, ACK and FIN), the
ZyWALL records the sequence of the packets.
3 The scanning engine checks the contents of the packets for viruses.
4 If a virus pattern is matched, the ZyWALL “destroys” the file by removing the infected
portion of the file.
5 If the send alert message function is enabled, the ZyWALL sends an alert to the file’s
intended destination computer(s).
" Since the ZyWALL erases the infected portion of the file before sending it, you
may not be able to open the file.
The following lists important notes about the anti-virus scanner:

1 The ZyWALL anti-virus scanner cannot detect polymorphic viruses.
2 When a virus is detected, an alert message is displayed in Microsoft Windows
computers.2
3 The ZyWALL does not scan the following file/traffic types:
2. For Windows 98/Me, refer to the Appendix D on page 801 for requirements.

• Simultaneous downloads of a file using multiple connections. For example, when you
use FlashGet to download sections of a file simultaneously.
• Encrypted traffic (such as on a VPN) or password-protected files.
• Traffic through custom (non-standard) ports.
• ZIP file(s) within a ZIP file.
ZyWALL Turbo Card

To use the anti-virus scanner on the ZyWALL, you need to insert the ZyWALL Turbo Card
into the rear panel slot of the ZyWALL. See the ZyWALL Turbo Card guide for details.
" Turn the ZyWALL off before you install or remove the ZyWALL Turbo card.
" The ZyWALL Turbo Card does not have a MAC address.
Finding Out More

• See Section 15.6 on page 310 for more information on viruses and virus scanners.

Use this screen to enable the antivirus service and configure to which interfaces the service
applies.
Click SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS to display the General screen as shown next.
" Before you use the anti-virus feature, you must register for the service (refer to
the chapter on registration for more information).

Figure 176 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > General

Table 85 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > General
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General Setup
Enable Anti-Virus Select this check box to check traffic for viruses.
Enable ZIP File Select this check box to have the ZyWALL scan a ZIP file (with the “zip”, “gzip” or
Scan “gz” file extension). The ZyWALL first decompresses the ZIP file and then scans
the contents for viruses.
Note: The ZyWALL decompresses a ZIP file once. The ZyWALL

does NOT decompress any ZIP file(s) within the ZIP file.
Note: You cannot configure and save the IDP and Anti-Virus
screens if the ZyWALL Turbo Card is not installed.
Available Service

Table 85 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > General (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Service This field displays the services for which the ZyWALL can scan traffic for viruses.
Select a service to be able to enable or disable anti-virus scanning on it’s traffic.
Here are the services and default port numbers.
FTP traffic using TCP ports 20 and 21
HTTP traffic using TCP ports 80, 8080 and 3128
POP3 traffic using TCP port 110
SMTP traffic using TCP port 25
See Section 29.2 on page 529 if you need to use the anti-virus scanner for FTP,
HTTP, POP3 or SMTP traffic on custom ports.
Active Select Active to enable the anti-virus scanner for the selected service.
From, To Select the directions of travel of packets that you want to check. Select or clear a
row or column’s first check box (with the interface label) to select or clear the
interface’s whole row or column.
You could for example have the ZyWALL check packets traveling in from the WAN
to the DMZ. For example, From WAN1 to DMZ and From WAN2 to DMZ.
From LAN To LAN means packets traveling from a computer on one LAN subnet
to a computer on another LAN subnet via the LAN interface of the ZyWALL. The
ZyWALL does not check packets traveling from a LAN computer to another LAN
computer on the same subnet.
From WAN1 To WAN1 means packets that come in through the WAN 1 interface
and the ZyWALL routes back out through the WAN 1 interface.
VPN traffic that is going to the LAN or terminating at the ZyWALL’s LAN interface.
The ZyWALL checks the traffic after decrypting it.
is coming from the LAN and going out through a VPN tunnel. The ZyWALL checks
the traffic before encrypting it.
From VPN To VPN means traffic that comes in through a VPN tunnel and goes
out through (another) VPN tunnel. This is the case when the ZyWALL is the hub in
a hub-and-spoke VPN. The ZyWALL checks the traffic after decrypting it (before
encrypting it again).

Apply Click Apply to save your changes.
Reset Click Reset to start configuring this screen again.
15.3 The Signature Screen

Click SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Signature to display this screen. Use this screen to
locate signatures and manage how the ZyWALL uses them.

Figure 177 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Signature: Query View

Table 86 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Signature: Query View
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Query Signatures Select the criteria on which to perform the search.
Signature Search Select this radio button if you would like to search the signatures by name or ID.
Select this check box to only select the signatures you created or imported in the
Custom Signature screen by name or ID.
Select By Name from the drop down list box and type the name or part of the
name of the signature(s) you want to find.
Select By ID from the drop down list box and type the ID or part of the ID of the
signature you want to find.
Signature Search Select this radio button if you would like to search the signatures by the general
by Attributes attributes listed next.
Active Use this field to search for active (enabled) and/or inactive (disabled) signatures
here.
Log Search for signatures by log option here (whether or not the ZyWALL is set to log
packets that match the signature).
Alert Search for signatures by whether or not the ZyWALL is set to generate an alert
mail when packets match the signature).
Send Windows Search for signatures by whether or not the ZyWALL is set to send a message
Message alert to files’ intended user(s) using Microsoft Windows computer connected to the
protected interface.
Destroy File Search for signatures by whether or not the ZyWALL is set to erase the infected
portion of the file before sending it.
Search Click this button to begin the search. The results display in the table at the bottom
of the screen. Results may be spread over several pages depending on how broad
the search criteria selected were. The tighter the criteria selected, the fewer the
(relevant) signatures returned.

Table 86 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Signature: Query View (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Configure The signature search results display in a table showing the SID, Name, Severity,
Signatures Attack Type, Platform, Service, Activation, Log, and Action criteria as selected in
the search. Click the SID column header to sort search results by SID.
Go to Page Navigate between the pages of signature search results.
Name This is the name of the anti-virus signature. Click the Name column heading to sort
your search results in ascending or descending order according to the rule name.
ID This is the IDentification number of the anti-virus signature. Click the ID column
header to sort your search results by ID.
Active Select Active to enable the anti-virus scanner for the selected signature. Select or
clear the check box in the column heading to select or clear the column’s check
boxes for all of the displayed anti-virus signatures.
Log Select Log to create a log when packets match the signature. Select or clear the
check box in the column heading to select or clear the column’s check boxes for all
of the displayed anti-virus signatures.
Alert This field is applicable only when you select Log.
Select Alert to create an alert when a virus is detected. Select or clear the check
box in the column heading to select or clear the column’s check boxes for all of the
displayed anti-virus signatures.
Send Windows Select this check box to set the ZyWALL to send a message alert to files’ intended
Message user(s) using Microsoft Windows computer connected to the protected interface.
Select or clear the check box in the column heading to select or clear the column’s
check boxes for all of the displayed anti-virus signatures.
Destroy File Select this check box to set the ZyWALL to erase the infected portion of the file
before sending it. Once destroyed, you may not be able to open the file. Select or
clear the check box in the column heading to select or clear the column’s check
boxes for all of the displayed anti-virus signatures.
Apply Click Apply to save your settings to the ZyWALL.
Reset Click Reset to return to discard any unsaved changes that you have made in this
screen and return to the previously saved settings.
15.3.1 Signature Search Example

This example shows a search for signatures that are enabled, set to generate logs and alerts,
send Windows messages and destroy the infected portion of the file.
Figure 178 Query Example Search Criteria

Figure 179 Query Example Search Results
15.4 The Update Screen

The ZyWALL comes with built-in signatures created by the ZyXEL Security Response Team
(ZSRT). These are regularly updated as new intrusions evolve. Use the Update screen to
immediately download or schedule new signature downloads.
" You should have already registered the ZyWALL at myZyXEL.com (http://
www.myzyxel.com/myzyxel/) and also have either activated the trial license or
standard license (iCard). If your license has expired, you will have to renew it
before updates are allowed.

15.4.1 mySecurityZone
mySecurityZone is a web portal that provides all security-related information such as intrusion
and anti-virus information for ZyXEL security products.
You should have already registered your ZyWALL on myZyXEL.com at:
http://www.myzyxel.com/myzyxel/.
You can use your myZyXEL.com username and password to log into mySecurityZone.
15.4.2 Configuring Anti-virus Update

When scheduling signature updates, you should choose a day and time when your network is
least busy so as to minimize disruption to your network. Your custom signature configurations
are not over-written when you download new signatures.
IDP signatures (see the chapters on IDP) are included with file-based anti-virus signatures.
When you download new signatures using the IDP Update screen, anti-virus signatures are
also downloaded. The version number changes both in the IDP Update screen and this screen.
Both screens also share the same Auto-Update schedule. Changes made to the schedule in one
screen are reflected in the other.
" The ZyWALL does not have to reboot when you upload new signatures.
Click SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Update.
Figure 180 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Update


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Signature Information
Current Pattern This field displays the signatures version number currently used by the ZyWALL.
Version This number is defined by the ZyXEL Security Response Team (ZSRT) who
maintain and update them.
This number increments as new signatures are added, so you should refer to this
number regularly. Go to https://mysecurity.zyxel.com/mysecurity/ to see what the
latest version number is. You can also subscribe to signature update e-mail
notifications.
Release Date This field displays the time (hour, minutes second) and date (month, date, year)
that the above signature set was created.
Last Update This field displays the last date and time you downloaded new signatures to the
ZyWALL. It displays N/A if you have not downloaded any new signatures yet.
Current Anti-Virus This field displays the number of Anti-Virus-related signatures.
Signatures
Signature Update
Service Status This field displays License Inactive if you have not yet activated your trial or iCard
license at myZyXEL.com.
It displays License Inactive and an expiration date if your trial or iCard license has
expired (the expiration date is the date it expired).
It displays Trial Active and an expiration date when you have activated your trial
license.
It displays License Active and an expiration date when you have activated your
iCard license (the expiration date is the date it will expire).
Update Server This is the URL of the signature server from which you download signatures.
Update Now Click this button to begin downloading signatures from the Update Server
immediately.
Auto Update Select the check box to configure a schedule for automatic signature updates. The
Hourly, Daily and Weekly fields display when the check box is selected. The
ZyWALL then automatically downloads signatures from the Update Server
regularly at the time and/or day you specify.
Hourly Select this option to have the ZyWALL check the update server for new signatures
every hour. This may be advisable when new viruses are currently spreading
throughout the Internet.
Daily Select this option to have the ZyWALL check the update server for new signatures
every day at the hour you select from the list box. The ZyWALL uses a 24-hour
clock. For example, choose 15 from the O’clock list box to have the ZyWALL
check the update server for new signatures at 3 PM every day.
Weekly Select this option to have the ZyWALL check the update server for new signatures
once a week on the day and hour you select from the list boxes. The ZyWALL
uses a 24-hour clock, so for example, choose Wednesday and 15 from the
respective list boxes to have the ZyWALL check the update server for new
signatures at 3PM every Wednesday.
Reset Click this button to close this screen without saving any changes.


Click ANTI-VIRUS > Backup & Restore. The screen displays as shown next. You can
change the pre-defined Active, Log, Alert, Send Windows Message and/or Destroy File
settings of individual signatures.
Figure 181 SECURITY > ANTI-VIRUS > Backup and Restore
Use the Backup & Restore screen to:

• Back up anti-virus signatures with your custom configured settings to a computer. Click
Backup and then choose a location and filename for the anti-virus configuration set.
• Restore previously saved anti-virus signatures (with your custom configured settings).
Type in the location where the previously saved file resides on your computer or click
Browse ... to find it. Click Upload.
• Revert to the original ZSRT-defined signature Active, Log, Alert, Send Windows
Message and/or Destroy File settings. Click Reset.


Types of Computer Viruses
The following table describes some of the common computer viruses.
Table 87 Common Computer Virus Types
TYPE DESCRIPTION
File Infector This is a small program that embeds itself in a legitimate program. A file infector is
able to copy and attach itself to other programs that are executed on an infected
computer.
Boot Sector Virus This type of virus infects the area of a hard drive that a computer reads and
executes during startup. The virus causes computer crashes and to some extend
renders the infected computer inoperable.
Macro Virus Macro viruses or Macros are small programs that are created to perform repetitive
actions. Macros run automatically when a file to which they are attached is
opened. Macros spread more rapidly than other types of viruses as data files are
often shared on a network.
E-mail Virus E-mail viruses are malicious programs that spread through e-mail.
Polyrmorphic A polymorphic virus (also known as a mutation virus) tries to evade detection by
Virus changing a portion of its code structure after each execution or self replication.
This makes it harder for an anti-virus scanner to detect or intercept it.
A polymorphic virus can also belong to any of the virus types discussed above.
Computer Virus Infection and Prevention

The following describes a simple life cycle of a computer virus.
1 A computer gets a copy of a virus from a source such as the Internet, e-mail, file sharing
or any removable storage media. The virus is harmless until the execution of an infected
program.
2 The virus spreads to other files and programs on the computer.
3 The infected files are unintentionally sent to another computer thus starting the spread of
the virus.
4 Once the virus is spread through the network, the number of infected networked
computers can grow exponentially.
Types of Anti-Virus Scanner

The section describes two types of anti-virus scanner: host-based and network-based.
A host-based anti-virus (HAV) scanner is often software installed on computers and/or servers
in the network. It inspects files for virus patterns as they are moved in and out of the hard
drive. However, host-based anti-virus scanners cannot eliminate all viruses for a number of
reasons:
• HAV scanners are slow in stopping virus threats through real-time traffic (such as from
the Internet).
• HAV scanners may reduce computing performance as they also share the resources (such
as CPU time) on the computer for file inspection.
• You have to update the virus signatures and/or perform virus scans on all computers in the
network regularly.

A network-based anti-virus (NAV) scanner is often deployed as a dedicated security device

(such as your ZyWALL) on the network edge. NAV scanners inspect real-time data traffic
(such as E-mail messages or web) that tends to bypass HAV scanners. The following lists
some of the benefits of NAV scanners.
• NAV scanners stops virus threats at the network edge before they enter or exit a network.
• NAV scanners reduce computing loading on computers as the read-time data traffic
inspection is done on a dedicated security device.


CHAPTER 16
Anti-Spam Screens
16.1 Overview
The ZyWALL’s anti-spam feature identifies unsolicited commercial or junk e-mail (spam).
You can set the ZyWALL to mark or discard spam. The ZyWALL can use an anti-spam
external database to help identify spam. Use the whitelist to identify legitimate e-mail. Use the
blacklist to identify spam e-mail.
The following is an figure showing the ZyWALL checking e-mail with the external database.
Figure 182 Anti-spam Overview
1 E-mail comes into the ZyWALL from an e-mail server (A in the figure).
2 The ZyWALL calculates a digest of the e-mail and sends it to the anti-spam external
database.
3 The anti-spam external database calculates a spam score for the e-mail and sends the
score back to the ZyWALL.
4 The ZyWALL forwards the e-mail if the spam score is at or below the ZyWALL’s spam
threshold. If the spam score is higher than the spam threshold, the ZyWALL takes the
action that you configured for dealing with spam.
16.1.1 What You Can Do in the Antispam Screens

• Use the General screen (Section 16.2 on page 315) to configure interfaces to scan for
spam mail and actions to be taken when spam is identified.
• Use the External DB screen (Section 16.3 on page 318) to enable or disable external
database services and configure the spam threshold.
• Use the Anti-Spam Lists screen (Section 16.4 on page 320) to configure whitelist and
blacklist settings.

Chapter 16 Anti-Spam Screens
16.1.2 What You Need to Know About Antispam
MIME Headers
MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) allows varied media types to be used in e-
mail. MIME headers describe an e-mail’s content encoding and type. For example, it may
show which program generated the e-mail and what type of text is used in the e-mail body.
Here are some examples of MIME headers:
• X-Priority: 3 (Normal)
• X-MSMail-Priority: Normal
In an MIME header, the part that comes before the colon (:) is the header. The part that comes
after the colon is the value. Spam often has blank header values or comments in them that are
part of an attempt to bypass spam filters.
Whitelist
Configure whitelist entries to identify legitimate e-mail. The whitelist entries have the
ZyWALL classify any e-mail that is from a specified sender or uses a specified MIME header
or MIME header value as being legitimate. The anti-spam feature checks an e-mail against the
whitelist entries before doing any other anti-spam checking. If the e-mail matches a whitelist
entry, the ZyWALL classifies the e-mail as legitimate and does not perform any more anti-
spam checking on that individual e-mail. A properly configured whitelist helps keep important
e-mail from being incorrectly classified as spam. The whitelist can also increases the
ZyWALL’s anti-spam speed and efficiency by not having the ZyWALL perform the full anti-
spam checking process on legitimate e-mail.
Blacklist
Configure blacklist entries to identify spam. The blacklist entries have the ZyWALL classify
any e-mail that is from a specified sender or uses a specified MIME header or MIME header
value as being spam. If an e-mail does not match any of the whitelist entries, the ZyWALL
checks it against the blacklist entries. The ZyWALL classifies an e-mail that matches a
blacklist entry as spam and immediately takes the action that you configured for dealing with
spam. The ZyWALL does not perform any more anti-spam checking on that individual e-mail.
A properly configured blacklist helps catch spam e-mail and increases the ZyWALL’s anti-
spam speed and efficiency.
Anti-Spam External Database

If an e-mail does not match any of the whitelist or blacklist entries, the ZyWALL calculates a
digest (fingerprint ID) of the e-mail and sends it to the anti-spam external database. The anti-
spam external database checks the digest against (more than a million) known spam patterns.
The anti-spam external database then uses a proprietary Bayesian3 statistical formula to
combine the results into one score of how likely the e-mail is to be spam and sends it to the
ZyWALL. The possible range for the spam score is 0~100. The closer the score is to 100, the
more likely the e-mail is to be spam. You must subscribe to and activate the anti-spam external
database service in order to use it (see Section on page 314 for details).
3. Bayesian analysis interprets probabilities as degrees of belief rather than as proportions, frequencies and
such. Bayesian analysis frequently uses Bayes' theorem, hence the name.

SpamBulk Engine
The e-mail fingerprint ID that the ZyWALL generates and sends to the anti-spam external
database only includes the parts of the e-mail that are the most difficult for spammers (senders
of spam) to change or fake. The anti-spam external database maintains a database of e-mail
fingerprint IDs. The anti-spam external database SpamBulk engine then queries the database
in analyzing later e-mails.
The SpamBulk Engine also uses Bayesian statistical analysis to detect whether an e-mail is
fundamentally the same as a known spam message in spite of a spammer’s attempt to disguise
it.
Spam Threshold
You can configure the threshold for what spam score is classified as spam. The ZyWALL
considers any e-mail with a spam score higher than the spam threshold to be spam. Any e-mail
with a score less than or equal to the spam threshold is treated as legitimate.
SMTP and POP3

Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is the Internet’s message transport standard. It controls
the sending of e-mail messages between servers. E-mail clients (also called e-mail
applications) then use mail server protocols such as POP (Post Office Protocol) or IMAP
(Internet Message Access Protocol) to retrieve e-mail. E-mail clients also generally use SMTP
to send messages to a mail server. The older POP2 requires SMTP for sending messages while
the newer POP3 can be used with or without it. This is why many e-mail applications require
you to specify both the SMTP server and the POP or IMAP server (even though they may
actually be the same server).
The ZyWALL’s anti-spam feature checks SMTP (TCP port 25) and POP3 (TCP port 110) e-
mails. The anti-spam feature does not check (or act upon) e-mails that use other protocols
(such as IMAP) or other port numbers.
Finding Out More

See Section 16.6 on page 324 for more information on antispam.

Use this screen to turn the anti-spam feature on or off, choose what traffic flows the ZyWALL
checks for spam, and set how the ZyWALL treats spam.
Phishing
Phishing is a scam where fraudsters send e-mail claiming to be from a well-known enterprise
in an attempt to steal private information. For example, the e-mail might appear to be from a
bank, online payment service, or even a government agency. It generally tells you to click a
link and update your identity information in order for the business or organization to verify
your account. The link directs you to a phony website that mimics the business or
organization’s website. The fraudsters then use your personal information to pretend to be you
and commit crimes like running up bills in your name (identity theft).

The anti-spam external database checks for spoofing of e-mail attributes (like the IP address)
and uses statistical analysis to detect phishing.
Click SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM to open the Anti-Spam General screen. The following
screen appears.
Figure 183 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > General

Table 88 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > General
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General Setup
Enable Anti-Spam Select this check box to check traffic for spam SMTP (TCP port 25 and
POP3 (TCP port 110) e-mail.
See Section 29.2 on page 529 if you need to use anti-spam for SMTP and
POP3 traffic on custom ports.
Anti-Spam Wizard Click the icon to open wizard that helps you choose which packet directions
to check for spam.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
From, To Select the directions of travel of packets that you want to check. Select or
clear a row or column’s first check box (with the interface label) to select or
clear the interface’s whole row or column.
You could for example have the ZyWALL check packets traveling in from the
WAN to the interface your e-mail server is on. For example, From WAN1 To
DMZ, or From WAN2 To DMZ.
ZyWALL. The ZyWALL does not check packets traveling from a LAN
computer to another LAN computer on the same subnet.
From VPN means traffic that came into the ZyWALL through a VPN tunnel
and is going to the selected “to” interface. For example, From VPN To LAN
specifies the VPN traffic that is going to the LAN or terminating at the
ZyWALL’s LAN interface. The ZyWALL checks the traffic after decrypting it.
To VPN is traffic that comes in through the selected “from” interface and
goes out through any VPN tunnel. For example, From LAN To VPN
specifies the traffic that is coming from the LAN and going out through a VPN
tunnel. The ZyWALL checks the traffic before encrypting it.
From VPN To VPN means traffic that comes in through a VPN tunnel and
goes out through (another) VPN tunnel. This is the case when the ZyWALL
is the hub in a hub-and-spoke VPN. The ZyWALL checks the traffic after
decrypting it (before encrypting it again).
Note: The VPN connection directions apply to the traffic going

to or from the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels. They do not
Action for Spam Mails Use this section to set how the ZyWALL is to handle spam mail.
X-Header An X-Header is a line (preceded by “X-”) in the SMTP mail header.
Enter an X-tag to insert into the X-header of mails that match a black list or
are identified as spam by the anti-spam external database. You can enter up
to 30 ASCII characters before the colon (:) and up to 47 ASCII characters
after the colon (:).
You can put any information as an X-tag or use “%status” and/or “%score”.
For example, if you enter “Mail status: %status %score”, you may see “Mail
status: SPAM 25” in the mail header. That means the mail is classified as
spam and the spam score is 25.
Phishing Tag Enter a message or label (up to 16 ASCII characters) to add to the mail
subject of e-mails that the anti-spam external database classifies as
phishing.
Note: You must register for and enable the anti-spam external
database feature in order for the ZyWALL to use this tag
(see Chapter 6 on page 141 for details).
Spam Tag Enter a message or label (up to 16 ASCII characters) to add to the mail
subject of e-mails that the ZyWALL classifies as spam.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Forward SMTP & POP3 Select this radio button to have the ZyWALL forward spam e-mail with the
mail with tag in mail tag that you define.
subject Even if you plan to use the discard option, you may want to use this initially
as a test to check how accurate your anti-spam settings are. Check the e-
mail the ZyWALL forwards to you to make sure that unwanted e-mail is
marked as spam and legitimate e-mail is not marked as spam.
Discard SMTP mail. Select this radio button to have the ZyWALL discard spam SMTP e-mail. The
Forward POP3 mail ZyWALL will still forward spam POP3 e-mail with the tag that you define.
with tag in mail subject
Action taken when mail The anti-spam feature limits the number of concurrent e-mail sessions. An e-
sessions threshold is mail session is when an e-mail client and e-mail server (or two e-mail
reached servers) connect through the ZyWALL. Use this section to configure what the
ZyWALL does when the number of concurrent e-mail sessions goes over the
threshold (see the chapter of product specifications for the threshold).
Select Forward to have the ZyWALL allow the excess e-mail sessions
without any spam filtering.
Select Block to have the ZyWALL drop mail connections to stop the excess
e-mail sessions. The e-mail client or server will have to attempt to send or
receive e-mail later when the number of e-mail sessions is under the
threshold.
16.3 The External DB Screen

Click SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > External DB to display the Anti-Spam External DB
screen.
Use this screen to enable or disable the use of the anti-spam external database. You can also
configure the spam threshold and what to do when no valid spam score is received. You must
register for this service before you can use it (see Chapter 6 on page 141 for details).

Figure 184 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > External DB

Table 89 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > External DB
LABEL DESCRIPTION
External Database
Enable External Enable the anti-spam external database feature to have the ZyWALL
Database calculate a digest of an e-mail and send it to an anti-spam external database.
The anti-spam external database sends a spam score for the e-mail back to
the ZyWALL.
Spam Threshold The anti-spam external database checks an e-mail’s digest and sends back a
score that rates how likely the e-mail is to be spam. The possible range for the
spam score is 0~100. The closer the score is to 100, the more likely the e-
mail is to be spam.
Set the spam threshold (from 0 to 100) for considering an e-mail to be spam.
The ZyWALL classifies any e-mail with a spam score greater than or equal to
the threshold as spam. It classifies any e-mail with a spam score less than the
threshold as not being spam.
A lower threshold catches more spam e-mails, but may also classify more
legitimate e-mail as spam.
A higher threshold lessens the chance of classifying legitimate e-mail as
spam, but may allow more spam to get through.

Table 89 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > External DB (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Action for No Spam Use this field to configure what the ZyWALL does if it does not receive a valid
Score response from the anti-spam external database.
If the ZyWALL does not receive a response within seven seconds, it sends
the e-mail digest a second time. If the ZyWALL still does not receive a
response after another seven seconds, it takes the action that you configure
here. The ZyWALL also takes this action if it receives an invalid response.
Here are possible reasons that would cause the ZyWALL to take this action:
1. The ZyWALL was not able to connect to the anti-spam external database.
2. The ZyWALL connected to the anti-spam external database, but there was
no HTTP response within seven seconds.
3. The ZyWALL received an error code from the anti-spam external database.
4. The ZyWALL received an invalid spam score (for example a number higher
than 100).
5. The ZyWALL received an unknown response to the anti-spam query.
Tag for No Spam Enter a message or label (up to 16 ASCII characters) to add to the mail
Score subject of e-mails that it forwards if a valid spam score was not received
within ten seconds.
Forward SMTP & Select this radio button to have the ZyWALL forward mail with the tag that you
POP3 mail with tag in define.
mail subject
Discard SMTP mail. Select this radio button to have the ZyWALL discard SMTP mail. The
Forward POP3 mail ZyWALL will still forward POP3 mail with the tag that you define.
with tag in mail subject
External Database This read-only field displays the status of your anti-spam external database
Service Status service registration and activation.
License Inactive displays if you have not successfully registered and
activated the anti-spam external database service.
License Inactive and the date your subscription expired display if your
subscription to the anti-spam external database service has expired.
License Active and the subscription expiration date display if you have
successfully registered the ZyWALL and activated the anti-spam external
database service.
Trial Active and the trial subscription expiration date display if you have
successfully registered the ZyWALL and activated the anti-spam external
database service trial subscription.
16.4 The Lists Screen

Click SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists to display the Anti-Spam Lists screen.
Configure the whitelist to identify legitimate e-mail. Configure the blacklist to identify spam
e-mail. You can create whitelist or blacklist entries based on the sender’s IP address or e-mail
address. You can also create entries that check for particular MIME headers, MIME header
values or specific subject text.

Figure 185 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists

Table 90 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Resource Usage
Whitelist & Blacklist This bar displays the percentage of the ZyWALL’s anti-spam whitelist and
Storage Space in blacklist storage space that is currently in use. The bar turns from green to red
Use when the maximum is being approached. When the bar is red, you should
consider deleting unnecessary entries before adding more.
Whitelist
Use Whitelist Select this check box to have the ZyWALL forward e-mail that matches a
whitelist entry without doing any more anti-spam checking on that individual e-
mail.
Active This field shows whether or not an entry is turned on.
Type This field displays whether the entry is based on the e-mail’s source IP address,
source e-mail address, an MIME header or the e-mail’s subject.
Content This field displays the source IP address, source e-mail address, MIME header
or subject content for which the entry checks.
Modify Click the edit icon to change the entry. Click the remove icon to delete the entry.
Click the move icon to change the entry’s position in the list.
Insert Type the index number where you want to put an entry. For example, if you type
6, your new entry becomes number 6 and the previous entry 6 (if there is one)
becomes entry 7.
Click Insert to display the screen where you edit an entry.
Blacklist

Table 90 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Use Blacklist Select this check box to have the ZyWALL treat e-mail that matches a blacklist
entry as spam.
Active This field shows whether or not an entry is turned on.
Type This field displays whether the entry is based on the e-mail’s source IP address,
source e-mail address, an MIME header or the e-mail’s subject.
Content This field displays the source IP address, source e-mail address, MIME header
or subject content for which the entry checks.
Modify Click the edit icon to change the entry. Click the remove icon to delete the entry.
Click the move icon to change the entry’s position in the list.
Insert Type the index number where you want to put an entry. For example, if you type
6, your new entry becomes number 6 and the previous entry 6 (if there is one)
becomes entry 7.
Click Insert to display the screen where you edit an entry.
16.5 Anti-Spam Lists Edit Screen

Click SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists to display the Anti-Spam Lists screen. Use this
screen to configure an anti-spam whitelist entry to identify legitimate e-mail or a blacklist
entry to identify spam e-mail. You can create entries based on the sender’s IP address or e-mail
address. You can also create entries that check for particular MIME headers, MIME header
values or specific subject text.
To create a new anti-spam whitelist or blacklist entry, type the index number where you want
to put the entry and click Insert to display the ANTI-SPAM Rule Edit screen.
If you have already configured an anti-spam whitelist or blacklist entry, you can click the edit
icon to display the ANTI-SPAM Rule Edit screen.
Figure 186 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists > Edit


Table 91 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists > Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Rule Edit
Active Turn this entry on to have the ZyWALL use it as part of the whitelist or blacklist.
You must also turn on the use of the corresponding list (in the Anti-Spam
Customization screen) and the anti-spam feature (in the Anti-Spam General
screen).
Type Use this field to base the entry on the e-mail’s source IP address, source e-mail
address or an MIME header.
Select IP to have the ZyWALL check e-mail for a specific source IP address.
You can create whitelist IP address entries for e-mail servers on your LAN or DMZ
to speed up the ZyWALL’s processing of your outgoing e-mail.
Select E-Mail to have the ZyWALL check e-mail for a specific source e-mail
address or domain name.
You can create a whitelist entry for your company’s domain name (or e-mail
accounts) to speed up the ZyWALL’s processing of e-mail sent by your company’s
employees.
Select MIME Header to have the ZyWALL check e-mail for specific MIME headers
or values.
Configure blacklist MIME header entries to check for e-mail from bulk mail
programs or that have content that are commonly used in spam. You can also
configure whitelist MIME header entries to allow certain MIME headers or values
that identify the e-mail as being from a trusted source.
Select Subject to have the ZyWALL check e-mail for specific content in the subject
line.
IP Address This field displays when you select the IP type. Enter an IP address in dotted
decimal notation.
IP Subnet Mask This field displays when you select the IP type. Enter the subnet mask here, if
applicable.
E-Mail Address This field displays when you select the E-Mail type. Enter an e-mail address or
domain name (up to 63 ASCII characters).
You can enter an individual e-mail address like [email protected].
You can also use a wildcard (*). For example, if you configure *@def.com, any e-
mail address that ends in @def.com matches. So “[email protected]” matches.
The wildcard can be anywhere in the text string and you can use more than one
wildcard. You cannot use two wildcards side by side, there must be other
characters between them.
The ZyWALL can check up to the first 63 characters of an e-mail’s address. The
whitelist or blacklist check fails for addresses over 63 characters. However, a
whitelist or blacklist entry that uses some text followed by a wildcard only requires
the ZyWALL to check the number of characters before the wildcard. So the check
would still work for addresses longer than 63 characters. For example, if you used
“abc*”, the ZyWALL would only check up to the first three characters of the e-mail
address.
Header This field displays when you select the MIME Header type.
Type the header part (beginning with “X-”) of an MIME header (up to 63 ASCII
characters).
In an MIME header, the header is the part that comes before the colon (:).
For example, if you want the whitelist or blacklist entry to check for the MIME
header “X-MSMail-Priority: Normal”, enter “X-MSMail-Priority” here as the MIME
header.

Table 91 SECURITY > ANTI-SPAM > Lists > Edit

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Value This field displays when you select the MIME Header type.
Type the value part of an MIME header (up to 63 ASCII characters).
In an MIME header, the part that comes after the colon is the value.
For example, if you want the whitelist or blacklist entry to check for the MIME
header “X-MSMail-Priority: Normal”, enter “Normal” here as the MIME value.
Subject This field displays when you select the Subject type. Enter up to 63 ASCII
characters of text to check for in the e-mail headers. Spaces are allowed.
You can use a wildcard (*). For example, if you configure “*good”, any e-mail
subject that ends in “good” matches. So “this is very good” and “this is not so good”
both match.
The wildcard can be anywhere in the text string and you can use more than one
wildcard. You cannot use two wildcards side by side, there must be other
characters between them.
The ZyWALL can check up to the first 63 characters of an e-mail’s subject. The
whitelist or blacklist check fails for subjects over 63 characters. However, a
whitelist or blacklist entry that uses some text followed by a wildcard only requires
the ZyWALL to check the number of characters before the wildcard. So the check
would still work for subjects longer than 63 characters. For example, if you used
“abc*”, the ZyWALL would only check up to the first three characters of the e-mail
subject.
Apply Click Apply to save your settings and exit this screen.

The anti-spam external database uses the following spam detection engines in checking each
e-mail.
• SpamBulk: This engine identifies e-mail that has been sent in bulk or is similar to e-mail
that is sent in bulk.
• SpamRepute: This engine checks to see if most people want the e-mail.
• SpamContent: This engine checks to see if the message would generally be considered
offensive.
• SpamTricks: This engine checks to see if the e-mail is formatted to be economical for
spammers or to circumvent anti-spam rules.
SpamRepute Engine
The SpamRepute engine calculates the reputation of the sender (whether or not most people
want to receive the e-mail from this sender).
The SpamRepute engine checks proprietary and third-party databases of known spammer
email addresses, domains and IP addresses. The SpamRepute engine also uses Bayesian
statistical analysis to detect whether an e-mail is sent from a known in spite of a spammer’s
attempt to disguise the sender’s identity. The anti-spam external database combines all of this
data into a SpamRepute Index for calculating the reputation of the sender in order to guard
against foreign language spam, fraud and phishing.

SpamContent Engine
The SpamContent engine examines the e-mail’s content to decide if it would generally be
considered offensive. The vocabulary design, format and layout are considered as part of
thousands of checks on message attributes that include the following.
• To Field
• Subject Field
• Header Fields
• Email Format, Design, and Layout
• Vocabulary, Word Formatting and Word Patterns
• Foreign Language Detection
• SMTP Envelope Content and Analysis
• Country Trace
• Image Layout Classification
• Hyperlink Analysis and Comparison
• Contact Verification
The SpamContent engine parses words into pieces to detect similar vocabulary even if the
words do not match exactly. The anti-spam external database also performs Bayesian
statistical analysis on the e-mail’s content. The engine uses artificial intelligence technology to
'learn' over time, as spam changes.
SpamTricks Engine
The SpamTricks engine checks for the tactics that spammers use to minimize the expense of
sending lots of e-mail and tactics that they use to bypass spam filters.
Use of relays, image-only e-mails, manipulation of mail formats and HTML obfuscation are
common tricks for which the SpamTricks engine checks. The SpamTricks engine also checks
for “phishing” (see Section 16.2 on page 315 for more on phishing).


CHAPTER 17
Content Filtering Screens
17.1 Overview
Content filtering allows you to block certain web features, such as cookies, and/or block
access to specific websites. With content filtering, you can do the following:
• Restrict web features. The ZyWALL can block web features such as ActiveX controls,
Java applets, cookies and disable web proxies.
• Create a filter list. You can select categories, such as pornography or racial intolerance, to
block from a pre-defined list.
• Customize web site access. You can specify URLs to which the ZyWALL blocks access.
You can alternatively block access to all URLs except ones that you specify. You can also
have the ZyWALL block access to URLs that contain key words that you specify.
17.1.1 What You Can Do in the Content Filtering Screens

• Use the General screen (Section 17.2 on page 328) to enable content filtering and
configure external database settings.
• Use the Policy screen (Section 17.2 on page 328) to configure content filtering policies on
your ZyWALL.
• Use the Object screen (Section 17.2 on page 328) to configure lists of allowed and
restricted web sites, and to block web sites based on keywords
• Use the Cache screen (Section 17.2 on page 328) to view and configure caching of URLs
and their categorization.
17.1.2 What You Need to Know About Content Filtering
Content Filtering with an External Database

When you register for and enable external database content filtering, your ZyWALL accesses
an external database that has millions of web sites categorized based on content. You can have
the ZyWALL block, block and/or log access to web sites based on these categories. The
content filtering lookup process is described below.

Chapter 17 Content Filtering Screens
Figure 187 Content Filtering Lookup Procedure
1 A computer behind the ZyWALL tries to access a web site.

2 The ZyWALL looks up the web site in its cache. If an attempt to access the web site was
made in the past, a record of that web site’s category will be in the ZyWALL’s cache.
The ZyWALL blocks, blocks and logs or just logs the request based on your
configuration.
3 Use the CONTENT FILTER Cache screen to configure how long a web site address
remains in the cache as well as view those web site addresses (see Section 17.9 on page
346). All of the web site address records are also cleared from the local cache when the
ZyWALL restarts.
4 If the ZyWALL has no record of the web site, it will query the external content filtering
database and simultaneously send the request to the web server.
The external content filtering database may change a web site’s category or categorize a
previously uncategorized web site.
5 The external content filtering server sends the category information back to the
ZyWALL, which then blocks and/or logs access to the web site. The web site’s address
and category are then stored in the ZyWALL’s content filtering cache.
Policies
Content filtering policies allow you to have different content filtering settings for different
users or groups of users. For example, you may want to block most employees from accessing
finance or stock websites, but allow the finance department to access these. You can set the
ZyWALL to use external database content filtering and select which web site categories to
block and/or log.
Finding Out More

• See Section 5.6 on page 133 for a tutorial on content filtering.
17.2 General Screen

Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER to open the General screen. Use this screen to
enable content filtering and configure general settings.
" You must register for external content filtering before you can use it.

Use the REGISTRATION screens (see Chapter 6 on page 141) to create a myZyXEL.com
account, register your device and activate the external content filtering service.
Figure 188 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > General

Table 92 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > General
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General Setup
Enable Content Filter Select this check box to enable the content filter. Content filtering works on
HTTP traffic that is using TCP ports 80, 119, 3128 or 8080.
See Section 29.2 on page 529 if you need to use content filtering for traffic
on custom ports.
Enable Content Filter Select this check box to have the content filter apply to traffic that the
for VPN traffic ZyWALL sends out through a VPN tunnel or receives through a VPN tunnel.
The ZyWALL applies the content filter to the traffic before encrypting it or
Note: The ZyWALL can apply content filtering on the traffic

going to or from the ZyWALL’s VPN tunnels. It does not
External Database The external database content filtering service has the ZyWALL check an
Service General Setup external database to find to which category a requested web page belongs.
Enable External Turn on external database content filtering to have the ZyWALL block or
Database Content forward access to web pages depending on the ZyWALL’s external
Filtering database content filtering settings.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Matched Web Pages Select Block to prevent users from accessing web pages that match the
categories that you select below.
When external database content filtering blocks access to a web page, it
displays the denied access message that you configured in the CONTENT
FILTER General screen along with the category of the blocked web page.
Select Log to record attempts to access prohibited web pages.
Unrated Web Pages Select Block to prevent users from accessing web pages that the external
database content filtering has not categorized.
When the external database content filtering blocks access to a web page, it
displays the denied access message that you configured in the CONTENT
FILTER General screen along with the category of the blocked web page.
Select Log to record attempts to access web pages that are not categorized.
When Content Filter Select Block to block access to any requested web page if the external
Server Is Unavailable content filtering database is unavailable. The following are possible causes:
There is no response from the external content filtering server within the time
period specified in the Content Filter Server Unavailable Timeout field.
The ZyWALL is not able to resolve the domain name of the external content
filtering database.
There is an error response from the external content filtering database. This
can be caused by an expired content filtering registration (External content
filtering’s license key is invalid”).
Select Log to record attempts to access web pages that occur when the
external content filtering database is unavailable.
Content Filter Server Specify a number of seconds (1 to 30) for the ZyWALL to wait for a response
Unavailable Timeout from the external content filtering server. If there is still no response by the
time this period expires, the ZyWALL blocks or allows access to the
requested web page based on the setting in the Block When Content Filter
Server Is Unavailable field.
Enable Report Service Select this option to record content filtering reports on myZyXEL.com. These
reports consist of generated statistics and charts of access attempts to web
sites belonging to the categories you selected in your content filter
configuration. Click Report to go to myZyXEL.com. Then do the following to
view the content filtering reports (see Chapter 18 on page 349 for details).
1. Log into myZyXEL.com to view a list of registered devices.
2. Click your device’s link to show content filtering reports for your ZyWALL.
License Status This read-only field displays the status of your category-based content
filtering (using an external database) service subscription.
License Inactive displays if you have not registered and activated the
category-based content filtering service.
License Active and the subscription expiration date display if you have
registered the ZyWALL and activated the category-based content filtering
service.
Trial Active and the trial subscription expiration date display if you have
registered the ZyWALL and activated the category-based content filtering
service.
License Inactive and the date your subscription expired display if your
subscription to the category-based content filtering service has expired.
Note: After you register for content filtering, you need to wait
up to five minutes for content filtering to be activated.
See Section 18.2 on page 349 for how to check the
content filtering activation.


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Message to display
when a site is blocked
Denied Access Enter a message to be displayed when a user tries to access a restricted
Message web site. The default message is Please contact your network administrator!
Redirect URL Enter the URL of the web page to which you want to send users when their
web access is blocked by content filtering. The web page you specify here
opens in a new frame below the denied access message.
Use “http://” followed by up to 120 ASCII characters. For example, http://
192.168.1.17/blocked access.
If you do not specify a URL and a user tries to access a web page containing
a forbidden object, a blocking page displays on the forbidden object.
17.3 The Policy Screen

Click SECURITY >CONTENT FILTER > Policy to display the following screen. Use this
screen to configure content filtering policies on your ZyWALL.
You may find that a web site has not been accurately categorized or that a web site’s contents
have changed and the content filtering category needs to be updated. See Section 18.4 on page
354 for how to submit the web site for review.
" The ordering of your policies is very important as the ZyWALL applies policies
in the order they are listed.


Table 93 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Content Filter Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyWALL’s content filter policies
Space in Use storage space that is currently in use. When the storage space is almost
full, you should consider deleting unnecessary content filter policies
before adding more.
The following fields summarize the content filter policies you have created.
+/- In the heading row, click + to expand or - to collapse the Group Address
drop down lists for all of the displayed rules.
# This is the content filter policy number. The ordering of your policies is
important as rules are applied in turn. Click + to expand or - to collapse
the Group Address drop down list.
Name This is the name of the content filter policy.
Active This field displays whether a content filter policy is turned on (Y) or not
(N). Click the setting to change it.
Group Address This drop-down list box displays the source (user) addresses or ranges of
addresses to which the content filter policy applies. Please note that a
blank source or destination address is equivalent to Any.
Modify Click the general icon to restrict web features and edit the source (user)
addresses or ranges of addresses to which the content filter policy
applies.
Click the external database icon to edit which web features and content
categories the content filter policy blocks.
Click the customization icon to configure the policy’s list of good (allowed)
web site addresses and a list of bad (blocked) web site addresses. You
can also block web sites based on whether the web site’s address
contains a keyword.
Click the schedule icon to set for which days and times the policy applies.
Click the delete icon to remove the content filter policy. You cannot delete
the default policy. A window display asking you to confirm that you want
to delete the policy. Note that subsequent policies move up by one when
you take this action.
Insert Type the index number for where you want to put a content filter policy.
For example, if you type 6, your new content filter policy becomes
number 6 and the previous content filter policy 6 (if there is one) becomes
content filter policy 7.
Click Insert to display the screens where you configure the content filter
policy.
Move Type a content filter policy’s index number and the number for where you
want to put that policy. Click Move to move the policy to the number that
you typed. The ordering of your policies is important as they are applied
in order of their numbering.
17.4 Content Filter Policy: General

Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy and use the Insert button or a policy’s
general icon to display the following screen.
Use this screen to restrict web features and edit the source (user) addresses or ranges of
addresses to which the content filter policy applies.

Figure 190 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > General

Table 94 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > General
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Select this option to turn on the content filter policy.
Policy Name Enter a descriptive name of up to 31 printable ASCII characters (except
Extended ASCII characters) for the content filter policy. Spaces are
allowed.
Restrict Web Features Select the check box(es) to restrict a feature. When you try to access a
page containing a restricted feature, the whole page will be blocked or
the restricted feature part of the web page will appear blank or grayed
out. You will also see the message and URL you configured in the
Denied Access Message and Redirect URL fields.
ActiveX is a tool for building dynamic and active web pages and
distributed object applications. When you visit an ActiveX web site,
ActiveX controls are downloaded to your browser, where they remain in
case you visit the site again.
Java is a programming language and development environment for
building downloadable Web components or Internet and intranet
business applications of all kinds.
Cookies are files stored on a computer’s hard drive. Some web servers
use them to track usage and provide service based on ID.
Web Proxy is a server that acts as an intermediary between a user and
the Internet to provide security, administrative control, and caching
service. When a proxy server is located on the WAN it is possible for
LAN users to circumvent content filtering by pointing to this proxy
server.
Address Setup
Address Type Do you want the policy to apply to packets from a particular (single) IP,
a range of IP addresses (for example 192.168.1.10 to 192.169.1.50), a
subnet or any IP address? Select an option from the drop-down list box
that includes: Single Address, Range Address, Subnet Address and
Any Address.

Table 94 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > General (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Start IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here.
End IP Address Enter the ending IP address in a range here.
Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask here, if applicable.
Add Click Add to add a new address to the Configured Address box. You
can add multiple addresses, ranges of addresses, and/or subnets.
Modify To edit an existing source or destination address, select it from the box
and click Modify.
Delete Highlight an existing source or destination address from the
Configured Address box and click Delete to remove it.
17.5 Content Filter Policy: External Database

Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy and then a policy’s external database
icon to display the following screen.
Use this screen to edit which content categories the content filter policy blocks.
Figure 191 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > External Database


Table 95 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > External Database
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Policy Name This is the name of the content filter policy that you are configuring.
Active Select this option to apply category based content filtering for this
policy.
Select Categories These are the categories available at the time of writing.
Note: If you chose to record attempts to access the

restricted pages and a web page matches more
than one category you selected, you will see a log
showing this page matches one category (the first
matched one) only.
Select All Categories Select this check box to restrict access to all site categories listed
below.
Clear All Categories Select this check box to clear the selected categories below.
Adult/Mature Content Selecting this category excludes pages that contain material of adult
nature that does not necessarily contain excessive violence, sexual
content, or nudity. These pages include very profane or vulgar content
and pages that are not appropriate for children.
Pornography Selecting this category excludes pages that contain sexually explicit
material for the purpose of arousing a sexual or prurient interest.
Sex Education Selecting this category excludes pages that provide graphic information
(sometimes graphic) on reproduction, sexual development, safe sex
practices, sexuality, birth control, and sexual development. It also
includes pages that offer tips for better sex as well as products used for
sexual enhancement.
Intimate Apparel/Swimsuit Selecting this category excludes pages that contain images or offer the
sale of swimsuits or intimate apparel or other types of suggestive
clothing. It does not include pages selling undergarments as a
subsection of other products offered.
Nudity Selecting this category excludes pages containing nude or seminude
depictions of the human body. These depictions are not necessarily
sexual in intent or effect, but may include pages containing nude
paintings or photo galleries of artistic nature. This category also
includes nudist or naturist pages that contain pictures of nude
individuals.
Alcohol/Tobacco Selecting this category excludes pages that promote or offer the sale
alcohol/tobacco products, or provide the means to create them. It also
includes pages that glorify, tout, or otherwise encourage the
consumption of alcohol/tobacco. It does not include pages that sell
alcohol or tobacco as a subset of other products.
Illegal/Questionable Selecting this category excludes pages that advocate or give advice on
performing illegal acts such as service theft, evading law enforcement,
fraud, burglary techniques and plagiarism. It also includes pages that
provide or sell questionable educational materials, such as term
papers.
Note: This category includes sites identified as being

malicious in any way (such as having viruses,
spyware and etc.).

Table 95 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > External Database (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Gambling Selecting this category excludes pages where a user can place a bet or
participate in a betting pool (including lotteries) online. It also includes
pages that provide information, assistance, recommendations, or
training on placing bets or participating in games of chance. It does not
include pages that sell gambling related products or machines. It also
does not include pages for offline casinos and hotels (as long as those
pages do not meet one of the above requirements).
Violence/Hate/Racism Selecting this category excludes pages that depict extreme physical
harm to people or property, or that advocate or provide instructions on
how to cause such harm. It also includes pages that advocate, depict
hostility or aggression toward, or denigrate an individual or group on the
basis of race, religion, gender, nationality, ethnic origin, or other
characteristics.
Weapons Selecting this category excludes pages that sell, review, or describe
weapons such as guns, knives or martial arts devices, or provide
information on their use, accessories, or other modifications. It does not
include pages that promote collecting weapons, or groups that either
support or oppose weapons use.
Abortion Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information or
arguments in favor of or against abortion, describe abortion
procedures, offer help in obtaining or avoiding abortion, or provide
information on the effects, or lack thereof, of abortion.
Hacking Selecting this category excludes pages that distribute, promote, or
provide hacking tools and/or information which may help gain
unauthorized access to computer systems and/or computerized
communication systems. Hacking encompasses instructions on illegal
or questionable tactics, such as creating viruses, distributing cracked or
pirated software, or distributing other protected intellectual property.
Phishing Selecting this category excludes pages that are designed to appear as
a legitimate bank or retailer with the intent to fraudulently capture
sensitive data (i.e. credit card numbers, pin numbers).
Arts/Entertainment Selecting this category excludes pages that promote and provide
information about motion pictures, videos, television, music and
programming guides, books, comics, movie theatres, galleries, artists
or reviews on entertainment.
Business/Economy Selecting this category excludes pages devoted to business firms,
business information, economics, marketing, business management
and entrepreneurship. This does not include pages that perform
services that are defined in another category (such as Information
Technology companies, or companies that sell travel services).
Alternative Spirituality/Occult Selecting this category excludes pages that promote and provide
information on religions such as Wicca, Witchcraft or Satanism. Occult
practices, atheistic views, voodoo rituals or any other form of mysticism
are represented here. Includes sites that endorse or offer methods,
means of instruction, or other resources to affect or influence real
events through the use of spells, incantations, curses and magic
powers. This category includes sites which discuss or deal with
paranormal or unexplained events.
Illegal Drugs Selecting this category excludes pages that promote, offer, sell, supply,
encourage or otherwise advocate the illegal use, cultivation,
manufacture, or distribution of drugs, pharmaceuticals, intoxicating
plants or chemicals and their related paraphernalia.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Education Selecting this category excludes pages that offer educational
information, distance learning and trade school information or
programs. It also includes pages that are sponsored by schools,
educational facilities, faculty, or alumni groups.
Cultural/Charitable Selecting this category excludes pages that nurture cultural
Organization understanding and foster volunteerism such as 4H, the Lions and
Rotary Clubs. Also encompasses non-profit associations that cultivate
philanthropic or relief efforts. Sites that provide a learning environment
or cultural refinement/awareness outside of the strictures of formalized
education such as museums and planetariums are included under this
heading.
Financial Services Selecting this category excludes pages that provide or advertise
banking services (online or offline) or other types of financial
information, such as loans. It does not include pages that offer market
information, brokerage or trading services.
Brokerage/Trading Selecting this category excludes pages that provide or advertise trading
of securities and management of investment assets (online or offline).
It also includes insurance pages, as well as pages that offer financial
investment strategies, quotes, and news.
Online Games Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information and
support game playing or downloading, video games, computer games,
electronic games, tips, and advice on games or how to obtain cheat
codes. It also includes pages dedicated to selling board games as well
as journals and magazines dedicated to game playing. It includes
pages that support or host online sweepstakes and giveaways.
Government/Legal Selecting this category excludes pages sponsored by or which provide
information on government, government agencies and government
services such as taxation and emergency services. It also includes
pages that discuss or explain laws of various governmental entities.
Military Selecting this category excludes pages that promote or provide
information on military branches or armed services.
Political/Activist Groups Selecting this category excludes pages sponsored by or which provide
information on political parties, special interest groups, or any
organization that promotes change or reform in public policy, public
opinion, social practice, or economic activities.
Health Selecting this category excludes pages that provide advice and
information on general health such as fitness and well-being, personal
health or medical services, drugs, alternative and complimentary
therapies, medical information about ailments, dentistry, optometry,
general psychiatry, self-help, and support organizations dedicated to a
disease or condition.
Computers/Internet Selecting this category excludes pages that sponsor or provide
information on computers, technology, the Internet and technology-
related organizations and companies.
Search Engines/Portals Selecting this category excludes pages that support searching the
Internet, indices, and directories.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Spyware/Malware Sources Selecting this category excludes pages which distribute spyware and
other malware. Spyware is defined as software which takes control of
your computer, modifies computer settings, collects or reports personal
information, or misrepresents itself by tricking users to install,
download, or enter personal information. This includes drive-by
downloads; browser hijackers; dialers; intrusive advertising; any
program which modifies your homepage, bookmarks, or security
settings; and keyloggers. It also includes any software which bundles
spyware (as defined above) as part of its offering. Information collected
or reported is "personal" if it contains uniquely identifying data, such as
e-mail addresses, name, social security number, IP address, etc. A site
is not classified as spyware if the user is reasonably notified that the
software will perform these actions (that is, it alerts that it will send
personal information, be installed, or that it will log keystrokes). Note:
Sites rated as spyware should have a second category assigned with
them.
Spyware Effects/Privacy Selecting this category excludes pages to which spyware (as defined in
Concerns the Spyware/Malware Sources category) reports its findings or from
which it alone downloads advertisements. Also includes sites that
contain serious privacy issues, such as “phone home” sites to which
software can connect and send user info; sites that make extensive use
of tracking cookies without a posted privacy statement; and sites to
which browser hijackers redirect users. Usually does not include sites
that can be marked as Spyware/Malware. Note: Sites rated as spyware
effects typically have a second category assigned with them.
Job Search/Careers Selecting this category excludes pages that provide assistance in
finding employment, and tools for locating prospective employers.
News/Media Selecting this category excludes pages that primarily report information
or comments on current events or contemporary issues of the day. It
also includes radio stations and magazines. It does not include pages
that can be rated in other categories.
Personals/Dating Selecting this category excludes pages that promote interpersonal
relationships.
Reference Selecting this category excludes pages containing personal,
professional, or educational reference, including online dictionaries,
maps, census, almanacs, library catalogues, genealogy-related pages
and scientific information.
Open Image/Media Search Selecting this category excludes pages with image or video search
capabilities which return graphical results (i.e. thumbnail pictures) that
include potentially pornographic content along with non-pornographic
content (as defined in the Pornography category). Sites that explicitly
exclude offensive content are not included in this category.
Chat/Instant Messaging Selecting this category excludes pages that provide chat or instant
messaging capabilities or client downloads.
Email Selecting this category excludes pages offering web-based e-mail
services, such as online e-mail reading, e-cards, and mailing list
services.
Blogs/Newsgroups Selecting this category excludes pages that offer access to Usenet
news groups or other messaging or bulletin board systems. Also, blog
specific sites or an individual with his own blog. This does not include
social networking communities with blogs.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Religion Selecting this category excludes pages that promote and provide
information on conventional or unconventional religious or quasi-
religious subjects, as well as churches, synagogues, or other houses of
worship. It does not include pages containing alternative religions such
as Wicca or witchcraft (Cult/Occult) or atheist beliefs (Political/Activist
Groups).
Social Networking Selecting this category excludes pages that enable people to connect
with others to form an online community. Typically members describe
themselves in personal web page policies and form interactive
networks, linking them with other members based on common interests
or acquaintances. Instant messaging, file sharing and web logs (blogs)
are common features of Social Networking sites. Note: These sites may
contain offensive material in the community-created content. Sites in
this category are also referred to as "virtual communities" or "online
communities". This category does not include more narrowly focused
sites, like those that specifically match descriptions for Personals/
Dating sites or Business sites.
Online Storage Selecting this category excludes pages that provide a secure,
encrypted, off-site backup and restoration of personal data. These
online repositories are typically used to store, organize and share
videos, music, movies, photos, documents and other electronically
formatted information. Sites that fit this criteria essentially act as your
personal hard drive on the Internet.
Remote Access Tools Selecting this category excludes pages that primarily focus on providing
information about and/or methods that enables authorized access to
and use of a desktop computer or private network remotely.
Shopping Selecting this category excludes pages that provide or advertise the
means to obtain goods or services. It does not include pages that can
be classified in other categories (such as vehicles or weapons).
Auctions Selecting this category excludes pages that support the offering and
purchasing of goods between individuals. This does not include
classified advertisements.
Real Estate Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information on
renting, buying, or selling real estate or properties.
Society/Lifestyle Selecting this category excludes pages providing information on
matters of daily life. This does not include pages relating to
entertainment, sports, jobs, sex or pages promoting alternative
lifestyles such as homosexuality. Personal homepages fall within this
category if they cannot be classified in another category.
Sexuality/Alternative Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information,
Lifestyles promote, or cater to gays, lesbians, swingers, other sexual orientations
or practices, or a particular fetish. This category does not include sites
that are sexually gratuitous in nature which would typically fall under the
Pornography category.
Restaurants/Dining/Food Selecting this category excludes pages that list, review, discuss,
advertise and promote food, catering, dining services, cooking and
recipes.
Sports/Recreation/Hobbies Selecting this category excludes pages that promote or provide
information about spectator sports, recreational activities, or hobbies.
This includes pages that discuss or promote camping, gardening, and
collecting.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Travel Selecting this category excludes pages that promote or provide
opportunity for travel planning, including finding and making travel
reservations, vehicle rentals, descriptions of travel destinations, or
promotions for hotels or casinos.
Vehicles Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information on or
promote vehicles, boats, or aircraft, including pages that support online
purchase of vehicles or parts.
Humor/Jokes Selecting this category excludes pages that primarily focus on comedy,
jokes, fun, etc. This may include pages containing jokes of adult or
mature nature. Pages containing humorous Adult/Mature content also
have an Adult/Mature category rating.
Software Downloads Selecting this category excludes pages that are dedicated to the
electronic download of software packages, whether for payment or at
no charge.
Pay to Surf Selecting this category excludes pages that pay users in the form of
cash or prizes, for clicking on or reading specific links, e-mail, or web
pages.
Peer-to-Peer Selecting this category excludes pages that distribute software to
facilitate the direct exchange of files between users, including software
that enables file search and sharing across a network without
dependence on a central server.
Streaming Media/MP3s Selecting this category excludes pages that sell, deliver, or stream
music or video content in any format, including sites that provide
downloads for such viewers.
Proxy Avoidance Selecting this category excludes pages that provide information on how
to bypass proxy server/appliance features or gain access to URLs in
any way that bypasses the proxy server/appliance. It also includes any
service that will allow a person to bypass the content filtering feature,
such as anonymous surfing services.
For Kids Selecting this category excludes pages designed specifically for
children.
Web Advertisements Selecting this category excludes pages that provide online
advertisements or banners. This does not include advertising servers
that serve adult-oriented advertisements.
Web Hosting Selecting this category excludes pages of organizations that provide
top-level domain pages, as well as web communities or hosting
services.
Advanced/Basic Click Advanced to see an expanded list of categories, or click Basic to
see a smaller list.
Test Web Site Attribute
Test if Web site is blocked You can check whether or not the content filter policy currently blocks
any given web page. Enter a web site URL in the text box.
Test Against Local Cache Click this button to test whether or not the web site above is saved in
the ZyWALL’s database of restricted web pages.
Test Against Internet Server Click this button to test whether or not the web site above is saved in
the external content filter server’s database of restricted web pages.

17.6 Content Filter Policy: Customization

Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy and then a policy’s customization icon to
display the following screen.
Use this screen to select good (allowed) web site addresses for this policy and bad (blocked)
web site addresses. You can also block web sites based on whether the web site’s address
contains a keyword. Use this screen to add or remove specific sites or keywords from the filter
list.
" Use the SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Object screen (see Section 17.8
on page 343) first to configure the master lists of trusted (allowed) web sites,
forbidden (blocked) web sites, and keywords.
Figure 192 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Customization


Table 96 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Customization
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Web Site List Customization
Enable Web site Select this check box to allow trusted web sites and block forbidden
customization web sites. Content filter list customization may be enabled and disabled
without re-entering these site names.
Disable all Web traffic except When this box is selected, the ZyWALL only allows Web access to sites
for trusted Web sites on the Trusted Web Site list. If they are chosen carefully, this is the
most effective way to block objectionable material.
Don't block Java/ActiveX/ When this box is selected, the ZyWALL will permit Java, ActiveX and
Cookies/Web proxy to Cookies from sites on the Trusted Web Site list to the LAN. In certain
trusted Web sites cases, it may be desirable to allow Java, ActiveX or Cookies from sites
that are known and trusted.
Available Trusted Object This list displays the trusted host names you configured in the
SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Object screen (click Available
Trusted Object to go there). Select the ones to which you want to allow
access and use the arrow button to move them to the Trusted Web
Sites list.
Trusted Web Sites This list displays web sites to which this content filtering policy allows
access. Select an entry and use the arrow button to remove it from the
list.
Available Forbidden Object This list displays the forbidden host names you configured in the
SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Object screen (click Available
Forbidden Object to go there). Select the ones you want this policy to
block and use the arrow button to move them to the Forbidden Web
Sites list.
Forbidden Web Sites This list displays web sites to which this content filtering policy blocks
access. Select an entry and use the arrow button to remove it from the
list.
Keyword Blocking Keyword blocking allows you to block websites with URLs that contain
certain keywords in the domain name or IP address.
Block Web sites which Select this check box to enable keyword blocking.
contain these keywords.
Available Keyword Object This list displays the keywords you configured in the SECURITY >
CONTENT FILTER > Object screen (click Available Keyword Object
to go there). Select the ones you want this policy to block and use the
arrow button to move them to Keyword List.
Keyword List This list displays the keywords that this content filtering policy blocks.
Select an entry and use the arrow button to remove it from the list.
17.7 Content Filter Policy: Schedule

Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy and then a policy’s schedule icon to
display the following screen.
Use this screen to set for which days and times the policy applies.

Figure 193 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Schedule

Table 97 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Schedule
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Schedule Setup Content filtering scheduling applies to the filter list, customized sites
and keywords. Restricted web server data, such as ActiveX, Java,
Cookies and Web Proxy are not affected.
Always Select this option to have content filtering active all the time.
Everyday from/to Select this option to have content filtering active during the specified
time interval(s) of each day. In the from and to fields, enter the time
period(s), in 24-hour format, during which content filtering will be
enforced.
Customization Select this option to have content filtering only active during the
specified time interval(s) of the specified day(s). In the Begin Time and
End Time fields, enter the time period(s), in 24-hour format, for
individual day(s) of the week.
17.8 Content Filter Object

Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Object to display the following screen.

Use this screen to configure a list of allowed web site addresses for this policy and a list of
blocked web site addresses. You can also block web sites based on whether the web site’s
address contains a keyword. Use this screen to add or remove specific sites or keywords from
the filter list.
" To use this screens settings in content filtering, you must use the SECURITY >
CONTENT FILTER > Policy > Customization screen to set individual policies
to add or remove specific sites or keywords for individual policies.
Figure 194 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Object


Table 98 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Object
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Trusted Web Sites These are sites that you want to allow access to, regardless of their
content rating, can be allowed by adding them to this list. You can enter
up to 32 entries.
Add Trusted Web Site Enter host names such as www.good-site.com into this text field. Do
not enter the complete URL of the site – that is, do not include “http://”.
All subdomains are allowed. For example, entering “zyxel.com” also
allows “www.zyxel.com”, “partner.zyxel.com”, “press.zyxel.com”, etc.
Trusted Web Sites This list displays the trusted web sites already added.
Add Click this button when you have finished adding the host name in the
text field above.
Delete Select a web site name from the Trusted Web Site list, and then click
this button to delete it from that list.
Forbidden Web Site List Sites that you want to block access to, regardless of their content
rating, can be allowed by adding them to this list. You can enter up to
32 entries.
Add Forbidden Web Site Enter host names such as www.bad-site.com into this text field. Do not
enter the complete URL of the site – that is, do not include “http://”. All
subdomains are blocked. For example, entering “bad-site.com” also
blocks “www.bad-site.com”, “partner.bad-site.com”, “press.bad-
site.com”, etc.
Forbidden Web Sites This list displays the forbidden web sites already added.
Add Click this button when you have finished adding the host name in the
text field above.
Delete Select a web site name from the Forbidden Web Site list, and then
click this button to delete it from that list.
Keyword Blocking Keyword Blocking allows you to block websites with URLs that
contain certain keywords in the domain name or IP address.
By default, the ZyWALL checks the URL’s domain name or IP address
when performing keyword blocking.
This means that the ZyWALL checks the characters that come before
the first slash in the URL.
For example, with the URL www.zyxel.com/news/pressroom.php,
content filtering only searches for keywords within www.zyxel.com.
See the CLI reference guide to set the ZyWALL to check the full path of
the URL (the characters that come before the last slash in the URL).
Add Keyword Enter a keyword (up to 31 printable ASCII characters) to block. You can
also enter a numerical IP address.
Keyword List This list displays the keywords already added.
Add Click this button when you have finished adding the key words field
above.
Delete Select a keyword from the Keyword List, and then click this button to
delete it from that list.

17.9 Content Filtering Cache

Click SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Cache to display the CONTENT FILTER
Cache screen.
Use this screen to view and configure your ZyWALL’s URL caching. You can also configure
how long a categorized web site address remains in the cache as well as view those web site
addresses to which access has been allowed or blocked based on the responses from the
external content filtering server. The ZyWALL only queries the external content filtering
database for sites not found in the cache.
You can remove individual entries from the cache. When you do this, the ZyWALL queries
the external content filtering database the next time someone tries to access that web site. This
allows you to check whether a web site’s category has been changed.
Please see Section 18.4 on page 354 for how to submit a web site that has been incorrectly
categorized.
Figure 195 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Cache

Table 99 SECURITY > CONTENT FILTER > Cache
LABEL DESCRIPTION
URL Cache Setup
Maximum TTL Type the maximum time to live (TTL) (1 to 720 hours). This sets how long the
ZyWALL is to allow an entry to remain in the URL cache before discarding it.
URL Cache Entry
Flush Click this button to clear all web site addresses from the cache manually.
Refresh Click this button to reload the cache.
# This is the index number of a categorized web site address record.
Category This field shows the site category to which requested access belongs.
URL This is a web site’s address that the ZyWALL previously checked with the external
content filtering database.
Remaining Time This is the number of hours left before the URL entry is discarded from the cache.
(hour)
Modify Click the delete icon to remove the URL entry from the cache.



CHAPTER 18
Content Filtering Reports
18.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to view content filtering reports after you have activated the
category-based content filtering subscription service.
See Chapter 6 on page 141 on how to create a myZyXEL.com account, register your device
and activate the subscription services using the REGISTRATION screens.
18.2 Checking Content Filtering Activation

After you activate content filtering, you need to wait up to five minutes for content filtering to
be turned on.
Since there will be no content filtering activation notice, you can do the following to see if
content filtering is active.
1 Go to your device’s web configurator’s CONTENT FILTER Categories screen.
2 Select at least one category and click Apply.
3 Enter a valid URL or IP address of a web site in the Test if Web site is blocked field and
click the Test Against Internet Server button.
When content filtering is active, you should see an access blocked or access forwarded
message. An error message displays if content filtering is not active.
18.3 Viewing Content Filtering Reports

Content filtering reports are generated statistics and charts of access attempts to web sites
belonging to the categories you selected in your device content filter screen.
You need to register your iCard before you can view content filtering reports.
Alternatively, you can also view content filtering reports during the free trial (up to 30 days).
1 Go to http://www.myZyXEL.com.
2 Fill in your myZyXEL.com account information and click Submit.

Chapter 18 Content Filtering Reports
Figure 196 myZyXEL.com: Login
3 A welcome screen displays. Click your ZyWALL’s model name and/or MAC address
under Registered ZyXEL Products. You can change the descriptive name for your
ZyWALL using the Rename button in the Service Management screen (see Figure 198
on page 351).
Figure 197 myZyXEL.com: Welcome
4 In the Service Management screen click Content Filter in the Service Name field to
open the Blue Coat login screen.

Figure 198 myZyXEL.com: Service Management
5 Enter your ZyXEL device's MAC address (in lower case) in the Name field. You can
find this MAC address in the Service Management screen (Figure 198 on page 351).
Type your myZyXEL.com account password in the Password field.
6 Click Submit.
Figure 199 Blue Coat: Login
7 In the Web Filter Home screen, click the Reports tab.

Figure 200 Content Filtering Reports Main Screen
8 Select items under Global Reports or Single User Reports to view the corresponding
reports.
Figure 201 Blue Coat: Report Home
9 Select a time period in the Date Range field, either Allowed or Blocked in the Action
Taken field and a category (or enter the user name if you want to view single user
reports) and click Run Report.The screens vary according to the report type you
selected in the Report Home screen.
10 A chart and/or list of requested web site categories display in the lower half of the
screen.

Figure 202 Global Report Screen Example
11 You can click a category in the Categories report or click URLs in the Report Home
screen to see the URLs that were requested.

Figure 203 Requested URLs Example
18.4 Web Site Submission

You may find that a web site has not been accurately categorized or that a web site’s contents
have changed and the content filtering category needs to be updated. Use the following
procedure to submit the web site for review.
1 Log into the content filtering reports web site (see Section 18.3 on page 349).
2 In the Web Filter Home screen (see Figure 200 on page 352), click Site Submissions to
open the Web Page Review Process screen shown next.

Figure 204 Web Page Review Process Screen
3 Type the web site’s URL in the field and click Submit to have the web site reviewed.


CHAPTER 19
IPSec VPN
19.1 Overview
A virtual private network (VPN) provides secure communications between sites without the
expense of leased site-to-site lines. A secure VPN is a combination of tunneling, encryption,
authentication, access control and auditing. It is used to transport traffic over the Internet or
any insecure network that uses TCP/IP for communication.
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) is a standards-based VPN that offers flexible solutions for
secure data communications across a public network like the Internet. IPSec is built around a
number of standardized cryptographic techniques to provide confidentiality, data integrity and
authentication at the IP layer. The following figure is an example of an IPSec VPN tunnel.
Figure 205 VPN: Example
The VPN tunnel connects the ZyWALL (X) and the remote IPSec router (Y). These routers
then connect the local network (A) and remote network (B).
19.1.1 What You Can Do in the IPSec VPN Screens

• Use the VPN Rules (IKE) screens (see Section 19.2 on page 360) to manage the
ZyWALL’s list of VPN rules (tunnels) that use IKE SAs.
• Use the VPN Rules (Manual) screens (see Section 19.7 on page 375) to manage the
ZyWALL’s list of VPN rules (tunnels) that use manual keys. You may want to configure a
VPN rule that uses manual key management if you are having problems with IKE key
management.
• Use the SA Monitor screen (see Section 19.9 on page 379) to display and manage active
VPN connections.

Chapter 19 IPSec VPN
• Use the VPN Global Setting screen (see Section 19.10 on page 379) to change settings
that apply to all of your VPN tunnels.
19.1.2 What You Need to Know About IPSec VPN

An IPSec VPN tunnel is usually established in two phases. Each phase establishes a security
association (SA), a contract indicating what security parameters the ZyWALL and the remote
IPSec router will use. The first phase establishes an Internet Key Exchange (IKE) SA between
the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router. The second phase uses the IKE SA to securely
establish an IPSec SA through which the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router can send data
between computers on the local network and remote network. This is illustrated in the
following figure.
Figure 206 VPN: IKE SA and IPSec SA
In this example, a computer in network A is exchanging data with a computer in network B.

Inside networks A and B, the data is transmitted the same way data is normally transmitted in
the networks. Between routers X and Y, the data is protected by tunneling, encryption,
authentication, and other security features of the IPSec SA. The IPSec SA is established
securely using the IKE SA that routers X and Y established first.
Gateway and Network Policies

A VPN (Virtual Private Network) tunnel gives you a secure connection to another computer or
network.
• A gateway policy contains the IKE SA settings. It identifies the IPSec routers at either end
of a VPN tunnel. The IKE SA provides a secure connection between the ZyWALL and
remote IPSec router.
• A network policy contains the IPSec SA settings. It specifies which devices (behind the
IPSec routers) can use the VPN tunnel.

Figure 207 Gateway and Network Policies
This figure helps explain the main fields in the VPN setup.
Figure 208 IPSec Fields Summary
Negotiation Mode
It takes several steps to establish an IKE SA. The negotiation mode determines the number of
steps to use. There are two negotiation modes--main mode and aggressive mode. Main mode
provides better security, while aggressive mode is faster.
" Both routers must use the same negotiation mode.
These modes are discussed in more detail in Negotiation Mode on page 391. Main mode is
used in various examples in the rest of this section.
IP Addresses of the ZyWALL and Remote IPSec Router

In the ZyWALL, you have to specify the IP addresses of the ZyWALL and the remote IPSec
router to establish an IKE SA.

You can usually provide a static IP address or a domain name for the ZyWALL. Sometimes,
your ZyWALL might also offer another alternative, such as using the IP address of a port or
interface.
You can usually provide a static IP address or a domain name for the remote IPSec router as
well. Sometimes, you might not know the IP address of the remote IPSec router (for example,
telecommuters). In this case, you can still set up the IKE SA, but only the remote IPSec router
can initiate an IKE SA.
Finding Out More

• See Section 19.14 on page 388 for IPSec VPN background information.
19.2 The VPN Rules (IKE) Screen

Click SECURITY > VPN to display the VPN Rules (IKE) screen. Use this screen to manage
the ZyWALL’s list of VPN rules (tunnels) that use IKE SAs.
Figure 209 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE)

Table 100 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
+/- In the heading row, click + to expand or - to collapse the VPN rule network
policies.
VPN Rules These VPN rules define the settings for creating VPN tunnels for secure
connection to other computers or networks.
Click this icon to add a VPN gateway policy (or IPSec rule).
# This is your VPN rule number. Click + to expand or - to collapse the VPN rule’s
network policies.

Table 100 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Gateway Policies The first row of each VPN rule represents the gateway policy.
The gateway policy identifies the IPSec routers at either end of a VPN tunnel (My
ZyWALL and Remote Gateway) and specifies the authentication, encryption and
other settings needed to negotiate a phase 1 IKE SA (click the edit icon to display
the other settings).
My This represents your ZyWALL.
ZyWALL The WAN IP address, domain name or dynamic domain name of your ZyWALL
displays in router mode.
The ZyWALL’s IP address displays in bridge mode.
Remote This represents the remote secure gateway.
Gateway The IP address, domain name or dynamic domain name of the remote IPSec
router displays if you specify it, otherwise Dynamic displays.
Click this icon to add a VPN network policy.
Network Policies The subsequent rows in a VPN rule are network policies. A network policy
identifies the devices behind the IPSec routers at either end of a VPN tunnel and
specifies the authentication, encryption and other settings needed to negotiate a
phase 2 IPSec SA.
Y/N This field displays whether the network policy is active (Y) or not (N). Click the
setting to change it.
Local This is the network behind the ZyWALL. A network policy specifies which devices
Network (behind the IPSec routers) can use the VPN tunnel.
Remote This is the remote network behind the remote IPsec router.
Network
Click this icon to display a screen in which you can associate a network policy to a
gateway policy or move it to the recycle bin.
Click this icon to display a screen in which you can change the settings of a
gateway or network policy.
Click this icon to delete a gateway or network policy. When you delete a gateway,
the ZyWALL automatically moves the associated network policy(ies) to the recycle
bin. When you delete a network policy, it is just deleted.
Click this icon to establish a VPN connection to a remote network.
Click this icon to drop a VPN connection to a remote network.
Recycle Bin The recycle bin appears when you have any network policies that are not
associated to a gateway policy.
• When you delete a gateway, the ZyWALL automatically moves the associated
network policy(ies) to the recycle bin.
• You can also manually move a network policy that you do not need (but may
want to use again later) to the recycle bin. Click the network policy’s move or
edit icon and set its Gateway Policy to Recycle Bin.
19.3 The VPN Rules (IKE) Gateway Policy Edit Screen

In the VPN Rule (IKE) screen, click the add gateway policy ( ) icon or the edit ( ) icon
to display the VPN-Gateway Policy -Edit screen.

Use this screen to configure a VPN gateway policy. The gateway policy identifies the IPSec
routers at either end of a VPN tunnel (My ZyWALL and Remote Gateway) and specifies the
authentication, encryption and other settings needed to negotiate a phase 1 IKE SA.
Figure 210 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Gateway Policy


Table 101 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Gateway Policy
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Property
Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN gateway policy. You may use any
NAT Traversal Select this check box to enable NAT traversal. NAT traversal allows you to set up
a VPN connection when there are NAT routers between the two IPSec routers.
Note: The remote IPSec router must also have NAT traversal
enabled. See VPN, NAT, and NAT Traversal on page 392
for more information.
You can use NAT traversal with ESP protocol using Transport or Tunnel mode,
but not with AH protocol nor with manual key management. In order for an IPSec
router behind a NAT router to receive an initiating IPSec packet, set the NAT
router to forward UDP ports 500 and 4500 to the IPSec router behind the NAT
router.
Gateway Policy
Information
My ZyWALL When the ZyWALL is in router mode, this field identifies the WAN IP address or
domain name of the ZyWALL. You can select My Address and enter the
ZyWALL's static WAN IP address (if it has one) or leave the field set to 0.0.0.0.
The ZyWALL uses its current WAN IP address (static or dynamic) in setting up
the VPN tunnel if you leave this field as 0.0.0.0. If the WAN connection goes
down, the ZyWALL uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when
using dial backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect.
Otherwise, you can select My Domain Name and choose one of the dynamic
domain names that you have configured (in the DDNS screen) to have the
ZyWALL use that dynamic domain name's IP address.
The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if the My ZyWALL IP address changes after
setup.
Primary Remote Type the WAN IP address or the domain name (up to 31 characters) of the IPSec
Gateway router with which you're making the VPN connection. Set this field to 0.0.0.0 if the
remote IPSec router has a dynamic WAN IP address.
In order to have more than one active rule with the Primary Remote Gateway
field set to 0.0.0.0, the ranges of the local IP addresses cannot overlap between
rules.
If you configure an active rule with 0.0.0.0 in the Primary Remote Gateway field
and the LAN’s full IP address range as the local IP address, then you cannot
configure any other active rules with the Primary Remote Gateway field set to
0.0.0.0.
Enable IPSec High Turn on the high availability feature to use a redundant (backup) VPN connection
Availability to another WAN interface on the remote IPSec router if the primary (regular) VPN
connection goes down. The remote IPSec router must have a second WAN
connection in order for you to use this.
To use this, you must identify both the primary and the redundant remote IPSec
routers by WAN IP address or domain name (you cannot set either to 0.0.0.0).
Redundant Type the WAN IP address or the domain name (up to 31 characters) of the
Remote Gateway backup IPSec router to use when the ZyWALL cannot connect to the primary
remote gateway.

Table 101 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Gateway Policy (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Fall back to Select this to have the ZyWALL change back to using the primary remote
Primary Remote gateway if the connection becomes available again.
Gateway when
possible
Fall Back Check Set how often the ZyWALL should check the connection to the primary remote
Interval* gateway while connected to the redundant remote gateway.
Each gateway policy uses one or more network policies. If the fall back check
interval is shorter than a network policy’s SA life time, the fall back check interval
is used as the check interval and network policy SA life time. If the fall back check
interval is longer than a network policy’s SA life time, the SA lifetime is used as
the check interval and network policy SA life time.
Authentication Key
Pre-Shared Key Select the Pre-Shared Key radio button and type your pre-shared key in this
field. A pre-shared key identifies a communicating party during a phase 1 IKE
negotiation. It is called "pre-shared" because you have to share it with another
party before you can communicate with them over a secure connection.
Type from 8 to 31 case-sensitive ASCII characters or from 16 to 62 hexadecimal
("0-9", "A-F") characters. You must precede a hexadecimal key with a "0x (zero
x), which is not counted as part of the 16 to 62 character range for the key. For
example, in "0x0123456789ABCDEF", 0x denotes that the key is hexadecimal
and 0123456789ABCDEF is the key itself.
Both ends of the VPN tunnel must use the same pre-shared key. You will receive
a PYLD_MALFORMED (payload malformed) packet if the same pre-shared key
is not used on both ends.
Certificate Select the Certificate radio button to identify the ZyWALL by a certificate.
Use the drop-down list box to select the certificate to use for this VPN tunnel. You
must have certificates already configured in the My Certificates screen. Click My
Certificates to go to the My Certificates screen where you can view the
ZyWALL's list of certificates.
Local ID Type Select IP to identify this ZyWALL by its IP address.
Select DNS to identify this ZyWALL by a domain name.
Select E-mail to identify this ZyWALL by an e-mail address.
You do not configure the local ID type and content when you set Authentication
Key to Certificate. The ZyWALL takes them from the certificate you select.
Content When you select IP in the Local ID Type field, type the IP address of your
computer in the local Content field. The ZyWALL automatically uses the IP
address in the My ZyWALL field (refer to the My ZyWALL field description) if you
configure the local Content field to 0.0.0.0 or leave it blank.
It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0.0.0.0 in the local
Content field or use the DNS or E-mail ID type in the following situations.
1. When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers.
2. When you want the remote IPSec router to be able to distinguish between VPN
connection requests that come in from IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP
addresses.
When you select DNS or E-mail in the Local ID Type field, type a domain name
or e-mail address by which to identify this ZyWALL in the local Content field. Use
up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces, although trailing spaces are
truncated. The domain name or e-mail address is for identification purposes only
and can be any string.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Peer ID Type Select from the following when you set Authentication Key to Pre-shared Key.
Select IP to identify the remote IPSec router by its IP address.
Select DNS to identify the remote IPSec router by a domain name.
Select E-mail to identify the remote IPSec router by an e-mail address.
Select from the following when you set Authentication Key to Certificate.
Select IP to identify the remote IPSec router by the IP address in the subject
alternative name field of the certificate it uses for this VPN connection.
Select DNS to identify the remote IPSec router by the domain name in the subject
alternative name field of the certificate it uses for this VPN connection.
Select E-mail to identify the remote IPSec router by the e-mail address in the
subject alternative name field of the certificate it uses for this VPN connection.
Select Subject Name to identify the remote IPSec router by the subject name of
the certificate it uses for this VPN connection.
Select Any to have the ZyWALL not check the remote IPSec router's ID.
Content The configuration of the peer content depends on the peer ID type.
Do the following when you set Authentication Key to Pre-shared Key.
For IP, type the IP address of the computer with which you will make the VPN
connection. If you configure this field to 0.0.0.0 or leave it blank, the ZyWALL will
use the address in the Primary Remote Gateway field (refer to the Primary
Remote Gateway field description).
For DNS or E-mail, type a domain name or e-mail address by which to identify
the remote IPSec router. Use up to 31 ASCII characters including spaces,
although trailing spaces are truncated. The domain name or e-mail address is for
identification purposes only and can be any string.
It is recommended that you type an IP address other than 0.0.0.0 or use the DNS
or E-mail ID type in the following situations:
1. When there is a NAT router between the two IPSec routers.
2. When you want the ZyWALL to distinguish between VPN connection requests
that come in from remote IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP addresses.
Do the following when you set Authentication Key to Certificate.
1. For IP, type the IP address from the subject alternative name field of the
certificate the remote IPSec router will use for this VPN connection. If you
configure this field to 0.0.0.0 or leave it blank, the ZyWALL will use the address in
the Primary Remote Gateway field (refer to the Primary Remote Gateway field
description).
2. For DNS or E-mail, type the domain name or e-mail address from the subject
alternative name field of the certificate the remote IPSec router will use for this
VPN connection.
3. For Subject Name, type the subject name of the certificate the remote IPSec
router will use for this VPN connection. Use up to255 ASCII characters including
spaces.
4. For Any, the peer Content field is not available.
5. Regardless of how you configure the ID Type and Content fields, two active
IPSec SAs cannot have both the local and remote IP address ranges overlap
between rules.
Extended
Authentication
Enable Extended Select this check box to activate extended authentication.
Authentication

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Server Mode Select Server Mode to have this ZyWALL authenticate extended authentication
clients that request this VPN connection.
You must also configure the extended authentication clients’ usernames and
passwords in the authentication server’s local user database or a RADIUS server
(see Chapter 21 on page 427).
Click Local User to go to the Local User Database screen where you can view
and/or edit the list of user names and passwords. Click RADIUS to go to the
RADIUS screen where you can configure the ZyWALL to check an external
RADIUS server.
During authentication, if the ZyWALL (in server mode) does not find the extended
authentication clients’ user name in its internal user database and an external
RADIUS server has been enabled, it attempts to authenticate the client through
the RADIUS server.
Client Mode Select Client Mode to have your ZyWALL use a username and password when
initiating this VPN connection to the extended authentication server ZyWALL.
Only a VPN extended authentication client can initiate this VPN connection.
User Name Enter a user name for your ZyWALL to be authenticated by the VPN peer (in
server mode). The user name can be up to 31 case-sensitive ASCII characters,
but spaces are not allowed. You must enter a user name and password when you
select client mode.
Password Enter the corresponding password for the above user name. The password can
be up to 31 case-sensitive ASCII characters, but spaces are not allowed.
IKE Proposal
Negotiation Mode Select Main or Aggressive from the drop-down list box. Multiple SAs connecting
through a secure gateway must have the same negotiation mode.
Encryption Select which key size and encryption algorithm to use in the IKE SA. Choices are:
Algorithm DES - a 56-bit key with the DES encryption algorithm
3DES - a 168-bit key with the DES encryption algorithm
AES - a 128/192/256-bit key with the AES encryption algorithm
The ZyWALL and the remote IPSec router must use the same algorithms and
keys. Longer keys require more processing power, resulting in increased latency
and decreased throughput.
Authentication Select which hash algorithm to use to authenticate packet data in the IKE SA.
Algorithm Choices are SHA1 and MD5. SHA1 is generally considered stronger than MD5,
but it is also slower.
SA Life Time Define the length of time before an IKE SA automatically renegotiates in this field.
(Seconds) It may range from 180 to 3,000,000 seconds (almost 35 days).
disconnected.
Key Group Select which Diffie-Hellman key group (DHx) you want to use for encryption keys.
Choices are:
DH1 - use a 768-bit random number
DH2 - use a 1024-bit random number
DH5 - use a 1536-bit random number.
The longer the key, the more secure the encryption, but also the longer it takes to
encrypt and decrypt information. Both routers must use the same DH key group.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Multiple Select this to allow the ZyWALL to use any of its phase 1 key groups and
Proposals encryption and authentication algorithms when negotiating an IKE SA.
When you enable multiple proposals, the ZyWALL allows the remote IPSec
router to select which phase 1 key groups and encryption and authentication
algorithms to use for the IKE SA, even if they are less secure than the ones you
configure for the VPN rule.
Clear this to have the ZyWALL use only the configured phase 1 key groups and
encryption and authentication algorithms when negotiating an IKE SA.
Associated The following table shows the policy(ies) you configure for this rule.
Network Policies To add a VPN policy, click the add network policy ( ) icon in the VPN Rules
(IKE) screen (see Figure 209 on page 360). Refer to Section 19.4 on page 367
for more information.
# This field displays the policy index number.
Name This field displays the policy name.
Local Network This field displays one or a range of IP address(es) of the computer(s) behind the
ZyWALL.
Remote Network This field displays one or a range of IP address(es) of the remote network behind
the remote IPsec router.
Edit Click this icon to open the screen where you can configure the network policy.
Delete Click this icon to remove the network policy.
19.4 The Network Policy Edit Screen

Click SECURITY > VPN and the add network policy ( ) icon or a network policy’s edit
icon in the VPN Rules (IKE) screen to display the VPN-Network Policy -Edit screen. Use
this screen to configure a network policy. A network policy identifies the devices behind the
IPSec routers at either end of a VPN tunnel and specifies the authentication, encryption and
other settings needed to negotiate a phase 2 IPSec SA.

Figure 211 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Network Policy


Table 102 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Network Policy
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active If the Active check box is selected, packets for the tunnel trigger the ZyWALL to
build the tunnel.
Clear the Active check box to turn the network policy off. The ZyWALL does not
apply the policy. Packets for the tunnel do not trigger the tunnel.
If you clear the Active check box while the tunnel is up (and click Apply), you
turn off the network policy and the tunnel goes down.
Name Type a name to identify this VPN network policy. You may use any character,
including spaces, but the ZyWALL drops trailing spaces.
Protocol Specify the number of an IP protocol type.
Enter 1 for ICMP, 6 for TCP, 17 for UDP, and so on. 0 is the default and
signifies any protocol.
Nailed-Up Select this check box to turn on the nailed up feature for this SA.
Turn on nailed up to have the ZyWALL automatically reinitiate the SA after the
SA lifetime times out, even if there is no traffic. The ZyWALL also reinitiates the
SA when it restarts.
The ZyWALL also rebuilds the tunnel if it was disconnected due to the output or
input idle timer.
Allow NetBIOS This field is not available when the ZyWALL is in bridge mode.
Traffic Through NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System) are TCP or UDP packets that
IPSec Tunnel enable a computer to connect to and communicate with a LAN. It may
sometimes be necessary to allow NetBIOS packets to pass through VPN
tunnels in order to allow local computers to find computers on the remote
network and vice versa.
Select this check box to send NetBIOS packets through the VPN connection.
Check IPSec Tunnel Select the check box and configure an IP address in the Ping this Address
Connectivity field to have the ZyWALL periodically test the VPN tunnel to the remote IPSec
router.
The ZyWALL pings the IP address every minute. The ZyWALL starts the IPSec
connection idle timeout timer when it sends the ping packet. If there is no traffic
from the remote IPSec router by the time the timeout period expires, the
ZyWALL disconnects the VPN tunnel.
Log Select this check box to set the ZyWALL to create logs when it cannot ping the
remote device.
Ping this Address If you select Check IPSec Tunnel Connectivity, enter the IP address of a
computer at the remote IPSec network. The computer's IP address must be in
this IP policy's remote range (see the Remote Network fields).
Gateway Policy
Information
Gateway Policy Select the gateway policy with which to use the VPN policy or store it in the
recycle bin (without an association to any gateway policy).
Virtual Address Virtual address mapping over VPN is available with the routing mode.
Mapping Rule
Active Enable this feature to have the ZyWALL use virtual (translated) IP addresses
for the local network for the VPN connection. You do not configure the Local
Network fields when you enable virtual address mapping.
Virtual address mapping allows local and remote networks to have overlapping
IP addresses. Virtual address mapping (NAT over IPSec) translates the source
IP addresses of computers on your local network to other (virtual) IP addresses
before sending the packets to the remote IPSec router. This translation hides
the source IP addresses of computers in the local network.

Table 102 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Network Policy (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Port Forwarding If you are configuring a Many-to-One rule, click this button to go to a screen
Rules where you can configure port forwarding for your VPN tunnels. The VPN
network policy port forwarding rules let the ZyWALL forward traffic coming in
through the VPN tunnel to the appropriate IP address.
Type Select One-to-One to translate a single (static) IP address on your LAN to a
single virtual IP address.
Select Many-to-One to translate a range of (static) IP addresses on your LAN
to a single virtual IP address. Many-to-one rules are for traffic going out from
your LAN, through the VPN tunnel, to the remote network. Use port forwarding
rules to allow incoming traffic from the remote network.
Select Many One-to-One to translate a range of (static) IP addresses on your
LAN to a range of virtual IP addresses.
Private Starting IP Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the ZyWALL that can use the
Address VPN tunnel.
When you select One-to-One in the Type field, enter the (static) IP address of a
computer on the LAN behind your ZyWALL.
When you select Many-to-One or Many One-to-One in the Type field, enter
the beginning (static) IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind
your ZyWALL.
Private Ending IP When you select Many-to-One or Many One-to-One in the Type field, enter
Address the ending (static) IP address in a range of computers on the LAN behind your
ZyWALL.
Virtual Starting IP Enter the (static) IP addresses that represent the translated private IP
Address addresses. These must correspond to the remote IPSec router's configured
remote IP addresses.
When you select One-to-One or Many-to-One in the Type field, enter an IP
address as the translated IP address. Many-to-one rules are only for traffic
going to the remote network. Use port forwarding rules to allow incoming traffic
from the remote network.
When you select Many One-to-One in the Type field, enter the beginning IP
address of a range of translated IP addresses.
Virtual Ending IP When you select Many One-to-One in the Type field, enter the ending (static)
Address IP address of a range of translated IP addresses.
The size of the private address range must be equal to the size of the translated
virtual address range.
Local Network Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the ZyWALL that can use the
VPN tunnel. The local IP addresses must correspond to the remote IPSec
router's configured remote IP addresses.
Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address(es) both the
same. Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address, but not
both. You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP
addresses, as long as only one is active at any time.
Address Type Use the drop-down list box to choose Single Address, Range Address, or
Subnet Address. Select Single Address for a single IP address. Select
Range Address for a specific range of IP addresses. Select Subnet Address
to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask.
Starting IP Address When the Address Type field is configured to Single Address, enter a (static)
IP address on the LAN behind your ZyWALL. When the Address Type field is
configured to Range Address, enter the beginning (static) IP address, in a
range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyWALL. When the Address Type
field is configured to Subnet Address, this is a (static) IP address on the LAN
behind your ZyWALL.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Ending IP Address/ When the Address Type field is configured to Single Address, this field is N/A.
Subnet Mask When the Address Type field is configured to Range Address, enter the end
(static) IP address, in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyWALL.
When the Address Type field is configured to Subnet Address, this is a
subnet mask on the LAN behind your ZyWALL.
Local Port 0 is the default and signifies any port. Type a port number from 0 to 65535 in the
Start and End fields. Some of the most common IP ports are: 21, FTP; 53,
DNS; 23, Telnet; 80, HTTP; 25, SMTP; 110, POP3.
Remote Network Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the remote IPSec router that
can use the VPN tunnel. The remote IP addresses must correspond to the
remote IPSec router's configured local IP addresses.
Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address(es) both the
same. Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address, but not
both. You can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP
addresses, as long as only one is active at any time.
Subnet Address. Select Single Address with a single IP address. Select
Range Address for a specific range of IP addresses. Select Subnet Address
to specify IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask.
Starting IP Address When the Address Type field is configured to Single Address, enter a (static)
IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router. When the Addr
Type field is configured to Range Address, enter the beginning (static) IP
address, in a range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec
router. When the Address Type field is configured to Subnet Address, enter a
(static) IP address on the network behind the remote IPSec router.
Ending IP Address/ When the Address Type field is configured to Single Address, this field is N/A.
Subnet Mask When the Address Type field is configured to Range Address, enter the end
(static) IP address, in a range of computers on the network behind the remote
IPSec router. When the Address Type field is configured to Subnet Address,
enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router.
Remote Port 0 is the default and signifies any port. Type a port number from 0 to 65535 in the
Start and End fields. Some of the most common IP ports are: 21, FTP; 53,
DNS; 23, Telnet; 80, HTTP; 25, SMTP; 110, POP3.
IPSec Proposal
Encapsulation Mode Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode.
Active Protocol Select the security protocols used for an SA.
Both AH and ESP increase processing requirements and communications
latency (delay).
Encryption Algorithm Select which key size and encryption algorithm to use in this SA. Choices are:
NULL - no encryption key or algorithm
DES - a 56-bit key with the DES encryption algorithm
3DES - a 168-bit key with the DES encryption algorithm
AES - a 128/192/256-bit key with the AES encryption algorithm
The ZyWALL and the remote IPSec router must use the same algorithms and
keys. Longer keys require more processing power, resulting in increased
latency and decreased throughput.
Authentication Select which hash algorithm to use to authenticate packet data in the IPSec SA.
Algorithm Choices are SHA1 and MD5. SHA1 is generally considered stronger than MD5,
but it is also slower.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
SA Life Time Define the length of time before an IPSec SA automatically renegotiates in this
disconnected.
Perfect Forward Select whether or not you want to enable Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS) and, if
Secret (PFS) you do, which Diffie-Hellman key group to use for encryption. Choices are:
NONE - disable PFS
DH1 - enable PFS and use a 768-bit random number
PFS changes the root key that is used to generate encryption keys for each
IPSec SA. The longer the key, the more secure the encryption, but also the
longer it takes to encrypt and decrypt information. Both routers must use the
same DH key group.
Enable Replay As a VPN setup is processing intensive, the system is vulnerable to Denial of
Detection Service (DOS) attacks. The IPSec receiver can detect and reject old or
duplicate packets to protect against replay attacks. Enable replay detection by
selecting this check box.
Enable Multiple Select this to allow the ZyWALL to use any of its phase 2 encryption and
Proposals authentication algorithms when negotiating an IPSec SA.
When you enable multiple proposals, the ZyWALL allows the remote IPSec
router to select which phase 2 encryption and authentication algorithms to use
for the IPSec SA, even if they are less secure than the ones you configure for
the VPN rule.
Clear this to have the ZyWALL use only the configured phase 2 encryption and
authentication algorithms when negotiating an IPSec SA.
Apply Click Apply to save the changes.
Cancel Click Cancel to discard all changes and return to the main VPN screen.
19.5 The Network Policy Edit: Port Forwarding Screen

Click SECURITY > VPN and the add network policy ( ) icon in the VPN Rules (IKE)
screen to display the VPN-Network Policy -Edit screen. Then, under Virtual Address
Mapping Rule, select Many-to-One as the Type and click the Port Forwarding Rules
button to open the following screen. Use this screen to configure port forwarding for your
VPN tunnels to let the ZyWALL forward traffic coming in through the VPN tunnel to the
appropriate IP address on the LAN.

Figure 212 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Network Policy > Port Forwarding

Table 103 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Edit Network Policy > Port Forwarding
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services, NAT supports a default server.
A default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this
screen. If you do not assign a default server IP address, all packets received for
ports not specified in this screen are discarded.
# Number of an individual port forwarding server entry.
Active Select this check box to activate the port forwarding server entry.
Name Enter a descriptive name for identifying purposes.
Start Port Type a port number in this field.
To forward only one port, type the port number again in the End Port field.
To forward a series of ports, type the start port number here and the end port
number in the End Port field.
End Port Type a port number in this field.
To forward only one port, type the port number in the Start Port field above and
then type it again in this field.
To forward a series of ports, type the last port number in a series that begins
with the port number in the Start Port field above.
Server IP Address Type your server IP address in this field.
Apply Click this button to save these settings.
Cancel Click this button to return to the VPN-Network Policy -Edit screen without
saving your changes.

19.6 The Network Policy Move Screen

Click the move ( ) icon in the VPN Rules (IKE) screen to display the VPN Rules (IKE):
Network Policy Move screen.
A VPN (Virtual Private Network) tunnel gives you a secure connection to another computer or
network. Each VPN tunnel uses a single gateway policy and one or more network policies.
• The gateway policy contains the IKE SA settings. It identifies the IPSec routers at either
end of a VPN tunnel.
• The network policy contains the IPSec SA settings. It specifies which devices (behind the
IPSec routers) can use the VPN tunnel.
Use this screen to associate a network policy to a gateway policy.
Figure 213 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Move Network Policy

Table 104 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (IKE) > Move Network Policy
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Network Policy The following fields display the general network settings of this VPN policy.
Information
Name This field displays the policy name.
Local Network This field displays one or a range of IP address(es) of the computer(s) behind the
ZyWALL.
Remote Network This field displays one or a range of IP address(es) of the remote network behind
the remote IPsec router.
Gateway Policy
Information
Gateway Policy Select the name of a VPN rule (or gateway policy) to which you want to associate
this VPN network policy.
If you do not want to associate a network policy to any gateway policy, select
Recycle Bin from the drop-down list box. The Recycle Bin gateway policy is a
virtual placeholder for any network policy(ies) without an associated gateway
policy. When there is a network policy in Recycle Bin, the Recycle Bin gateway
policy automatically displays in the VPN Rules (IKE) screen.
Apply Click Apply to save the changes.
Cancel Click Cancel to discard all changes and return to the main VPN screen.

19.7 The VPN Rules (Manual) Screen

Refer to Figure 208 on page 359 for a graphical representation of the fields in the web
configurator.
Click SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) to open the VPN Rules (Manual) screen.
Use this screen to manage the ZyWALL’s list of VPN rules (tunnels) that use manual keys.
You may want to configure a VPN rule that uses manual key management if you are having
problems with IKE key management.
Figure 214 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual)

Table 105 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the VPN policy index number.
Active This field displays whether the VPN policy is active or not. A Yes signifies that this
VPN policy is active. No signifies that this VPN policy is not active.
Local Network This is the IP address(es) of computer(s) on your local network behind your
ZyWALL.
The same (static) IP address is displayed twice when the Local Network Address
Type field in the VPN - Manual Key - Edit screen is configured to Single Address.
The beginning and ending (static) IP addresses, in a range of computers are
displayed when the Local Network Address Type field in the VPN - Manual Key -
Edit screen is configured to Range Address.
A (static) IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Local Network
Address Type field in the VPN - Manual Key - Edit screen is configured to
Subnet Address.
Remote Network This is the IP address(es) of computer(s) on the remote network behind the remote
IPSec router.
This field displays N/A when the Remote Gateway Address field displays 0.0.0.0.
In this case only the remote IPSec router can initiate the VPN.
The same (static) IP address is displayed twice when the Remote Network
Address Type field in the VPN - Manual Key - Edit screen is configured to Single
Address.
The beginning and ending (static) IP addresses, in a range of computers are
displayed when the Remote Network Address Type field in the VPN - Manual
Key - Edit screen is configured to Range Address.
A (static) IP address and a subnet mask are displayed when the Remote Network
Address Type field in the VPN - Manual Key - Edit screen is configured to
Subnet Address.

Table 105 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Encap. This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode (Tunnel is the default selection).
Remote Gateway This is the static WAN IP address of the remote IPSec router.
Address
Modify Click the edit icon to edit the VPN policy.
Click the delete icon to remove the VPN policy. A window displays asking you to
confirm that you want to delete the VPN rule. When a VPN policy is deleted,
subsequent policies move up in the page list.
Add Click Add to add a new VPN policy.
19.8 The VPN Rules (Manual): Edit Screen

Click the Add button or the edit icon on the VPN Rules (Manual) screen to open the
following screen. Use this screen to configure VPN rules that use manual keys. Manual key
management is useful if you have problems with IKE key management. See IPSec SA Using
Manual Keys on page 395 for more information about IPSec SAs using manual keys.
Figure 215 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) > Edit


Table 106 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) > Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Property
Active Select this check box to activate this VPN policy.
Name Type up to 32 characters to identify this VPN policy. You may use any character,
including spaces, but the ZyWALL drops trailing spaces.
Allow NetBIOS This field is not available when the ZyWALL is in bridge mode.
Traffic Through NetBIOS (Network Basic Input/Output System) are TCP or UDP packets that
IPSec Tunnel enable a computer to find other computers. It may sometimes be necessary to
allow NetBIOS packets to pass through VPN tunnels in order to allow local
computers to find computers on the remote network and vice versa.
Select this check box to send NetBIOS packets through the VPN connection.
Local Network Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the ZyWALL that can use the VPN
tunnel. The local IP addresses must correspond to the remote IPSec router's
configured remote IP addresses.
Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address(es) both the same.
Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address, but not both. You
can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses, as
long as only one is active at any time.
Subnet Address. Select Single Address for a single IP address. Select Range
Address for a specific range of IP addresses. Select Subnet Address to specify
IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask.
Starting IP When the Address Type field is configured to Single Address, enter a (static) IP
Address address on the LAN behind your ZyWALL. When the Address Type field is
configured to Range Address, enter the beginning (static) IP address, in a range
of computers on the LAN behind your ZyWALL. When the Address Type field is
configured to Subnet Address, this is a (static) IP address on the LAN behind
your ZyWALL.
Ending IP When the Address Type field is configured to Single Address, this field is N/A.
Address/Subnet When the Address Type field is configured to Range Address, enter the end
Mask (static) IP address, in a range of computers on the LAN behind your ZyWALL.
When the Address Type field is configured to Subnet Address, this is a subnet
mask on the LAN behind your ZyWALL.
Remote Network Specify the IP addresses of the devices behind the remote IPSec router that can
use the VPN tunnel. The remote IP addresses must correspond to the remote
IPSec router's configured local IP addresses.
Two active SAs cannot have the local and remote IP address(es) both the same.
Two active SAs can have the same local or remote IP address, but not both. You
can configure multiple SAs between the same local and remote IP addresses, as
long as only one is active at any time.
Subnet Address. Select Single Address with a single IP address. Select Range
Address for a specific range of IP addresses. Select Subnet Address to specify
IP addresses on a network by their subnet mask.
Starting IP When the Address Type field is configured to Single Address, enter a (static) IP
Address address on the network behind the remote IPSec router. When the Addr Type field
is configured to Range Address, enter the beginning (static) IP address, in a
range of computers on the network behind the remote IPSec router. When the
Address Type field is configured to Subnet Address, enter a (static) IP address
on the network behind the remote IPSec router.

Table 106 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) > Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Ending IP When the Address Type field is configured to Single Address, this field is N/A.
Address/Subnet When the Address Type field is configured to Range Address, enter the end
Mask (static) IP address, in a range of computers on the network behind the remote
IPSec router. When the Address Type field is configured to Subnet Address,
enter a subnet mask on the network behind the remote IPSec router.
Gateway Policy
Information
My ZyWALL When the ZyWALL is in router mode, enter the WAN IP address of your ZyWALL
or leave the field set to 0.0.0.0.
The ZyWALL uses its current WAN IP address (static or dynamic) in setting up the
VPN tunnel if you leave this field as 0.0.0.0. If the WAN connection goes down, the
ZyWALL uses the dial backup IP address for the VPN tunnel when using dial
backup or the LAN IP address when using traffic redirect.
The VPN tunnel has to be rebuilt if this IP address changes.
Primary Remote Type the WAN IP address of the IPSec router with which you're making the VPN
Gateway connection.
Manual Proposal
SPI Type a unique SPI (Security Parameter Index) from one to four characters long.
Valid Characters are "0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9".
Encapsulation Select Tunnel mode or Transport mode from the drop-down list box.
Mode
Active Protocol Select ESP if you want to use ESP (Encapsulation Security Payload). The ESP
protocol (RFC 2406) provides encryption as well as some of the services offered
by AH. If you select ESP here, you must select options from the Encryption
Algorithm and Authentication Algorithm fields (described next).
Select AH if you want to use AH (Authentication Header Protocol). The AH
protocol (RFC 2402) was designed for integrity, authentication, sequence integrity
(replay resistance), and non-repudiation but not for confidentiality, for which the
ESP was designed. If you select AH here, you must select options from the
Authentication Algorithm field (described next).
Encryption Select DES, 3DES or NULL from the drop-down list box.
Algorithm When DES is used for data communications, both sender and receiver must know
the Encryption Key, which can be used to encrypt and decrypt the message or to
generate and verify a message authentication code. The DES encryption
algorithm uses a 56-bit key. Triple DES (3DES) is a variation on DES that uses a
168-bit key. As a result, 3DES is more secure than DES. It also requires more
processing power, resulting in increased latency and decreased throughput.
Select NULL to set up a tunnel without encryption. When you select NULL, you do
not enter an encryption key.
Authentication Select SHA1 or MD5 from the drop-down list box. MD5 (Message Digest 5) and
Algorithm SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) are hash algorithms used to authenticate packet
data. The SHA1 algorithm is generally considered stronger than MD5, but is
slower. Select MD5 for minimal security and SHA-1 for maximum security.
Encryption Key This field is applicable when you select ESP in the Active Protocol field above.
With DES, type a unique key 8 characters long. With 3DES, type a unique key 24
characters long. Any characters may be used, including spaces, but trailing
spaces are truncated.
Authentication Type a unique authentication key to be used by IPSec if applicable. Enter 16
Key characters for MD5 authentication or 20 characters for SHA-1 authentication. Any
characters may be used, including spaces, but trailing spaces are truncated.

Table 106 SECURITY > VPN > VPN Rules (Manual) > Edit (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
19.9 The VPN SA Monitor Screen

In the web configurator, click SECURITY > VPN > SA Monitor. Use this screen to display
and manage active VPN connections.
A Security Association (SA) is the group of security settings related to a specific VPN tunnel.
This screen displays active VPN connections. Use Refresh to display active VPN
connections.
Figure 216 SECURITY > VPN > SA Monitor

Table 107 SECURITY > VPN > SA Monitor
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the security association index number.
Local Network This field displays the IP address of the computer using the VPN IPSec feature of
your ZyWALL.
Remote Network This field displays IP address (in a range) of computers on the remote network
Encapsulation This field displays Tunnel or Transport mode.
Refresh Click Refresh to display the current active VPN connection(s).
Disconnect Select a security association index number that you want to disconnect and then
click Disconnect.
19.10 The VPN Global Setting Screen

Click SECURITY > VPN > Global Setting to open the VPN Global Setting screen. Use this
screen to change settings that apply to all of your VPN tunnels.

Local and Remote IP Address Conflict Resolution

Normally, you do not configure your local VPN policy rule’s IP addresses to overlap with the
remote VPN policy rule’s IP addresses. For example, you usually would not configure both
with 192.168.1.0. However, overlapping local and remote network IP addresses can occur
with dynamic VPN rules or IP alias.
Dynamic VPN Rule

Local and remote network IP addresses can overlap when you configure a dynamic VPN rule
for a remote site (see Figure 217). For example, when you configure ZyWALL X, you
configure the local network as 192.168.1.0/24 and the remote network as any (0.0.0.0). The
“any” includes all possible IP addresses. It will forward traffic from network A to network B
even if both the sender (for example 192.168.1.8) and the receiver (for example 192.168.1.9)
are in network A. Note that the remote access can still use the VPN tunnel to access computers
on ZyWALL X’s network.
Figure 217 Overlap in a Dynamic VPN Rule
192.168.1.0/24 0.0.0.0
• Setting Local and Remote IP Address Conflict Resolution to The Local Network
has the ZyWALL X check if a packet’s destination is also at the local network before
forwarding the packet. If it is, the ZyWALL sends the traffic to the local network.
• Setting Local and Remote IP Address Conflict Resolution to The Remote
Network disables the checking for local network IP addresses.
IP Alias
You could have an IP alias network that overlaps with the VPN remote network (see Figure
218). For example, you have an IP alias network M (10.1.2.0/24) in ZyWALL X’s LAN. For
the VPN rule, you configure the VPN network as follows.
• Local IP address start: 192.168.1.1, end: 192.168.1.254
• Remote IP address start: 10.1.2.240, end: 10.1.2.254
• IP addresses 10.1.2.240 to 10.1.2.254 overlap.

Figure 218 Overlap in IP Alias and VPN Remote Networks
In this case, if you want to send packets from network A to an overlapped IP (ex. 10.1.2.241)
that is in the IP alias network M, you have to set Local and Remote IP Address Conflict
Resolution to The Local Network.
Figure 219 SECURITY > VPN > Global Setting

Table 108 SECURITY > VPN > Global Setting
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Output Idle Timer The ZyWALL disconnects a VPN tunnel if the remote IPSec router does not
reply for this number of seconds.
Input Idle Timer When no traffic is received from a remote IPSec router after the specified
time period, the ZyWALL disconnects the VPN tunnel. 0 disables the check
(this is the default setting).
The output idle timer never takes affect if you set this timer to a shorter
period.

Table 108 SECURITY > VPN > Global Setting (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Gateway Domain If you use dynamic domain names in VPN rules to identify the ZyWALL and/
Name Update Timer or the remote IPSec router, the IP address mapped to the domain name can
change. The VPN tunnel stops working after the IP address changes. Any
users of the VPN tunnel are disconnected until the ZyWALL gets the new IP
address from a DNS server and rebuilds the VPN tunnel.
Enter the time period (between 2 and 60 minutes) to set how often the
ZyWALL queries a DNS server to update the IP address and domain name
mapping.
If the query returns a new IP address for a dynamic domain name, the
ZyWALL disconnects the VPN tunnel. The ZyWALL rebuilds the VPN tunnel
(using the new IP address) immediately if the IPSec SA is set to nailed up.
Otherwise the ZyWALL rebuilds the VPN tunnel when there are packets for it
or you manually dial it.
If the ZyWALL and all of the remote IPSec routers use static IP addresses or
regular domain names, you can enter 0 to disable this feature.
Adjust TCP Maximum The TCP packets are larger after the ZyWALL encrypts them for VPN. The
Segment Size ZyWALL fragments packets that are larger than a connection’s MTU
(Maximum Transmit Unit).
In most cases you should leave this set to Auto. The ZyWALL automatically
sets the Maximum Segment Size (MSS) of the TCP packets that are to be
encrypted by VPN based on the encapsulation type.
Select Off to not adjust the MSS for the encrypted TCP packets.
If your network environment causes fragmentation issues that are affecting
your throughput performance, you can manually set a smaller MSS for the
TCP packets that are to be encrypted by VPN. Select User-Defined and
specify a size from 0~1460 bytes. 0 has the ZyWALL use the auto setting.
Local and Remote IP Select The Local Network to send packets destined for overlapping local
Address Conflict and remote IP addresses to the local network (you can access the local
Resolution devices but not the remote devices).
Select The Remote Network (via VPN Tunnel) to send packets destined for
overlapping local and remote IP addresses to the remote network (you can
access the remote devices but not the local devices.)
If the remote IPSec router also supports NAT over IPSec, it is recommended
that you use NAT over IPSec (see Section 19.14 on page 388) if the local
and remote IP addresses overlap.
If a VPN rule’s local and remote network settings are both set to 0.0.0.0
(any), no traffic goes through the VPN tunnel if you select The Local
Network.
19.11 Telecommuter VPN/IPSec Examples

The following examples show how multiple telecommuters can make VPN connections to a
single ZyWALL at headquarters. The telecommuters use IPSec routers with dynamic WAN IP
addresses. The ZyWALL at headquarters has a static public IP address.

19.11.1 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example

See the following figure and table for an example configuration that allows multiple
telecommuters (A, B and C in the figure) to use one VPN rule to simultaneously access a
ZyWALL at headquarters (HQ in the figure). The telecommuters do not have domain names
mapped to the WAN IP addresses of their IPSec routers. The telecommuters must all use the
same IPSec parameters but the local IP addresses (or ranges of addresses) should not overlap.
Figure 220 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example
Table 109 Telecommuters Sharing One VPN Rule Example

FIELDS TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS
My ZyWALL: 0.0.0.0 (dynamic IP address Public static IP address
assigned by the ISP)
Remote Gateway Public static IP address 0.0.0.0 With this setting only the
Address: telecommuter can initiate the IPSec
tunnel.
Local Network - Single Telecommuter A: 192.168.2.12 192.168.1.10
IP Address: Telecommuter B: 192.168.3.2
Telecommuter C: 192.168.4.15
Remote Network - 192.168.1.10 Not Applicable
Single IP Address:
19.11.2 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example

In this example the telecommuters (A, B and C in the figure) use IPSec routers with domain
names that are mapped to their dynamic WAN IP addresses (use Dynamic DNS to do this).
With aggressive negotiation mode (see Negotiation Mode on page 391), the ZyWALL can use
the ID types and contents to distinguish between VPN rules. Telecommuters can each use a
separate VPN rule to simultaneously access a ZyWALL at headquarters. They can use
different IPSec parameters. The local IP addresses (or ranges of addresses) of the rules
configured on the ZyWALL at headquarters can overlap. The local IP addresses of the rules
configured on the telecommuters’ IPSec routers should not overlap.

See the following table and figure for an example where three telecommuters each use a
different VPN rule for a VPN connection with a ZyWALL located at headquarters. The
ZyWALL at headquarters (HQ in the figure) identifies each incoming SA by its ID type and
content and uses the appropriate VPN rule to establish the VPN connection.
The ZyWALL at headquarters can also initiate VPN connections to the telecommuters since it
can find the telecommuters by resolving their domain names.
Figure 221 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example
Table 110 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example

TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS
All Telecommuter Rules: All Headquarters Rules:
My ZyWALL 0.0.0.0 My ZyWALL: bigcompanyhq.com
Remote Gateway Address: bigcompanyhq.com Local Network - Single IP Address: 192.168.1.10
Remote Network - Single IP Address: Local ID Type: E-mail
192.168.1.10
Peer ID Type: E-mail Local ID Content: [email protected]
Peer ID Content: [email protected]
Telecommuter A (telecommutera.dydns.org) Headquarters ZyWALL Rule 1:

Local ID Type: IP Peer ID Type: IP
Local ID Content: 192.168.2.12 Peer ID Content: 192.168.2.12
Local IP Address: 192.168.2.12 Remote Gateway Address:
telecommutera.dydns.org
Remote Address 192.168.2.12
Telecommuter B (telecommuterb.dydns.org) Headquarters ZyWALL Rule 2:

Local ID Type: DNS Peer ID Type: DNS
Local ID Content: telecommuterb.com Peer ID Content: telecommuterb.com
telecommuterb.dydns.org

Table 110 Telecommuters Using Unique VPN Rules Example

TELECOMMUTERS HEADQUARTERS
Telecommuter C (telecommuterc.dydns.org) Headquarters ZyWALL Rule 3:

Local ID Type: E-mail Peer ID Type: E-mail
Local ID Content: [email protected] Peer ID Content: [email protected]
telecommuterc.dydns.org
19.12 VPN and Remote Management

You can allow someone to use a service (like Telnet or HTTP) through a VPN tunnel to
manage the ZyWALL. One of the ZyWALL’s ports must be part of the VPN rule’s local
network. This can be the ZyWALL’s LAN port if you do not want to allow remote
management on the WAN port. You also have to configure remote management (REMOTE
MGMT) to allow management access for the service through the specific port.
In the following example, the VPN rule’s local network (A) includes the ZyWALL’s LAN IP
address of 192.168.1.7. Someone in the remote network (B) can use a service (like HTTP for
example) through the VPN tunnel to access the ZyWALL’s LAN interface. Remote
management must also be configured to allow HTTP access on the ZyWALL’s LAN interface.
Figure 222 VPN for Remote Management Example
19.13 Hub-and-spoke VPN

Hub-and-spoke VPN connects VPN tunnels to form one secure network.
Figure 223 on page 386 shows some example network topologies. In the first (fully-meshed)
approach, there is a VPN connection between every pair of routers. In the second (hub-and-
spoke) approach, there is a VPN connection between each spoke router (B, C, D, and E) and
the hub router (A). The hub router routes VPN traffic between the spoke routers and itself.

Figure 223 VPN Topologies
Hub-and-spoke VPN reduces the number of VPN connections that you have to set up and
maintain in the network. Small office or telecommuter IPSec routers that support a limited
number of VPN tunnels are also able to use VPN to connect to more networks. Hub-and-spoke
VPN makes it easier for the hub router to manage the traffic between the spoke routers. If you
have the spoke routers access the Internet through the hub-and-spoke VPN tunnel, the hub
router can also provide content filtering, IDP, anti-spam and anti-virus protection for the spoke
routers.
You should not use a hub-and-spoke VPN in every situation, however. The hub router is a
single point of failure, so a hub-and-spoke VPN may not be appropriate if the connection
between the spoke routers cannot be down occasionally (for maintenance, for example). In
addition, there is a significant burden on the hub router. It receives VPN traffic from one
spoke, decrypts it, inspects it to find out where to send it, encrypts it, and sends it to the
appropriate spoke. Therefore, a hub-and-spoke VPN is more suitable when there is a minimum
amount of traffic between spoke routers.
19.13.1 Hub-and-spoke VPN Example

The following figure shows a basic hub-and-spoke VPN. Branch office A uses one VPN rule
to access both the headquarters (HQ) network and branch office B’s network. Branch office B
uses one VPN rule to access both the headquarters and branch office A’s networks.

Figure 224 Hub-and-spoke VPN Example
19.13.2 Hub-and-spoke Example VPN Rule Addresses

The VPN rules for this hub-and-spoke example would use the following address settings.
Branch Office A:
• Remote Gateway: 10.0.0.1
• Local IP address: 192.168.167.0/255.255.255.0
• Remote IP address: 192.168.168.0~192.168.169.255
Headquarters:
Rule 1:
• Local IP address: 192.168.168.0~192.168.169.255
• Remote IP address:192.168.167.0/255.255.255.0
Rule 2:
• Local IP address: 192.168.167.0~192.168.168.255
• Remote IP address: 192.168.169.0/255.255.255.0
Branch Office B:
• Local IP address: 192.168.169.0/255.255.255.0
• Remote IP address: 192.168.167.0~192.168.168.255
19.13.3 Hub-and-spoke VPN Requirements and Suggestions

Consider the following when implementing a hub-and-spoke VPN.
• The local IP addresses configured in the VPN rules cannot overlap

• The hub router must have at least one separate VPN rule for each spoke. In the local IP
address, specify the IP addresses of the hub-and-spoke networks with which the spoke is
to be able to have a VPN tunnel. This may require you to use more than one VPN rule.
• If you want to have the spoke routers access the Internet through the hub-and-spoke VPN
tunnel, set the VPN rules in the spoke routers to use 0.0.0.0 (any) as the remote IP address.
• Make sure that your From VPN and To VPN firewall rules do not block the VPN packets.
19.14 IPSec VPN Background Information

Here is some more detailed IPSec VPN background information.
IKE SA Proposal
The IKE SA proposal is used to identify the encryption algorithm, authentication algorithm,
and Diffie-Hellman (DH) key group that the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router use in the IKE
SA. In main mode, this is done in steps 1 and 2, as illustrated below.
Figure 225 IKE SA: Main Negotiation Mode, Steps 1 - 2: IKE SA Proposal
The ZyWALL sends one or more proposals to the remote IPSec router. (In some devices, you
can set up only one proposal.) Each proposal consists of an encryption algorithm,
authentication algorithm, and DH key group that the ZyWALL wants to use in the IKE SA.
The remote IPSec router selects an acceptable proposal and sends the accepted proposal back
to the ZyWALL. If the remote IPSec router rejects all of the proposals (for example, if the
VPN tunnel is not configured correctly), the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router cannot
establish an IKE SA.
" Both routers must use the same encryption algorithm, authentication
algorithm, and DH key group.
See the field descriptions for information about specific encryption algorithms, authentication
algorithms, and DH key groups. See Diffie-Hellman (DH) Key Exchange on page 389 for
more information about DH key groups.

Diffie-Hellman (DH) Key Exchange

The ZyWALL and the remote IPSec router use a DH key exchange to establish a shared secret,
which is used to generate encryption keys for IKE SA and IPSec SA. In main mode, the DH
key exchange is done in steps 3 and 4, as illustrated below.
Figure 226 IKE SA: Main Negotiation Mode, Steps 3 - 4: DH Key Exchange
The DH key exchange is based on DH key groups. Each key group is a fixed number of bits
long. The longer the key, the more secure the encryption keys, but also the longer it takes to
encrypt and decrypt information. For example, DH2 keys (1024 bits) are more secure than
DH1 keys (768 bits), but DH2 encryption keys take longer to encrypt and decrypt.
Authentication
Before the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router establish an IKE SA, they have to verify each
other’s identity. This process is based on pre-shared keys and router identities.
In main mode, the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router authenticate each other in steps 5 and 6,
as illustrated below. Their identities are encrypted using the encryption algorithm and
encryption key the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router selected in previous steps.
Figure 227 IKE SA: Main Negotiation Mode, Steps 5 - 6: Authentication
The ZyWALL and remote IPSec router use a pre-shared key in the authentication process,
though it is not actually transmitted or exchanged.
" The ZyWALL and the remote IPSec router must use the same pre-shared key.
Router identity consists of ID type and ID content. The ID type can be IP address, domain
name, or e-mail address, and the ID content is a specific IP address, domain name, or e-mail
address. The ID content is only used for identification; the IP address, domain name, or e-mail
address that you enter does not have to actually exist.

The ZyWALL and the remote IPSec router each has its own identity, so each one must store
two sets of information, one for itself and one for the other router. Local ID type and ID
content refers to the ID type and ID content that applies to the router itself, and peer ID type
and ID content refers to the ID type and ID content that applies to the other router in the IKE
SA.
" The ZyWALL’s local and peer ID type and ID content must match the remote
IPSec router’s peer and local ID type and ID content, respectively.
In the following example, the ID type and content match so the ZyWALL and the remote
IPSec router authenticate each other successfully.
Table 111 VPN Example: Matching ID Type and Content
ZYWALL REMOTE IPSEC ROUTER
Local ID type: E-mail Local ID type: IP
Local ID content: [email protected] Local ID content: 1.1.1.2
Peer ID type: IP Peer ID type: E-mail
Peer ID content: 1.1.1.2 Peer ID content: [email protected]
In the following example, the ID type and content do not match so the authentication fails and
the ZyWALL and the remote IPSec router cannot establish an IKE SA.
Table 112 VPN Example: Mismatching ID Type and Content
ZYWALL REMOTE IPSEC ROUTER
Local ID type: E-mail Local ID type: IP
Local ID content: [email protected] Local ID content: 1.1.1.2
Peer ID type: IP Peer ID type: E-mail
Peer ID content: 1.1.1.15 Peer ID content: [email protected]
It is also possible to configure the ZyWALL to ignore the identity of the remote IPSec router.
In this case, you usually set the peer ID type to Any. This is not as secure as other peer ID
types, however.
Certificates
It is also possible for the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router to authenticate each other with
certificates. In this case, the authentication process is different.
• Instead of using the pre-shared key, the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router check each
other’s certificates.
• The local ID type and ID content come from the certificate. On the ZyWALL, you simply
select which certificate to use.
• If you set the peer ID type to Any, the ZyWALL authenticates the remote IPSec router
using the trusted certificates and trusted CAs you have set up. Alternatively, if you want to
use a specific certificate to authenticate the remote IPSec router, you can use the
information in the certificate to specify the peer ID type and ID content.

" You must set up the certificates for the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router
before you can use certificates in IKE SA. See Chapter 20 on page 399 for
more information about certificates.
Extended Authentication
Extended authentication is often used when multiple IPSec routers use the same VPN tunnel to
connect to a single IPSec router. For example, this might be used with telecommuters.
Extended authentication occurs right after the authentication described in Authentication on
page 389.
In extended authentication, one of the routers (the ZyWALL or the remote IPSec router)
provides a user name and password to the other router, which uses a local user database and/or
an external server to verify the user name and password. If the user name or password is
wrong, the routers do not establish an IKE SA.
You can set up the ZyWALL to provide a user name and password to the remote IPSec router,
or you can set up the ZyWALL to check a user name and password that is provided by the
remote IPSec router.
Negotiation Mode
There are two negotiation modes: main mode and aggressive mode. Main mode provides
better security, while aggressive mode is faster.
Main mode takes six steps to establish an IKE SA.
Steps 1-2: The ZyWALL sends its proposals to the remote IPSec router. The remote IPSec
router selects an acceptable proposal and sends it back to the ZyWALL.
Steps 3-4: The ZyWALL and the remote IPSec router participate in a Diffie-Hellman key
exchange, based on the accepted DH key group, to establish a shared secret.
Steps 5-6: Finally, the ZyWALL and the remote IPSec router generate an encryption key from
the shared secret, encrypt their identities, and exchange their encrypted identity information
for authentication.
In contrast, aggressive mode only takes three steps to establish an IKE SA.
Step 1: The ZyWALL sends its proposals to the remote IPSec router. It also starts the Diffie-
Hellman key exchange and sends its (unencrypted) identity to the remote IPSec router for
authentication.
Step 2: The remote IPSec router selects an acceptable proposal and sends it back to the
ZyWALL. It also finishes the Diffie-Hellman key exchange, authenticates the ZyWALL, and
sends its (unencrypted) identity to the ZyWALL for authentication.
Step 3: The ZyWALL authenticates the remote IPSec router and confirms that the IKE SA is
established.
Aggressive mode does not provide as much security as main mode because the identity of the
ZyWALL and the identity of the remote IPSec router are not encrypted. It is usually used
when the address of the initiator is not known by the responder and both parties want to use
pre-shared keys for authentication (for example, telecommuters).

VPN, NAT, and NAT Traversal

In the following example, there is another router (A) between router X and router Y.
Figure 228 VPN/NAT Example
If router A does NAT, it might change the IP addresses, port numbers, or both. If router X and
router Y try to establish a VPN tunnel, the authentication fails because it depends on this
information. The routers cannot establish a VPN tunnel.
Most routers like router A now have an IPSec pass-through feature. This feature helps router A
recognize VPN packets and route them appropriately. If router A has this feature, router X and
router Y can establish a VPN tunnel as long as the active protocol is ESP. (See Active Protocol
on page 394 for more information about active protocols.)
If router A does not have an IPSec pass-through or if the active protocol is AH, you can solve
this problem by enabling NAT traversal. In NAT traversal, router X and router Y add an extra
header to the IKE SA and IPSec SA packets. If you configure router A to forward these
packets unchanged, router X and router Y can establish a VPN tunnel.
You have to do the following things to set up NAT traversal.
• Enable NAT traversal on the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router.
• Configure the NAT router to forward packets with the extra header unchanged. (See the
field description for detailed information about the extra header.)
The extra header may be UDP port 500 or UDP port 4500, depending on the standard(s) the
ZyWALL and remote IPSec router support.
IPSec SA Overview
Once the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router have established the IKE SA, they can securely
negotiate an IPSec SA through which to send data between computers on the networks.
" The IPSec SA stays connected even if the underlying IKE SA is not available
anymore.
This section introduces the key components of an IPSec SA.
Local and Remote Networks

In an IPSec SA, the local network consists of devices connected to the ZyWALL and may be
called the local policy. Similarly, the remote network consists of the devices connected to the
remote IPSec router and may be called the remote policy.

You can configure a remote network as 0.0.0.0 (any) when:

• Forwarding all outgoing traffic to the remote gateway.
• The remote network's addresses are unknown or there are many remote networks using
one VPN rule (see Section 19.11.1 on page 383 for an example of telecommuters sharing
one VPN rule).
" It is not recommended to set a VPN rule’s local and remote network settings
both to 0.0.0.0 (any).
In most cases you should use virtual address mapping (see Virtual Address Mapping on page
393) to avoid overlapping local and remote network IP addresses. See Section 19.10 on page
379 for how the ZyWALL handles overlapping local and remote network IP addresses.
Virtual Address Mapping

Virtual address mapping (NAT over IPSec) changes the source IP addresses of packets from
your local devices to virtual IP addresses before sending them through the VPN tunnel.
Avoiding Overlapping Local And Remote Network IP Addresses

If both IPSec routers support virtual address mapping, you can access devices on both
networks, even if their IP addresses overlap. You map the ZyWALL’s local network addresses
to virtual IP addresses and map the remote IPSec router’s local IP addresses to other (non-
overlapping) virtual IP addresses.
The following diagram shows an example of using virtual address mapping to avoid
overlapping local and remote IP addresses. You can set up virtual address mapping on both
IPSec routers to allow computers on network X to access network X and network Y computers
with the same IP address.
• You set ZyWALL A to change the source IP addresses of packets from local network X
(192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.4) to virtual IP addresses 10.0.0.2 to 10.0.0.4 before sending
them through the VPN tunnel.
• You set ZyWALL B to change the source IP addresses of packets from the remote
network Y (192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.27) to virtual IP addresses 172.21.2.2 to 172.21.2.27
before sending them through the VPN tunnel.
• On ZyWALL A, you specify 172.21.2.2 to 172.21.2.27 as the remote network. On
ZyWALL B, you specify 10.0.0.2 to 10.0.0.4 as the remote network.

Figure 229 Virtual Mapping of Local and Remote Network IP Addresses
Computers on network X use IP addresses 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.4 to access local network

devices and IP addresses 172.21.2.2 to 172.21.2.27 to access the remote network devices.
Computers on network Y use IP addresses 192.168.1.2 to 192.168.1.27 to access local
network devices and IP addresses 10.0.0.2 to 10.0.0.4 to access the remote network devices.
Active Protocol
The active protocol controls the format of each packet. It also specifies how much of each
packet is protected by the encryption and authentication algorithms. IPSec VPN includes two
active protocols, AH (Authentication Header, RFC 2402) and ESP (Encapsulating Security
Payload, RFC 2406).
Usually, you should select ESP. AH does not support encryption, and ESP is more suitable
with NAT.
Encapsulation
There are two ways to encapsulate packets. Usually, you should use tunnel mode because it is
more secure. Transport mode is only used when the IPSec SA is used for communication
between the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router (for example, for remote management), not
between computers on the local and remote networks.
These modes are illustrated below.
Figure 230 VPN: Transport and Tunnel Mode Encapsulation
Original Packet IP Header TCP Data

Header
Transport Mode Packet IP Header AH/ESP TCP Data

Header Header
Tunnel Mode Packet IP Header AH/ESP IP Header TCP Data

Header Header

In tunnel mode, the ZyWALL uses the active protocol to encapsulate the entire IP packet. As a
result, there are two IP headers:
• Outside header: The outside IP header contains the IP address of the ZyWALL or remote
IPSec router, whichever is the destination.
• Inside header: The inside IP header contains the IP address of the computer behind the
ZyWALL or remote IPSec router. The header for the active protocol (AH or ESP) appears
between the IP headers.
In transport mode, the encapsulation depends on the active protocol. With AH, the ZyWALL
includes part of the original IP header when it encapsulates the packet. With ESP, however,
the ZyWALL does not include the IP header when it encapsulates the packet, so it is not
possible to verify the integrity of the source IP address.
IPSec SA Proposal and Perfect Forward Secrecy

An IPSec SA proposal is similar to an IKE SA proposal (see IKE SA Proposal on page 388),
except that you also have the choice whether or not the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router
perform a new DH key exchange every time an IPSec SA is established. This is called Perfect
Forward Secrecy (PFS).
If you enable PFS, the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router perform a DH key exchange every
time an IPSec SA is established, changing the root key from which encryption keys are
generated. As a result, if one encryption key is compromised, other encryption keys remain
secure.
If you do not enable PFS, the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router use the same root key that
was generated when the IKE SA was established to generate encryption keys.
The DH key exchange is time-consuming and may be unnecessary for data that does not
require such security.
IPSec SA Using Manual Keys

You might set up an IPSec SA using manual keys when you want to establish a VPN tunnel
quickly, for example, for troubleshooting. You should only do this as a temporary solution,
however, because it is not as secure as a regular IPSec SA.
In IPSec SAs using manual keys, the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router do not establish an
IKE SA. They only establish an IPSec SA. As a result, an IPSec SA using manual keys has
some characteristics of IKE SA and some characteristics of IPSec SA. There are also some
differences between IPSec SA using manual keys and other types of SA.
IPSec SA Proposal Using Manual Keys

In IPSec SA using manual keys, you can only specify one encryption algorithm and one
authentication algorithm. You cannot specify several proposals. There is no DH key exchange,
so you have to provide the encryption key and the authentication key the ZyWALL and remote
IPSec router use.
Authentication and the Security Parameter Index (SPI)

For authentication, the ZyWALL and remote IPSec router use the SPI, instead of pre-shared
keys, ID type and content. The SPI is an identification number.

Additional IPSec VPN Topics

This section discusses other IPSec VPN topics that apply to either IKE SAs or IPSec SAs or
both. Relationships between the topics are also highlighted.
SA Life Time
SAs have a lifetime that specifies how long the SA lasts until it times out. When an SA times
out, the ZyWALL automatically renegotiates the SA in the following situations:
• There is traffic when the SA life time expires
• The IPSec SA is configured on the ZyWALL as nailed up (see below)
Otherwise, the ZyWALL must re-negotiate the SA the next time someone wants to send
traffic.
" If the IKE SA times out while an IPSec SA is connected, the IPSec SA stays
connected.
An IPSec SA can be set to nailed up. Normally, the ZyWALL drops the IPSec SA when the
life time expires or after two minutes of outbound traffic with no inbound traffic. If you set the
IPSec SA to nailed up, the ZyWALL automatically renegotiates the IPSec SA when the SA
life time expires, and it does not drop the IPSec SA if there is no inbound traffic.
" The SA life time and nailed up settings only apply if the rule identifies the
remote IPSec router by a static IP address or a domain name. If the Primary
Remote Gateway field is set to 0.0.0.0, the ZyWALL cannot initiate the tunnel
(and cannot renegotiate the SA).
IPSec High Availability

IPSec high availability (also known as VPN high availability) allows you to use a redundant
(backup) VPN connection to another WAN interface on the remote IPSec router if the primary
(regular) VPN connection goes down.
In the following figure, if the primary VPN tunnel (A) goes down, the ZyWALL uses the
redundant VPN tunnel (B).

Figure 231 IPSec High Availability
When setting up an IPSec high availability VPN tunnel, the remote IPSec router:
• Must have multiple WAN connections
• Only needs one corresponding IPSec rule
• Should only have IPSec high availability settings in its corresponding IPSec rule if your
ZyWALL has multiple WAN connections
• Should ideally identify itself by a domain name or dynamic domain name (it must
otherwise have My Address set to 0.0.0.0)
• Should use a WAN connectivity check to this ZyWALL’s WAN IP address
If the remote IPSec router is not a ZyWALL, you may also want to avoid setting the IPSec rule
to nailed up.
Encryption and Authentication Algorithms

In most ZyWALLs, you can select one of the following encryption algorithms for each
proposal. The encryption algorithms are listed here in order from weakest to strongest.
• Data Encryption Standard (DES) is a widely used (but breakable) method of data
encryption. It applies a 56-bit key to each 64-bit block of data.
• Triple DES (3DES) is a variant of DES. It iterates three times with three separate keys,
effectively tripling the strength of DES.
• Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is a newer method of data encryption that also uses
a secret key. AES applies a 128-bit key to 128-bit blocks of data. It is faster than 3DES.
See the CLI Reference Guide for how to have the AES encryption apply 192-bit or 256-bit
keys to 128-bit blocks of data.
You can select one of the following authentication algorithms for each proposal. The
algorithms are listed here in order from weakest to strongest.
• MD5 (Message Digest 5) produces a 128-bit digest to authenticate packet data.
• SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) produces a 160-bit digest to authenticate packet data.


CHAPTER 20
Certificates
20.1 Overview
The ZyWALL can use certificates (also called digital IDs) to authenticate users. Certificates
are based on public-private key pairs. A certificate contains the certificate owner’s identity and
public key. Certificates provide a way to exchange public keys for use in authentication.
20.1.1 What You Can Do in the Certificate Screens

• Use the My Certificate screens (see Section 20.2 on page 401) to generate and export
self-signed certificates or certification requests and import the ZyWALL’s CA-signed
certificates.
• Use the Trusted CA screens (see Section 20.6 on page 413) to save the certificates of
trusted CAs to the ZyWALL. You can also export the certificates to a computer.
• Use the Trusted Remote Hosts screens (see Section 20.9 on page 419) to import self-
signed certificates from trusted remote hosts.
• Use the Directory Servers screen (see Section 20.12 on page 424) to configure a list of
addresses of directory servers (that contain lists of valid and revoked certificates).
20.1.2 What You Need to Know About Certificates

A Certification Authority (CA) issues certificates and guarantees the identity of each
certificate owner. There are commercial certification authorities like CyberTrust or VeriSign
and government certification authorities. You can use the ZyWALL to generate certification
requests that contain identifying information and public keys and then send the certification
requests to a certification authority.
When using public-key cryptology for authentication, each host has two keys. One key is
public and can be made openly available; the other key is private and must be kept secure.
Public-key encryption in general works as follows.
1 Tim wants to send a private message to Jenny. Tim generates a public-private key pair.
What is encrypted with one key can only be decrypted using the other.
2 Tim keeps the private key and makes the public key openly available.
3 Tim uses his private key to encrypt the message and sends it to Jenny.
4 Jenny receives the message and uses Tim’s public key to decrypt it.
5 Additionally, Jenny uses her own private key to encrypt a message and Tim uses Jenny’s
public key to decrypt the message.

Chapter 20 Certificates
The ZyWALL uses certificates based on public-key cryptology to authenticate users

attempting to establish a connection. The method used to secure the data that you send through
an established connection depends on the type of connection. For example, a VPN tunnel
might use the triple DES encryption algorithm.
The certification authority uses its private key to sign certificates. Anyone can then use the
certification authority’s public key to verify the certificates.
A certification path is the hierarchy of certification authority certificates that validate a
certificate. The ZyWALL does not trust a certificate if any certificate on its path has expired or
been revoked.
Certification authorities maintain directory servers with databases of valid and revoked
certificates. A directory of certificates that have been revoked before the scheduled expiration
is called a CRL (Certificate Revocation List). The ZyWALL can check a peer’s certificate
against a directory server’s list of revoked certificates. The framework of servers, software,
procedures and policies that handles keys is called PKI (public-key infrastructure).
Advantages of Certificates
Certificates offer the following benefits.
• The ZyWALL only has to store the certificates of the certification authorities that you
decide to trust, no matter how many devices you need to authenticate.
• Key distribution is simple and very secure since you can freely distribute public keys and
you never need to transmit private keys.
Self-signed Certificates
You can have the ZyWALL act as a certification authority and sign its own certificates.
20.1.3 Verifying a Certificate

Before you import a trusted CA or trusted remote host certificate into the ZyWALL, you
should verify that you have the actual certificate. This is especially true of trusted CA
certificates since the ZyWALL also trusts any valid certificate signed by any of the imported
trusted CA certificates.
You can use a certificate’s fingerprint to verify it. A certificate’s fingerprint is a message
digest calculated using the MD5 or SHA1 algorithms. The following procedure describes how
to check a certificate’s fingerprint to verify that you have the actual certificate.
1 Browse to where you have the certificate saved on your computer.
2 Make sure that the certificate has a “.cer” or “.crt” file name extension.
Figure 232 Certificates on Your Computer
3 Double-click the certificate’s icon to open the Certificate window. Click the Details tab
and scroll down to the Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields.

Figure 233 Certificate Details
4 Use a secure method to verify that the certificate owner has the same information in the
Thumbprint Algorithm and Thumbprint fields. The secure method may very based
on your situation. Possible examples would be over the telephone or through an HTTPS
connection.
20.2 The My Certificates Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates to open the My Certificates
screen. This is the ZyWALL’s summary list of certificates and certification requests.
Certificates display in black and certification requests display in gray.

Figure 234 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates

Table 113 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates
LABEL DESCRIPTION
PKI Storage This bar displays the percentage of the ZyWALL’s PKI storage space that is
Space in Use currently in use. When the storage space is almost full, you should consider
deleting expired or unnecessary certificates before adding more certificates.
Replace This button displays when the ZyWALL has the factory default certificate. The
factory default certificate is common to all ZyWALLs that use certificates. ZyXEL
recommends that you use this button to replace the factory default certificate with
one that uses your ZyWALL's MAC address.
# This field displays the certificate index number. The certificates are listed in
alphabetical order.
Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate. It is recommended that
you give each certificate a unique name.
Type This field displays what kind of certificate this is.
REQ represents a certification request and is not yet a valid certificate. Send a
certification request to a certification authority, which then issues a certificate. Use
the My Certificate Import screen to import the certificate and replace the request.
SELF represents a self-signed certificate.
*SELF represents the default self-signed certificate, which the ZyWALL uses to
sign imported trusted remote host certificates.
CERT represents a certificate issued by a certification authority.
Subject This field displays identifying information about the certificate’s owner, such as CN
(Common Name), OU (Organizational Unit or department), O (Organization or
company) and C (Country). It is recommended that each certificate have unique
subject information.

Table 113 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate’s issuing certification
authority, such as a common name, organizational unit or department,
organization or company and country. With self-signed certificates, this is the
same information as in the Subject field.
Valid From This field displays the date that the certificate becomes applicable. The text
displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid! message if the certificate has not yet
become applicable.
Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red and
includes an Expiring! or Expired! message if the certificate is about to expire or
has already expired.
Modify Click the details icon to open a screen with an in-depth list of information about the
certificate (or certification request).
Click the export icon to save the certificate to a computer. For a certification
request, click the export icon and then Save in the File Download screen. The
Save As screen opens, browse to the location that you want to use and click
Save.
Click the delete icon to remove the certificate (or certification request). A window
displays asking you to confirm that you want to delete the certificate.
You cannot delete a certificate that one or more features is configured to use.
Do the following to delete a certificate that shows *SELF in the Type field.
1. Make sure that no other features, such as HTTPS, VPN, SSH are configured to
use the *SELF certificate.
2. Click the details icon next to another self-signed certificate (see the description
on the Create button if you need to create a self-signed certificate).
3. Select the Default self-signed certificate which signs the imported remote
host certificates check box.
4. Click Apply to save the changes and return to the My Certificates screen.
5. The certificate that originally showed *SELF displays SELF and you can delete
it now.
Note that subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action.
The poll now icon displays when the ZyWALL generates a certification request
successfully but the CA does not issue a certificate and sends a pending
notification to the ZyWALL. If the icon displays, you can manually click the icon to
have the ZyWALL query the CA (or RA (Registration Authority)) server for a
certificate immediately. Otherwise, the ZyWALL checks with the server and
updates the status periodically. The poll now icon disappears after the ZyWALL
gets a certificate or the request has failed permanently due to being rejected by
the CA server.
Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate that you have
enrolled from a certification authority from your computer to the ZyWALL.
Create Click Create to go to the screen where you can have the ZyWALL generate a
certificate or a certification request.
Refresh Click Refresh to display the current validity status of the certificates.
20.2.1 The My Certificate Details Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates to open the My Certificates
screen (see Figure 234 on page 402). Click the details icon to open the My Certificate Details
screen. You can use this screen to view in-depth certificate information and change the
certificate’s name.
If it is a self-signed certificate, you can also set the ZyWALL to use the certificate to sign the
imported trusted remote host certificates.

Figure 235 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Details

Table 114 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Details
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Name This field displays the identifying name of this certificate. If you want to change
the name, type up to 31 characters to identify this certificate. You may use any
character (not including spaces).
Certificate These read-only fields display detailed information about the certificate.
Information
Type This field displays general information about the certificate. CA-signed means
that a Certification Authority signed the certificate. Self-signed means that the
certificate’s owner signed the certificate (not a certification authority). “X.509”
means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU-T X.509
recommendation that defines the formats for public-key certificates.
Version This field displays the X.509 version number.
Serial Number This field displays the certificate’s identification number given by the certification
authority or generated by the ZyWALL.
Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as
Common Name (CN), Organizational Unit (OU), Organization (O) and Country
(C).

Table 114 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Details (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate’s issuing
certification authority, such as Common Name, Organizational Unit,
Organization and Country.
With self-signed certificates, this is the same as the Subject Name field.
Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate. The
ZyWALL uses rsa-pkcs1-sha1 (RSA public-private key encryption algorithm and
the SHA1 hash algorithm). Some certification authorities may use rsa-pkcs1-
md5 (RSA public-private key encryption algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm).
displays in red and includes a Not Yet Valid! message if the certificate has not
yet become applicable.
Valid To This field displays the date that the certificate expires. The text displays in red
and includes an Expiring! or Expired! message if the certificate is about to expire
or has already expired.
Key Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to generate the
certificate’s key pair (the ZyWALL uses RSA encryption) and the length of the
key set in bits (1024 bits for example).
Subject Alternative This field displays the certificate owner‘s IP address (IP), domain name (DNS)
Name or e-mail address (EMAIL).
Key Usage This field displays for what functions the certificate’s key can be used. For
example, “DigitalSignature” means that the key can be used to sign certificates
and “KeyEncipherment” means that the key can be used to encrypt text.
Basic Constraint This field displays general information about the certificate. For example,
Subject Type=CA means that this is a certification authority’s certificate and
“Path Length Constraint=1” means that there can only be one certification
authority in the certificate’s path.
MD5 Fingerprint This is the certificate’s message digest that the ZyWALL calculated using the
MD5 algorithm.
SHA1 Fingerprint This is the certificate’s message digest that the ZyWALL calculated using the
SHA1 algorithm.
Certificate in PEM This read-only text box displays the certificate or certification request in Privacy
(Base-64) Encoded Enhanced Mail (PEM) format. PEM uses 64 ASCII characters to convert the
Format binary certificate into a printable form.
You can copy and paste a certification request into a certification authority’s web
page, an e-mail that you send to the certification authority or a text editor and
save the file on a management computer for later manual enrollment.
You can copy and paste a certificate into an e-mail to send to friends or
colleagues or you can copy and paste a certificate into a text editor and save the
file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for
example).
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyWALL. You can only change
the name, except in the case of a self-signed certificate, which you can also set
to be the default self-signed certificate that signs the imported trusted remote
host certificates.
Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the My Certificates screen.

20.3 The My Certificate Export Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates and then a certificate’s export icon
to open the My Certificate Export screen. Follow the instructions in this screen to choose the
file format to use for saving the certificate from the ZyWALL to a computer. You can export a
certificate in one of these file formats:
• Binary X.509: This is an ITU-T recommendation that defines the formats for X.509
certificates.
• Binary PKCS#12: This is a format for transferring public key and private key certificates.
The private key in a PKCS #12 file is within a password-encrypted envelope. The file’s
password is not connected to your certificate’s public or private passwords. Exporting a
PKCS #12 file creates this and you must provide it to decrypt the contents when you
import the file into the ZyWALL.
Figure 236 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Export

Table 115 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Export
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Export the certificate in Binary X.509 is an ITU-T recommendation that defines the formats for X.509
binary X.509 format. certificates.
Export the certificate PKCS#12 is a format for transferring public key and private key certificates.
along with the You can also password-encrypt the private key in the PKCS #12 file. The
corresponding private file’s password is not connected to your certificate’s public or private
key in PKCS#12 format. passwords.
Password Type the file’s password to use for encrypting the private key. The password
is optional, although you must specify one if you want to be able to import
the PKCS#12 format certificate into Netscape version 7.2.
Retype to confirm Type the password to make sure that you have entered it correctly.
Apply Click Apply and then Save in the File Download screen. The Save As
screen opens, browse to the location that you want to use and click Save.

20.4 The My Certificate Import Screen

You can only import a certificate that matches a corresponding certification request that was
generated by the ZyWALL (the certification request contains the private key). The certificate
you import replaces the corresponding request in the My Certificates screen.
One exception is that you can import a PKCS#12 format certificate without a corresponding
certification request since the certificate includes the private key.
" Remove any spaces from the certificate’s filename before you import it.
Certificate File Formats

The certification authority certificate that you want to import has to be in one of these file
formats:
• Binary X.509: This is an ITU-T recommendation that defines the formats for X.509
certificates.
• PEM (Base-64) encoded X.509: This Privacy Enhanced Mail format uses 64 ASCII
characters to convert a binary X.509 certificate into a printable form.
• Binary PKCS#7: This is a standard that defines the general syntax for data (including
digital signatures) that may be encrypted. The ZyWALL currently allows the importation
of a PKS#7 file that contains a single certificate.
• PEM (Base-64) encoded PKCS#7: This Privacy Enhanced Mail (PEM) format uses 64
ASCII characters to convert a binary PKCS#7 certificate into a printable form.
• Binary PKCS#12: This is a format for transferring public key and private key certificates.
The private key in a PKCS #12 file is within a password-encrypted envelope. The file’s
password is not connected to your certificate’s public or private passwords. Exporting a
PKCS #12 file creates this and you must provide it to decrypt the contents when you
import the file into the ZyWALL.
" Be careful not to convert a binary file to text during the transfer process. It is
easy for this to occur since many programs use text files by default.
20.4.1 Using the My Certificate Import Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates and then Import to open the My
Certificate Import screen. Follow the instructions in this screen to save an existing certificate
from a computer to the ZyWALL.

Figure 237 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Import

Table 116 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Import
LABEL DESCRIPTION
File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse to find it.
Browse Click Browse to find the certificate file you want to upload.
Apply Click Apply to save the certificate on the ZyWALL.
When you import a binary PKCS#12 format certificate, another screen displays for you to
enter the password.
Figure 238 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Import: PKCS#12

Table 117 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Import: PKCS#12
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Password Type the file’s password that was created when the PKCS #12 file was exported.

20.5 The My Certificate Create Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Create to open the My
Certificate Create screen. Use this screen to have the ZyWALL create a self-signed
certificate, enroll a certificate with a certification authority or generate a certification request.
Figure 239 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Create (Basic)

Figure 240 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Create (Advanced)

Table 118 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Create
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Certificate Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters (not including spaces) to identify this
certificate.
Subject Information Use these fields to record information that identifies the owner of the
certificate. You do not have to fill in every field, but the Common Name is
mandatory if you click << Basic. The certification authority may add fields
(such as a serial number) to the subject information when it issues a
certificate. It is recommended that each certificate have unique subject
information.
The fields below display when you click << Basic.

Table 118 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > My Certificates > Create (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Common Name Select a radio button to identify the certificate’s owner by IP address, domain
name or e-mail address. Type the IP address (in dotted decimal notation),
domain name or e-mail address in the field provided. The domain name or e-
mail address can be up to 31 ASCII characters. The domain name or e-mail
address is for identification purposes only and can be any string.
Organizational Unit Type up to 63 characters to identify the organizational unit or department to
which the certificate owner belongs. You may use any character, including
spaces, but the ZyWALL drops trailing spaces.
Organization Type up to 63 characters to identify the company or group to which the
certificate owner belongs. You may use any character, including spaces, but
the ZyWALL drops trailing spaces.
Country Type up to 63 characters to identify the nation where the certificate owner is
located. You may use any character, including spaces, but the ZyWALL drops
trailing spaces.
The fields below display when you click Advanced >>.
Subject Name You must configure at least one of these fields.
Select an item from the drop-down list box and enter the corresponding
information in the field to the right.
SN (serial number) - select this and enter the certificate’s identification
number, such as the ZyWALL’s MAC address. You can use up to 63
characters.
CN (common name) - select this and enter a name to identify the owner of the
certificate. You can use up to 63 characters.
OU (organizational unit) - select this and enter a unit within the organization
to identify the owner of the certificate. You can use up to 63 characters.
O (organization) - select this and enter an organization to identify the owner
of the certificate. You can use up to 63 characters.
DC (domain component) - select this and enter the domain component of a
domain to identify the owner of the certificate. For example, if the domain is
zyxel.com, the domain component is “zyxel” or “com”. You can use up to 63
characters.
L (locality name) - select this and enter the place where the owner of the
certificate resides, such as a city or county. You can use up to 63 characters.
ST (state or province name) - select this and enter the state or province in
which the owner of the certificate resides. You can use up to 63 characters.
C (country) - select this and enter the name of the country at which the owner
of the certificate resides. You can use up to 63 characters.
unstructuredName (PKCS 9 unname) - select this and enter the name of the
owner of the certificate as an unstructured ASCII string. You can use up to 63
characters. Check with the certificate’s issuing certification authority for their
interpretation in this field if you select to apply to a certification authority for a
certificate.
unstructuredAddress (PKCS 9 unaddr) - select this and enter the address
of the owner of the certificate as an unstructured ASCII string. You can use up
to 63 characters. Check with the certificate’s issuing certification authority for
their interpretation in this field if you select to apply to a certification authority
for a certificate.
MAILTO (PKCS 9 email address) - select this and enter the email address of
the owner of the certificate. You can use up to 63 characters. Check with the
certificate’s issuing certification authority for their interpretation in this field if
you select to apply to a certification authority for a certificate.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Subject Alternative Select a radio button to identify the certificate’s owner by IP address, domain
Name name or e-mail address. Type the IP address (in dotted decimal notation),
domain name or e-mail address in the field provided. The domain name or e-
mail address can be up to 31 ASCII characters. The domain name or e-mail
address is for identification purposes only and can be any string.
Key Length Select a number from the drop-down list box to determine how many bits the
key should use (512 to 2048). The longer the key, the more secure it is. A
longer key also uses more PKI storage space.
<< Basic/Advanced Click << Basic to configure basic subject information. Click Advanced >> to
>> configure more subject information for a certificate.
Enrollment Options These radio buttons deal with how and when the certificate is to be generated.
Create a self-signed Select Create a self-signed certificate to have the ZyWALL generate the
certificate certificate and act as the Certification Authority (CA) itself. This way you do not
need to apply to a certification authority for certificates.
Create a certification Select Create a certification request and save it locally for later manual
request and save it enrollment to have the ZyWALL generate and store a request for a certificate.
locally for later Use the My Certificate Details screen to view the certification request and
manual enrollment copy it to send to the certification authority.
Copy the certification request from the My Certificate Details screen (see
Section 20.2.1 on page 403) and then send it to the certification authority.
Create a certification Select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate
request and enroll for immediately online to have the ZyWALL generate a request for a certificate
a certificate and apply to a certification authority for a certificate.
immediately online You must have the certification authority’s certificate already imported in the
Trusted CAs screen.
When you select this option, you must select the certification authority’s
enrollment protocol and the certification authority’s certificate from the drop-
down list boxes and enter the certification authority’s server address. You also
need to fill in the Reference Number and Key if the certification authority
requires them.
Enrollment Protocol Select the certification authority’s enrollment protocol from the drop-down list
box.
Simple Certificate Enrollment Protocol (SCEP) is a TCP-based enrollment
protocol that was developed by VeriSign and Cisco.
Certificate Management Protocol (CMP) is a TCP-based enrollment protocol
that was developed by the Public Key Infrastructure X.509 working group of
the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) and is specified in RFC 2510.
CA Server Address Enter the IP address (or URL) of the certification authority server.
CA Certificate Select the certification authority’s certificate from the CA Certificate drop-
down list box.
You must have the certification authority’s certificate already imported in the
Trusted CAs screen. Click Trusted CAs to go to the Trusted CAs screen
where you can view (and manage) the ZyWALL's list of certificates of trusted
certification authorities.
Enrollment via an RA If you select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate
immediately online, you can select this option to apply for a certificate
through a RA (Registration Authority). The RA is an intermediary authorized by
a CA to verify each subscriber’s identity and forward the requests to the CA.
After the CA signs and issues the certificates, the RA distributes the
certificates to the subscribers.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
RA Signing Certificate If you select Enrollment via an RA, select the CA’s RA signing certificate from
the drop-down list box. You must have the certificate already imported in the
Trusted CAs screen.
Click Trusted CAs to go to the Trusted CAs screen where you can view (and
manage) the ZyWALL's list of certificates of trusted certification authorities.
RA Encryption If you select Enrollment via an RA, select the CA’s RA encryption certificate
Certificate from the drop-down list box. You must have the certificate already imported in
the Trusted CAs screen.
Click Trusted CAs to go to the Trusted CAs screen where you can view (and
manage) the ZyWALL's list of certificates of trusted certification authorities.
Request When you select Create a certification request and enroll for a certificate
Authentication immediately online, the certification authority may want you to include a
reference number and key to identify you when you send a certification
request. Fill in both the Reference Number and the Key fields if your
certification authority uses CMP enrollment protocol. Just fill in the Key field if
your certification authority uses the SCEP enrollment protocol.
Reference Number Enter the reference number that the certification authority gave you. You can
use up to 31 ASCII printable characters. Spaces are allowed.
Key Type the key that the certification authority gave you. You can use up to 31
ASCII printable characters. Spaces are allowed.
Apply Click Apply to begin certificate or certification request generation.
• After you click Apply in the My Certificate Create screen, you see a screen that tells you
the ZyWALL is generating the self-signed certificate or certification request.
• After the ZyWALL successfully enrolls a certificate or generates a certification request or
a self-signed certificate, you see a screen with a Return button that takes you back to the
My Certificates screen.
• If you configured the My Certificate Create screen to have the ZyWALL enroll a
certificate and the certificate enrollment is not successful, you see a screen with a Return
button that takes you back to the My Certificate Create screen. Click Return and check
your information in the My Certificate Create screen. Make sure that the certification
authority information is correct and that your Internet connection is working properly if
you want the ZyWALL to enroll a certificate online.
20.6 The Trusted CAs Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen.
This screen displays a summary list of certificates of the certification authorities that you have
set the ZyWALL to accept as trusted. The ZyWALL accepts any valid certificate signed by a
certification authority on this list as being trustworthy; thus you do not need to import any
certificate that is signed by one of these certification authorities.

Figure 241 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs

Table 119 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs
LABEL DESCRIPTION
alphabetical order.
Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate.
Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate’s issuing certification
authority, such as a common name, organizational unit or department,
organization or company and country. With self-signed certificates, this is the
same information as in the Subject field.
become applicable.
CRL Issuer This field displays Yes if the certification authority issues CRL (Certificate
Revocation Lists) for the certificates that it has issued and you have selected the
Check incoming certificates issued by this CA against a CRL check box in the
certificate’s details screen to have the ZyWALL check the CRL before trusting any
certificates issued by the certification authority. Otherwise the field displays No.

Table 119 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
certificate.
Use the export icon to save the certificate to a computer. Click the icon and then
Save in the File Download screen. The Save As screen opens, browse to the
location that you want to use and click Save.
Click the delete icon to remove the certificate. A window displays asking you to
confirm that you want to delete the certificates. Note that subsequent certificates
Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a certification
authority that you trust, from your computer to the ZyWALL.
Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates.
20.7 The Trusted CA Details Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen.
Click the details icon to open the Trusted CA Details screen. Use this screen to view in-depth
information about the certification authority’s certificate, change the certificate’s name and set
whether or not you want the ZyWALL to check a certification authority’s list of revoked
certificates before trusting a certificate issued by the certification authority.

Figure 242 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs > Details

Table 120 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs > Details
LABEL DESCRIPTION
the name, type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate. You may use
any character (not including spaces).
Property Select this check box to have the ZyWALL check incoming certificates that are
Check incoming issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List (CRL).
certificates issued Clear this check box to have the ZyWALL not check incoming certificates that
by this CA against a are issued by this certification authority against a Certificate Revocation List
CRL (CRL).

Table 120 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs > Details (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read-only text box display the end entity’s
certificate and a list of certification authority certificates that shows the hierarchy
of certification authorities that validate the end entity’s certificate. If the issuing
certification authority is one that you have imported as a trusted certification
authority, it may be the only certification authority in the list (along with the end
entity’s own certificate). The ZyWALL does not trust the end entity’s certificate
and displays “Not trusted” in this field if any certificate on the path has expired or
been revoked.
Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path.
Information
Type This field displays general information about the certificate. CA-signed means
that a Certification Authority signed the certificate. Self-signed means that the
certificate’s owner signed the certificate (not a certification authority). X.509
means that this certificate was created and signed according to the ITU-T X.509
Serial Number This field displays the certificate’s identification number given by the certification
authority.
Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such as
Common Name (CN), Organizational Unit (OU), Organization (O) and Country
(C).
Issuer This field displays identifying information about the certificate’s issuing
certification authority, such as Common Name, Organizational Unit,
Organization and Country.
With self-signed certificates, this is the same information as in the Subject
Name field.
Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that was used to sign the certificate.
Some certification authorities use rsa-pkcs1-sha1 (RSA public-private key
encryption algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm). Other certification
authorities may use rsa-pkcs1-md5 (RSA public-private key encryption
algorithm and the MD5 hash algorithm).
and includes an Expiring! or Expired! message if the certificate is about to expire
or has already expired.
Subject Alternative This field displays the certificate’s owner‘s IP address (IP), domain name (DNS)
Name or e-mail address (EMAIL).

Table 120 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs > Details (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
CRL Distribution This field displays how many directory servers with Lists of revoked certificates
Points the issuing certification authority of this certificate makes available. This field
also displays the domain names or IP addresses of the servers.
MD5 algorithm. You can use this value to verify with the certification authority
(over the phone for example) that this is actually their certificate.
SHA1 algorithm. You can use this value to verify with the certification authority
(over the phone for example) that this is actually their certificate.
You can copy and paste the certificate into an e-mail to send to friends or
colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save
the file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for
example).
the name and/or set whether or not you want the ZyWALL to check the CRL that
the certification authority issues before trusting a certificate issued by the
certification authority.
Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen.
20.8 The Trusted CA Import Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs to open the Trusted CAs screen and
then click Import to open the Trusted CA Import screen. Follow the instructions in this
screen to save a trusted certification authority’s certificate from a computer to the ZyWALL.
The ZyWALL trusts any valid certificate signed by any of the imported trusted CA
certificates.
" You must remove any spaces from the certificate’s filename before you can
import the certificate.

Figure 243 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs > Import

Table 121 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted CAs Import
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted CAs screen.
20.9 The Trusted Remote Hosts Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts to open the Trusted
Remote Hosts screen. This screen displays a list of the certificates of peers that you trust but
which are not signed by one of the certification authorities on the Trusted CAs screen.
You do not need to add any certificate that is signed by one of the certification authorities on
the Trusted CAs screen since the ZyWALL automatically accepts any valid certificate signed
by a trusted certification authority as being trustworthy.

Figure 244 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts

Table 122 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Issuer (My Default This field displays identifying information about the default self-signed certificate
Self-signed on the ZyWALL that the ZyWALL uses to sign the trusted remote host certificates.
Certificate)
alphabetical order.
Name This field displays the name used to identify this certificate.
become applicable.
certificate.
Use the export icon to save the certificate to a computer. Click the icon and then
Save in the File Download screen. The Save As screen opens, browse to the
location that you want to use and click Save.
Click the delete icon to remove the certificate. A window displays asking you to
confirm that you want to delete the certificate. Note that subsequent certificates
Import Click Import to open a screen where you can save the certificate of a remote host
(which you trust) from your computer to the ZyWALL.
Refresh Click this button to display the current validity status of the certificates.

20.10 The Trusted Remote Hosts Import Screen

Remote Hosts screen and then click Import to open the Trusted Remote Host Import
screen.
You may have peers with certificates that you want to trust, but the certificates were not signed
by one of the certification authorities on the Trusted CAs screen. Follow the instructions in
this screen to save a peer’s certificates from a computer to the ZyWALL.
You do not need to add any certificate that is signed by one of the certification authorities on
the Trusted CAs screen since the ZyWALL automatically accepts any valid certificate signed
by a trusted certification authority as being trustworthy.
" The trusted remote host certificate must be a self-signed certificate; and you
must remove any spaces from its filename before you can import it.
Figure 245 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts > Import

Table 123 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts > Import
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Cancel Click Cancel to quit and return to the Trusted Remote Hosts screen.

20.11 The Trusted Remote Host Certificate Details Screen

Remote Hosts screen. Click the details icon to open the Trusted Remote Host Details
screen. You can use this screen to view in-depth information about the trusted remote host’s
certificate and/or change the certificate’s name.
Figure 246 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts > Details


Table 124 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts > Details
LABEL DESCRIPTION
the name, type up to 31 characters to identify this key certificate. You may use
any character (not including spaces).
Certification Path Click the Refresh button to have this read-only text box display the end entity’s
own certificate and a list of certification authority certificates in the hierarchy of
certification authorities that validate a certificate’s issuing certification authority.
For a trusted host, the list consists of the end entity’s own certificate and the
default self-signed certificate that the ZyWALL uses to sign remote host
certificates.
Refresh Click Refresh to display the certification path.
Information
Type This field displays general information about the certificate. With trusted
remote host certificates, this field always displays CA-signed. The ZyWALL is
the Certification Authority that signed the certificate. X.509 means that this
certificate was created and signed according to the ITU-T X.509
Serial Number This field displays the certificate’s identification number given by the device
that created the certificate.
Subject This field displays information that identifies the owner of the certificate, such
as Common Name (CN), Organizational Unit (OU), Organization (O) and
Country (C).
Issuer This field displays identifying information about the default self-signed
certificate on the ZyWALL that the ZyWALL uses to sign the trusted remote
host certificates.
Signature Algorithm This field displays the type of algorithm that the ZyWALL used to sign the
certificate, which is rsa-pkcs1-sha1 (RSA public-private key encryption
algorithm and the SHA1 hash algorithm).
and includes an Expiring! or Expired! message if the certificate is about to
expire or has already expired.
Subject Alternative This field displays the certificate’s owner‘s IP address (IP), domain name
Name (DNS) or e-mail address (EMAIL).

Table 124 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Trusted Remote Hosts > Details (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
MD5 algorithm. The ZyWALL uses one of its own self-signed certificates to
sign the imported trusted remote host certificates. This changes the fingerprint
value displayed here (so it does not match the original). See Section 20.1.3 on
page 400 for how to verify a remote host’s certificate before you import it into
the ZyWALL.
SHA1 algorithm. The ZyWALL uses one of its own self-signed certificates to
sign the imported trusted remote host certificates. This changes the fingerprint
value displayed here (so it does not match the original). See Section 20.1.3 on
page 400 for how to verify a remote host’s certificate before you import it into
the ZyWALL.
You can copy and paste the certificate into an e-mail to send to friends or
colleagues or you can copy and paste the certificate into a text editor and save
the file on a management computer for later distribution (via floppy disk for
example).
the name of the certificate.
Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen and return to the Trusted Remote
Hosts screen.
20.12 The Directory Servers Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers
screen. This screen displays a summary list of directory servers (that contain lists of valid and
revoked certificates) that have been saved into the ZyWALL. If you decide to have the
ZyWALL check incoming certificates against the issuing certification authority’s list of
revoked certificates, the ZyWALL first checks the server(s) listed in the CRL Distribution
Points field of the incoming certificate. If the certificate does not list a server or the listed
server is not available, the ZyWALL checks the servers listed here.
Figure 247 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Servers


Table 125 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Servers
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# The index number of the directory server. The servers are listed in alphabetical
order.
Name This field displays the name used to identify this directory server.
Address This field displays the IP address or domain name of the directory server.
Port This field displays the port number that the directory server uses.
Protocol This field displays the protocol that the directory server uses.
Modify Click the details icon to open a screen where you can change the information
about the directory server.
Click the delete icon to remove the directory server entry. A window displays
asking you to confirm that you want to delete the directory server. Note that
subsequent certificates move up by one when you take this action.
Add Click Add to open a screen where you can configure information about a directory
server so that the ZyWALL can access it.
20.13 The Directory Server Add or Edit Screen

Click SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Servers to open the Directory Servers
screen. Click Add (or the details icon) to open the Directory Server Add screen. Use this
screen to configure information about a directory server that the ZyWALL can access.
Figure 248 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Server > Add


Table 126 SECURITY > CERTIFICATES > Directory Server > Add
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Directory Service
Setting
Name Type up to 31 ASCII characters (spaces are not permitted) to identify this
directory server.
Access Protocol Use the drop-down list box to select the access protocol used by the directory
server.
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is a protocol over TCP that
specifies how clients access directories of certificates and lists of revoked
certificates.A
Server Address Type the IP address (in dotted decimal notation) or the domain name of the
directory server.
Server Port This field displays the default server port number of the protocol that you select in
the Access Protocol field.
You may change the server port number if needed, however you must use the
same server port number that the directory server uses.
389 is the default server port number for LDAP.
Login Setting
Login The ZyWALL may need to authenticate itself in order to assess the directory
server. Type the login name (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity
maintaining the directory server (usually a certification authority).
Password Type the password (up to 31 ASCII characters) from the entity maintaining the
directory server (usually a certification authority).
Cancel Click Cancel to quit configuring this screen and return to the Directory Servers
screen.
A. At the time of writing, LDAP is the only choice of directory server access protocol.

CHAPTER 21
Authentication Server Screens
21.1 Overview
This chapter discusses how to configure the ZyWALL’s authentication server feature.
A ZyWALL set to be a VPN extended authentication server can use either the local user
database internal to the ZyWALL or an external RADIUS server for an unlimited number of
users. The ZyWALL uses the same local user database for VPN extended authentication and
wireless LAN security.
21.1.1 What You Can Do in the Authentication Server Screens

• Use the Local User Database Screen (Section 21.2 on page 428) to configure your
ZyWALL’s list of local user profiles.
• Use the RADIUS Screen (Section 21.3 on page 430) to configure external RADIUS
server settings.
21.1.2 What You Need To Know About Authentication Server
Local User Database

By storing user profiles locally on the ZyWALL, your ZyWALL is able to authenticate users
without interacting with a network RADIUS server. However, there is a limit on the number of
users you may authenticate in this way.
RADIUS
The ZyWALL can use an external RADIUS server to authenticate an unlimited number of
users. RADIUS is based on a client-server model that supports authentication and accounting,
where access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server.
• Authentication
• Accounting
RADIUS user is a simple package exchange in which your ZyWALL acts as a message relay
between the wireless station and the network RADIUS server.
Finding Out More

Refer to Section 12.4 on page 244 for more information about RADIUS.

Chapter 21 Authentication Server Screens
21.2 The Local User Database Screen

Click SECURITY > AUTH SERVER to open the Local User Database screen. The local
user database is a list of user profiles stored on the ZyWALL. The ZyWALL can use this list
of user profiles to authenticate users. Use this screen to change your ZyWALL’s list of user
profiles.

Figure 249 SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > Local User Database


Table 127 SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > Local User Database
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Select this check box to enable the user profile.
User Name Enter the user name of the user profile.
Password Enter a password up to 31 characters long for this user profile.
21.3 The RADIUS Screen

Click SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > RADIUS to open the RADIUS screen. Configure
this screen to use an external RADIUS server to authenticate users.
Figure 250 SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > RADIUS

Table 128 SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > RADIUS
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Authentication Server
Active Select the check box to enable user authentication through an external
authentication server.
Clear the check box to enable user authentication using the local user profile
on the ZyWALL.
Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external authentication server in dotted decimal
notation.
Port Number The default port of the RADIUS server for authentication is 1812.
You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs
you to do so with additional information.

Table 128 SECURITY > AUTH SERVER > RADIUS

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Key Enter a password (up to 31 alphanumeric characters) as the key to be shared
between the external authentication server and the ZyWALL.
The key is not sent over the network. This key must be the same on the
external authentication server and ZyWALL.
Accounting Server
Active Select the check box to enable user accounting through an external
authentication server.
Server IP Address Enter the IP address of the external accounting server in dotted decimal
notation.
Port Number The default port of the RADIUS server for accounting is 1813.
You need not change this value unless your network administrator instructs
you to do so with additional information.
Key Enter a password (up to 31 alphanumeric characters) as the key to be shared
between the external accounting server and the ZyWALL.
The key is not sent over the network. This key must be the same on the
external accounting server and ZyWALL.


P ART IV
Advanced
Network Address Translation (NAT) (435)
Static Route Screens (451)
Policy Route Screens (457)
Bandwidth Management Screens (465)
DNS Screens (479)
Remote Management Screens (491)
UPnP Screens (519)
Custom Application Screen (529)
ALG Screen (531)
433
434
CHAPTER 22
Network Address Translation
(NAT)
22.1 Overview
NAT (Network Address Translation - NAT, RFC 1631) is the translation of the IP address of a
host in a packet. For example, the source address of an outgoing packet, used within one
network is changed to a different IP address known within another network.
22.1.1 What You Can Do Using the NAT Screens

• Use the NAT Overview screen (Section 22.2 on page 436) to configure global NAT
settings and enable NAT on a WAN interface.
• Use the Address Mapping screens (Section 22.3 on page 438) to change your ZyWALL’s
address mapping settings. Not all fields are available on all models.
• Click Port Forwarding screens (Section 22.4 on page 441) to make servers with private
IP addresses on your network (behind NAT) visible to the outside world.
• Click Port Triggering screens (Section 22.5 on page 445) to change your ZyWALL’s
trigger port settings.
22.1.2 What You Need To Know About NAT
NAT Mapping Types

NAT supports five types of IP/port mapping. They are:
• One to One: In One-to-One mode, the ZyWALL maps one local IP address to one global
IP address.
• Many to One: In Many-to-One mode, the ZyWALL maps multiple local IP addresses to
one global IP address. This is equivalent to SUA (i.e., PAT, port address translation),
ZyXEL's Single User Account feature (the SUA option).
• Many to Many Overload: In Many-to-Many Overload mode, the ZyWALL maps the
multiple local IP addresses to shared global IP addresses.
• Many One to One: In Many-One-to-One mode, the ZyWALL maps each local IP address
to a unique global IP address.
• Server: This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the
NAT to be accessible to the outside world although, it is highly recommended that you use
the DMZ port for these servers instead.

Chapter 22 Network Address Translation (NAT)
The following table summarizes the NAT mapping types.

Table 129 NAT Mapping Types
TYPE IP MAPPING SMT ABBREVIATION
One-to-One ILA1 IJ IGA1 1-1
Many-to-One (SUA/PAT) ILA1 IJ IGA1 M-1
ILA2 IJ IGA1
…
Many-to-Many Overload ILA IJ IGA1 M-M Ov
ILA2 IJ IGA2
ILA3 IJ IGA1
ILA4 IJ IGA2
…
Many-One-to-One ILA1 IJ IGA1 M-1-1
ILA2 IJ IGA2
ILA3 IJ IGA3
…
Server Server 1 IP IJ IGA1 Server
Server 2 IP IJ IGA1
Server 3 IP IJ IGA1
" Port numbers do not change for One-to-One and Many-One-to-One NAT
mapping types.
SUA (Single User Account) Versus NAT

SUA (Single User Account) is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two
types of mapping: Many-to-One and Server. The ZyWALL also supports Full Feature NAT
to map multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses on your network.
When you select SUA, WAN-to-LAN and WAN-to-DMZ address translation is performed. If
you want (some) computers on your DMZ to have public IP addresses, then select Full
Feature (not SUA) and don’t configure NAT mapping rules to those computers with public IP
addresses on the DMZ.

You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA/NAT, if you want to allow traffic
originating from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyWALL.
22.2 The NAT Overview Screen

Click ADVANCED > NAT to open the NAT Overview screen.

Figure 251 ADVANCED > NAT > NAT Overview

Table 130 ADVANCED > NAT > NAT Overview
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Global Settings
Max. This read-only field displays the highest number of NAT sessions that the ZyWALL
Concurrent will permit at one time.
Sessions
Max. Use this field to set the highest number of NAT sessions that the ZyWALL will permit
Concurrent a host to have at one time.
Sessions Per
Host
WAN Operation This read-only field displays the operation mode of the ZyWALL's WAN interfaces.
Mode
WAN 1, 2
Enable NAT Select this check box to turn on the NAT feature for the WAN interface. Clear this
check box to turn off the NAT feature for the WAN interface.

Table 130 ADVANCED > NAT > NAT Overview (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Address Select SUA if you have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyWALL. This lets
Mapping Rules the ZyWALL use its permanent, pre-defined NAT address mapping rules.
Select Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your ZyWALL.
This lets the ZyWALL use the address mapping rules that you configure. This is the
equivalent of what used to be called full feature NAT or multi-NAT.
The bar displays how many of the ZyWALL's possible address mapping rules are
configured. The first number shows how many address mapping rules are
configured on the ZyWALL. The second number shows the maximum number of
address mapping rules that can be configured on the ZyWALL.
Port Forwarding The bar displays how many of the ZyWALL's possible port forwarding rules are
Rules configured. The first number shows how many port forwarding rules are configured
on the ZyWALL. The second number shows the maximum number of port
forwarding rules that can be configured on the ZyWALL.
Port Triggering The bar displays how many of the ZyWALL's possible trigger port rules are
Rules configured. The first number shows how many trigger port rules are configured on
the ZyWALL. The second number shows the maximum number of trigger port rules
that can be configured on the ZyWALL.
Copy to WAN 2 Click Copy to WAN 2 (or Copy to WAN 1) to duplicate this WAN interface's NAT
(and Copy to port forwarding or trigger port rules on the other WAN interface.
WAN 1)
Note: Using the copy button overwrites the other WAN interface's
existing rules.
The copy button is best suited for initial NAT configuration where you have
configured NAT port forwarding or trigger port rules for one interface and want to
use similar rules for the other WAN interface. You can use the other NAT screens to
edit the NAT rules after you copy them from one WAN interface to the other.
22.3 The NAT Address Mapping Screen

Click ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping to open the following screen.
Use this screen to change your ZyWALL’s address mapping settings. Not all fields are
available on all models.
Ordering your rules is important because the ZyWALL applies the rules in the order that you
specify. When a rule matches the current packet, the ZyWALL takes the corresponding action
and the remaining rules are ignored. If there are any empty rules before your new configured
rule, your configured rule will be pushed up by that number of empty rules. For example, if
you have already configured rules 1 to 6 in your current set and now you configure rule
number 9. In the set summary screen, the new rule will be rule 7, not 9. Now if you delete rule
4, rules 5 to 7 will be pushed up by 1 rule, so old rules 5, 6 and 7 become new rules 4, 5 and 6.

Figure 252 ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping

Table 131 ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping
LABEL DESCRIPTION
SUA Address This read-only table displays the default address mapping rules.
Mapping
Rules
Full Feature
Address
Mapping
Rules
WAN Interface Select the WAN interface for which you want to view or configure address mapping
rules.
Go To Page Choose a page from the drop-down list box to display the corresponding summary
page of address mapping rules.
# This is the rule index number.
Local Start IP This refers to the Inside Local Address (ILA), which is the starting local IP address. If
the rule is for all local IP addresses, then this field displays 0.0.0.0 as the Local Start
IP address. Local IP addresses are N/A for Server port mapping.
Local End IP This is the end Inside Local Address (ILA). If the rule is for all local IP addresses, then
this field displays 255.255.255.255 as the Local End IP address. This field is N/A for
One-to-One and Server mapping types.

Table 131 ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Global Start IP This refers to the Inside Global IP Address (IGA), that is the starting global IP
address. 0.0.0.0 is for a dynamic IP address from your ISP with Many-to-One and
Server mapping types.
Global End IP This is the ending Inside Global Address (IGA). This field is N/A for One-to-One,
Many-to-One and Server mapping types.
Type 1. One-to-One mode maps one local IP address to one global IP address. Note that
port numbers do not change for the One-to-One NAT mapping type.
2. Many-to-One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one global IP address.
This is equivalent to SUA (i.e., PAT, port address translation), ZyXEL's Single User
Account feature that previous ZyXEL routers supported only.
3. Many-to-Many Overload mode maps multiple local IP addresses to shared global
IP addresses.
4. Many One-to-One mode maps each local IP address to unique global IP
addresses.
5. Server allows you to specify inside servers of different services behind the NAT to
be accessible to the outside world.
Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the address mapping rule.
Click the delete icon to delete an existing address mapping rule. A window display
asking you to confirm that you want to delete the address mapping rule. Note that
subsequent address mapping rules move up by one when you take this action.
Insert Click Insert to insert a new mapping rule before an existing one.
22.3.1 NAT Address Mapping Edit

Click the edit icon to display the NAT Address Mapping Edit screen. Use this screen to edit
an address mapping rule. See Section 22.1 on page 435 for information on NAT and address
mapping.
Figure 253 ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping > Edit


Table 132 ADVANCED > NAT > Address Mapping > Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Type Choose the port mapping type from one of the following.
1. One-to-One: One-to-One mode maps one local IP address to one global IP
address. Note that port numbers do not change for One-to-One NAT mapping
type.
2. Many-to-One: Many-to-One mode maps multiple local IP addresses to one
global IP address. This is equivalent to SUA (i.e., PAT, port address translation),
ZyXEL's Single User Account feature.
3. Many-to-Many Overload: Many-to-Many Overload mode maps multiple local
IP addresses to shared global IP addresses.
4. Many One-to-One: Many One-to-One mode maps each local IP address to
unique global IP addresses.
5. Server: This type allows you to specify inside servers of different services
behind the NAT to be accessible to the outside world.
Local Start IP This is the starting Inside Local IP Address (ILA). Local IP addresses are N/A for
Server port mapping.
Local End IP This is the end Inside Local IP Address (ILA). If your rule is for all local IP
addresses, then enter 0.0.0.0 as the Local Start IP address and 255.255.255.255
as the Local End IP address.
This field is N/A for One-to-One and Server mapping types.
Global Start IP This is the starting Inside Global IP Address (IGA). Enter 0.0.0.0 here if you have
a dynamic IP address from your ISP.
Global End IP This is the ending Inside Global IP Address (IGA). This field is N/A for One-to-
One, Many-to-One and Server mapping types.
22.4 The Port Forwarding Screen

A port forwarding set is a list of inside (behind NAT on the LAN) servers, for example, web or
FTP, that you can make visible to the outside world even though NAT makes your whole
inside network appear as a single computer to the outside world.
You may enter a single port number or a range of port numbers to be forwarded, and the local
IP address of the desired server. The port number identifies a service; for example, web
service is on port 80 and FTP on port 21. In some cases, such as for unknown services or
where one server can support more than one service (for example both FTP and web service),
it might be better to specify a range of port numbers. You can allocate a server IP address that
corresponds to a port or a range of ports.
Many residential broadband ISP accounts do not allow you to run any server processes (such
as a Web or FTP server) from your location. Your ISP may periodically check for servers and
may suspend your account if it discovers any active services at your location. If you are
unsure, refer to your ISP.
22.4.1 Default Server IP Address

In addition to the servers for specified services, NAT supports a default server IP address. A
default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen.

" If you do not assign a Default Server IP address, the ZyWALL discards all
packets received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote
management setup.
22.4.2 Port Forwarding: Services and Port Numbers

The ZyWALL provides the additional safety of the DMZ ports for connecting your publicly
accessible servers. This makes the LAN more secure by physically separating it from your
public servers.
Use the Port Forwarding screen to forward incoming service requests to the server(s) on your
local network.
The most often used port numbers are shown in the User’s Guide appendix Appendix B on
page 783. Please refer to RFC 1700 for further information about port numbers.
22.4.3 Configuring Servers Behind Port Forwarding (Example)

Let's say you want to assign ports 21-25 to one FTP, Telnet and SMTP server (A in the
example), port 80 to another (B in the example) and assign a default server IP address of
192.168.1.35 to a third (C in the example). You assign the LAN IP addresses and the ISP
assigns the WAN IP address. The NAT network appears as a single host on the Internet.
Figure 254 Multiple Servers Behind NAT Example
22.4.4 NAT and Multiple WAN

The ZyWALL has two WAN interfaces. You can configure port forwarding and trigger port
rule sets for the first WAN interface and separate sets of rules for the second WAN interface.

22.4.5 Port Translation

The ZyWALL can translate the destination port number or a range of port numbers of packets
coming from the WAN to another destination port number or range of port numbers on the
local network. When you use port forwarding without port translation, a single server on the
local network can use a specific port number and be accessible to the outside world through a
single WAN IP address. When you use port translation with port forwarding, multiple servers
on the local network can use the same port number and still be accessible to the outside world
through a single WAN IP address.
The following example has two web servers on a LAN. Server A uses IP address 192.168.1.33
and server B uses 192.168.1.34. Both servers use port 80. The letters a.b.c.d represent the
WAN port’s IP address. The ZyWALL translates port 8080 of traffic received on the WAN
port (IP address a.b.c.d) to port 80 and sends it to server A (IP address 192.168.1.33). The
ZyWALL also translates port 8100 of traffic received on the WAN port (also IP address
a.b.c.d) to port 80, but sends it to server B (IP address 192.168.1.34).
" In this example, anyone wanting to access server A from the Internet must use
port 8080. Anyone wanting to access server B from the Internet must use port
8100.
Figure 255 Port Translation Example
See also Port Restricted Cone NAT on page 449.
22.4.6 Configuring The Port Forwarding Screen

Click ADVANCED > NAT > Port Forwarding to open the Port Forwarding screen.
management setup.
Refer to Appendix B on page 783 for port numbers commonly used for particular services.

" The last port forwarding rule is reserved for Roadrunner services. The rule is
activated only when you set the WAN Encapsulation to Ethernet and the
Service Type to something other than Standard.
Figure 256 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Forwarding

Table 133 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Forwarding
LABEL DESCRIPTION
WAN Interface Select the WAN interface for which you want to view or configure address mapping
rules.
Default Server In addition to the servers for specified services, NAT supports a default server. A
default server receives packets from ports that are not specified in this screen. If you
do not assign a Default Server IP address, the ZyWALL discards all packets
received for ports that are not specified here or in the remote management setup.
Go To Page Choose a page from the drop-down list box to display the corresponding summary
page of the port forwarding servers.
# This is the number of an individual port forwarding server entry.
Active Select this check box to enable the port forwarding server entry. Clear this check
box to disallow forwarding of these ports to an inside server without having to delete
the entry.

Table 133 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Forwarding

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Name Enter a name to identify this port-forwarding rule.
Incoming Enter a port number here. To forward only one port, enter it again in the second
Port(s) field. To specify a range of ports, enter the last port to be forwarded in the second
field.
Port Translation Enter the port number here to which you want the ZyWALL to translate the incoming
port. For a range of ports, you only need to enter the first number of the range to
which you want the incoming ports translated, the ZyWALL automatically calculates
the last port of the translated port range.
Server IP Enter the inside IP address of the server here.
Address
22.5 The Port Triggering Screen

Some services use a dedicated range of ports on the client side and a dedicated range of ports
on the server side. With regular port forwarding you set a forwarding port in NAT to forward a
service (coming in from the server on the WAN) to the IP address of a computer on the client
side (LAN). The problem is that port forwarding only forwards a service to a single LAN IP
address. In order to use the same service on a different LAN computer, you have to manually
replace the LAN computer's IP address in the forwarding port with another LAN computer's IP
address.
Trigger port forwarding solves this problem by allowing computers on the LAN to
dynamically take turns using the service. The ZyWALL records the IP address of a LAN
computer that sends traffic to the WAN to request a service with a specific port number and
protocol (a "trigger" port). When the ZyWALL's WAN port receives a response with a specific
port number and protocol ("incoming" port), the ZyWALL forwards the traffic to the LAN IP
address of the computer that sent the request. After that computer’s connection for that service
closes, another computer on the LAN can use the service in the same manner. This way you do
not need to configure a new IP address each time you want a different LAN computer to use
the application.
For example:
Figure 257 Trigger Port Forwarding Process: Example
1 Jane (A) requests a file from the Real Audio server (port 7070).

2 Port 7070 is a “trigger” port and causes the ZyWALL to record Jane’s computer IP
address. The ZyWALL associates Jane's computer IP address with the "incoming" port
range of 6970-7170.
3 The Real Audio server responds using a port number ranging between 6970-7170.
4 The ZyWALL forwards the traffic to Jane’s computer IP address.
5 Only Jane can connect to the Real Audio server until the connection is closed or times
out. The ZyWALL times out in three minutes with UDP (User Datagram Protocol) or
two hours with TCP/IP (Transfer Control Protocol/Internet Protocol).
22.5.1 Configuring Port Triggering

Click ADVANCED > NAT > Port Triggering to open the following screen. Use this screen
to change your ZyWALL’s trigger port settings.
Figure 258 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Triggering

Table 134 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Triggering
LABEL DESCRIPTION
WAN Select the WAN interface for which you want to view or configure address mapping
Interface rules.
# This is the rule index number (read-only).
Name Type a unique name (up to 15 characters) for identification purposes. All characters
are permitted - including spaces.

Table 134 ADVANCED > NAT > Port Triggering

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Incoming Incoming is a port (or a range of ports) that a server on the WAN uses when it sends
out a particular service. The ZyWALL forwards the traffic with this port (or range of
ports) to the client computer on the LAN that requested the service.
Start Port Type a port number or the starting port number in a range of port numbers.
End Port Type a port number or the ending port number in a range of port numbers.
Trigger The trigger port is a port (or a range of ports) that causes (or triggers) the ZyWALL to
record the IP address of the LAN computer that sent the traffic to a server on the WAN.
Start Port Type a port number or the starting port number in a range of port numbers.
End Port Type a port number or the ending port number in a range of port numbers.

• Inside/outside and Global/local
• What NAT Does
• How NAT Works
• NAT Application
• Port Restricted Cone NAT
Inside/outside and Global/local

Inside/outside denotes where a host is located relative to the ZyWALL. For example, the
computers of your subscribers are the inside hosts, while the web servers on the Internet are
the outside hosts.
Global/local denotes the IP address of a host in a packet as the packet traverses a router. For
example, the local address refers to the IP address of a host when the packet is in the local
network, while the global address refers to the IP address of the host when the same packet is
traveling in the WAN side.
Note that inside/outside refers to the location of a host, while global/local refers to the IP
address of a host used in a packet. Thus, an inside local address (ILA) is the IP address of an
inside host in a packet when the packet is still in the local network, while an inside global
address (IGA) is the IP address of the same inside host when the packet is on the WAN side.

What NAT Does

In the simplest form, NAT changes the source IP address in a packet received from a
subscriber (the inside local address) to another (the inside global address) before forwarding
the packet to the WAN side. When the response comes back, NAT translates the destination
address (the inside global address) back to the inside local address before forwarding it to the
original inside host. Note that the IP address (either local or global) of an outside host is never
changed.
The global IP addresses for the inside hosts can be either static or dynamically assigned by the
ISP. In addition, you can designate servers (for example a web server and a telnet server) on
your local network and make them accessible to the outside world. Although you can make
designated servers on the LAN accessible to the outside world, it is strongly recommended
that you attach those servers to the DMZ port instead. If you do not define any servers (for
Many-to-One and Many-to-Many Overload mapping), NAT offers the additional benefit of
firewall protection. With no servers defined, your ZyWALL filters out all incoming inquiries,
thus preventing intruders from probing your network. For more information on IP address
translation, refer to RFC 1631, The IP Network Address Translator (NAT).
How NAT Works

Each packet has two addresses – a source address and a destination address. For outgoing
packets, the ILA (Inside Local Address) is the source address on the LAN, and the IGA (Inside
Global Address) is the source address on the WAN. For incoming packets, the ILA is the
destination address on the LAN, and the IGA is the destination address on the WAN. NAT
maps private (local) IP addresses to globally unique ones required for communication with
hosts on other networks. It replaces the original IP source address (and TCP or UDP source
port numbers for Many-to-One and Many-to-Many Overload NAT mapping) in each packet
and then forwards it to the Internet. The ZyWALL keeps track of the original addresses and
port numbers so incoming reply packets can have their original values restored.
NAT never changes the IP address (either local or global) of an outside host.
Figure 259 NAT Overview

NAT Application
The following figure illustrates a possible NAT application, where three inside LANs (logical
LANs using IP Alias) behind the ZyWALL can communicate with three distinct WAN
networks. More examples follow at the end of this chapter.
Figure 260 NAT Application With IP Alias
Port Restricted Cone NAT

ZyWALL ZyNOS version 4.00 and later uses port restricted cone NAT. Port restricted cone
NAT maps all outgoing packets from an internal IP address and port to a single IP address and
port on the external network. In the following example, the ZyWALL maps the source address
of all packets sent from internal IP address 1 and port A to IP address 2 and port B on the
external network. A host on the external network (IP address 3 and Port C for example) can
only send packets to the internal host if the internal host has already sent a packet to the
external host’s IP address and port.
A server with IP address 1 and port A sends packets to IP address 3, port C and IP address 4,
port D. The ZyWALL changes the server’s IP address to 2 and port to B.
Since 1, A has already sent packets to 3, C and 4, D, they can send packets back to 2, B and the
ZyWALL will perform NAT on them and send them to the server at IP address 1, port A.
Packets have not been sent from 1, A to 4, E or 5, so they cannot send packets to 1, A.

Figure 261 Port Restricted Cone NAT Example

CHAPTER 23
Static Route Screens
23.1 Overview
This chapter shows you how to configure static routes for your ZyWALL.
The ZyWALL usually uses the default gateway to route outbound traffic from local computers
to the Internet. To have the ZyWALL send data to devices not reachable through the default
gateway, use static routes.
For example, the next figure shows a computer (A) connected to the ZyWALL’s LAN
interface. The ZyWALL routes most traffic from A to the Internet through the default gateway
(R1). You create one static route to connect to services offered by your ISP behind router R2.
You create another static route to communicate with a separate network behind a router (R3)
connected to the LAN.
Figure 262 Example of Static Routing Topology
A R1
INTERNET
LAN WAN
R3
R2
23.1.1 What You Can Do in the Static Route Screens

• Use the IP Static Route screen (Section 23.1.1 on page 451) to display the current static
route entries.

Chapter 23 Static Route Screens
• Use the IP Static Route Edit screen (Section 23.2.1 on page 454) to configure the
required information for a static route.
23.2 The IP Static Route Screen

Click ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE to open the IP Static Route screen (some of the
screen’s blank rows are not shown).
The first two static route entries are for default WAN 1 and WAN 2 routes on a ZyWALL with
multiple WAN interfaces. You cannot modify or delete a static default route.
The default route is disabled after you change the static WAN IP address to a dynamic WAN
IP address.

Figure 263 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route

Table 135 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the number of an individual static route.
Name This is the name that describes or identifies this route.
Active This field shows whether this static route is active (Yes) or not (No).
Destination This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination. Routing is
always based on network number.

Table 135 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Gateway This is the IP address of the gateway. The gateway is a router or switch on the same
network segment as the ZyWALL’s interface. The gateway helps forward packets to
their destinations.
Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can set up a static route on the
ZyWALL.
Click the delete icon to remove a static route from the ZyWALL. A window displays
asking you to confirm that you want to delete the route.
23.2.1 The IP Static Route Edit Screen

Click the edit icon in the IP Static Route screen. The screen shown next appears. Use this
screen to configure the required information for a static route.
Figure 264 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route > Edit

Table 136 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route > Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Route Name Enter the name of the IP static route. Leave this field blank to delete this static
route.
Active This field allows you to activate/deactivate this static route.
Destination IP This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination. Routing is
Address always based on network number. If you need to specify a route to a single host,
use a subnet mask of 255.255.255.255 in the subnet mask field to force the network
number to be identical to the host ID.
IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask here.
Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway. The gateway is a router or switch on the same
Address network segment as the device's LAN or WAN port. The gateway helps forward
packets to their destinations.
Metric Metric represents the “cost” of transmission for routing purposes. IP routing uses
hop count as the measurement of cost, with a minimum of 1 for directly connected
networks. Enter a number that approximates the cost for this link. The number need
not be precise, but it must be between 1 and 15. In practice, 2 or 3 is usually a good
number.

Table 136 ADVANCED > STATIC ROUTE > IP Static Route > Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Private This parameter determines if the ZyWALL will include this route to a remote node in
its RIP broadcasts.
Select this check box to keep this route private and not included in RIP broadcasts.
Clear this check box to propagate this route to other hosts through RIP broadcasts.


CHAPTER 24
Policy Route Screens
24.1 Overview
This chapter covers setting and applying policies used for IP routing.
Traditionally, routing is based on the destination address only and the ZyWALL takes the
shortest path to forward a packet. IP Policy Routing (IPPR) provides a mechanism to override
the default routing behavior and alter the packet forwarding based on the policy defined by the
network administrator. Policy-based routing is applied to incoming packets on a per interface
basis, prior to the normal routing.
24.1.1 What You Can Do in the Policy Route Screens

• Use the Policy Route Summary screen (Section 24.2 on page 458) to display the current
policy route entries.
• Use the Policy Route Edit screen (Section 24.2.1 on page 460) to configure a policy route
to override the default (shortest path) routing behavior and forward packets based on the
criteria you specify.
24.1.2 What You Need To Know About Policy Route
Benefits
• Source-Based Routing – Network administrators can use policy-based routing to direct
traffic from different users through different connections.
• Quality of Service (QoS) – Organizations can differentiate traffic by setting the
precedence or ToS (Type of Service) values in the IP header at the periphery of the
network to enable the backbone to prioritize traffic.
• Cost Savings – IPPR allows organizations to distribute interactive traffic on high-
bandwidth, high-cost paths while using low-cost paths for batch traffic.
• Load Sharing – Network administrators can use IPPR to distribute traffic among multiple
paths.

Chapter 24 Policy Route Screens
Routing Policy
Individual routing policies are used as part of the overall IPPR process. A policy defines the
matching criteria and the action to take when a packet meets the criteria. The action is taken
only when all the criteria are met. The criteria include the source address and port, IP protocol
(ICMP, UDP, TCP, etc.), destination address and port, ToS and precedence (fields in the IP
header) and length. The inclusion of length criterion is to differentiate between interactive and
bulk traffic. Interactive applications, e.g., telnet, tend to have short packets, while bulk traffic,
e.g., file transfer, tends to have large packets.
The actions that can be taken include:
• Routing the packet to a different gateway (and hence the outgoing interface).
• Setting the ToS and precedence fields in the IP header.
IPPR follows the existing packet filtering facility of RAS in style and in implementation.
24.2 The Policy Route Summary Screen

Click ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE to open the Policy Route Summary screen (some
of the screen’s blank rows are not shown).

Figure 265 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Policy Route Summary

Table 137 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Policy Route Summary
LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the number of an individual policy route.
Active This field shows whether the policy is active or inactive.
Source This is the source IP address range and/or port number range.
Address/Port
Destination This is the destination IP address range and/or port number range.
Address/Port

Table 137 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Policy Route Summary
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Gateway Enter the IP address of the gateway. The gateway is a router or switch on the same
network segment as the device's LAN or WAN port. The gateway helps forward
packets to their destinations.
Protocol This is the IP protocol and can be ALL(0), ICMP(1), IGMP(2), TCP(6), UDP(17),
GRE(47), ESP(50) or AH(51).
Action This field specifies whether action should be taken on criteria Matched or Not
Matched.
Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the routing policy on the
ZyWALL.
Click the delete icon to remove an existing routing policy from the ZyWALL. A
window display asking you to confirm that you want to delete the routing policy.
Move Type a policy route's index number and the number for where you want to put that
rule. Click Move to move the rule to the number that you typed.
The ordering of your rules is important as they are applied in order of their
numbering.
24.2.1 The Policy Route Edit Screen

Click ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE to open the Policy Route Summary screen. Then
click the edit icon to open the Edit IP Policy Route screen. WAN 2 refers to either the
physical WAN 2 port on the ZyWALL with multiple WAN ports or the 3G card on the
supported ZyWALL in router mode. Not all fields are available on all models.
Use this screen to configure a policy route to override the default (shortest path) routing
behavior and forward packets based on the criteria you specify. A policy route defines the
matching criteria and the action to take when a packet meets the criteria. The action is taken
only when all the criteria are met. Policy-based routing is applied to incoming packets on a per
interface basis before normal routing. The ZyWALL does not perform normal routing on
packets that match any of the policy routes.

Figure 266 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Edit

Table 138 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Edit
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Criteria
Active Select the check box to activate the policy.
Rule Index This is the index number of the policy route.
IP Protocol Select Predefined and then the IP protocol from ALL(0), ICMP(1), IGMP(2),
TCP(6), UDP(17), GRE(47), ESP(50) or AH(51).
Otherwise, select Custom and enter a number from 0 to 255.
Type of Service Prioritize incoming network traffic by choosing from Any, Normal, Min Delay, Max
Thruput, Max Reliable or Mix Cost.
Precedence Precedence value of the incoming packet. Select a value from 0 to 7 or Any.
Packet Length Type a length of packet (in bytes). The operators in the Length Comparison field
apply to incoming packets of this length.

Table 138 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Edit (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Length Choose from Equal, Not Equal, Less, Greater, Less or Equal or Greater or
Comparison Equal.
Application Select a predefined application (FTP, H.323 or SIP) for the policy rule. If you do not
want to use a predefined application, select Custom. You can also configure the
source and destination port numbers if you set IP protocol to TCP or UDP.
FTP (File Transfer Program) is a program to enable fast transfer of files, including
large files that may not be possible by e-mail. Select FTP to configure the policy
rule for TCP packets with a port 21 destination.
H.323 is a protocol used for multimedia communications over networks, for
example NetMeeting. Select H.323 to configure the policy rule for TCP packets
with a port 1720 destination.
Note: If you select H.323, make sure you also use the ALG screen
to turn on the H.323 ALG.
SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) is a signaling protocol used in Internet telephony,

instant messaging, events notification and conferencing. The ZyWALL supports
SIP traffic pass-through. Select SIP to configure the policy rule for UDP packets
with a port 5060 destination.
Note: If you select SIP, make sure you also use the ALG screen to
turn on the SIP ALG.
Source
Interface Use the check box to select LAN, DMZ, WAN 1, WAN 2 and/or WLAN.
Starting IP Enter the source starting IP address.
Address
Ending IP Enter the source ending IP address.
Address
Starting Port Enter the source starting port number. This field is applicable only when you select
TCP or UDP in the IP Protocol field and Custom in the Application field.
Ending Port Enter the source ending port number. This field is applicable only when you select
TCP or UDP in the IP Protocol field and Custom in the Application field.
Destination
Starting IP Enter the destination starting IP address.
Address
Ending IP Enter the destination ending IP address.
Address
Starting Port Enter the destination starting port number. This field is applicable only when you
select TCP or UDP in the IP Protocol field and Custom in the Application field.
Ending Port Enter the destination ending port number. This field is applicable only when you
select TCP or UDP in the IP Protocol field and Custom in the Application field.
Action Applies to Specifies whether action should be taken on criteria Matched or Not Matched.
Routing Action

Table 138 ADVANCED > POLICY ROUTE > Edit (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Gateway Select User-Defined and enter the IP address of the gateway if you want to
specify the IP address of the gateway. The gateway is an immediate neighbor of
your ZyWALL that will forward the packet to the destination. The gateway must be
a router on the same segment as your ZyWALL's LAN or WAN interface.
Select WAN Interface to have the ZyWALL send traffic that matches the policy
route through a specific WAN interface. Select the WAN interface from the drop-
down list box.
Select the Use another interface when the specified WAN interface is not
available. check box to have the ZyWALL send traffic that matches the policy
route through the other WAN interface if it cannot send the traffic through the WAN
interface you selected. This option is only available when you select WAN
Interface.
Converted Type Set the new TOS value of the outgoing packet. Prioritize incoming network traffic
of Service by choosing Don’t Change, Normal, Min Delay, Max Thruput, Max Reliable or
Min Cost.
Converted Set the new outgoing packet precedence value. Values are 0 to 7 or Don’t
Precedence Change.
Log Select Yes from the drop-down list box to make an entry in the system log when a
policy is executed.


CHAPTER 25
Bandwidth Management
Screens
25.1 Overview
Bandwidth management allows you to allocate an interface’s outgoing capacity to specific
types of traffic. It can also help you make sure that the ZyWALL forwards certain types of
traffic, such as Voice-over-IP (VoIP), with minimum delay.
Bandwidth management addresses questions such as:
• Who gets how much access to specific applications?
• What priority level should you give to each type of traffic?
• Which traffic must have guaranteed delivery?
• How much bandwidth should be allotted to guarantee delivery?
Bandwidth management also allows you to configure the allowed output for an interface to
match what the network can handle. This helps reduce delays and dropped packets at the next
routing device. For example, you can set the WAN interface speed to 1024 kbps (or less) if the
broadband device connected to the WAN port has an upstream speed of 1024 kbps.
25.1.1 What You Can Do in the Bandwidth Management Screens

• Use the Summary screen (Section 25.2 on page 467) to enable bandwidth management on
an interface and set the maximum allowed bandwidth for that interface.
• Use the Class Setup screen (Section 25.3 on page 471) to view the configured bandwidth
classes by individual interface and to set up a bandwidth class’s name, bandwidth
allotment, and bandwidth filter.
• Use the Monitor screen (Section 25.6 on page 478) to view the device’s bandwidth usage
and allotments.
25.1.2 What You Need to Know About Bandwidth Management
Bandwidth Classes and Filters

Use bandwidth classes and sub-classes to allocate specific amounts of bandwidth capacity
(bandwidth budgets). Configure a bandwidth filter to define a bandwidth class (or sub-class)
based on a specific application and/or subnet.

Chapter 25 Bandwidth Management Screens
Proportional Bandwidth Allocation

Bandwidth management allows you to define how much bandwidth each class gets; however,
the actual bandwidth allotted to each class decreases or increases in proportion to actual
available bandwidth.
Application-based Bandwidth Management

You can create bandwidth classes based on individual applications (like VoIP, Web, FTP, E-
mail and Video for example).
Subnet-based Bandwidth Management

You can create bandwidth classes based on subnets.
The following figure shows LAN subnets. You could configure one bandwidth class for
subnet A and another for subnet B.
Figure 267 Subnet-based Bandwidth Management Example
25.1.3 Application and Subnet-based Bandwidth Management

Example
You could also create bandwidth classes based on a combination of a subnet and an
application. The following example table shows bandwidth allocations for application specific
traffic from separate LAN subnets.
Table 139 Application and Subnet-based Bandwidth Management Example
TRAFFIC TYPE FROM SUBNET A FROM SUBNET B
VoIP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps
Web 64 Kbps 64 Kbps
FTP 64 Kbps 64 Kbps
E-mail 64 Kbps 64 Kbps
Video 64 Kbps 64 Kbps

25.1.4 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example

It is possible to set the bandwidth management speed for an interface higher than the
interface’s actual transmission speed. Higher priority traffic gets to use up to its allocated
bandwidth, even if it takes up all of the interface’s available bandwidth. This could stop lower
priority traffic from being sent. The following is an example.
Table 140 Over Allotment of Bandwidth Example
BANDWIDTH CLASSES, ALLOTMENTS PRIORITIES
Actual outgoing bandwidth available on the interface: 1000 kbps
Root Class: 1500 kbps (same VoIP traffic (Service = SIP): 500 Kbps 7
as Speed setting)
OpenPhone traffic (Service = H.323): 500 kbps 7
FTP (Service = FTP): 500 Kbps 3
If you use VoIP and OpenPhone at the same time, the device allocates up to 500 Kbps of
bandwidth to each of them before it allocates any bandwidth to FTP. As a result, FTP can only
use bandwidth when VoIP and OpenPhone do not use all of their allocated bandwidth.
Suppose you try to browse the web too. In this case, VoIP, OpenPhone and FTP all have
higher priority, so they get to use the bandwidth first. You can only browse the web when
VoIP, OpenPhone, and FTP do not use all 1000 Kbps of available bandwidth.
25.1.5 Maximize Bandwidth Usage With Bandwidth Borrowing

Example
If you configure both maximize bandwidth usage (on the interface) and bandwidth borrowing
(on individual sub-classes), the ZyWALL functions as follows.
1 The ZyWALL sends traffic according to each bandwidth class’s bandwidth budget.
2 The ZyWALL assigns a parent class’s unused bandwidth to its sub-classes that have
more traffic than their budgets and have bandwidth borrowing enabled. The ZyWALL
gives priority to sub-classes of higher priority and treats classes of the same priority
equally.
3 The ZyWALL assigns any remaining unused or unbudgeted bandwidth on the interface
to any class that requires it. The ZyWALL gives priority to classes of higher priority and
treats classes of the same level equally.
4 If the bandwidth requirements of all of the traffic classes are met and there is still some
unbudgeted bandwidth, the ZyWALL assigns it to traffic that does not match any of the
classes.
25.2 The Summary Screen

Click ADVANCED > BW MGMT to open the Summary screen. Use this screen to enable
and configure bandwidth management on different bandwidth classes.
Bandwidth Class
Enable bandwidth management on an interface and set the maximum allowed bandwidth for
that interface.

You can configure up to one bandwidth filter per bandwidth class. You can also configure
bandwidth classes without bandwidth filters. However, it is recommended that you configure
sub-classes with filters for any classes that you configure without filters. The ZyWALL leaves
the bandwidth budget allocated and unused for a class that does not have a filter or sub-classes
with filters.
The total of the configured bandwidth budgets for sub-classes cannot exceed the configured
bandwidth budget speed of the parent class.
Maximize Bandwidth Usage

The maximize bandwidth usage option allows the ZyWALL to divide up any available
bandwidth on the interface (including unallocated bandwidth and any allocated bandwidth that
a class is not using) among the bandwidth classes that require more bandwidth.
When you enable maximize bandwidth usage, the ZyWALL first makes sure that each
bandwidth class gets up to its bandwidth allotment. Next, the ZyWALL divides up an
interface’s available bandwidth (bandwidth that is unbudgeted or unused by the classes)
depending on how many bandwidth classes require more bandwidth and on their priority
levels. When only one class requires more bandwidth, the ZyWALL gives extra bandwidth to
that class.
When multiple classes require more bandwidth, the ZyWALL gives the highest priority
classes the available bandwidth first (as much as they require, if there is enough available
bandwidth), and then to lower priority classes if there is still bandwidth available. The
ZyWALL distributes the available bandwidth equally among classes with the same priority
level.
Figure 268 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Summary


Table 141 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Summary
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Class These read-only labels represent the physical interfaces. Select an interface’s check
box to enable bandwidth management on that interface. Bandwidth management
applies to all traffic flowing out of the router through the interface, regardless of the
traffic’s source.
Note: The WLAN class refers to the Ethernet interfaces in the WLAN
port role. The ZyWALL does not apply bandwidth
management to an installed wireless card's traffic.
Traffic redirect or IP alias may cause LAN-to-LAN or DMZ-to-DMZ traffic to pass

through the ZyWALL and be managed by bandwidth management.
Active Select an interface’s check box to enable bandwidth management on that interface.
Speed (kbps) Enter the amount of bandwidth for this interface that you want to allocate using
bandwidth management. This appears as the bandwidth budget of the interface’s
root class (see Section 25.3 on page 471). The recommendation is to set this speed
to match what the device connected to the port can handle. For example, set the
WAN interface speed to 1000 kbps if the broadband device connected to the WAN
port has an upstream speed of 1000 kbps.
The recommendation is to set this speed to match the interface’s actual
transmission speed. For example, set the WAN interface speed to 1000 kbps if your
Internet connection has an upstream transmission speed of 1 Mbps.
You can set this number higher than the interface’s actual transmission speed. This
will stop lower priority traffic from being sent if higher priority traffic uses all of the
actual bandwidth.
You can also set this number lower than the interface’s actual transmission speed. If
you do not enable Max Bandwidth Usage, this will cause the ZyWALL to not use
some of the interface’s available bandwidth.
Scheduler Select either Priority-Based or Fairness-Based from the drop-down menu to
control the traffic flow.
Select Priority-Based to give preference to bandwidth classes with higher priorities.
With the priority-based scheduler, the ZyWALL forwards traffic from bandwidth
classes according to the priorities that you assign to the bandwidth classes. The
larger a bandwidth class’s priority number is, the higher the priority. Assign real-time
applications (like those using audio or video) a higher priority number to provide
smoother operation.
Select Fairness-Based to treat all bandwidth classes equally. The ZyWALL divides
bandwidth equally among bandwidth classes when using the fairness-based
scheduler; thus preventing one bandwidth class from using all of the interface’s
bandwidth.
Maximize Select this check box to have the ZyWALL divide up all of the interface’s unallocated
Bandwidth and/or unused bandwidth among the bandwidth classes that require bandwidth. Do
Usage not select this if you want to reserve bandwidth for traffic that does not match a
bandwidth class (see Section 25.1.5 on page 467) or you want to limit the speed of
this interface (see the Speed field description).

25.2.1 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example

Here is an example of a ZyWALL that has maximize bandwidth usage enabled on an interface.
The following table shows each bandwidth class’s bandwidth budget. The classes are set up
based on subnets. The interface is set to 10240 kbps. Each subnet is allocated 2048 kbps. The
unbudgeted 2048 kbps allows traffic not defined in any of the bandwidth filters to go out when
you do not select the maximize bandwidth option.
Table 142 Maximize Bandwidth Usage Example
BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS
Root Class: 10240 kbps Administration: 2048 kbps
Sales: 2048 kbps
Marketing: 2048 kbps
Research: 2048 kbps
The ZyWALL divides up the unbudgeted 2048 kbps among the classes that require more
bandwidth. If the administration department only uses 1024 kbps of the budgeted 2048 kbps,
the ZyWALL also divides the remaining 1024 kbps among the classes that require more
bandwidth. Therefore, the ZyWALL divides a total of 3072 kbps of unbudgeted and unused
bandwidth among the classes that require more bandwidth.
25.2.1.1 Priority-based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth

The following table shows the priorities of the bandwidth classes and the amount of bandwidth
that each class gets.
Table 143 Priority-based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example
BANDWIDTH CLASSES, PRIORITIES AND ALLOTMENTS
Root Class: 10240 kbps Administration: Priority 4, 1024 kbps
Sales: Priority 6, 3584 kbps
Marketing: Priority 6, 3584 kbps
Research: Priority 5, 2048 kbps
Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth.
• Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth. The administration class only uses 1024
kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps.
• The sales and marketing are first to get extra bandwidth because they have the highest
priority (6). If they each require 1536 kbps or more of extra bandwidth, the ZyWALL
divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth equally between the
sales and marketing departments (1536 kbps extra to each for a total of 3584 kbps for
each) because they both have the highest priority level.
• Research requires more bandwidth but only gets its budgeted 2048 kbps because all of the
unbudgeted and unused bandwidth goes to the higher priority sales and marketing classes.

25.2.1.2 Fairness-based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth

The following table shows the amount of bandwidth that each class gets.
Table 144 Fairness-based Allotment of Unused and Unbudgeted Bandwidth Example
BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND ALLOTMENTS
Root Class: 10240 kbps Administration: 1024 kbps
Sales: 3072 kbps
Marketing: 3072 kbps
Research: 3072 kbps
Suppose that all of the classes except for the administration class need more bandwidth.
• Each class gets up to its budgeted bandwidth. The administration class only uses 1024
kbps of its budgeted 2048 kbps.
• The ZyWALL divides the total 3072 kbps total of unbudgeted and unused bandwidth
equally among the other classes. 1024 kbps extra goes to each so the other classes each get
a total of 3072 kbps.
25.2.2 Reserving Bandwidth for Non-Bandwidth Class Traffic

Do the following three steps to configure the ZyWALL to allow bandwidth for traffic that is
not defined in a bandwidth filter.
1 Leave some of the interface’s bandwidth unbudgeted.
2 Do not enable the interface’s Maximize Bandwidth Usage option.
3 Do not enable bandwidth borrowing on the sub-classes that have the root class as their
parent (see Section 25.3 on page 471).
25.3 The Class Setup Screen

The Class Setup screen displays the configured bandwidth classes by individual interface.
Select an interface and click the buttons to perform the actions described next. Click “+” to
expand the class tree or click “-” to collapse the class tree. Each interface has a permanent root
class. The bandwidth budget of the root class is equal to the speed you configured on the
interface (see Section 25.2 on page 467 to configure the speed of the interface). Configure sub-
class layers for the root class.
To add or delete child classes on an interface, click ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class
Setup. The screen is shown here with example classes.

Figure 269 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup

Table 145 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Interface Select an interface for which you want to set up bandwidth management classes.
Bandwidth management controls outgoing traffic on an interface, not incoming. So,
in order to limit the download bandwidth of the LAN users, set the bandwidth
management class on the LAN. In order to limit the upload bandwidth, set the
bandwidth management class on the corresponding WAN interface.
Bandwidth This field displays whether bandwidth management on the interface you selected in
Management the field above is enabled (Active) or not (Inactive).
After you select an interface, the bandwidth management classes configured for the
interface display. The name, bandwidth and priority display for each class. “borrow”
also displays if the class is set to use bandwidth from its parent class if the parent
class is not using up its bandwidth budget.
Add Sub-Class Click Add Sub-class to add a sub-class.
Edit Click Edit to configure the selected class. You cannot edit the root class.
Delete Click Delete to delete the class and all its sub-classes. You cannot delete the root
class.
Statistics Click Statistics to display the status of the selected class.
Enabled classes This list displays the interface’s active bandwidth management classes (the ones
Search Order that have the bandwidth filter enabled). The ZyWALL applies the classes in the
order that they appear here. Once a connection matches a bandwidth management
class, the ZyWALL applies the class’s rules and does not check the connection
against any other bandwidth management classes.
Search Order This is the index number of an individual bandwidth management class.
Class Name This is the name that identifies a bandwidth management class.
Service This is the service that this bandwidth management class is configured to manage.
Destination IP This is the destination IP address for connections to which this bandwidth
Address management class applies.

Table 145 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Destination Port This is the destination port for connections to which this bandwidth management
class applies.
Source IP This is the source IP address for connections to which this bandwidth management
Address class applies.
Source Port This is the source port for connections to which this bandwidth management class
applies.
Protocol ID This is the protocol ID (service type) number for connections to which this
bandwidth management class applies. For example: 1 for ICMP, 6 for TCP or 17 for
UDP.
Move Type a class’s index number and the number for where you want to put that class.
Click Move to move the class to the number that you typed. The ordering of your
classes is important as they are applied in order of their numbering.
25.4 Bandwidth Manager Class Configuration

Configure a bandwidth management class in the Class Setup screen. You must use the
Summary screen to enable bandwidth management on an interface before you can configure
classes for that interface.
Bandwidth Borrowing
Bandwidth borrowing allows a sub-class to borrow unused bandwidth from its parent class,
whereas maximize bandwidth usage allows bandwidth classes to borrow any unused or
unbudgeted bandwidth on the whole interface.
Enable bandwidth borrowing on a sub-class to allow the sub-class to use its parent class’s
unused bandwidth. A parent class’s unused bandwidth is given to the highest priority sub-class
first. The sub-class can also borrow bandwidth from a higher parent class (grandparent class)
if the sub-class’s parent class is also configured to borrow bandwidth from its parent class.
This can go on for as many levels as are configured to borrow bandwidth from their parent
class (see Section 25.4.1 on page 476).
The total of the bandwidth allotments for sub-classes cannot exceed the bandwidth allotment
of their parent class. The ZyWALL uses the scheduler to divide a parent class’s unused
bandwidth among the sub-classes.
Click ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Add Sub-Class or Edit to open the
following screen. Use this screen to add a child class.

Figure 270 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Add Sub-Class

Table 146 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Add Sub-Class
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Class Configuration
Class Name Use the auto-generated name or enter a descriptive name of up to 20
alphanumeric characters, including spaces.
Bandwidth Budget Specify the maximum bandwidth allowed for the class in kbps. The
(kbps) recommendation is a setting between 20 kbps and 20000 kbps for an individual
class.
Priority Enter a number between 0 and 7 to set the priority of this class. The higher the
number, the higher the priority. The default setting is 3.
Borrow bandwidth Select this option to allow a sub-class to borrow bandwidth from its parent
from parent class class if the parent class is not using up its bandwidth budget.
Bandwidth borrowing is governed by the priority of the sub-classes. That is, a
sub-class with the highest priority (7) is the first to borrow bandwidth from its
parent class.
Do not select this for the classes directly below the root class if you want to
leave bandwidth available for other traffic types (see Section 25.1.5 on page
467) or you want to set the interface’s speed to match what the next device in
network can handle (see the Speed field description in Table 141 on page
469).
Filter Configuration

Table 146 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Add Sub-Class (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable Bandwidth Select Enable Bandwidth Filter to have the ZyWALL use this bandwidth filter
Filter when it performs bandwidth management.
You must enter a value in at least one of the following fields (other than the
Subnet Mask fields which are only available when you enter the destination or
source IP address).
Service This field simplifies bandwidth class configuration by allowing you to select a
predefined application. When you select a predefined application, you do not
configure the rest of the bandwidth filter fields (other than enabling or disabling
the filter).
FTP (File Transfer Program) is a program to enable fast transfer of files,
including large files that may not be possible by e-mail. Select FTP from the
drop-down list box to configure the bandwidth filter for TCP packets with a port
21 destination.
H.323 is a protocol used for multimedia communications over networks, for
example OpenPhone. Select H.323 from the drop-down list box to configure
the bandwidth filter for TCP packets with a port 1720 destination.
Note: At the time of writing, bandwidth management only

supports H.323 applications using the fast connect
procedure. H.323 applications using the normal connect
procedure are not applicable to bandwidth management.
Note: If you select H.323, make sure you also use the ALG
screen to turn on the H.323 ALG.
SIP (Session Initiation Protocol) is a signaling protocol used in Internet

telephony, instant messaging, events notification and conferencing. The
ZyWALL supports SIP traffic pass-through. Select SIP from the drop-down list
box to configure this bandwidth filter for UDP packets with a port 5060
destination. This option makes it easier to manage bandwidth for SIP traffic
and is useful for example when there is a VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)
device on your LAN.
Note: If you select SIP, make sure you also use the ALG screen
to turn on the SIP ALG.
Select Custom from the drop-down list box if you do not want to use a
predefined application for the bandwidth class. When you select Custom, you
need to configure at least one of the following fields (other than the Subnet
Mask fields which you only enter if you also enter a corresponding destination
or source IP address).
Destination Address Do you want your rule to apply to packets coming going to a particular (single)
Type IP, a range of IP addresses (for example 192.168.1.10 to 192.169.1.50) or a
subnet? Select Single Address, Range Address or Subnet Address.
Destination IP Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here.
Address
Destination End If you are configuring a range of IP addresses, enter the ending IP address
Address / Subnet here. If you are configuring a subnet of addresses, enter the subnet mask here.
Mask Refer to Appendix E on page 817 for more information on IP subnetting.
Destination Port Enter the starting and ending destination port numbers. Enter the same port
number in both fields to specify a single port number. See Appendix B on page
783 for a table of services and port numbers.

Table 146 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Add Sub-Class (continued)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Source Address Type Do you want your rule to apply to packets coming from a particular (single) IP,
a range of IP addresses (for example 192.168.1.10 to 192.169.1.50) or a
subnet? Select Single Address, Range Address or Subnet Address.
Source IP Address Enter the single IP address or the starting IP address in a range here.
Source End Address If you are configuring a range of IP addresses, enter the ending IP address
/ Subnet Mask here. If you are configuring a subnet of addresses, enter the subnet mask here.
Refer to Appendix E on page 817 for more information on IP subnetting.
Source Port Enter the starting and ending destination port numbers. Enter the same port
number in both fields to specify a single port number. See Appendix B on page
783 for a table of services and port numbers.
Protocol ID Enter the protocol ID (service type) number, for example: 1 for ICMP, 6 for TCP
or 17 for UDP.
25.4.1 Bandwidth Borrowing Example

Here is an example of bandwidth management with classes configured for bandwidth
borrowing. The classes are set up based on departments and individuals within certain
departments.
Refer to the product specifications chapter to see how many class levels you can configure on
your ZyWALL.
Table 147 Bandwidth Borrowing Example
BANDWIDTH CLASSES AND BANDWIDTH BORROWING SETTINGS
Root Class: Administration: Borrowing
Enabled
Sales: Borrowing Disabled Sales USA: Borrowing Bill: Borrowing Enabled
Enabled
Amy: Borrowing Disabled
Sales Asia: Borrowing Tina: Borrowing Enabled
Disabled
Fred: Borrowing Disabled
Marketing: Borrowing
Enabled
Research: Borrowing Software: Borrowing
Enabled Enabled
Hardware: Borrowing
Enabled
• The Bill class can borrow unused bandwidth from the Sales USA class because the Bill
class has bandwidth borrowing enabled.
• The Bill class can also borrow unused bandwidth from the Sales class because the Sales
USA class also has bandwidth borrowing enabled.
• The Bill class cannot borrow unused bandwidth from the Root class because the Sales
class has bandwidth borrowing disabled.
• The Amy class cannot borrow unused bandwidth from the Sales USA class because the
Amy class has bandwidth borrowing disabled.

• The Research Software and Hardware classes can both borrow unused bandwidth from the
Research class because the Research Software and Hardware classes both have bandwidth
borrowing enabled.
• The Research Software and Hardware classes can also borrow unused bandwidth from the
Root class because the Research class also has bandwidth borrowing enabled.
25.5 Bandwidth Management Statistics

Click ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Statistics to open the Bandwidth
Management Statistics screen. This screen displays the selected bandwidth class’s bandwidth
usage and allotments.
Figure 271 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Class Setup > Statistics

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Class Name This field displays the name of the class the statistics page is showing.
Budget (kbps) This field displays the amount of bandwidth allocated to the class.
Tx Packets This field displays the total number of packets transmitted.
Tx Bytes This field displays the total number of bytes transmitted.
Dropped This field displays the total number of packets dropped.
Packets
Dropped Bytes This field displays the total number of bytes dropped.
Bandwidth Statistics for the Past 8 Seconds (t-8 to t-1)
This field displays the bandwidth statistics (in bps) for the past one to eight seconds. For example, t-1
means one second ago.
screen statistics.
Clear Counter Click Clear Counter to clear all of the bandwidth management statistics.

25.6 The Monitor Screen

Click ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Monitor to open the following screen. Use this screen
to view the device’s bandwidth usage and allotments.
Figure 272 ADVANCED > BW MGMT > Monitor

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Interface Select an interface from the drop-down list box to view the bandwidth usage
of its bandwidth classes.
Class This field displays the name of the bandwidth class.
A Default Class automatically displays for all the bandwidth in the Root
Class that is not allocated to bandwidth classes. If you do not enable
maximize bandwidth usage on an interface, the ZyWALL uses the bandwidth
in this default class to send traffic that does not match any of the bandwidth
classes.A
Budget (kbps) This field displays the amount of bandwidth allocated to the bandwidth class.
Current Usage (kbps) This field displays the amount of bandwidth that each bandwidth class is
using.
Refresh Click Refresh to update the page.
A.

CHAPTER 26
DNS Screens
26.1 Overview
This chapter shows you how to configure the DNS screens.
DNS (Domain Name System) is for mapping a domain name to its corresponding IP address
and vice versa. The DNS server is extremely important because without it, you must know the
IP address of a machine before you can access it. The ZyWALL uses a system DNS server (in
the order you specify in the DNS System screen) to resolve domain names, for example, VPN,
DDNS and the time server.
26.1.1 What You Can Do in the DNS Screens

• Use the System screen (Section 26.2 on page 481) to configure the ZyWALL to use a
DNS server to resolve domain names for ZyWALL system features like VPN, DDNS and
the time server.
• Use the Add Address Record screen (Section 26.2.1 on page 483) to add an address
record.
• Use the Insert Name Server Record screen (Section 26.2.2 on page 484) to insert a
name server record.
• Use the Cache screen (Section 26.3 on page 485) to configure the ZyWALL’s DNS
caching settings.
• Use the DHCP screen (Section 26.4 on page 487) to configure the DNS server
information that the ZyWALL sends to its LAN, DMZ or WLAN DHCP clients.
• Use the DDNS screen (Section 26.5 on page 488) to change your ZyWALL’s DDNS
(Dynamic DNS) settings.
26.1.2 What You Need To Know About DNS
DNS Server Address Assignment

The ZyWALL can get the DNS server addresses in the following ways.
1 The ISP tells you the DNS server addresses, usually in the form of an information sheet,
when you sign up. If your ISP gives you DNS server addresses, manually enter them in
the DNS server fields.
2 If your ISP dynamically assigns the DNS server IP addresses (along with the ZyWALL’s
WAN IP address), set the DNS server fields to get the DNS server address from the ISP.

Chapter 26 DNS Screens
3 You can manually enter the IP addresses of other DNS servers. These servers can be
public or private. A DNS server could even be behind a remote IPSec router (see Section
on page 480).
Address Record
An address record contains the mapping of a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) to an IP
address. An FQDN consists of a host and domain name and includes the top-level domain. For
example, www.zyxel.com.tw is a fully qualified domain name, where “www” is the host,
“zyxel” is the second-level domain, and “com.tw” is the top level domain.
mail.myZyXEL.com.tw is also a FQDN, where "mail" is the host, "myZyXEL" is the second-
level domain, and "com.tw" is the top level domain.
The ZyWALL allows you to configure address records about the ZyWALL itself or another
device. This way you can keep a record of DNS names and addresses that people on your
network may use frequently. If the ZyWALL receives a DNS query for an FQDN for which
the ZyWALL has an address record, the ZyWALL can send the IP address in a DNS response
without having to query a DNS name server.
DNS Wildcard
Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes *.yourhost.com to be aliased to the same IP
address as yourhost.com. This feature is useful if you want to be able to use, for example,
www.yourhost.com and still reach your hostname.
Name Server Record

A name server record contains a DNS server’s IP address. The ZyWALL can query the DNS
server to resolve domain names for features like VPN, DDNS and the time server. A domain
zone may also be included. A domain zone is a fully qualified domain name without the host.
For example, zyxel.com.tw is the domain zone for the www.zyxel.com.tw fully qualified
domain name.
Private DNS Server

In cases where you want to use domain names to access Intranet servers on a remote private
network that has a DNS server, you must identify that DNS server. You cannot use DNS
servers on the LAN or from the ISP since these DNS servers cannot resolve domain names to
private IP addresses on the remote private network.
The following figure depicts an example where three VPN tunnels are created from ZyWALL
A; one to branch office 2, one to branch office 3 and another to headquarters (HQ). In order to
access computers that use private domain names on the HQ network, the ZyWALL at branch
office 1 uses the Intranet DNS server in headquarters.

Figure 273 Private DNS Server Example
" If you do not specify an Intranet DNS server on the remote network, then the
VPN host must use IP addresses to access the computers on the remote
private network.
DDNS
DDNS (Dynamic DNS) allows you to update your current dynamic IP address with one or
many dynamic DNS services so that anyone can contact you (in NetMeeting, CU-SeeMe,
etc.). You can also access your FTP server or Web site on your own computer using a domain
name (for instance myhost.dhs.org, where myhost is a name of your choice) that will never
change instead of using an IP address that changes each time you reconnect. Your friends or
relatives will always be able to call you even if they don't know your IP address.
26.2 The System Screen

Click ADVANCED > DNS to display the following screen. Use this screen to configure your
ZyWALL’s DNS address and name server records.

Figure 274 ADVANCED > DNS > System DNS

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Address Record An address record specifies the mapping of a fully qualified domain name
(FQDN) to an IP address. An FQDN consists of a host and domain name and
includes the top-level domain. For example, www.zyxel.com.tw is a fully
qualified domain name, where “www” is the host, “zyxel” is the second-level
domain, and “com.tw” is the top level domain.
# This is the index number of the address record.
FQDN This is a host’s fully qualified domain name.
Wildcard This column displays whether or not the DNS wildcard feature is enabled for
this domain name.
IP Address This is the IP address of a host.
Modify Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the record.
Click the delete icon to remove an existing record. A window display asking you
to confirm that you want to delete the record. Note that subsequent records
Add Click Add to open a screen where you can add a new address record. Refer to
Table 148 on page 484 for information on the fields.
Name Server A name server record contains a DNS server’s IP address. The ZyWALL can
Record query the DNS server to resolve domain names for features like VPN, DDNS
and the time server.
When the ZyWALL needs to resolve a domain name, it checks it against the
name server record entries in the order that they appear in this list.
A “*” indicates a name server record without a domain zone. The default record
is grayed out. The ZyWALL uses this default record if the domain name that
needs to be resolved does not match any of the other name server records.
A name server record with a domain zone is always put before a record without
a domain zone.
# This is the index number of the name server record.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Domain Zone A domain zone is a fully qualified domain name without the host. For example,
zyxel.com.tw is the domain zone for the www.zyxel.com.tw fully qualified
domain name.
From This field displays whether the IP address of a DNS server is from a WAN
interface (and which it is) or specified by the user.
DNS Server This is the IP address of a DNS server.
Modify Click a triangle icon to move the record up or down in the list.
Click the edit icon to go to the screen where you can edit the record.
Click the delete icon to remove an existing record. A window display asking you
to confirm that you want to delete the record. Note that subsequent records
Insert Click Insert to open a screen where you can insert a new name server record.
Refer to Table 152 on page 485 for information on the fields.
26.2.1 The Add Address Record Screen

Click Add in the System screen to open this screen. Use this screen to add an address record.
An address record contains the mapping of a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) to an IP
address. Configure address records about the ZyWALL itself or another device to keep a
record of DNS names and addresses that people on your network may use frequently. If the
ZyWALL receives a DNS query for an FQDN for which the ZyWALL has an address record,
the ZyWALL can send the IP address in a DNS response without having to query a DNS name
server. See Section 26.1.2 on page 479 for more on address records.
Figure 275 ADVANCED > DNS > Add (Address Record)


Table 148 ADVANCED > DNS > Add (Address Record)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
FQDN Type a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of a server. An FQDN starts with a
host name and continues all the way up to the top-level domain name. For
example, www.zyxel.com.tw is a fully qualified domain name, where “www” is the
host, “zyxel” is the second-level domain, and “com.tw” is the top level domain.
IP Address If this entry is for one of the WAN ports on a ZyWALL with multiple WAN ports,
select WAN Interface and select WAN 1 or WAN 2 from the drop-down list box.
If this entry is for the WAN port on a ZyWALL with a single WAN port, select WAN
Interface.
For entries that are not for the WAN port(s), select Custom and enter the IP
address of the host in dotted decimal notation.
Enable Wildcard Select the check box to enable DNS wildcard.
26.2.2 The Insert Name Server Record Screen

Click Insert in the System screen to open this screen. Use this screen to insert a name server
record.A name server record contains a DNS server’s IP address. The ZyWALL can query the
DNS server to resolve domain names for features like VPN, DDNS and the time server. A
domain zone may also be included. A domain zone is a fully qualified domain name without
the host. For example, zyxel.com.tw is the domain zone for the www.zyxel.com.tw fully
qualified domain name.
Figure 276 ADVANCED > DNS > Insert (Name Server Record)


LABEL DESCRIPTION
Domain Zone This field is optional.
A domain zone is a fully qualified domain name without the host. For example,
zyxel.com.tw is the domain zone for the www.zyxel.com.tw fully qualified domain
name. For example, whenever the ZyWALL receives needs to resolve a
zyxel.com.tw domain name, it can send a query to the recorded name server IP
address.
Leave this field blank if all domain zones are served by the specified DNS server(s).
DNS Server Select the DNS Server(s) from ISP radio button if your ISP dynamically assigns
DNS server information. You also need to select an interface through which the ISP
provides the DNS server IP address(es). The interface should be activated and set
as a DHCP client. The fields below display the (read-only) DNS server IP
address(es) that the ISP assigns. N/A displays for any DNS server IP address fields
for which the ISP does not assign an IP address. N/A displays for all of the DNS
server IP address fields if the ZyWALL has a fixed WAN IP address.
Select Public DNS Server if you have the IP address of a DNS server. The IP
address must be public or a private address on your local LAN. Enter the DNS
server's IP address in the field to the right.
Public DNS Server entries with the IP address set to 0.0.0.0 are not allowed.
Select Private DNS Server if the DNS server has a private IP address and is located
behind a VPN peer. Enter the DNS server's IP address in the field to the right.
With a private DNS server, you must also configure the first DNS server entry for the
LAN, DMZ and/or WLAN in the DNS DHCP screen to use DNS Relay.
You must also configure a VPN rule since the ZyWALL uses a VPN tunnel when it
relays DNS queries to the private DNS server. The rule must include the LAN IP
address of the ZyWALL as a local IP address and the IP address of the DNS server
as a remote IP address.
Private DNS Server entries with the IP address set to 0.0.0.0 are not allowed.
26.3 The DNS Cache Screen

DNS cache is the temporary storage area where a router stores responses from DNS servers.
When the ZyWALL receives a positive or negative response for a DNS query, it records the
response in the DNS cache. A positive response means that the ZyWALL received the IP
address for a domain name that it checked with a DNS server within the five second DNS
timeout period. A negative response means that the ZyWALL did not receive a response for a
query it sent to a DNS server within the five second DNS timeout period.
When the ZyWALL receives DNS queries, it compares them against the DNS cache before
querying a DNS server. If the DNS query matches a positive entry, the ZyWALL responses
with the IP address from the entry. If the DNS query matches a negative entry, the ZyWALL
replies that the DNS query failed.
To configure your ZyWALL’s DNS caching, click ADVANCED > DNS > Cache. The screen
appears as shown.

Figure 277 ADVANCED > DNS > Cache

LABEL DESCRIPTION
DNS Cache Setup
Cache Positive DNS Select the check box to record the positive DNS resolutions in the cache.
Resolutions Caching positive DNS resolutions helps speed up the ZyWALL’s processing of
commonly queried domain names and reduces the amount of traffic that the
ZyWALL sends out to the WAN.
Maximum TTL Type the maximum time to live (TTL) (60 to 3600 seconds). This sets how long
the ZyWALL is to allow a positive resolution entry to remain in the DNS cache
before discarding it.
Cache Negative Caching negative DNS resolutions helps speed up the ZyWALL’s processing of
DNS Resolutions commonly queried domain names (for which DNS resolution has failed) and
reduces the amount of traffic that the ZyWALL sends out to the WAN.
Negative Cache Type the time (60 to 3600 seconds) that the ZyWALL is to allow a negative
Period resolution entry to remain in the DNS cache before discarding it.
DNS Cache Entry
Flush Click this button to clear the cache manually. After you flush the cache, the
ZyWALL must query the DNS servers again for any domain names that had
been previously resolved.
Refresh Click this button to reload the cache.
# This is the index number of a record.
Cache Type This displays whether the response for the DNS request is positive or negative.
Domain Name This is the domain name of a host.
IP Address This is the (resolved) IP address of a host. This field displays 0.0.0.0 for
negative DNS resolution entries.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Remaining Time This is the number of seconds left before the DNS resolution entry is discarded
(sec) from the cache.
Modify Click the delete icon to remove the DNS resolution entry from the cache.
26.4 The DHCP Screen

Click ADVANCED > DNS > DHCP to open the DNS DHCP screen shown next. Use this
screen to configure the DNS server information that the ZyWALL sends to its LAN, DMZ or
WLAN DHCP clients.
Figure 278 ADVANCED > DNS > DHCP

LABEL DESCRIPTION
DNS Servers The ZyWALL passes a DNS (Domain Name System) server IP address to the
Assigned by DHCP DHCP clients.
Server
Selected Interface Select an interface from the drop-down list box to configure the DNS servers for
the specified interface.
DNS These read-only labels represent the DNS servers.

LABEL DESCRIPTION
IP Select From ISP if your ISP dynamically assigns DNS server information (and
the ZyWALL's WAN IP address). Use the drop-down list box to select a DNS
server IP address that the ISP assigns in the field to the right.
Select User-Defined if you have the IP address of a DNS server. Enter the
DNS server's IP address in the field to the right. If you chose User-Defined, but
leave the IP address set to 0.0.0.0, User-Defined changes to None after you
click Apply. If you set a second choice to User-Defined, and enter the same IP
address, the second User-Defined changes to None after you click Apply.
Select DNS Relay to have the ZyWALL act as a DNS proxy. The ZyWALL's
LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP address displays in the field to the right (read-only). The
ZyWALL tells the DHCP clients on the LAN, DMZ or WLAN that the ZyWALL
itself is the DNS server. When a computer on the LAN, DMZ or WLAN sends a
DNS query to the ZyWALL, the ZyWALL forwards the query to the ZyWALL's
system DNS server (configured in the DNS System screen) and relays the
response back to the computer. You can only select DNS Relay for one of the
three servers; if you select DNS Relay for a second or third DNS server, that
choice changes to None after you click Apply.
Select None if you do not want to configure DNS servers. You must have
another DHCP sever on your LAN, or else the computers must have their DNS
server addresses manually configured. If you do not configure a DNS server,
you must know the IP address of a computer in order to access it.
26.5 The DDNS Screen

First of all, you need to have registered a dynamic DNS account with www.dyndns.com. This
is for people with a dynamic IP from their ISP or DHCP server that would still like to have a
domain name. The Dynamic DNS service provider will give you a password or key.
" You must go to the Dynamic DNS service provider’s website and register a
user account and a domain name before you can use the Dynamic DNS
service with your ZyWALL.
DYNDNS Wildcard
Enabling the wildcard feature for your host causes *.yourhost.dyndns.com to be aliased to the
same IP address as yourhost.dyndns.com. This feature is useful if you want to be able to use,
for example, www.yourhost.dyndns.com and still reach your hostname.
" If you have a private WAN IP address, then you cannot use Dynamic DNS.

High Availability
A DNS server maps a domain name to a port's IP address. If that WAN port loses its
connection, high availability allows the router to substitute another port's IP address for the
domain name mapping.
26.6 Configuring the Dynamic DNS Screen

To change your ZyWALL’s DDNS, click ADVANCED > DNS > DDNS. The screen appears
as shown.
Figure 279 ADVANCED > DNS > DDNS

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Account Setup
Active Select this check box to use dynamic DNS.
Service Provider This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider.
Username Enter your user name. You can use up to 31 alphanumeric characters (and the
Password Enter the password associated with the user name above. You can use up to 31
alphanumeric characters (and the underscore). Spaces are not allowed.
Token If you have selected WWW.REGFISH.COM as your DNS service provider you
can use a token instead of a user name and password. This token is provided
automatically for a domain when activating DynDNS with RegFish.
My Domain Names

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Domain Name 1~5 Enter the host names in these fields.
DDNS Type Select the type of service that you are registered for from your Dynamic DNS
service provider if you have selected WWW.DynDNS.COM.
Select Dynamic if you have the Dynamic DNS service.
Select Static if you have the Static DNS service.
Select Custom if you have the Custom DNS service.
Offline This option is available when Custom is selected in the DDNS Type field.
Check with your Dynamic DNS service provider to have traffic redirected to a
URL (that you can specify) while you are off line.
Wildcard Select the check box to enable DYNDNS Wildcard.
WAN Interface Select the WAN interface to use for updating the IP address of the domain
name.
IP Address Update Select Use WAN IP Address to have the ZyWALL update the domain name
Policy with the WAN interface's IP address.
Select Use User-Defined and enter the IP address if you have a static IP
address.
Select Let DDNS Server Auto Detect only when there are one or more NAT
routers between the ZyWALL and the DDNS server. This feature has the DDNS
server automatically detect and use the IP address of the NAT router that has a
public IP address.
Note: The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP
address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the
ZyWALL and the DDNS server.
HA Select this check box to enable the high availability (HA) feature. High
availability has the ZyWALL update a domain name with another interface’s IP
address when the normal WAN interface does not have a connection.
If the WAN interface specified in the WAN Interface field does not have a
connection, the ZyWALL will attempt to use the IP address of another WAN
interface to update the domain name.
When the WAN interfaces are in the active/passive operating mode, the
ZyWALL will update the domain name with the IP address of whichever WAN
interface has a connection, regardless of the setting in the WAN Interface field.
Disable this feature and the ZyWALL will only update the domain name with an
IP address of the WAN interface specified in the WAN Interface field. If that
WAN interface does not have a connection, the ZyWALL will not update the
domain name with another port’s IP address.
Note: If you enable high availability, DDNS can also function

when the ZyWALL uses the dial backup port. DDNS does
not function when the ZyWALL uses traffic redirect.

CHAPTER 27
Remote Management Screens
27.1 Overview
This chapter provides information on the remote management screens. Remote management
allows you to determine which services/protocols can access which ZyWALL interface (if
any) from which computers.
The following figure shows secure and insecure management of the ZyWALL coming in from
the WAN. HTTPS and SSH access are secure. HTTP and Telnet access are not secure.
Figure 280 Secure and Insecure Remote Management From the WAN
27.1.1 What You Can Do in the Remote Management Screens

• Use the WWW screen (Section 27.3 on page 504) to configure the ZyWALL’s HTTP and
HTTPS management settings.
• Use the SSH screen (Section 27.5 on page 507) to configure the ZyWALL’s Secure Shell
settings.
• Use the Telnet screen (Section 27.7 on page 508) to specify which interfaces allow Telnet
access and from which IP address the access can come.
• Use the FTP screen (Section 27.8 on page 509) to specify which interfaces allow FTP
access and from which IP address the access can come.
• Use the SNMP screen (Section 27.9 on page 510) to configure the ZyWALL’s SNMP
settings.
• Use the DNS screen (Section 27.10 on page 513) to set from which IP address the
ZyWALL will accept DNS queries and on which interface it can send them your
ZyWALL’s DNS settings.
• Use the CNM screen (Section 27.11 on page 514) to configure the ZyWALL’s CNM
settings.

Chapter 27 Remote Management Screens
27.1.2 What You Need To Know About Remote Management
Firewall Rules
When you configure remote management to allow management from any network except the
LAN, you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow access. See Chapter 13 on page 251
for details on configuring firewall rules.
You can also disable a service on the ZyWALL by not allowing access for the service/protocol
through any of the ZyWALL interfaces.
Remote Management Sessions

You may only have one remote management session running at a time. The ZyWALL
automatically disconnects a remote management session of lower priority when another
remote management session of higher priority starts. The priorities for the different types of
remote management sessions are as follows.
1 Console port
2 SSH
3 Telnet
4 HTTPS and HTTP
Remote Management Limitations

Remote management does not work when:
1 You have not enabled that service on the interface in the corresponding remote
management screen.
2 You have disabled that service in one of the remote management screens.
3 The IP address in the Secure Client IP Address field does not match the client IP
address. If it does not match, the ZyWALL will disconnect the session immediately.
4 There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority
running. You may only have one remote management session running at one time.
5 There is a firewall rule that blocks it.
6 A filter is applied (through the SMT or the commands) to block a Telnet, FTP or Web
service.
System Timeout
There is a default system management idle timeout of five minutes (three hundred seconds).
The ZyWALL automatically logs you out if the management session remains idle for longer
than this timeout period. The management session does not time out when a statistics screen is
polling. You can change the timeout period in the MAINTENANCE > General screen.
Finding Out More

For more advanced information regarding Remote Management refer to Section 27.13 on page
516.
The next section covers remote management examples. If you would prefer to find out how to
configure the screens then proceed to Section 27.3 on page 504.

27.2 HTTPS Example

If you haven’t changed the default HTTPS port on the ZyWALL, then in your browser enter
“https://ZyWALL IP Address/” as the web site address where “ZyWALL IP Address” is the IP
address or domain name of the ZyWALL you wish to access.
27.2.1 Internet Explorer Warning Messages

When you attempt to access the ZyWALL HTTPS server, a Windows dialog box pops up
asking if you trust the server certificate. Click View Certificate if you want to verify that the
certificate is from the ZyWALL.
You see the following Security Alert screen in Internet Explorer. Select Yes to proceed to the
web configurator login screen; if you select No, then web configurator access is blocked.
Figure 281 Security Alert Dialog Box (Internet Explorer)
27.2.2 Netscape Navigator Warning Messages

When you attempt to access the ZyWALL HTTPS server, a Website Certified by an
Unknown Authority screen pops up asking if you trust the server certificate. Click Examine
Certificate if you want to verify that the certificate is from the ZyWALL.
If Accept this certificate temporarily for this session is selected, then click OK to continue
in Netscape.
Select Accept this certificate permanently to import the ZyWALL’s certificate into the SSL
client.

Figure 282 Security Certificate 1 (Netscape)
Figure 283 Security Certificate 2 (Netscape)
27.2.3 Avoiding the Browser Warning Messages

The following describes the main reasons that your browser displays warnings about the
ZyWALL’s HTTPS server certificate and what you can do to avoid seeing the warnings.
• The issuing certificate authority of the ZyWALL’s HTTPS server certificate is not one of
the browser’s trusted certificate authorities. The issuing certificate authority of the
ZyWALL's factory default certificate is the ZyWALL itself since the certificate is a self-
signed certificate.
• For the browser to trust a self-signed certificate, import the self-signed certificate into
your operating system as a trusted certificate.
• To have the browser trust the certificates issued by a certificate authority, import the
certificate authority’s certificate into your operating system as a trusted certificate.
Refer to Appendix J on page 861 for details.
• The actual IP address of the HTTPS server (the IP address of the ZyWALL’s port that you
are trying to access) does not match the common name specified in the ZyWALL’s
HTTPS server certificate that your browser received. Do the following to check the
common name specified in the certificate that your ZyWALL sends to HTTPS clients.

6a Click REMOTE MGMT. Write down the name of the certificate displayed in the
Server Certificate field.
6b Click CERTIFICATES. Find the certificate and check its Subject column. CN
stands for certificate’s common name (see Figure 286 on page 496 for an example).
Use this procedure to have the ZyWALL use a certificate with a common name that matches
the ZyWALL’s actual IP address. You cannot use this procedure if you need to access the
WAN port and it uses a dynamically assigned IP address.
6a Create a new certificate for the ZyWALL that uses the IP address (of the
ZyWALL’s port that you are trying to access) as the certificate’s common name.
For example, to use HTTPS to access a LAN port with IP address 192.168.1.1,
create a certificate that uses 192.168.1.1 as the common name.
6b Go to the remote management WWW screen and select the newly created certificate
in the Server Certificate field. Click Apply.
27.2.4 Login Screen

After you accept the certificate, the ZyWALL login screen appears. The lock displayed in the
bottom right of the browser status bar denotes a secure connection.
Figure 284 Example: Lock Denoting a Secure Connection
Click Login and you then see the next screen.

The factory default certificate is a common default certificate for all ZyWALL models.
Figure 285 Replace Certificate
Click Apply in the Replace Certificate screen to create a certificate using your ZyWALL’s
MAC address that will be specific to this device. Click CERTIFICATES to open the My
Certificates screen. You will see information similar to that shown in the following figure.

Figure 286 Device-specific Certificate
Click Ignore in the Replace Certificate screen to use the common ZyWALL certificate. You
will then see this information in the My Certificates screen.
Figure 287 Common ZyWALL Certificate
27.2.5 Enrolling and Importing SSL Client Certificates (Example)

The SSL client needs a certificate if Authenticate Client Certificates is selected on the
ZyWALL.
You must have imported at least one trusted CA to the ZyWALL in order for the Authenticate
Client Certificates to be active (see the Certificates chapter for details).
Apply for a certificate from a Certification Authority (CA) that is trusted by the ZyWALL (see
the ZyWALL’s Trusted CA web configurator screen).

Figure 288 ZyWALL Trusted CA Screen
The CA sends you a package containing the CA’s trusted certificate(s), your personal
certificate(s) and a password to install the personal certificate(s).
27.2.6 Installing the CA’s Certificate (Example)

1 Double click the CA’s trusted certificate to produce a screen similar to the one shown
next.

Figure 289 CA Certificate Example
2 Click Install Certificate and follow the wizard as shown earlier in this appendix.
27.2.7 Installing Your Personal Certificate(s) (Example)

You need a password in advance. The CA may issue the password or you may have to specify
it during the enrollment. Double-click the personal certificate given to you by the CA to
produce a screen similar to the one shown next
1 Click Next to begin the wizard.

Figure 290 Personal Certificate Import Wizard 1
2 The file name and path of the certificate you double-clicked should automatically appear
in the File name text box. Click Browse if you wish to import a different certificate.
3 Enter the password given to you by the CA.

4 Have the wizard determine where the certificate should be saved on your computer or
select Place all certificates in the following store and choose a different location.
5 Click Finish to complete the wizard and begin the import process.

6 You should see the following screen when the certificate is correctly installed on your
computer.
27.2.8 Using a Certificate When Accessing the ZyWALL (Example)

Use the following procedure to access the ZyWALL via HTTPS.
1 Enter ‘https://ZyWALL IP Address/ in your browser’s web address field.
Figure 296 Access the ZyWALL Via HTTPS
2 When Authenticate Client Certificates is selected on the ZyWALL, the following

screen asks you to select a personal certificate to send to the ZyWALL. This screen
displays even if you only have a single certificate as in the example.

Figure 297 SSL Client Authentication
3 You next see the web configurator login screen.
Figure 298 Secure Web Configurator Login Screen
27.2.9 Secure Telnet Using SSH Examples

This section shows two examples using a command interface and a graphical interface SSH
client program to remotely access the ZyWALL. The configuration and connection steps are
similar for most SSH client programs. Refer to your SSH client program user’s guide.
27.2.9.1 Example 1: Microsoft Windows

This section describes how to access the ZyWALL using the Secure Shell Client program.
1 Launch the SSH client and specify the connection information (IP address, port number
or device name) for the ZyWALL.
2 Configure the SSH client to accept connection using SSH version 1.
3 A window displays prompting you to store the host key in you computer. Click Yes to
continue.

Figure 299 SSH Example 1: Store Host Key
Enter the password to log in to the ZyWALL. The SMT main menu displays next.
27.2.9.2 Example 2: Linux

This section describes how to access the ZyWALL using the OpenSSH client program that
comes with most Linux distributions.
1 Test whether the SSH service is available on the ZyWALL.
Enter “telnet 192.168.1.1 22” at a terminal prompt and press [ENTER]. The
computer attempts to connect to port 22 on the ZyWALL (using the default IP address of
192.168.1.1).
A message displays indicating the SSH protocol version supported by the ZyWALL.
Figure 300 SSH Example 2: Test
$ telnet 192.168.1.1 22
Trying 192.168.1.1...
Connected to 192.168.1.1.
Escape character is '^]'.
SSH-1.5-1.0.0
2 Enter “ssh –1 192.168.1.1”. This command forces your computer to connect to

the ZyWALL using SSH version 1. If this is the first time you are connecting to the
ZyWALL using SSH, a message displays prompting you to save the host information of
the ZyWALL. Type “yes” and press [ENTER].
Then enter the password to log in to the ZyWALL.
Figure 301 SSH Example 2: Log in
$ ssh –1 192.168.1.1
The authenticity of host '192.168.1.1 (192.168.1.1)' can't be
established.
RSA1 key fingerprint is
21:6c:07:25:7e:f4:75:80:ec:af:bd:d4:3d:80:53:d1.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes
Warning: Permanently added '192.168.1.1' (RSA1) to the list of
known hosts.
[email protected]'s password:

3 The SMT main menu displays next.
27.2.9.3 Secure FTP Using SSH Example

This section shows an example on file transfer using the OpenSSH client program. The
configuration and connection steps are similar for other SSH client programs. Refer to your
SSH client program user’s guide.
1 Enter “sftp –1 192.168.1.1”. This command forces your computer to connect to
the ZyWALL for secure file transfer using SSH version 1. If this is the first time you are
connecting to the ZyWALL using SSH, a message displays prompting you to save the
host information of the ZyWALL. Type “yes” and press [ENTER].
2 Enter the password to login to the ZyWALL.
3 Use the “put” command to upload a new firmware to the ZyWALL.
Figure 302 Secure FTP: Firmware Upload Example
$ sftp -1 192.168.1.1
Connecting to 192.168.1.1...
The authenticity of host '192.168.1.1 (192.168.1.1)' can't be
established.
RSA1 key fingerprint is
21:6c:07:25:7e:f4:75:80:ec:af:bd:d4:3d:80:53:d1.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes
Warning: Permanently added '192.168.1.1' (RSA1) to the list of
known hosts.
[email protected]'s password:
sftp> put firmware.bin ras
Uploading firmware.bin to /ras
Read from remote host 192.168.1.1: Connection reset by peer
Connection closed
$
27.3 The WWW Screen

Use this screen to configure the ZyWALL’s HTTP and HTTPS management settings.
HTTPS (HyperText Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer, or HTTP over SSL) is a web
protocol that encrypts and decrypts web pages. Secure Socket Layer (SSL) is an application-
level protocol that enables secure transactions of data by ensuring confidentiality (an
unauthorized party cannot read the transferred data), authentication (one party can identify the
other party) and data integrity (you know if data has been changed).
It relies upon certificates, public keys, and private keys (see Chapter 20 on page 399 for more
information).
HTTPS on the ZyWALL is used so that you may securely access the ZyWALL using the web
configurator. The SSL protocol specifies that the SSL server (the ZyWALL) must always
authenticate itself to the SSL client (the computer which requests the HTTPS connection with
the ZyWALL), whereas the SSL client only should authenticate itself when the SSL server

requires it to do so (select Authenticate Client Certificates in the REMOTE MGMT >

WWW screen). Authenticate Client Certificates is optional and if selected means the SSL-
client must send the ZyWALL a certificate. You must apply for a certificate for the browser
from a CA that is a trusted CA on the ZyWALL.
Please refer to the following figure.
1 HTTPS connection requests from an SSL-aware web browser go to port 443 (by default)
on the ZyWALL’s WS (web server).
2 HTTP connection requests from a web browser go to port 80 (by default) on the
ZyWALL’s WS (web server).
Figure 303 HTTPS Implementation
" If you disable the HTTP service in the REMOTE MGMT > WWW screen, then
the ZyWALL blocks all HTTP connection attempts.
27.4 Configuring the WWW Screen

Click ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT to open the WWW screen.

Figure 304 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > WWW

Table 149 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > WWW
LABEL DESCRIPTION
HTTPS
Server Select the Server Certificate that the ZyWALL will use to identify itself. The
Certificate ZyWALL is the SSL server and must always authenticate itself to the SSL client (the
computer which requests the HTTPS connection with the ZyWALL).
Authenticate Select Authenticate Client Certificates (optional) to require the SSL client to
Client authenticate itself to the ZyWALL by sending the ZyWALL a certificate. To do that
Certificates the SSL client must have a CA-signed certificate from a CA that has been imported
as a trusted CA on the ZyWALL (see Section 27.2.5 on page 496 on importing
certificates for details).
Server Port The HTTPS proxy server listens on port 443 by default. If you change the HTTPS
proxy server port to a different number on the ZyWALL, for example 8443, then you
must notify people who need to access the ZyWALL web configurator to use “https:/
/ZyWALL IP Address:8443” as the URL.
Server Access Select the interface(s) through which a computer may access the ZyWALL using
this service.
You can allow only secure web configurator access by clearing all of the interface
check boxes in the HTTP Server Access field and setting the HTTPS Server
Access field to an interface(s).
Secure Client IP A secure client is a “trusted” computer that is allowed to communicate with the
Address ZyWALL using this service.
Select All to allow any computer to access the ZyWALL using this service.
Choose Selected to just allow the computer with the IP address that you specify to
access the ZyWALL using this service.
HTTP
Server Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must
use the same port number in order to use that service for remote management.

Table 149 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > WWW (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
this service.
27.5 The SSH Screen

You can use SSH (Secure SHell) to securely access the ZyWALL’s SMT or command line
interface. Specify which interfaces allow SSH access and from which IP address the access
can come.
Unlike Telnet or FTP, which transmit data in plaintext (clear or unencrypted text), SSH is a
secure communication protocol that combines authentication and data encryption to provide
secure encrypted communication between two hosts over an unsecured network. In the
following figure, computer A on the Internet uses SSH to securely connect to the WAN port of
the ZyWALL for a management session.
Figure 305 SSH Communication Over the WAN Example
SSH Implementation on the ZyWALL

Your ZyWALL supports SSH version 1.5 using RSA authentication and three encryption
methods (DES, 3DES and Blowfish). The SSH server is implemented on the ZyWALL for
remote SMT management and file transfer on port 22. Only one SSH connection is allowed at
a time.
Requirements for Using SSH

You must install an SSH client program on a client computer (Windows or Linux operating
system) that is used to connect to the ZyWALL over SSH.
27.6 Configuring the SSH Screen

Click ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > SSH to change your ZyWALL’s Secure Shell
settings.

" It is recommended that you disable Telnet and FTP when you configure SSH
for secure connections.
Figure 306 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > SSH

Table 150 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > SSH
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Server Host Key Select the certificate whose corresponding private key is to be used to identify the
ZyWALL for SSH connections. You must have certificates already configured in the
My Certificates screen (Click My Certificates and see Chapter 20 on page 399 for
details).
this service.
27.7 The Telnet Screen

You can use Telnet to access the ZyWALL’s SMT or command line interface. Specify which
interfaces allow Telnet access and from which IP address the access can come.
Click ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > TELNET to open the following screen. Use this
screen to specify which interfaces allow Telnet access and from which IP address the access
can come.

Figure 307 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > Telnet

Table 151 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > Telnet
LABEL DESCRIPTION
this service.
27.8 The FTP Screen

You can use FTP (File Transfer Protocol) to upload and download the ZyWALL’s firmware
and configuration files, please see Chapter 49 on page 725 on firmware and configuration file
maintenance for details. To use this feature, your computer must have an FTP client.
To change your ZyWALL’s FTP settings, click ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > FTP.
The screen appears as shown. Use this screen to specify which interfaces allow FTP access
and from which IP address the access can come.

Figure 308 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > FTP

Table 152 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > FTP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
this service.
Apply Click Apply to save your customized settings.
27.9 The SNMP Screen

Simple Network Management Protocol is a protocol used for exchanging management
information between network devices. SNMP is a member of the TCP/IP protocol suite. Your
ZyWALL supports SNMP agent functionality, which allows a manager station to manage and
monitor the ZyWALL through the network. The ZyWALL supports SNMP version one
(SNMPv1). The next figure illustrates an SNMP management operation.
" SNMP is only available if TCP/IP is configured.

Figure 309 SNMP Management Model
An SNMP managed network consists of two main types of component: agents and a manager.
An agent is a management software module that resides in a managed device (the ZyWALL).
An agent translates the local management information from the managed device into a form
compatible with SNMP. The manager is the console through which network administrators
perform network management functions. It executes applications that control and monitor
managed devices.
The managed devices contain object variables/managed objects that define each piece of
information to be collected about a device. Examples of variables include such as number of
packets received, node port status etc. A Management Information Base (MIB) is a collection
of managed objects. SNMP allows a manager and agents to communicate for the purpose of
accessing these objects.
SNMP itself is a simple request/response protocol based on the manager/agent model. The
manager issues a request and the agent returns responses using the following protocol
operations:
• Get - Allows the manager to retrieve an object variable from the agent.
• GetNext - Allows the manager to retrieve the next object variable from a table or list
within an agent. In SNMPv1, when a manager wants to retrieve all elements of a table
from an agent, it initiates a Get operation, followed by a series of GetNext operations.
• Set - Allows the manager to set values for object variables within an agent.
• Trap - Used by the agent to inform the manager of some events.
Supported MIBs
The ZyWALL supports MIB II that is defined in RFC-1213 and RFC-1215. The focus of the
MIBs is to let administrators collect statistical data and monitor status and performance.

SNMP Traps
The ZyWALL will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events
occurs:
Table 153 SNMP Traps
TRAP # TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION
0 coldStart (defined in RFC-1215) A trap is sent after booting (power on).
1 warmStart (defined in RFC- A trap is sent after booting (software reboot).
1215)
4 authenticationFailure (defined in A trap is sent to the manager when receiving any SNMP
RFC-1215) get or set requirements with the wrong community
(password).
6 whyReboot (defined in ZYXEL- A trap is sent with the reason of restart before rebooting
MIB) when the system is going to restart (warm start).
6a For intentional reboot : A trap is sent with the message "System reboot by user!"
if reboot is done intentionally, (for example, download
new files, CI command "sys reboot", etc.).
6b For fatal error : A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the
system reboots because of fatal errors.
27.9.1 Configuring the SNMP Screen

To change your ZyWALL’s SNMP settings, click ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT >
SNMP. The screen appears as shown.
Figure 310 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > SNMP


Table 154 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > SNMP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
SNMP
Configuration
Get Community Enter the Get Community, which is the password for the incoming Get and
GetNext requests from the management station. The default is public and allows all
requests.
Set Community Enter the Set community, which is the password for incoming Set requests from
the management station. The default is public and allows all requests.
Trap
Community Type the trap community, which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP
manager. The default is public and allows all requests.
Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to.
SNMP
Service Port You may change the server port number for a service if needed, however you must
Service Access Select the interface(s) through which a computer may access the ZyWALL using
this service.
27.10 The DNS Screen

Use DNS (Domain Name System) to map a domain name to its corresponding IP address and
vice versa. Refer to Chapter 9 on page 169 for more information.
Click ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > DNS to change your ZyWALL’s DNS settings.
Use this screen to set from which IP address the ZyWALL will accept DNS queries and on
which interface it can send them your ZyWALL’s DNS settings. This feature is not available
when the ZyWALL is set to bridge mode.

Figure 311 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > DNS

Table 155 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > DNS
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Server Port The DNS service port number is 53 and cannot be changed here.
Service Access Select the interface(s) through which a computer may send DNS queries to the
ZyWALL.
Secure Client IP A secure client is a “trusted” computer that is allowed to send DNS queries to the
Address ZyWALL.
Select All to allow any computer to send DNS queries to the ZyWALL.
send DNS queries to the ZyWALL.
27.11 The CNM Screen

Vantage CNM (Centralized Network Management) is a browser-based global management
solution that allows an administrator from any location to easily configure, manage, monitor
and troubleshoot ZyXEL devices located worldwide. See the Vantage CNM User's Guide for
details.
If you allow your ZyWALL to be managed by the Vantage CNM server, then you should not
do any configurations directly to the ZyWALL (using either the web configurator, SMT
menus or commands) without notifying the Vantage CNM administrator.
Additional Configuration for Vantage CNM

If you have NAT routers or firewalls between the ZyWALL and the Vantage CNM server, you
must configure them to forward TCP ports 8080 (HTTP), 443 (HTTPS) and 20 and 21 (FTP).
They must also forward UDP ports 1864 and 1865.
27.12 Configuring the CNM Screen

Vantage CNM is disabled on the device by default. Click ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT
> CNM to configure your device’s Vantage CNM settings.

Figure 312 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > CNM

Table 156 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > CNM
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Registration
Information
Registration Status This read only field displays Not Registered when Enable is not selected.
It displays Registering when the ZyWALL first connects with the Vantage
CNM server and then Registered after it has been successfully registered
with the Vantage CNM server. It will continue to display Registering until it
successfully registers with the Vantage CNM server. It will not be able to
register with the Vantage CNM server if:
The Vantage CNM server is down.
The Vantage CNM server IP address is incorrect.
The Vantage CNM server is behind a NAT router or firewall that does not
forward packets through to the Vantage CNM server.
The encryption algorithms and/or encryption keys do not match between the
ZyWALL and the Vantage CNM server.
Last Registration Time This field displays the last date (year-month-date) and time (hours-minutes-
seconds) that the ZyWALL registered with the Vantage CNM server. It
displays all zeroes if it has not yet registered with the Vantage CNM server.
Refresh Click Refresh to update the registration status and last registration time.
Vantage CNM Setup
Enable Select this check box to allow Vantage CNM to manage your ZyWALL.
Vantage CNM Server If the Vantage server is on the same subnet as the ZyXEL device, enter the
Address private or public IP address of the Vantage server.
If the Vantage CNM server is on a different subnet to the ZyWALL, enter the
public IP address of the Vantage server.
If the Vantage CNM server is on a different subnet to the ZyWALL and is
behind a NAT router, enter the WAN IP address of the NAT router here.

Table 156 ADVANCED > REMOTE MGMT > CNM (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Encryption Algorithm The Encryption Algorithm field is used to encrypt communications between
the ZyWALL and the Vantage CNM server. Choose from None (no
encryption), DES or 3DES. The Encryption Key field appears when you
select DES or 3DES. The ZyWALL must use the same encryption algorithm
as the Vantage CNM server.
Encryption Key Type eight alphanumeric characters ("0" to "9", "a" to "z" or "A" to "Z") when
you choose the DES encryption algorithm and 24 alphanumeric characters
("0" to "9", "a" to "z" or "A" to "Z") when you choose the 3DES encryption
algorithm. The ZyWALL must use the same encryption key as the Vantage
CNM server.
27.13 Remote Management Technical Reference
How SSH Works

The following table summarizes how a secure connection is established between two remote
hosts.
Figure 313 How SSH Works
1 Host Identification
The SSH client sends a connection request to the SSH server. The server identifies itself
with a host key. The client encrypts a randomly generated session key with the host key
and server key and sends the result back to the server.

The client automatically saves any new server public keys. In subsequent connections, the
server public key is checked against the saved version on the client computer.
2 Encryption Method
Once the identification is verified, both the client and server must agree on the type of
encryption method to use.
3 Authentication and Data Transmission
After the identification is verified and data encryption activated, a secure tunnel is established
between the client and the server. The client then sends its authentication information (user
name and password) to the server to log in to the server.


CHAPTER 28
UPnP Screens
28.1 Overview
This chapter introduces the Universal Plug and Play feature. This chapter is only applicable
when the ZyWALL is in router mode.
Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) is a distributed, open networking standard that uses TCP/IP
for simple peer-to-peer network connectivity between devices. A UPnP device can
dynamically join a network, obtain an IP address, convey its capabilities and learn about other
devices on the network. In turn, a device can leave a network smoothly and automatically
when it is no longer in use.
28.1.1 What You Can Do in the UPnP Screens

• Use the UPnP screen (Section 28.3 on page 526) to configure the ZyWALL’s UPnP
settings.
• Use the UPnP Ports screen (Section 28.4 on page 527) to view the NAT port mapping
rules that UPnP creates on the ZyWALL.
28.1.2 What You Need To Know About UPnP
How Do I Know If I'm Using UPnP?

UPnP hardware is identified as an icon in the Network Connections folder (Windows XP).
Each UPnP compatible device installed on your network will appear as a separate icon.
Selecting the icon of a UPnP device will allow you to access the information and properties of
that device.
NAT Traversal
UPnP NAT traversal automates the process of allowing an application to operate through
NAT. UPnP network devices can automatically configure network addressing, announce their
presence in the network to other UPnP devices and enable exchange of simple product and
service descriptions. NAT traversal allows the following:
• Dynamic port mapping
• Learning public IP addresses
• Assigning lease times to mappings
Windows Messenger is an example of an application that supports NAT traversal and UPnP.
See Chapter 22 on page 436 for further information about NAT.

Chapter 28 UPnP Screens
Cautions with UPnP

The automated nature of NAT traversal applications in establishing their own services and
opening firewall ports may present network security issues. Network information and
configuration may also be obtained and modified by users in some network environments.
When a UPnP device joins a network, it announces its presence with a multicast message. For
security reasons, the ZyWALL allows multicast messages on the LAN only.
All UPnP-enabled devices may communicate freely with each other without additional
configuration. Disable UPnP if this is not your intention.
UPnP and ZyXEL

ZyXEL has achieved UPnP certification from the Universal Plug and Play Forum UPnP™
Implementers Corp. (UIC). ZyXEL's UPnP implementation supports IGD 1.0 (Internet
Gateway Device).
See the following sections for examples of installing and using UPnP.
28.2 UPnP Examples
28.2.1 Installing UPnP in Windows Example

This section shows how to install UPnP in Windows Me and Windows XP.

28.2.1.1 Installing UPnP in Windows Me

Follow the steps below to install UPnP in Windows Me.
1 Click Start, Settings and Control

Panel. Double-click Add/Remove
Programs.
2 Click on the Windows Setup tab and
select Communication in the
Components selection box. Click
Details.
3 In the Communications window, select

the Universal Plug and Play check box
in the Components selection box.
4 Click OK to go back to the Add/
Remove Programs Properties
window and click Next.
5 Restart the computer when prompted.

28.2.1.2 Installing UPnP in Windows XP

Follow the steps below to install UPnP in Windows XP.
1 Click Start, Settings and Control

Panel.
2 Double-click Network Connections.
3 In the Network Connections window,
click Advanced in the main menu and
select Optional Networking
Components ….
The Windows Optional Networking
Components Wizard window
displays.
4 Select Networking Service in the
Components selection box and click
Details.
5 In the Networking Services window,

select the Universal Plug and Play
check box.
6 Click OK to go back to the Windows
Optional Networking Component
Wizard window and click Next.
28.2.2 Using UPnP in Windows XP Example

This section shows you how to use the UPnP feature in Windows XP. You must already have
UPnP installed in Windows XP and UPnP activated on the ZyXEL device.
Make sure the computer is connected to a LAN port of the ZyXEL device. Turn on your
computer and the ZyXEL device.

28.2.2.1 Auto-discover Your UPnP-enabled Network Device
1 Click Start and Control Panel.

Double-click Network Connections.
An icon displays under Internet
Gateway.
2 Right-click the icon and select
Properties.
3 In the Internet Connection Properties You may edit or delete the port mappings or
window, click Settings to see the port click Add to manually add port mappings.
mappings that were automatically
created.

" When the UPnP-enabled device is disconnected from your computer, all port
mappings will be deleted automatically.
4 Select the Show icon in notification

area when connected check box and
click OK. An icon displays in the
system tray.
5 Double-click the icon to display your

current Internet connection status.
28.2.2.2 Web Configurator Easy Access

With UPnP, you can access the web-based configurator on the ZyXEL device without finding
out the IP address of the ZyXEL device first. This is helpful if you do not know the IP address
of the ZyXEL device.

Follow the steps below to access the web configurator.
1 Click Start and then Control Panel.

2 Double-click Network Connections.
3 Select My Network Places under
Other Places.
4 An icon with the description for each

UPnP-enabled device displays under
Local Network.
5 Right-click the icon for your ZyXEL
device and select Invoke. The web
configurator login screen displays.

6 Right-click the icon for your ZyXEL

device and select Properties. A
properties window displays with basic
information about the ZyXEL device.
28.3 The UPnP Screen

Click ADVANCED > UPnP to display the UPnP screen.
Figure 314 ADVANCED > UPnP

Table 157 ADVANCED > UPnP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
UPnP Setup
Device Name This identifies the ZyXEL device in UPnP applications.
Enable the Universal Select this check box to activate UPnP. Be aware that anyone could use a
Plug and Play (UPnP) UPnP application to open the web configurator's login screen without
feature entering the ZyWALL's IP address (although you must still enter the
password to access the web configurator).

Table 157 ADVANCED > UPnP

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Allow users to make Select this check box to allow UPnP-enabled applications to automatically
configuration configure the ZyWALL so that they can communicate through the ZyWALL,
changes through for example by using NAT traversal, UPnP applications automatically
UPnP reserve a NAT forwarding port in order to communicate with another UPnP
enabled device; this eliminates the need to manually configure port
forwarding for the UPnP enabled application.
Allow UPnP to pass Select this check box to allow traffic from UPnP-enabled applications to
through Firewall bypass the firewall.
Clear this check box to have the firewall block all UPnP application packets
(for example, MSN packets).
Outgoing WAN Select through which WAN port you want to send out traffic from UPnP-
Interface enabled applications. If the WAN port you select loses its connection, the
ZyWALL attempts to use the other WAN port. If the other WAN port also
does not work, the ZyWALL drops outgoing packets from UPnP-enabled
applications.
28.4 The Ports Screen

Click ADVANCED > UPnP > Ports to display the UPnP Ports screen. Use this screen to
view the NAT port mapping rules that UPnP creates on the ZyWALL.
Figure 315 ADVANCED > UPnP > Ports

Table 158 ADVANCED > UPnP > Ports
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Reserve UPnP Select this check box to have the ZyWALL retain UPnP created NAT rules even
NAT rules in flash after restarting. If you use UPnP and you set a port on your computer to be fixed
after system for a specific service (for example FTP for file transfers), this option allows the
bootup ZyWALL to keep a record when your computer uses UPnP to create a NAT
forwarding rule for that service.
WAN Interface in This field displays through which WAN interface the ZyWALL is currently sending
Use out traffic from UPnP-enabled applications. This field displays None when UPnP is
disabled or neither of the WAN ports has a connection.
The following read-only table displays information about the UPnP-created NAT mapping rule entries
in the ZyWALL’s NAT routing table.

Table 158 ADVANCED > UPnP > Ports (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is the index number of the UPnP-created NAT mapping rule entry.
Remote Host This field displays the source IP address (on the WAN) of inbound IP packets.
Since this is often a wildcard, the field may be blank. When the field is blank, the
ZyWALL forwards all traffic sent to the External Port on the WAN interface to the
Internal Client on the Internal Port. When this field displays an external IP
address, the NAT rule has the ZyWALL forward inbound packets to the Internal
Client from that IP address only.
External Port This field displays the port number that the ZyWALL “listens” on (on the WAN port)
for connection requests destined for the NAT rule’s Internal Port and Internal
Client. The ZyWALL forwards incoming packets (from the WAN) with this port
number to the Internal Client on the Internal Port (on the LAN). If the field
displays “0”, the ZyWALL ignores the Internal Port value and forwards requests
on all external port numbers (that are otherwise unmapped) to the Internal Client.
Protocol This field displays the protocol of the NAT mapping rule (TCP or UDP).
Internal Port This field displays the port number on the Internal Client to which the ZyWALL
should forward incoming connection requests.
Internal Client This field displays the DNS host name or IP address of a client on the LAN.
Multiple NAT clients can use a single port simultaneously if the internal client field
is set to 255.255.255.255 for UDP mappings.
Enabled This field displays whether or not this UPnP-created NAT mapping rule is turned
on. The UPnP-enabled device that connected to the ZyWALL and configured the
UPnP-created NAT mapping rule on the ZyWALL determines whether or not the
rule is enabled.
Description This field displays a text explanation of the NAT mapping rule.
Lease Duration This field displays a dynamic port-mapping rule’s time to live (in seconds). It
displays “0” if the port mapping is static.
Refresh Click Refresh update the screen’s table.

CHAPTER 29
Custom Application Screen
29.1 Overview
Use custom application to have the ZyWALL’s ALG, anti-spam, anti-virus, and content
filtering features monitor traffic on custom ports, in addition to the default ports.
29.1.1 What You Can Do in the Custom Application Screen

Use the Custom App screen (Section 29.2 on page 529) to configure custom application
settings on the ZyWALL.
29.1.2 What You Need to Know About Custom Application
Default ports
By default, these ZyWALL features monitor traffic for the following protocols on these port
numbers.
• FTP: 21
• SIP: 5060
• H.323: 1720
• SMTP: 25
• POP3: 110
• HTTP: 80
29.2 The Custom Application Screen

Click ADVANCED > Custom APP to open the Custom Application screen. Use this screen
to configure port(s) that the ZyWALL monitors for application-specific traffic.
" This screen only specifies what port numbers the ZyWALL checks for specific
protocol traffic. Use other screens to enable or disable the monitoring of the
protocol traffic.

Chapter 29 Custom Application Screen
" Changes in the Custom APP screen do not apply to the firewall.
Figure 316 ADVANCED > Custom APP

Table 159 ADVANCED > Custom APP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Application Select the application for which you want the ZyWALL to monitor specific ports. You
can use the same application in more than one entry. To remove an entry, select
Select a Type.
Description Enter information about the reason for monitoring custom port numbers for this
protocol.
Start Port Enter the starting port for the range that the ZyWALL is to monitor for this
application. If you are only entering a single port number, enter it here.
End Port Enter the ending port for the range that the ZyWALL is to monitor for this application.

CHAPTER 30
ALG Screen
30.1 Overview
This chapter covers how to use the ZyWALL’s ALG feature to allow certain applications to
pass through the ZyWALL.
An Application Layer Gateway (ALG) manages a specific protocol (such as SIP, H.323 or
FTP) at the application layer. The ZyWALL can function as an ALG to allow certain NAT un-
friendly applications (such as SIP) to operate properly through the ZyWALL.
Some applications cannot operate through NAT (are NAT un-friendly) because they embed IP
addresses and port numbers in their packets’ data payload. The ZyWALL examines and uses
IP address and port number information embedded in the data stream. When a device behind
the ZyWALL uses an application for which the ZyWALL has ALG service enabled, the
ZyWALL translates the device’s private IP address inside the data stream to a public IP
address. It also records session port numbers and dynamically creates implicit NAT port
forwarding and firewall rules for the application’s traffic to come in from the WAN to the
LAN.
To configure the ALG screen proceed to Section 30.2 on page 535.
" See Section 29.2 on page 529 if you need to use the ALG for SIP, H.323 or
FTP traffic on custom ports.
30.1.1 What You Need to Know About ALG
ALG and NAT

The ZyWALL dynamically creates an implicit NAT session for the application’s traffic from
the WAN to the LAN.
The ALG on the ZyWALL supports all NAT mapping types, including One to One, Many to
One, Many to Many Overload and Many One to One.

Chapter 30 ALG Screen
ALG and the Firewall

The ZyWALL uses the dynamic port that the session uses for data transfer in creating an
implicit temporary firewall rule for the session’s traffic. The firewall rule only allows the
session’s traffic to go through in the direction that the ZyWALL determines from its
inspection of the data payload of the application’s packets. The firewall rule is automatically
deleted after the application’s traffic has gone through.
ALG and Multiple WAN

When the ZyWALL has two WAN interfaces and uses the second highest priority WAN
interfaces as a back up, traffic cannot pass through when the primary WAN connection fails.
The ZyWALL does not automatically change the connection to the secondary WAN
interfaces.
If the primary WAN connection fails, the client needs to re-initialize the connection through
the secondary WAN interfaces to have the connection go through the secondary WAN
interfaces.
When the ZyWALL uses both of the WAN interfaces at the same time, you can configure
routing policies to specify the WAN interfaces that the connection’s traffic is to use.
FTP
File Transfer Protocol (FTP) is an Internet file transfer service that operates on the Internet and
over TCP/IP networks. A system running the FTP server accepts commands from a system
running an FTP client. The service allows users to send commands to the server for uploading
and downloading files.
If the FTP server is located on the LAN, you must also configure NAT port forwarding and
firewall rules if you want to allow access to the server from the WAN.
H.323
H.323 is a standard teleconferencing protocol suite that provides audio, data and video
conferencing. It allows for real-time point-to-point and multipoint communication between
client computers over a packet-based network that does not provide a guaranteed quality of
service. NetMeeting uses H.323.
RTP
When you make a VoIP call using H.323 or SIP, the RTP (Real time Transport Protocol) is
used to handle voice data transfer. See RFC 1889 for details on RTP.
H.323 ALG Details

• The H.323 ALG supports peer-to-peer H.323 calls.
• The H.323 ALG handles H.323 calls that go through NAT or that the ZyWALL routes.
You can also make other H.323 calls that do not go through NAT or routing. Examples
would be calls between LAN IP addresses that are on the same subnet.
• The H.323 ALG allows calls to go out through NAT. For example, you could make a call
from a private IP address on the LAN to a peer device on the WAN.

• You must configure the firewall and port forwarding to allow incoming (peer-to-peer)
calls from the WAN to a private IP address on the LAN, DMZ or WLAN. The following
example shows H.323 signaling (1) and audio (2) sessions between H.323 devices A and
B.
Figure 317 H.323 ALG Example
• With multiple WAN IP addresses on the ZyWALL, you can configure different firewall
and port forwarding rules to allow incoming calls from each WAN IP address to go to a
specific IP address on the LAN, DMZ or WLAN. Use policy routing to have the H.323
calls from each of those LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP addresses go out through the same
WAN IP address that calls come in on. The policy routing lets the ZyWALL correctly
forward the return traffic for the calls initiated from the LAN IP addresses.
For example, you configure firewall and port forwarding rules to allow LAN IP address A
to receive calls through public WAN IP address 1. You configure different firewall and
port forwarding rules to allow LAN IP address B to receive calls through public WAN IP
address 2. You configure corresponding policy routes to have calls from LAN IP address
A go out through WAN IP address 1 and calls from LAN IP address B go out through
WAN IP address 2.
Figure 318 H.323 with Multiple WAN IP Addresses
• When you configure the firewall and port forwarding to allow calls from the WAN to a
specific IP address on the LAN, you can also use policy routing to have H.323 calls from
other LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP addresses go out through a different WAN IP address. The
policy routing lets the ZyWALL correctly forward the return traffic for the calls initiated
from the LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP addresses.
For example, you configure the firewall and port forwarding to allow LAN IP address A to
receive calls from the Internet through WAN IP address 1. You also use a policy route to
have LAN IP address A make calls out through WAN IP address 1. Configure another
policy route to have H.323 calls from LAN IP addresses B and C go out through WAN IP
address 2. Even though only LAN IP address A can receive incoming calls from the
Internet, LAN IP addresses B and C can still make calls out to the Internet.

Figure 319 H.323 Calls from the WAN with Multiple Outgoing Calls
• The H.323 ALG operates on TCP packets with a port 1720 destination.
• The ZyWALL allows H.323 audio connections.
• The ZyWALL can also apply bandwidth management to traffic that goes through the
H.323 ALG.
SIP
The Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) is an application-layer control (signaling) protocol that
handles the setting up, altering and tearing down of voice and multimedia sessions over the
Internet. SIP is used in VoIP (Voice over IP), the sending of voice signals over the Internet
Protocol.
SIP signaling is separate from the media for which it handles sessions. The media that is
exchanged during the session can use a different path from that of the signaling. SIP handles
telephone calls and can interface with traditional circuit-switched telephone networks.
STUN
STUN (Simple Traversal of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) through Network Address
Translators) allows the VoIP device to find the presence and types of NAT routers and/or
firewalls between it and the public Internet. STUN also allows the VoIP device to find the
public IP address that NAT assigned, so the VoIP device can embed it in the SIP data stream.
See RFC 3489 for details on STUN. You do not need to use STUN for devices behind the
ZyWALL if you enable the SIP ALG.
SIP ALG Details

• SIP clients can be connected to the LAN, WLAN or DMZ. A SIP server must be on the
WAN.
• You can make and receive calls between the LAN and the WAN, between the WLAN and
the WAN and/or between the DMZ and the WAN. You cannot make a call between the
LAN and the LAN, between the LAN and the DMZ, between the LAN and the WLAN,
between the DMZ and the DMZ, and so on.
• The SIP ALG allows UDP packets with a port 5060 destination to pass through.
• The ZyWALL allows SIP audio connections.
The following example shows SIP signaling (1) and audio (2) sessions between SIP clients A
and B and the SIP server.

Figure 320 SIP ALG Example
SIP Signaling Session Timeout

Most SIP clients have an “expire” mechanism indicating the lifetime of signaling sessions.
The SIP user agent sends registration packets to the SIP server periodically and keeps the
session alive in the ZyWALL.
If the SIP client does not have this mechanism and makes no calls during the ZyWALL SIP
timeout default (60 minutes), the ZyWALL SIP ALG drops any incoming calls after the
timeout period.
SIP Audio Session Timeout

If no voice packets go through the SIP ALG before the timeout period (default 5 minutes)
expires, the SIP ALG does not drop the call but blocks all voice traffic and deletes the audio
session. You cannot hear anything and you will need to make a new call to continue your
conversation.
30.2 The ALG Screen

Click ADVANCED > ALG to open the ALG screen. Use the ALG screen to turn individual
ALGs off or on and set the SIP timeout.
" If the ZyWALL provides an ALG for a service, you must enable the ALG in
order to perform bandwidth management on that service’s traffic.

Figure 321 ADVANCED > ALG

Table 160 ADVANCED > ALG
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Enable FTP Select this check box to allow FTP sessions to pass through the ZyWALL. FTP (File
ALG Transfer Program) is a program that enables fast transfer of files, including large
files that may not be possible by e-mail.
Enable H.323 Select this check box to allow H.323 sessions to pass through the ZyWALL. H.323 is
ALG a protocol used for audio communications over networks.
Enable SIP Select this check box to allow SIP sessions to pass through the ZyWALL. SIP is a
ALG signaling protocol used in VoIP (Voice over IP), the sending of voice signals over
Internet Protocol.
SIP Timeout Most SIP clients have an “expire” mechanism indicating the lifetime of signaling
sessions. The SIP user agent sends registration packets to the SIP server
periodically and keeps the session alive in the ZyWALL.
If the SIP client does not have this mechanism and makes no calls during the
ZyWALL SIP timeout (default 60 minutes), the ZyWALL SIP ALG drops any
incoming calls after the timeout period. Enter the SIP signaling session timeout
value.

P ART V
Reports, Logs and
Maintenance
Reports Screens (539)
Logs Screens (555)
Maintenance Screens (585)
537
538
CHAPTER 31
Reports Screens
31.1 Overview
The Reports screens display statistics about network usage and IDP, anti-virus and anti-spam
statistics. You can also configure how reports are emailed.
31.1.1 What You Can Do in the Reports Screens

• Use the Traffic Statistics screen (Section 31.2 on page 539) to view statistics on traffic on
an interface.
• Use the IDP screen (Section 31.3 on page 545) to view statistics on intrusion detection.
• Use the Anti-Virus screen (Section 31.4 on page 547) to view antivirus statistics.
• Use the Anti-Spam screen (Section 31.5 on page 549) to view antispam statistics.
• Use the E-mail Report screen (Section 31.6 on page 551) to configure the ZyWALL to
email a report including statistics provided in the report screens.
Finding Out More

See the chapters about content filtering, anti-virus, anti-spam and IDP for more information on
these features.
31.2 The Traffic Statistics Screen

Click REPORTS to display the following screen.
The Traffic Statistics screen displays which local computers send and receive the most
traffic, what kinds of traffic are used the most and which web sites are visited the most often.
The ZyWALL can record and display the following network usage details:
• Web sites visited the most often
• Number of times the most visited web sites were visited
• The most-used protocols or service ports
• The amount of traffic for the most used protocols or service ports
• The LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP addresses to and/or from which the most traffic has been
sent
• How much traffic has been sent to and from the LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP addresses to
and/or from which the most traffic has been sent.

Chapter 31 Reports Screens
" The web site hit count may not be 100% accurate because sometimes when
an individual web page loads, it may contain references to other web sites that
also get counted as hits.
Figure 322 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics
" Enabling the ZyWALL’s reporting function decreases the overall throughput by
about 1 Mbps.

Table 161 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Collect Select the check box and click Apply to have the ZyWALL record report data.
Statistics
Send Raw Select the check box and click Apply to have the ZyWALL send unprocessed traffic
Traffic Statistics statistics to a syslog server for analysis.
to Syslog You must have the syslog server already configured in the Log Settings screen.
Server for
Analysis
Apply Click Apply to save your changes to the ZyWALL.
Interface Select on which interface (LAN, DMZ or WLAN) the logs will be collected. The logs
on the DMZ, LAN or WLAN IP alias 1 and 2 are also recorded.

Table 161 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Report Type Use the drop-down list box to select the type of reports to display.
Web Site Hits displays the web sites that have been visited the most often from the
LAN and how many times they have been visited.
Protocol/Port displays the protocols or service ports that have been used the most
and the amount of traffic for the most used protocols or service ports.
Host IP Address displays the LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP addresses to and /or from
which the most traffic has been sent and how much traffic has been sent to and from
those IP addresses.
Refresh Click Refresh to update the report display. The report also refreshes automatically
when you close and reopen the screen.
Flush Click Flush to discard the old report data and update the report display.
" All of the recorded reports data is erased when you turn off the ZyWALL.
31.2.1 Viewing Web Site Hits

In the Reports screen, select Web Site Hits from the Report Type drop-down list box to have
the ZyWALL record and display which web sites have been visited the most often and how
many times they have been visited.

Figure 323 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Web Site Hits Example
The following table describes the label in this screen.

Table 162 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Web Site Hits Report
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Web Site This column lists the domain names of the web sites visited most often from
computers on the LAN, DMZ or WLAN. The names are ranked by the number of
visits to each web site and listed in descending order with the most visited web site
listed first. The ZyWALL counts each page viewed in a web site as another hit on the
web site.
Hits This column lists how many times each web site has been visited. The count starts
over at 0 if a web site passes the hit count limit (see Table 165 on page 545).
31.2.2 Viewing Host IP Address

In the Reports screen, select Host IP Address from the Report Type drop-down list box to
have the ZyWALL record and display the LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP addresses that the most
traffic has been sent to and/or from and how much traffic has been sent to and/or from those IP
addresses.

" Computers take turns using dynamically assigned LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP
addresses. The ZyWALL continues recording the bytes sent to or from a LAN,
DMZ or WLAN IP address when it is assigned to a different computer.
Figure 324 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Host IP Address Example

Table 163 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Host IP Address
LABEL DESCRIPTION
IP Address This column lists the LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP addresses to and/or from which the
most traffic has been sent. The LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP addresses are listed in
descending order with the LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP address to and/or from which the
most traffic was sent listed first.
Direction This field displays Incoming to denote traffic that is coming in from the WAN to the
LAN, DMZ or WLAN. This field displays Outgoing to denote traffic that is going out
from the LAN, DMZ or WLAN to the WAN.
Amount This column displays how much traffic has gone to and from the listed LAN, DMZ or
WLAN IP addresses. The measurement unit shown (bytes, Kbytes, Mbytes or
Gbytes) varies with the amount of traffic sent to and from the LAN, DMZ or WLAN IP
address. The count starts over at 0 if the total traffic sent to and from a LAN, DMZ or
WLAN IP passes the bytes count limit (see Table 165 on page 545).
31.2.3 Viewing Protocol/Port

In the Reports screen, select Protocol/Port from the Report Type drop-down list box to have
the ZyWALL record and display which protocols or service ports have been used the most and
the amount of traffic for the most used protocols or service ports.

Figure 325 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Protocol/Port Example

Table 164 REPORTS > Traffic Statistics: Protocol/ Port
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Protocol/Port This column lists the protocols or service ports for which the most traffic has gone
through the ZyWALL. The protocols or service ports are listed in descending order with
the most used protocol or service port listed first.
Direction This field displays Incoming to denote traffic that is coming in from the WAN to the
LAN, DMZ or WLAN. This field displays Outgoing to denote traffic that is going out
from the LAN, DMZ or WLAN to the WAN.
Amount This column lists how much traffic has been sent and/or received for each protocol or
service port. The measurement unit shown (bytes, Kbytes, Mbytes or Gbytes) varies
with the amount of traffic for the particular protocol or service port. The count starts
over at 0 if a protocol or port passes the bytes count limit (see Table 165 on page 545).

31.2.4 System Reports Specifications

The following table lists detailed specifications on the reports feature.
Table 165 Report Specifications
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Number of web 20
sites/protocols
or ports/IP
addresses
listed:
Hit count limit: Up to 232 hits can be counted per web site. The count starts over at 0 if it passes
four billion.
Bytes count Up to 264 bytes can be counted per protocol/port or LAN IP address. The count
limit: starts over at 0 if it passes 264 bytes.
31.3 The IDP Screen

Click REPORTS > IDP to display the IDP screen. This screen displays IDP (Intrusion
Detection and Prevention) statistics.
Figure 326 REPORTS > IDP


Table 166 REPORTS > IDP
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Collect Select this check box to have the ZyWALL collect IDP statistics.
Statistics The collection starting time displays after you click Apply. All of the statistics in this
screen are for the time period starting at the time displayed here. The format is year,
month, day and hour, minute, second. All of the statistics are erased if you restart
the ZyWALL or click the Flush button. Collecting starts over and a new collection
start time displays.
Total Sessions This field displays the number of sessions that the ZyWALL has checked for
Scanned intrusion characteristics.
Total Sessions The ZyWALL can detect and drop malicious sessions from network traffic. This field
Dropped displays the number of sessions that the ZyWALL has dropped.
Total Sessions The ZyWALL can detect and reset suspicious network traffic sessions. This field
Reset displays the number of sessions that the ZyWALL has reset.
Total Packets The ZyWALL can detect and drop malicious packets from network traffic. This field
Dropped displays the number of packets that the ZyWALL has dropped.
Top Entry By Use this field to have the following (read-only) table display the top IDP entries by
Signature Name, Source or Destination.
Select Signature Name to list the most common signatures that the ZyWALL has
detected.
Select Source to list the source IP addresses from which the ZyWALL has detected
the most intrusion attempts.
Select Destination to list the most common destination IP addresses for intrusion
attempts that the ZyWALL has detected.
# This field displays the entry’s rank in the list of the top entries.
Signature Name This column displays when you display the entries by Signature Name. The
signature name identifies a specific intrusion pattern. Click the hyperlink for more
detailed information on the intrusion.
Type This column displays when you display the entries by Signature Name. It shows the
categories of intrusions. See Table 78 on page 281 for more information.
Severity This column displays when you display the entries by Signature Name. It shows the
level of threat that the intrusions may pose. See Table 79 on page 282 for more
information.
Source IP This column displays when you display the entries by Source. It shows the source
IP address of the intrusion attempts.
Destination IP This column displays when you display the entries by Destination. It shows the
destination IP address at which intrusion attempts were targeted.
Occurrences This field displays how many times the ZyWALL has detected the event described in
the entry.
Total This field displays the sum of the occurrences of the events in the entries.
Refresh Click Refresh to update the report display with additional information that the
ZyWALL may have collected while you had the screen open. The report also
refreshes automatically when you close and reopen the screen.
Flush Click Flush to discard the report data and restart collecting statistics.
The statistics display as follows when you display the top entries by source.

Figure 327 REPORTS > IDP > Source
The statistics display as follows when you display the top entries by destination.
Figure 328 REPORTS > IDP > Destination
31.4 The Anti-Virus Screen

Click REPORTS > Anti-Virus to display the Anti-Virus screen. This screen displays anti-
virus statistics.
Figure 329 REPORTS > Anti-Virus


Table 167 REPORTS > Anti-Virus
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Collect Select this check box to have the ZyWALL collect anti-virus statistics.
month, day and hour, minute, second. All of the statistics are erased if you restart
the ZyWALL or click the Flush button. Collecting starts over and a new collection
start time displays.
Total Files This field displays the number of files that the ZyWALL has scanned for viruses.
Scanned
Infected Files This field displays the number of files in which the ZyWALL has detected a virus.
Detected
Top Entry By Use this field to have the following (read-only) table display the top anti-virus entries
by Virus Name, Source or Destination.
Select Virus Name to list the most common viruses that the ZyWALL has detected.
the most virus-infected files.
Select Destination to list the most common destination IP addresses for virus-
infected files that ZyWALL has detected.
Virus name This column displays when you display the entries by Virus Name. This displays the
name of a detected virus.
IP address of virus-infected files that the ZyWALL has detected.
Destination IP This column displays when you display the entries by Destination. It shows the
destination IP address of virus-infected files that the ZyWALL has detected.
Occurrences This field displays how many times the ZyWALL has detected the event described in
the entry.
Total This field displays the sum of the occurrences of the events in the entries.
Figure 330 REPORTS > Anti-Virus > Source
The statistics display as follows when you display the top entries by destination.

Figure 331 REPORTS > Anti-Virus > Destination
31.5 The Anti-Spam Screen

Click REPORTS > Anti-Spam to display the Anti-Spam screen. This screen displays anti-
spam statistics.
Figure 332 REPORTS > Anti-Spam

Table 168 REPORTS > Anti-Spam
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Collect Select this check box to have the ZyWALL collect anti-spam statistics.
month, day and hour, minute, second. Collecting starts over (and a new collection
start time displays) if you restart the ZyWALL or click the Flush button.
Total Mail This field displays the number of e-mails that the ZyWALL has checked.
Scanned
Spam Mail This field displays the number of e-mails that the ZyWALL has classified as spam.
Detected

Table 168 REPORTS > Anti-Spam (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Phishing Mail This field displays the number of e-mails that the ZyWALL has classified as phishing.
Detected
No Score Mail This field displays the number of e-mails for which the ZyWALL did not receive a
Detected spam score.
Mail Session You can set the action that the ZyWALL takes when an e-mail session goes over the
Forwarded threshold of concurrent sessions that the ZyWALL checks for spam.
This field displays the number of e-mail sessions that the ZyWALL allowed because
they exceeded the mail sessions threshold.
Mail Session You can set the action that the ZyWALL takes when an e-mail session goes over the
Blocked threshold of concurrent sessions that the ZyWALL checks for spam.
This field displays the number of e-mail sessions that the ZyWALL stopped because
they exceeded the mail sessions threshold.
Top Entry By Select Top Entry by to list the top e-mail or IP addresses from which the ZyWALL
has detected the most spam.
Select Sender Mail Address to list the top e-mail addresses from which the
ZyWALL has detected the most spam.
the most spam.
Score Select Score Distribution to display the numbers of different spam scores of the e-
Distribution mails that the ZyWALL has checked.
Sender Mail This column displays when you display the entries by Sender Mail Address. This
Address column displays the e-mail addresses from which the ZyWALL has detected the
most spam.
IP address of spam e-mails that the ZyWALL has detected.
Occurrences This column displays when you display the entries by Sender Mail Address or
Source. This field displays how many times the ZyWALL received spam from the
entry’s e-mail address.
Total This field displays when you select Sender Mail Address or Source.
This field displays the sum of the occurrences of the events in the entries.
Spam This field displays when you select Score Distribution.
Threshold This is the spam score for classifying e-mail as spam. Any e-mail with a spam score
higher than this number is classified as spam.
Mail Count When you select Score Distribution, this table displays the distribution of e-mail
Threshold spam scores.
Score Each bar represents the number of e-mails that had a spam score close to the
threshold score listed at the bottom. The numbers on the left are numbers of e-mails.

Figure 333 REPORTS > Anti-Spam > Source
The statistics display as follows when you display the score distribution.
Figure 334 REPORTS > Anti-Spam > Score Distribution
31.6 The E-mail Report Screen

You can configure the ZyWALL to email a report including the information on network
traffic, IDP, anti-virus and anti-spam statistics provided in the report screens.
Click REPORTS > E-mail Report to display the following screen.

Figure 335 REPORTS > E-mail Report

Table 169 REPORTS > E-mail Report
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General Setup
Enable E-mail Select this to turn on the e-mail report feature. You must then specify a valid e-mail
Report server in order to send reports.
Clear report Select this to clear current records of IDP, anti-virus and anti-spam statistics
statistics after (available in the Reports screens) once the report has been sent.
sending the
report e-mail
E-mail Settings
Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e-mail address
specified in the Mail Sender field. If this field is left blank, report files will not be sent
via e-mail.
Mail Subject Type a descriptive subject here to be included in the report e-mail subject header.
Mail Sender Enter the e-mail address that you want to be in the from/sender line of the diagnostic
e-mail message that the ZyWALL sends. If you activate SMTP authentication, the e-
mail address must be able to be authenticated by the mail server as well.
Send Report to Report files are sent to the e-mail address specified in this field. If this field is left
blank, report files will not be sent via e-mail.
SMTP SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) is the message-exchange standard for the
Authentication Internet. SMTP enables you to move messages from one e-mail server to another.
Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication. If mail server authentication is
needed but this feature is disabled, you will not receive the report files.
User Name Enter the user name (up to 63 characters) (usually the user name of a mail account
you specified in the Mail Sender field).
Password Enter the password associated with the user name above.

Table 169 REPORTS > E-mail Report (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Send Report Click this to send the report e-mail immediately.
Now
Schedule
Reporting Select the frequency of the report e-mail from the drop-down box. Options are None,
Frequency Hourly, Daily and Weekly.
If you select Daily or Weekly, specify a time of day for the ZyWALL to generate and
send diagnostic e-mails. If you select Weekly, then also specify which day of the
week. Select None to have the ZyWALL not generate and send diagnostic e-mails
based on a time period.
Day for If Weekly is selected in the Schedule field, select the day for reporting from the
Reporting drop-down box.
Time for If Daily or Weekly is selected in the Schedule field, type the hour and minute in 24-
Reporting hour format (for example, 23:00 equals 11:00 pm) to send the report email in these
two boxes.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes.


CHAPTER 32
Logs Screens
32.1 Overview
In the log screens you can configure general log settings and view the ZyWALL’s logs. The
logs cover categories such as system maintenance, system errors, access control, allowed or
blocked web sites, blocked web features (such as ActiveX controls, java and cookies), attacks
(such as DoS) and IPSec.
32.1.1 What You Can Do in the Log Screens

• Use the View Log screen (Section 32.2 on page 555) to see the logs for the categories that
you selected in the Log Settings screen.
• Use the Log Settings screen (Section 32.3 on page 558) to configure to where the
ZyWALL is to send logs; the schedule for when the ZyWALL is to send the logs and
which logs and/or immediate alerts the ZyWALL is to send.
32.1.2 What You Need To Know About Logs
Alerts and Logs

An alert is a type of log that warrants more serious attention. They include system errors,
attacks (access control) and attempted access to blocked web sites or web sites with restricted
web features such as cookies, active X and so on. Some categories such as System Errors
consist of both logs and alerts. You may differentiate them by their color in the View Log
screen. Alerts display in red and logs display in black.
Finding Out More

Refer to Section 32.4 on page 561 for log message explanations.
32.2 The View Log Screen

The web configurator allows you to look at all of the ZyWALL’s logs in one location.
Click LOGS to open the View Log screen. Use the View Log screen to see the logs for the
categories that you selected in the Log Settings screen (see Section 32.3 on page 558).
When the log is full it will begin to delete older entries as it adds new ones. You can configure
the ZyWALL to email you the log when it is full in the Log Settings screen. Click a column
heading to sort the entries by the relevant attribute. A triangle indicates ascending or
descending sort order.

Chapter 32 Logs Screens
Figure 336 LOGS > View Log

Table 170 LOGS > View Log
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Display The categories that you select in the Log Settings page (see Section 32.3 on page
558) display in the drop-down list box.
Select a category of logs to view; select All Logs to view logs from all of the log
categories that you selected in the Log Settings page.
Email Log Now Click Email Log Now to send the log screen to the e-mail address specified in the
Log Settings page (make sure that you have first filled in the E-mail Log Settings
fields in Log Settings, see Section 32.3 on page 558).
Refresh Click Refresh to renew the log screen.
Clear Log Click Clear Log to delete all the logs.
The logs display in the table. Click a column’s heading to sort the log entries by that
criteria.
# This field displays the log number.
Time This field displays the time the log was recorded. See Section 33.4 on page 587 to
configure the ZyWALL’s time and date.
Message This field states the reason for the log.
Source This field lists the source IP address and the port number of the incoming packet.
Destination This field lists the destination IP address and the port number of the incoming
packet.
Note This field displays additional information about the log entry.
32.2.1 Log Description Example

The following is an example of how a log displays in the command line interpreter and a
description of the sample log. Refer to Section on page 561 for more log message descriptions
and the CLI Reference Guide for details on using the command line interpreter to display logs.
# .time source destination
notes
message

5|06/08/2004 05:58:20 |172.21.4.187:137 |172.21.255.255:137

|ACCESS BLOCK
Firewall default policy: UDP (W to W/ZW)
Table 171 Log Description Example

LABEL DESCRIPTION
# This is log number five.
time The log was generated on June 8, 2004 at 5:58 and 20 seconds AM.
source The log was generated due to a NetBIOS packet sent from IP address 172.21.4.187 port
137.
destination The NetBIOS packet was sent to the 172.21.255.255 subnet port 137. This was a
NetBIOS UDP broadcast packet meant to discover devices on the network.
notes The ZyWALL blocked the packet.
message The ZyWALL blocked the packet in accordance with the firewall’s default policy of
blocking sessions that are initiated from the WAN. “UDP” means that this was a User
Datagram Protocol packet. “W to W/ZW” indicates that the packet was traveling from the
WAN to the WAN or the ZyWALL.
32.2.2 About the Certificate Not Trusted Log

myZyXEL.com and the update server use certificates signed by VeriSign to identify
themselves. If the ZyWALL does not have a CA certificate signed by VeriSign as a trusted
CA, the ZyWALL will not trust the certificate from myZyXEL.com and the update server. The
ZyWALL will generate a log like "Due to error code(11), cert not trusted: SSL/TLS peer
certif..." for every time it attempt to establish a (HTTPS) connection with myZyXEL.com and
the update server. The V4.00 default configuration file includes a trusted CA certificate signed
by VeriSign. If you upgraded to ZyNOS V4.00 firmware without uploading the V4.00 default
configuration file, you can download a CA certificate signed by VeriSign from
myZyXEL.com and import it into the ZyWALL as a trusted CA. This will stop the ZyWALL
from generating this log every time it attempts to connect with myzyxel.com and the update
server.
Follow the steps below to download the certificate from myZyXEL.com.
1 Go to http://www.myZyXEL.com and log in with your account.
2 Click Download Center and then Certificate Download.

Figure 337 myZyXEL.com: Download Center
3 Click the link in the Certificate Download screen.
Figure 338 myZyXEL.com: Certificate Download
32.3 The Log Settings Screen

To change your ZyWALL’s log settings, click LOGS > Log Settings. The screen appears as
shown.
Use the Log Settings screen to configure to where the ZyWALL is to send logs; the schedule
for when the ZyWALL is to send the logs and which logs and/or immediate alerts the
ZyWALL is to send.
" Alerts are e-mailed as soon as they happen. Logs may be e-mailed as soon as
the log is full (see Log Schedule). Selecting many alert and/or log categories
(especially Access Control) may result in many e-mails being sent.

Figure 339 LOGS > Log Settings

Table 172 LOGS > Log Settings
LABEL DESCRIPTION
E-mail Settings
Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e-mail
addresses specified below. If this field is left blank, logs and alert messages
will not be sent via e-mail.

Table 172 LOGS > Log Settings (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the log e-mail message
that the ZyWALL sends.
Mail Sender Enter the e-mail address that you want to be in the from/sender line of the log
e-mail message that the ZyWALL sends. If you activate SMTP authentication,
the e-mail address must be able to be authenticated by the mail server as well.
Send Log To Logs are sent to the e-mail address specified in this field. If this field is left
blank, logs will not be sent via e-mail.
Send Alerts To Alerts are sent to the e-mail address specified in this field. If this field is left
blank, alerts will not be sent via e-mail.
SMTP Authentication SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) is the message-exchange standard for
the Internet. SMTP enables you to move messages from one e-mail server to
another.
Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication. If mail server
authentication is needed but this feature is disabled, you will not receive the e-
mail logs.
User Name Enter the user name (up to 63 characters) (usually the user name of a mail
account).
Schedule
Log Schedule This drop-down menu is used to configure the frequency of log messages
being sent as E-mail:
When Log is Full
Hourly
Weekly
Daily
None
If you select Weekly or Daily, specify a time of day when the E-mail should be
sent. If you select Weekly, then also specify which day of the week the E-mail
should be sent. If you select When Log is Full, an alert is sent when the log
fills up. If you select None, no log messages are sent.
Day for Sending Log Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to send the logs.
Time for Sending Log Enter the time of the day in 24-hour format (for example 23:00 equals 11:00
pm) to send the logs.
Syslog Logging Syslog allows you to send system logs to a server.
Syslog logging sends a log to an external syslog server.
Active Click Active to enable syslog logging.
Syslog Server Enter the server name or IP address of the syslog server that will log the
selected categories of logs.
Log Facility Select a location from the drop down list box. The log facility allows you to log
the messages to different files in the syslog server. Refer to the documentation
of your syslog program for more details.
Active Log and Alert
Log Select the categories of logs that you want to record. Logs include alerts.
Send Immediate Alert Select the categories of alerts for which you want the ZyWALL to instantly e-
mail alerts to the e-mail address specified in the Send Alerts To field.
Log Consolidation

Table 172 LOGS > Log Settings (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Active Some logs (such as the Attacks logs) may be so numerous that it becomes
easy to ignore other important log messages. Select this check box to merge
logs with identical messages into one log.
See the CLI Reference Guide for how to see what log messages will be
consolidated.
Log Consolidation Specify the time interval during which the ZyWALL merges logs with identical
Period messages into one log.
Log Descriptions
This section provides descriptions of example log messages.
The variables “%d”, “%x” and “%s” respectively refer to decimal numbers, hexadecimal
numbers and strings (a list of upper/lower case letters or numbers).
Table 173 System Maintenance Logs
LOG MESSAGE DESCRIPTION
Time set from NTP server: The router has adjusted its time based on information from
<server address>, offset: the time server.
<time offset> sec
Failed to sync with <time The router failed to get information from the time server.
server type> server: <time
server address>
WAN interface gets IP: %s A WAN interface got a new IP address from the DHCP,
PPPoE, PPTP or dial-up server.
DHCP client IP expired A DHCP client's IP address has expired.
DHCP server assigns %s The DHCP server assigned an IP address to a client.
Successful SMT login Someone has logged on to the router's SMT interface.
SMT login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router's SMT interface.
Successful WEB login Someone has logged on to the router's web configurator
interface.
WEB login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router's web configurator
interface.
Successful TELNET login Someone has logged on to the router via telnet.
TELNET login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via telnet.
Successful FTP login Someone has logged on to the router via FTP.
FTP login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router via FTP.
NAT Session Table is Full! The maximum number of NAT session table entries has been
exceeded and the table is full.

Table 173 System Maintenance Logs (continued)

Starting Connectivity Starting Connectivity Monitor.
Monitor
Time initialized by Daytime The router got the time and date from the Daytime server.
Server
Time initialized by Time The router got the time and date from the time server.
server
Time initialized by NTP The router got the time and date from the NTP server.
server
Connect to Daytime server The router was not able to connect to the Daytime server.
fail
Connect to Time server fail The router was not able to connect to the Time server.
Connect to NTP server fail The router was not able to connect to the NTP server.
Too large ICMP packet has The router dropped an ICMP packet that was too large.
been dropped
SMT Session Begin An SMT management session has started.
SMT Session End An SMT management session has ended.
Configuration Change: PC = The router is saving configuration changes.
0x%x, Task ID = 0x%x
Successful SSH login Someone has logged on to the router’s SSH server.
SSH login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router’s SSH server.
Successful HTTPS login Someone has logged on to the router's web configurator
interface using HTTPS protocol.
HTTPS login failed Someone has failed to log on to the router's web configurator
interface using HTTPS protocol.
DNS server %s was not The specified DNS server did not respond to the last 32
responding to last 32 consecutive queries.
consecutive queries…
DDNS update IP:%s (host %d) The device updated the IP address of the specified DDNS
successfully host name.
SMTP successfully The device sent an e-mail.
myZyXEL.com registration Registration of the device with myZyXEL.com was
successful successful.
Trial service registration Registration for a trial service was successful.
successful
Service upgrade successful Registration for a service upgrade was successful.
Service refresh successful. The device successfully refreshed service information from
myZyXEL.com.
Content Filter trial service The content filtering trial service was successfully activated
activation successfully for this device.
Anti-Spam trial service The anti-spam trial service was successfully activated for this
activation successfully device.
IDP/Anti-Virus trial service The IDP and anti-virus trial service was successfully activated
activation successfully for this device.

Table 173 System Maintenance Logs (continued)

%s The myZyXEL.com service registration failed due to the error
listed. If you are unable to register for services at
myZYXEL.com, the error message displayed in this log may
be useful when contacting customer support.
Remote node is connecting. A remote user is connecting using PPP. Other PPP
connection requests must wait until this process is complete.
Remote node is dropping A remote user is releasing a PPP connection. Other PPP
connection requests must wait until this process is complete.
Table 174 System Error Logs

%s exceeds the max. This attempt to create a NAT session exceeds the maximum
number of session per number of NAT session table entries allowed to be created per
host! host.
setNetBIOSFilter: calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter
error settings.
readNetBIOSFilter: calloc The router failed to allocate memory for the NetBIOS filter
error settings.
WAN%d connection is up The specified WAN connection is up.
WAN connection is down. A WAN connection is down. You cannot access the network
through this interface.
Dial Backup starts Dial backup started working.
Dial Backup ends Dial backup stopped working.
DHCP Server cannot assign The LAN subnet, LAN alias 1, or LAN alias 2 was changed and
the static IP %S (out of the specified static DHCP IP addresses are no longer valid.
range).
The DHCP static IP %s is The static DHCP IP address conflicts with another host.
conflict.
SMTP fail (%s) The device failed to send an e-mail (error message included).
SMTP authentication fail The device failed to authenticate with the SMTP server (error
(%s) message included).
%s The device will send a Gratuitous ARP to detect the IP collision. If
the collision happens, there will be a log in centralized log
Table 175 Access Control Logs

Firewall default policy: [ TCP | Attempted TCP/UDP/IGMP/ESP/GRE/OSPF access
UDP | IGMP | ESP | GRE | OSPF ] matched the default policy and was blocked or forwarded
<Packet Direction> according to the default policy’s setting.
Firewall rule [NOT] match:[ TCP Attempted TCP/UDP/IGMP/ESP/GRE/OSPF access

| UDP | IGMP | ESP | GRE | OSPF matched (or did not match) a configured firewall rule
] <Packet Direction>, <rule:%d> (denoted by its number) and was blocked or forwarded
according to the rule.

Table 175 Access Control Logs (continued)

Triangle route packet forwarded: The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass
[ TCP | UDP | IGMP | ESP | GRE | through.
OSPF ]
Packet without a NAT table entry The router blocked a packet that didn't have a
blocked: [ TCP | UDP | IGMP | corresponding NAT table entry.
ESP | GRE | OSPF ]
Router sent blocked web site The router sent a message to notify a user that the router
message: TCP blocked access to a web site that the user requested.
Exceed maximum sessions per host The device blocked a session because the host's
(%d). connections exceeded the maximum sessions per host.
Firewall allowed a packet that A packet from the WAN (TCP or UDP) matched a cone
matched a NAT session: [ TCP | NAT session and the device forwarded it to the LAN.
UDP ]
Firewall matches a dynamic ACL A packet matches a dynamic ACL rule created in an ALG
rule of an ALG session session.
Maximum number of dynamic ACL The number of dynamic ACL rules exceeds the
rules exceeded. maximum allowed.
Dynamic ACL rule, listening port The dynamic ACL rule already exists.
: %d, peer port : %d already
exists.
<srcMAC> was bind to [legalIP] The device’s IP address is different from the IP address
but he uses [srcIP]. assigned to this device.
This log also records if the IP address assigned to this
device is used by another device.
DHCP Server dynamic assigned The dynamically assigned IP address differs from the IP
[legalIP] to [srcMac] but he address used by the device.
uses [srcIP].
[srcMac] uses an untrusty IP This device is using an IP address that does not fall
address [srcIP]. within the specified range of trusted IP addresses.
Table 176 TCP Reset Logs

Under SYN flood attack, The router sent a TCP reset packet when a host was under a SYN
sent TCP RST flood attack (the TCP incomplete count is per destination host.)
Exceed TCP MAX The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of TCP
incomplete, sent TCP RST incomplete connections exceeded the user configured threshold.
(the TCP incomplete count is per destination host.) Note: Refer to
TCP Maximum Incomplete in the Firewall Attack Alerts screen.
Peer TCP state out of The router sent a TCP reset packet when a TCP connection state
order, sent TCP RST was out of order.Note: The firewall refers to RFC793 Figure 6 to
check the TCP state.

Table 176 TCP Reset Logs (continued)

Firewall session time The router sent a TCP reset packet when a dynamic firewall
out, sent TCP RST session timed out.
The default timeout values are as follows:
ICMP idle timeout: 3 minutes
UDP idle timeout: 3 minutes
TCP connection (three way handshaking) timeout: 270 seconds
TCP FIN-wait timeout: 2 MSL (Maximum Segment Lifetime set in
the TCP header).
TCP idle (established) timeout (s): 150 minutes
TCP reset timeout: 10 seconds
Exceed MAX incomplete, The router sent a TCP reset packet when the number of
sent TCP RST incomplete connections (TCP and UDP) exceeded the user-
configured threshold. (Incomplete count is for all TCP and UDP
connections through the firewall.)Note: When the number of
incomplete connections (TCP + UDP) > “Maximum Incomplete
High”, the router sends TCP RST packets for TCP connections
and destroys TOS (firewall dynamic sessions) until incomplete
connections < “Maximum Incomplete Low”.
Access block, sent TCP The router sends a TCP RST packet and generates this log if you
RST turn on the firewall TCP reset mechanism (via CI command: "sys
firewall tcprst").
Table 177 Packet Filter Logs

[ TCP | UDP | ICMP | IGMP | Attempted access matched a configured filter rule (denoted
Generic ] packet filter by its set and rule number) and was blocked or forwarded
matched (set: %d, rule: %d) according to the rule.
For type and code details, see Table 192 on page 578.
Table 178 ICMP Logs
Firewall default policy: ICMP ICMP access matched the default policy and was
<Packet Direction>, <type:%d>, blocked or forwarded according to the user's setting.
<code:%d>
Firewall rule [NOT] match: ICMP ICMP access matched (or didn’t match) a firewall rule
<Packet Direction>, <rule:%d>, (denoted by its number) and was blocked or forwarded
<type:%d>, <code:%d> according to the rule.
Triangle route packet forwarded: The firewall allowed a triangle route session to pass
ICMP through.
Packet without a NAT table entry The router blocked a packet that didn’t have a
blocked: ICMP corresponding NAT table entry.
Unsupported/out-of-order ICMP: The firewall does not support this kind of ICMP packets
ICMP or the ICMP packets are out of order.
Router reply ICMP packet: ICMP The router sent an ICMP reply packet to the sender.

Table 179 CDR Logs

board %d line %d channel %d, The router received the setup requirements for a call. “call” is
call %d, %s C01 Outgoing Call the reference (count) number of the call. “dev” is the device
dev=%x ch=%x %s type (3 is for dial-up, 6 is for PPPoE, 10 is for PPTP).
"channel" or “ch” is the call channel ID. For example, "board 0
line 0 channel 0, call 3, C01 Outgoing Call dev=6 ch=0
"Means the router has dialed to the PPPoE server 3 times.
board %d line %d channel %d, The PPPoE, PPTP or dial-up call is connected.
call %d, %s C02 OutCall
Connected %d %s
board %d line %d channel %d, The PPPoE, PPTP or dial-up call was disconnected.
call %d, %s C02 Call
Terminated
Table 180 PPP Logs

ppp:LCP Starting The PPP connection’s Link Control Protocol stage has started.
ppp:LCP Opening The PPP connection’s Link Control Protocol stage is opening.
ppp:CHAP Opening The PPP connection’s Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol stage is
opening.
ppp:IPCP The PPP connection’s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is starting.
Starting
ppp:IPCP Opening The PPP connection’s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is opening.
ppp:LCP Closing The PPP connection’s Link Control Protocol stage is closing.
ppp:IPCP Closing The PPP connection’s Internet Protocol Control Protocol stage is closing.
Table 181 3G Logs

SIM/3G card mismatch: %s. The IMSI or ESN of the currently inserted card is different from
the previous one configured for budget control.
Preconfigured SIM card/3G The inserted 3G card is different from the previous one
card mismatches with configured for budget control. You may need to reconfigure
inserted card. Might need budget control settings specific to the current user account.
to reconfigure budget
control settings.
Budget counters are reset, The ZyWALL restarted budget calculation from 0 after resetting
budget control is resumed. the existing statistics.
Budget control is resumed. The ZyWALL kept the existing budget control statistics and
continue a counting.
Budget control is disabled. Budget control is deactivated for the user account of the
installed 3G card on the ZyWALL.
Skip 3G SIM authentication The ZyWALL skipped SIM card authentication because the PIN
because 3G configuration is code is not specified or SIM card authentication is disabled.
not set.

Table 181 3G Logs (continued)

3G SIM authentication SIM card authentication failed because the ZyWALL received a
failed because of no SIM busy message three times when querying for the card
response from SIM card. status.
3G card has no response, The card was reset due to no response from the card for a
card is restarted. period of time.
3G SIM card PIN code is The specified PIN code does not match the inserted GSM 3G
incorrect. card.
The 3G card is not The user account of the 3G card is not activated.
activated.
3G Modem is locked. The internal modem on the inserted 3G card is blocked.
SIM card not inserted or There is no SIM card in the inserted GSM 3G card or the SIM
damaged. card is damaged.
3G connection has been The 3G connection has been dropped due to the specific
dropped - %s. reason, such as idle timeout, manual disconnection, failure to
get an IP address, switching to WAN 1, ping check failure,
connection reset, and so on.
3G signal strength is The ZyWALL updated the 3G network signal strength
refreshed (%d dBm). indication.
Warning: (%IMSI% or %ESN%) This shows that the pre-configured time budget was exceeded.
Over time budget! (budget = This also displays the IMSI of the SIM card in an inserted GSM
%CONFIGURED_BUDGET% hours, 3G card or the ESN of the inserted CDMA 3G card and the 3G
used = %USED_VOLUME%(2 connection’s usage time in hours.
decimals) hours).
Warning: (%IMSI% or %ESN%) This shows that the specified percentage of the time budget
Over %THRESHOLD%% of time was exceeded. This also displays the IMSI of the SIM card in
budget (%REMAIN_BUDGET%(2 an inserted GSM 3G card or the ESN of the inserted CDMA 3G
decimals) hours remain in card and the amount of time (in hours) the 3G connection can
%CONFIGURED_BUDGET% hours still be used.
budget).
Warning: (%ESN% or %IMSI%) This shows that the pre-configured data limit was exceeded.
Over data budget! (budget The IMSI of the SIM card in an inserted GSM 3G card or the
=%CONFIGURED_BUDGET%(2 ESN of the inserted CDMA 3G card is displayed. The amount
decimals Mbytes, used = of data (in Mbytes) sent and/or received (depending on your
%USED_VOLUME%(2 decimals) configuration) through the 3G connection is also displayed.
Mbytes).
Warning: (%ESN% or %IMSI%) This shows that the specified percentage of data limit was
Over %THRESHOLD%% of data exceeded. This also displays the IMSI of the SIM card in an
budget (%REMAIN_BUDGET%(2 inserted GSM 3G card or the ESN of the inserted CDMA 3G
decimals) Mbytes remain in card and how much data (in Mbytes) can still be transmitted
%CONFIGURED_BUDGET% Mbytes through the 3G connection.
budget).
Table 182 UPnP Logs

UPnP pass through Firewall UPnP packets can pass through the firewall.

Table 183 Content Filtering Logs

%s: Keyword blocking The content of a requested web page matched a user defined
keyword.
%s: Not in trusted web The web site is not in a trusted domain, and the router blocks all traffic
list except trusted domain sites.
%s: Forbidden Web site The web site is in the forbidden web site list.
%s: Contains ActiveX The web site contains ActiveX.
%s: Contains Java The web site contains a Java applet.
applet
%s: Contains cookie The web site contains a cookie.
%s: Proxy mode The router detected proxy mode in the packet.
detected
%s The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked
category list, but it did not return the category type.
%s: %s The content filter server responded that the web site is in the blocked
category list, and returned the category type.
%s(cache hit) The system detected that the web site is in the blocked list from the
local cache, but does not know the category type.
%s :%s(cache hit) The system detected that the web site is in blocked list from the local
cache, and knows the category type.
%s: Trusted Web site The web site is in a trusted domain.
%s When the content filter is not on according to the time schedule or you
didn't select the "Block Matched Web Site” check box, the system
forwards the web content.
Waiting content filter The external content filtering server did not respond within the timeout
server timeout period.
DNS resolving failed The ZyWALL cannot get the IP address of the external content filtering
via DNS query.
Creating socket failed The ZyWALL cannot issue a query because TCP/IP socket creation
failed, port: port number.
Connecting to content The connection to the external content filtering server failed.
filter server fail
License key is invalid The external content filtering license key is invalid.
For type and code details, see Table 192 on page 578.
Table 184 Attack Logs
attack [ TCP | UDP | IGMP The firewall detected a TCP/UDP/IGMP/ESP/GRE/OSPF attack.
| ESP | GRE | OSPF ]
attack ICMP (type:%d, The firewall detected an ICMP attack.
code:%d)
land [ TCP | UDP | IGMP | The firewall detected a TCP/UDP/IGMP/ESP/GRE/OSPF land
ESP | GRE | OSPF ] attack.
land ICMP (type:%d, The firewall detected an ICMP land attack.
code:%d)

Table 184 Attack Logs (continued)

ip spoofing - WAN [ TCP | The firewall detected an IP spoofing attack on the WAN port.
UDP | IGMP | ESP | GRE |
OSPF ]
ip spoofing - WAN ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP IP spoofing attack on the WAN
(type:%d, code:%d) port.
icmp echo : ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP echo attack.
(type:%d, code:%d)
syn flood TCP The firewall detected a TCP syn flood attack.
ports scan TCP The firewall detected a TCP port scan attack.
teardrop TCP The firewall detected a TCP teardrop attack.
teardrop UDP The firewall detected an UDP teardrop attack.
teardrop ICMP (type:%d, The firewall detected an ICMP teardrop attack.
code:%d)
illegal command TCP The firewall detected a TCP illegal command attack.
NetBIOS TCP The firewall detected a TCP NetBIOS attack.
ip spoofing - no routing The firewall classified a packet with no source routing entry as an
entry [ TCP | UDP | IGMP IP spoofing attack.
| ESP | GRE | OSPF ]
ip spoofing - no routing The firewall classified an ICMP packet with no source routing
entry ICMP (type:%d, entry as an IP spoofing attack.
code:%d)
vulnerability ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP vulnerability attack.
(type:%d, code:%d)
traceroute ICMP (type:%d, The firewall detected an ICMP traceroute attack.
code:%d)
ports scan UDP The firewall detected a UDP port scan attack.
Firewall sent TCP packet The firewall sent TCP packet in response to a DoS attack
in response to DoS attack
TCP
ICMP Source Quench ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP Source Quench attack.
ICMP Time Exceed ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP Time Exceed attack.
ICMP Destination The firewall detected an ICMP Destination Unreachable attack.
Unreachable ICMP
ping of death. ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP ping of death attack.
smurf ICMP The firewall detected an ICMP smurf attack.
IP address in FTP port The IP address in an FTP port command is different from the
command is different from client IP address. It may be a bounce attack.
the client IP address. It
maybe a bounce attack.
Fragment packet size is The fragment packet size is smaller than the MTU size of output
smaller than the MTU size interface.
of output interface.

Table 185 Remote Management Logs

Remote Management: FTP denied Attempted use of FTP service was blocked according to
remote management settings.
Remote Management: TELNET denied Attempted use of TELNET service was blocked
according to remote management settings.
Remote Management: HTTP or UPnP Attempted use of HTTP or UPnP service was blocked
denied according to remote management settings.
Remote Management: WWW denied Attempted use of WWW service was blocked according
to remote management settings.
Remote Management: HTTPS denied Attempted use of HTTPS service was blocked
according to remote management settings.
Remote Management: SSH denied Attempted use of SSH service was blocked according to
remote management settings.
Remote Management: ICMP Ping Attempted use of ICMP service was blocked according
response denied to remote management settings.
Remote Management: SNMP denied Attempted use of SNMP service was blocked according
Remote Management: DNS denied Attempted use of DNS service was blocked according
Table 186 Wireless Logs

WLAN MAC Filter Fail The MAC filter blocked a wireless station from connecting to the
device.
WLAN MAC Filter Success The MAC filter allowed a wireless station to connect to the
device.
WLAN STA Association A wireless station associated with the device.
WLAN STA Association List The maximum number of associated wireless clients has been
Full reached.
WLAN STA Association Again The SSID and time of association were updated for an wireless
station that was already associated.
WLAN STA DisAssociation Station dis-association ok
WDS link is up The WDS link is up.
WDS link is down The WDS link is down
User PMK cache hits. The user's PMK is in the cache.
User Pre-authentication The user's pre-authentication is succeed.
succeeds.
Rogue AP Detection A rogue AP is detected.
WPA-PSK user. WPA-PSK user login.
WPA2-PSK user. WPA2-PSK user login.
The wireless card does not The ZyWALL is not using the installed wireless card because the
work because RADIUS server RADIUS server is not active.
is not active.

Table 187 IPSec Logs

Discard REPLAY packet The router received and discarded a packet with an incorrect
sequence number.
Inbound packet The router received a packet that has been altered. A third party
authentication failed may have altered or tampered with the packet.
Receive IPSec packet, The router dropped an inbound packet for which SPI could not find a
but no corresponding corresponding phase 2 SA.
tunnel exists
Rule <%d> idle time The router dropped a connection that had outbound traffic and no
out, disconnect inbound traffic for a certain time period. You can use the "ipsec
timer chk_conn" CI command to set the time period. The default
value is 2 minutes.
WAN IP changed to <IP> The router dropped all connections with the “MyIP” configured as
“0.0.0.0” when the WAN IP address changed.
Inbound packet Please check the algorithm configuration.
decryption failed
Cannot find outbound SA A packet matches a rule, but there is no phase 2 SA for outbound
for rule <%d> traffic.
Rule [%s] sends an echo The device sent a ping packet to check the specified VPN tunnel's
request to peer connectivity.
Rule [%s] receives an The device received a ping response when checking the specified
echo reply from peer VPN tunnel's connectivity.
Delete all tunnels All IPSec tunnels are disconnected. See the CLI Reference Guide
for information on how to do this.
Table 188 IKE Logs

Active connection allowed The IKE process for a new connection failed because the limit
exceeded of simultaneous phase 2 SAs has been reached.
Start Phase 2: Quick Mode Phase 2 Quick Mode has started.
Verifying Remote ID failed: The connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router
and the peer’s Local/Remote Addresses don’t match.
Verifying Local ID failed: The connection failed during IKE phase 2 because the router
and the peer’s Local/Remote Addresses don’t match.
IKE Packet Retransmit The router retransmitted the last packet sent because there
was no response from the peer.
Failed to send IKE Packet An Ethernet error stopped the router from sending IKE
packets.
Too many errors! Deleting SA An SA was deleted because there were too many errors.
Phase 1 IKE SA process done The phase 1 IKE SA process has been completed.
Duplicate requests with the The router received multiple requests from the same peer
same cookie while still processing the first IKE packet from the peer.
IKE Negotiation is in The router has already started negotiating with the peer for
process the connection, but the IKE process has not finished yet.

Table 188 IKE Logs (continued)

No proposal chosen Phase 1 or phase 2 parameters don’t match. Please check all
protocols / settings. Ex. One device being configured for
3DES and the other being configured for DES causes the
connection to fail.
Local / remote IPs of The security gateway is set to “0.0.0.0” and the router used
incoming request conflict the peer’s “Local Address” as the router’s “Remote Address”.
with rule <%d> This information conflicted with static rule #d; thus the
connection is not allowed.
Cannot resolve Secure The router couldn’t resolve the IP address from the domain
Gateway Addr for rule <%d> name that was used for the secure gateway address.
Peer ID: <peer id> <My remote The displayed ID information did not match between the two
type> -<My local type> ends of the connection.
vs. My Remote <My remote> - The displayed ID information did not match between the two
<My remote> ends of the connection.
vs. My Local <My local>-<My The displayed ID information did not match between the two
local> ends of the connection.
Send <packet> A packet was sent.
Recv <packet> IKE uses ISAKMP to transmit data. Each ISAKMP packet
contains many different types of payloads. All of them show in
the LOG. Refer to RFC2408 – ISAKMP for a list of all
ISAKMP payload types.
Recv <Main or Aggressive> The router received an IKE negotiation request from the peer
Mode request from <IP> address specified.
Send <Main or Aggressive> The router started negotiation with the peer.
Mode request to <IP>
Invalid IP <Peer local> / The peer’s “Local IP Address” is invalid.
<Peer local>
Remote IP <Remote IP> / The security gateway is set to “0.0.0.0” and the router used
<Remote IP> conflicts the peer’s “Local Address” as the router’s “Remote Address”.
This information conflicted with static rule #d; thus the
connection is not allowed.
Phase 1 ID type mismatch This router’s "Peer ID Type" is different from the peer IPSec
router's "Local ID Type".
Phase 1 ID content mismatch This router’s "Peer ID Content" is different from the peer
IPSec router's "Local ID Content".
No known phase 1 ID type The router could not find a known phase 1 ID in the
found connection attempt.
ID type mismatch. Local / The phase 1 ID types do not match.
Peer: <Local ID type/Peer ID
type>
ID content mismatch The phase 1 ID contents do not match.
Configured Peer ID Content: The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the configured
<Configured Peer ID Content> "Peer ID Content" is displayed.
Incoming ID Content: The phase 1 ID contents do not match and the incoming
<Incoming Peer ID Content> packet's ID content is displayed.
Unsupported local ID Type: The phase 1 ID type is not supported by the router.
<%d>


ERROR !!! build_id(): Unable RCA encryption in phase 1 failed because the ZyWALL did
to obtain my DSS keys not receive the DSS (Digital Signature Standard) keys.
Build Phase 1 ID The router has started to build the phase 1 ID.
Adjust TCP MSS to %d The router automatically changed the TCP Maximum
Segment Size value after establishing a tunnel.
Rule <%d> input idle time The tunnel for the listed rule was dropped because there was
out, disconnect no inbound traffic within the idle timeout period.
XAUTH succeed! Remote user: The ZyWALL, acting as authentication server, was able to
<Username> authenticate the username given in this log.
XAUTH fail! Remote user: The ZyWALL, acting as authentication server, was not able to
<Username> authenticate the username given in this log.
XAUTH succeed! My name: The ZyWALL, acting as an authentication client, provided the
<Username> listed username to the authentication server and it was
authenticated.
XAUTH fail! My name: The ZyWALL, acting as an authentication client, provided the
<Username> listed username to the authentication server and it was not
authenticated.
Rule[%d] Phase 1 negotiation The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 negotiation mode did not match
mode mismatch between the router and the peer.
Rule [%d] Phase 1 encryption The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 encryption algorithm did not
algorithm mismatch match between the router and the peer.
Rule [%d] Phase 1 The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 authentication algorithm did not
authentication algorithm match between the router and the peer.
mismatch
Rule [%d] Phase 1 The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 authentication method did not
authentication method match between the router and the peer.
mismatch
Rule [%d] Phase 1 key group The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 key group did not match
mismatch between the router and the peer.
Rule [%d] Phase 2 protocol The listed rule’s IKE phase 2 protocol did not match between
mismatch the router and the peer.
Rule [%d] Phase 2 encryption The listed rule’s IKE phase 2 encryption algorithm did not
algorithm mismatch match between the router and the peer.
Rule [%d] Phase 2 The listed rule’s IKE phase 2 authentication algorithm did not
authentication algorithm match between the router and the peer.
mismatch
Rule [%d] Phase 2 The listed rule’s IKE phase 2 encapsulation did not match
encapsulation mismatch between the router and the peer.
Rule [%d]> Phase 2 pfs The listed rule’s IKE phase 2 perfect forward secret (PFS)
mismatch setting did not match between the router and the peer.
Rule [%d] Phase 1 ID mismatch The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 ID did not match between the
router and the peer.
Rule [%d] Phase 1 hash The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 hash did not match between the
mismatch router and the peer.
Rule [%d] Phase 1 preshared The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 pre-shared key did not match
key mismatch between the router and the peer.


Rule [%d] Tunnel built The listed rule’s IPSec tunnel has been built successfully.
successfully
Rule [%d] Peer's public key The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 peer’s public key was not found.
not found
Rule [%d] Verify peer's The listed rule’s IKE phase 1verification of the peer’s
signature failed signature failed.
Rule [%d] Sending IKE IKE sent an IKE request for the listed rule.
request
Rule [%d] Receiving IKE IKE received an IKE request for the listed rule.
request
Swap rule to rule [%d] The router changed to using the listed rule.
Rule [%d] Phase 1 key length The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 key length (with the AES
mismatch encryption algorithm) did not match between the router and
the peer.
Rule [%d] phase 1 mismatch The listed rule’s IKE phase 1 did not match between the
Rule [%d] phase 2 mismatch The listed rule’s IKE phase 2 did not match between the
Rule [%d] Phase 2 key length The listed rule’s IKE phase 2 key lengths (with the AES
mismatch encryption algorithm) did not match between the router and
the peer.
Remote Gateway Addr in rule The IP address for the domain name of the peer gateway in
[%s] is changed to %s" the listed rule changed to the listed IP address.
New My ZyWALL Addr in rule The IP address for the domain name of the ZyWALL in the
[%s] is changed to %s listed rule changed to the listed IP address.
Remote Gateway Addr has The listed tunnel will be deleted because the remote
changed, tunnel [%s] will be gateway’s IP address changed.
deleted
My ZyWALL Addr has changed, The listed tunnel will be deleted because the ZyWALL’s IP
tunnel [%s] will be deleted address changed.
Rule [%s] delete The ZyWALL successfully deleted a phase 2 tunnel.
successfully
Cannot get My IP Addr from The ZyWALL was unable to resolve the domain name used
DDNS for rule [%s] as the My IP Address for the listed phase 1 rule.
Table 189 PKI Logs

Enrollment successful The SCEP online certificate enrollment was successful. The
Destination field records the certification authority server IP address
and port.
Enrollment failed The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed. The Destination field
records the certification authority server’s IP address and port.
Failed to resolve The SCEP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification
<SCEP CA server url> authority server’s address cannot be resolved.
Enrollment successful The CMP online certificate enrollment was successful. The Destination
field records the certification authority server’s IP address and port.

Table 189 PKI Logs (continued)

Enrollment failed The CMP online certificate enrollment failed. The Destination field
records the certification authority server’s IP address and port.
Failed to resolve <CMP The CMP online certificate enrollment failed because the certification
CA server url> authority server’s IP address cannot be resolved.
Rcvd ca cert: <subject The router received a certification authority certificate, with subject
name> name as recorded, from the LDAP server whose IP address and port
are recorded in the Source field.
Rcvd user cert: The router received a user certificate, with subject name as recorded,
<subject name> from the LDAP server whose IP address and port are recorded in the
Source field.
Rcvd CRL <size>: The router received a CRL (Certificate Revocation List), with size and
<issuer name> issuer name as recorded, from the LDAP server whose IP address and
port are recorded in the Source field.
Rcvd ARL <size>: The router received an ARL (Authority Revocation List), with size and
<issuer name> issuer name as recorded, from the LDAP server whose address and
port are recorded in the Source field.
Failed to decode the The router received a corrupted certification authority certificate from
received ca cert the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source
field.
Failed to decode the The router received a corrupted user certificate from the LDAP server
received user cert whose address and port are recorded in the Source field.
Failed to decode the The router received a corrupted CRL (Certificate Revocation List) from
received CRL the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source
field.
Failed to decode the The router received a corrupted ARL (Authority Revocation List) from
received ARL the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the Source
field.
Rcvd data <size> too The router received directory data that was too large (the size is listed)
large! Max size from the LDAP server whose address and port are recorded in the
allowed: <max size> Source field. The maximum size of directory data that the router allows
is also recorded.
Cert trusted: <subject The router has verified the path of the certificate with the listed subject
name> name.
Due to <reason codes>, Due to the reasons listed, the certificate with the listed subject name
cert not trusted: has not passed the path verification. The recorded reason codes are
<subject name> only approximate reasons for not trusting the certificate. Please see
Table 197 on page 575 for the corresponding descriptions of the
codes.
CODE DESCRIPTION
1 Algorithm mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints.
2 Key usage mismatch between the certificate and the search constraints.
3 Certificate was not valid in the time interval.
4 (Not used)
5 Certificate is not valid.
6 Certificate signature was not verified correctly.
7 Certificate was revoked by a CRL.

CODE DESCRIPTION
8 Certificate was not added to the cache.
9 Certificate decoding failed.
10 Certificate was not found (anywhere).
11 Certificate chain looped (did not find trusted root).
12 Certificate contains critical extension that was not handled.
13 Certificate issuer was not valid (CA specific information missing).
14 (Not used)
15 CRL is too old.
16 CRL is not valid.
17 CRL signature was not verified correctly.
18 CRL was not found (anywhere).
19 CRL was not added to the cache.
20 CRL decoding failed.
21 CRL is not currently valid, but in the future.
22 CRL contains duplicate serial numbers.
23 Time interval is not continuous.
24 Time information not available.
25 Database method failed due to timeout.
26 Database method failed.
27 Path was not verified.
28 Maximum path length reached.
Table 190 802.1X Logs

Local User Database accepts A user was authenticated by the local user database.
user.
Local User Database reports user A user was not authenticated by the local user database
credential error. because of an incorrect user password.
Local User Database does not A user was not authenticated by the local user database
find user`s credential. because the user is not listed in the local user database.
RADIUS accepts user. A user was authenticated by the RADIUS Server.
RADIUS rejects user. Pls check A user was not authenticated by the RADIUS Server.
RADIUS Server. Please check the RADIUS Server.
Local User Database does not The local user database only supports the EAP-MD5
support authentication method. method. A user tried to use another authentication
method and was not authenticated.
User logout because of session The router logged out a user whose session expired.
timeout expired.
User logout because of user The router logged out a user who ended the session.
deassociation.

Table 190 802.1X Logs (continued)

User logout because of no The router logged out a user from which there was no
authentication response from authentication response.
user.
User logout because of idle The router logged out a user whose idle timeout period
timeout expired. expired.
User logout because of user A user logged out.
request.
Local User Database does not A user tried to use an authentication method that the
support authentication mothed. local user database does not support (it only supports
EAP-MD5).
No response from RADIUS. Pls There is no response message from the RADIUS server,
check RADIUS Server. please check the RADIUS server.
Use Local User Database to The local user database is operating as the
authenticate user. authentication server.
Use RADIUS to authenticate user. The RADIUS server is operating as the authentication
server.
No Server to authenticate user. There is no authentication server to authenticate a user.
Local User Database does not A user was not authenticated by the local user database
find user`s credential. because the user is not listed in the local user database.
Invalid RADIUS Authentication The RADIUS authentication server port number is
Server Port number invalid.
Invalid RADIUS Accounting Server The RADIUS accounting server port number is invalid.
Port number
Table 191 ACL Setting Notes

PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION
(L to W) LAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WAN.
(W to L) WAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the LAN.
(D to L) DMZ to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the DMZ to the LAN.
(D to W) DMZ to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the DMZ to the WAN.
(W to D) WAN to DMZ ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the DMZ.
(L to D) LAN to DMZ ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the DMZ.
(L to L/ZW) LAN to LAN/ ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the LAN or
ZyWALL the ZyWALL.
(W to W/ZW) WAN to WAN/ ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the WAN
ZyWALL or the ZyWALL.
(D to D/ZW) DMZ to DMZ/ ACL set for packets traveling from the DMZ to the DM or
ZyWALL the ZyWALL.
(L to WL) LAN to WLAN ACL set for packets traveling from the LAN to the WLAN.
(WL to L) WLAN to LAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WLAN to the LAN.
(W to WL) WAN to WLAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WAN to the
WLAN.
(WL to W) WLAN to WAN ACL set for packets traveling from the WLAN to the
WAN.

Table 191 ACL Setting Notes (continued)

PACKET DIRECTION DIRECTION DESCRIPTION
(D to WL) DMZ to WLAN ACL set for packets traveling from the DMZ to the WLAN.
(WL to D) WLAN to DMZ ACL set for packets traveling from the WLAN to the DMZ.
(WL to WL) WLAN to WLAN/ ACL set for packets traveling from the WLAN to the
ZyWALL WLAN or the ZyWALL.
Table 192 ICMP Notes

TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
0 Echo Reply
0 Echo reply message
3 Destination Unreachable
0 Net unreachable
1 Host unreachable
2 Protocol unreachable
3 Port unreachable
4 A packet that needed fragmentation was dropped because it was set to Don't
Fragment (DF)
5 Source route failed
4 Source Quench
0 A gateway may discard internet datagrams if it does not have the buffer space
needed to queue the datagrams for output to the next network on the route to
the destination network.
5 Redirect
0 Redirect datagrams for the Network
1 Redirect datagrams for the Host
2 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Network
3 Redirect datagrams for the Type of Service and Host
8 Echo
0 Echo message
11 Time Exceeded
0 Time to live exceeded in transit
1 Fragment reassembly time exceeded
12 Parameter Problem
0 Pointer indicates the error
13 Timestamp
0 Timestamp request message
14 Timestamp Reply
0 Timestamp reply message
15 Information Request
0 Information request message

Table 192 ICMP Notes (continued)

TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION
16 Information Reply
0 Information reply message
Table 193 IDP Logs

The buffer size is The buffer for holding IDP information such as the signature file version
too small! was too small to hold any more information.
The format of the There was a format error in the configuration backup file that someone
user config file is attempted to load into the system.
incorrect!
The system is doing The device is updating the signature file.
signature update
now , please wait!
No data! The system could not find any IDP signatures that matched a search.
IDP %s! The device detected an intrusion event in a connection. The format of %s
is “ID” followed by the IDP ID signature number and the IDP signature
name. For example, ID:10001,Window Ping.
Can not find the The device does not have a signature file loaded.
signature , please
update the
signature!
Failed in signature The device failed to update the signature file through the Internet. %s
update - %s! describes the reason for the error. You may need to provide the error
message when contacting customer support if you are repeatedly unable
to download the signature file from the update server.
Check signature The device attempted to check for the latest available signature version.
version - %s. %s gives details. Either the check was unsuccessful due to the server
being busy or the device is already using the latest available firmware.
Signature update OK The device updated the signature file successfully. The signature file’s
- New signature version and release date are included.
version: <Signature
version> Release
Date: <Release
date>!
The turbo card is The turbo card is not installed.
not ready , please
insert the card and
reboot!
Table 194 AV Logs

HTTP Virus infected The device detected a virus in an HTTP connection. The format of %s is
- %s! “ID” Virus ID number, virus name, filename. For example,
ID:30001,CIH.Win95,/game.exe.
FTPDATA Virus The device detected a virus in a FTPDATA connection. The format of %s
infected - %s! is “ID” Virus ID number, virus name, filename. For example,

Table 194 AV Logs (continued)

SMTP Virus infected The device detected a virus in a SMTP connection. The format of %s is
POP3 Virus infected The device detected a virus in a POP3 connection. The format of %s is
HTTP Bypass - %s! The device bypassed the scanning of files in HTTP connections. %s is the
filename. For example, game.zip.
FTPDATA Bypass - %s! The device bypassed the scanning of files in FTP data connections. %s is
the filename. For example, game.zip.
SMTP Bypass - %s! The device bypassed the scanning of files in SMTP connections. %s is
POP3 Bypass - %s! The device bypassed the scanning of files in POP3 connections. %s is
Can not find the The device does not have a signature file loaded.
signature , please
update the
signature!
Failed in signature The device failed to update the signature file through the Internet. %s
update - %s! describes the reason for the error. You may need to provide the error
message when contacting customer support if you are repeatedly unable
to download the signature file from the update server.
Check signature The device attempted to check for the latest available signature version.
version - %s. %s gives details. Either the check was unsuccessful due to the server
being busy or the device is already using the latest available firmware.
Update the signature The device updated the signature file successfully.
file successfully.
The turbo card is The turbo card is not installed.
not ready , please
insert the card and
reboot!
The system is doing The device is updating signature files.
signature update now
, please wait!
The signature search The signature search engine is not ready. Check that you have properly
engine is not ready! inserted the Turbocard.
HTTP Block. The The number of zip files in HTTP connections has exceeded the maximum
session is over number that can be concurrently scanned.
maximun ZIP sessions “%s” is the name of the zip file which has exceeded the limit.
- %s!
%PACKET_DIRECTION%
FTPDATA Block. The The number of zip files in FTP data connections has exceeded the
session is over maximum number that can be concurrently scanned.
- %s!
%PACKET_DIRECTION%

Table 194 AV Logs (continued)

SMTP Block. The The number of zip files in SMTP connections has exceeded the maximum
- %s!
%PACKET_DIRECTION%
POP3 Block. The The number of zip files in POP3 connections has exceeded the maximum
- %s!
%PACKET_DIRECTION%
Zip file unsupported The zip file compression method is unsupported. The ZyWALL supports
- %s! common zip file compression methods such as stored, deflated or
%PACKET_DIRECTION% deflated64.
“%s” is the name of the zip file.
Table 195 AS Logs

Mail is in the Black An e-mail with the listed source and subject matched an anti-spam
List - Mail blacklist entry.
From:%EMAIL_ADDRESS%
Subject:%MAIL_SUBJECT%!
Mail score is higher or The spam score (listed) for the e-mail with the listed source and
equal than threshold - subject was higher than or equal to the spam score threshold.
Spam Score:%d Mail
From:%EMAIL_ADDRESS%
Query external database The anti-spam external database query timed out. The following log
timeout - [%Rating identifies the e-mail that was being checked.
Server IP Address%]
Mail From:Email address This is the source and subject of an e-mail for which the anti-spam
Subject:Mail Subject! external database query failed.
External database query An anti-spam external database query failed due to an error, such as
failed - [%Rating Http Error 404, Http connection can't be built. Please refer to
Server IP Address%] %s! "reason" field. The following log identifies the e-mail that was being
checked.
Exceed maximum mail The number of concurrent mail sessions went over the limit (%d).
sessions (%d).
Error code from anti- The device received an error code from the anti-spam external
spam server - [%Rating database server. Please refer to "reason" field. The following log
Server IP Address%] %s! identifies the e-mail that was being checked.
Unknown anti-spam query The device received a response with an unknown format from the
response - [%Rating anti-spam external database server. The following log identifies the
Server IP Address%]! e-mail that was being checked.

Table 195 AS Logs (continued)

Remove rating server The listed server IP address has been removed from the list of anti-
[%Rating Server IP spam external database servers.
Address%] from server
list!
"This is a phishing mail The spam score (listed) for the e-mail with the listed source and
- Spam Score:%d Mail subject was higher than the spam score threshold. The anti-spam
From:%EMAIL_ADDRESS% external database identified the e-mail as a phishing mail.
"
Invalid parameter for There was an internal AS system error. This type of error causes the
AsEngine! device to restart.
Mail Parser buffer is There were too many characters in a single line of an e-mail header
overflow! that the device was attempting to parse.
There is no available There was not an HTTP session available to query the external
HTTP session for database.
external database!
Mail From:Email address This is the source and subject of an e-mail for which there was not
Subject:Mail Subject! an HTTP session available for queuing the external database.
Mail Digest creating The device was not able to create a digest of an e-mail.
failed!
Mail From:Email address This is the source and subject of an e-mail for which the device was
Subject:Mail Subject! not able to create a digest.
There is no available There was not an internal timer mechanism free for the anti-spam
timer for external feature to use when sending a query to the external database.
database!
Mail From:Email address This is the source and subject of an e-mail for which there was not
Subject:Mail Subject! an internal timer mechanism available for queuing the external
database.
There is no available There was not an HTTP session available to query the external
HTTP session and timer database. There also was not an internal timer mechanism free for
for external database! the anti-spam feature to use when sending a query to the external
database.
Mail From:Email address This is the source and subject of an e-mail for which there was no
Subject:Mail Subject! HTTP session and no internal timer mechanism available for
queuing the external database.

Syslog Logs
There are two types of syslog: event logs and traffic logs. The device generates an event log
when a system event occurs, for example, when a user logs in or the device is under attack.
The device generates a traffic log when a "session" is terminated. A traffic log summarizes the
session's type, when it started and stopped the amount of traffic that was sent and received and
so on. An external log analyzer can reconstruct and analyze the traffic flowing through the
device after collecting the traffic logs.
Table 196 Syslog Logs
Event Log: <Facility*8 + This message is sent by the system ("RAS" displays as the
Severity>Mon dd hr:mm:ss system name if you haven’t configured one) when the
hostname src="<srcIP:srcPort>" router generates a syslog. The facility is defined in the web
dst="<dstIP:dstPort>" MAIN MENU, LOGS, Log Settings page. The severity is
msg="<msg>" note="<note>" the log’s syslog class. The definition of messages and
notes are defined in the other log tables. The “devID” is the
devID="<mac address>"
MAC address of the router’s LAN port. The “cat” is the
cat="<category>" same as the category in the router’s logs.
Traffic Log: <Facility*8 + This message is sent by the device when the connection
Severity>Mon dd hr:mm:ss (session) is closed. The facility is defined in the Log
hostname src="<srcIP:srcPort>" Settings screen. The severity is the traffic log type. The
dst="<dstIP:dstPort>" message and note always display "Traffic Log". The "proto"
msg="Traffic Log" field lists the service name. The "dir" field lists the incoming
and outgoing interfaces ("LAN:LAN", "LAN:WAN",
note="Traffic Log" devID="<mac
"LAN:DMZ", "LAN:DEV" for example).
address>" cat="Traffic Log"
duration=seconds
sent=sentBytes
rcvd=receiveBytes
dir="<from:to>"
protoID=IPProtocolID
proto="serviceName"
trans="IPSec/Normal"
Event Log: <Facility*8 + This message is sent by the device ("RAS" displays as the
Severity>Mon dd hr:mm:ss system name if you haven’t configured one) at the time
hostname src="<srcIP:srcPort>" when this syslog is generated. The facility is defined in the
dst="<dstIP:dstPort>" web MAIN MENU, LOGS, Log Settings page. The
ob="<0|1>" ob_mac="<mac severity is the log’s syslog class. The definition of
messages and notes are defined in the other log tables. OB
address>" msg="<msg>"
is the Out Break flag and the mac address of the Out Break
note="<note>" devID="<mac PC.
address>" cat="<category>"
ob="0|1" ob_mac="<mac severity is the log’s syslog class. The "encode" message
address>" msg="<msg>" indicates the mail attachments encoding method. The
note="<note>" devID="<mac definition of messages and notes are defined in the Anti-
address>" cat="Anti Virus" Virus log descriptions.
encode="< uu | b64 >"

Table 196 Syslog Logs (continued)

ob="<0|1>" ob_mac="<mac severity is the log’s syslog class. The definition of
address>" msg="<msg>" messages and notes are defined in the IDP log
note="<note>" devID="<mac descriptions.
address>" cat="IDP"
class="<idp class>" sid="<idp
sid> act="<idp action>"
count="1"
ob="<0|1>" ob_mac="<mac severity is the log’s syslog class. 1stReIP is the IP address
of the first mail relay server. The definition of messages
address>" msg="<msg>"
and notes are defined in the Anti-Spam log descriptions.
note="<note>" devID="<mac
address>" cat="Anti Spam"
1stReIP="<IP>"
The following table shows RFC-2408 ISAKMP payload types that the log displays. Please
refer to the RFC for detailed information on each type.
Table 197 RFC-2408 ISAKMP Payload Types
LOG DISPLAY PAYLOAD TYPE
SA Security Association
PROP Proposal
TRANS Transform
KE Key Exchange
ID Identification
CER Certificate
CER_REQ Certificate Request
HASH Hash
SIG Signature
NONCE Nonce
NOTFY Notification
DEL Delete
VID Vendor ID

CHAPTER 33
Maintenance Screens
33.1 Overview
This chapter displays information on the maintenance screens. The maintenance screens can
help you view system information, upload new firmware, manage configuration and restart
your ZyWALL.
33.1.1 What You Can Do in the Maintenance Screens

• Use the General Setup screen (Section 33.2 on page 585) to configure administrative and
system-related information.
• Use the Password screen (Section 33.3 on page 586) to change the ZyWALL’s
management password.
• Use the Time and Date screen (Section 33.4 on page 587) to configure the ZyWALL’s
time based on your local time zone.
• Use the Device Mode screen (Section 33.5 on page 591) to configure the ZyWALL as a
router or a bridge.
• Use the F/W Upload screen (Section 33.8 on page 595) to upgrade the ZyWALL’s
firmware.
• Use the Backup and Restore screen (Section 33.9 on page 597) to backup and restore the
ZyWALL configuration file and to reset the device to factory settings.
• Use the Restart screen (Section 33.10 on page 599) to reboot the ZyWALL device.
• Use the Diagnostics screen (Section 33.11 on page 599) to have the ZyWALL generate
and send diagnostic files by e-mail and/or the console port.
33.2 The General Setup Screen

General Setup contains administrative and system-related information. System Name is for
identification purposes. However, because some ISPs check this name you should enter your
computer's "Computer Name".
• In Windows 95/98 click Start, Settings, Control Panel, Network. Click the
Identification tab, note the entry for the Computer Name field and enter it as the System
Name.
• In Windows 2000, click Start, Settings, Control Panel and then double-click System.
Click the Network Identification tab and then the Properties button. Note the entry for
the Computer name field and enter it as the System Name.

Chapter 33 Maintenance Screens
• In Windows XP, click Start, My Computer, View system information and then click
the Computer Name tab. Note the entry in the Full computer name field and enter it as
the ZyWALL System Name.
Click MAINTENANCE to open the General screen. Use this screen to configure
administrative and system-related information.
Figure 340 MAINTENANCE > General Setup

Table 198 MAINTENANCE > General Setup
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General Setup
System Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes. It is recommended you enter
your computer’s “Computer name” in this field. This name can be up to 30
alphanumeric characters long. Spaces are not allowed, but dashes “-” and
underscores "_" are accepted.
Domain Name The Domain Name entry is what is propagated to the DHCP clients on the LAN. If
you leave this blank, the domain name obtained by DHCP from the ISP is used.
While you must enter the host name (System Name), the domain name can be
assigned from the ZyWALL via DHCP.
Enter the domain name (if you know it) here. If you leave this field blank, the ISP
may assign a domain name via DHCP.
The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain
name.
Administrator Type how many minutes a management session (either via the web configurator or
Inactivity Timer SMT) can be left idle before the session times out. The default is 5 minutes. After it
times out you have to log in with your password again. Very long idle timeouts may
have security risks. A value of "0" means a management session never times out,
no matter how long it has been left idle (not recommended).
33.3 The Password Screen

Click MAINTENANCE > Password to open the following screen. Use this screen to change
the ZyWALL’s management password.

Figure 341 MAINTENANCE > Password

Table 199 MAINTENANCE > Password
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Old Password Type the default password or the existing password you use to access the system
in this field. If you forget the password, you may have to use the hardware RESET
button. This restores the default password of 1234.
New Password Type your new system password (up to 30 characters). Note that as you type a
password, the screen displays a (*) for each character you type.
Retype to Confirm Type the new password again for confirmation.
33.4 The Time and Date Screen

The ZyWALL’s Real Time Chip (RTC) keeps track of the time and date. There is also a
software mechanism to set the time manually or get the current time and date from an external
server when you turn on your ZyWALL.
Pre-defined NTP Time Server Pools

When you turn on the ZyWALL for the first time, the date and time start at 2000-01-01
00:00:00. The ZyWALL then attempts to synchronize with an NTP time server from one of
the 0.pool.ntp.org, 1.pool.ntp.org or 2.pool.ntp.org NTP time server pools. These are virtual
clusters of time servers that use a round robin method to provide different NTP servers to
clients.
The ZyWALL continues to use the NTP time server pools if you do not specify a time server
or it cannot synchronize with the time server you specified.
" The ZyWALL can use the NTP time server pools regardless of the time
protocol you select.

When the ZyWALL uses the NTP time server pools, it randomly selects one pool and tries to
synchronize with a server in it. If the synchronization fails, then the ZyWALL goes through
the rest of the list in order from the first one tried until either it is successful or all the pre-
defined NTP time server pools have been tried.
Resetting the Time

The ZyWALL resets the time in the following instances:
• When you click Synchronize Now.
• On saving your changes.
• When the ZyWALL starts up.
• 24-hour intervals after starting.
To change your ZyWALL’s time and date, click MAINTENANCE > Time and Date. The
screen appears as shown. Use this screen to configure the ZyWALL’s time based on your local
time zone.
Figure 342 MAINTENANCE > Time and Date

Table 200 MAINTENANCE > Time and Date
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Current Time and
Date
Current Time This field displays the ZyWALL’s present time.
Current Date This field displays the ZyWALL’s present date.
Time and Date
Setup

Table 200 MAINTENANCE > Time and Date (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Manual Select this radio button to enter the time and date manually. If you configure a
new time and date, Time Zone and Daylight Saving at the same time, the new
time and date you entered has priority and the Time Zone and Daylight Saving
settings do not affect it.
New Time This field displays the last updated time from the time server or the last time
(hh:mm:ss) configured manually.
When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual, enter the new time in this field
and then click Apply.
New Date This field displays the last updated date from the time server or the last date
(yyyy-mm-dd) configured manually.
When you set Time and Date Setup to Manual, enter the new date in this field
and then click Apply.
Get from Time Select this radio button to have the ZyWALL get the time and date from the time
Server server you specified below.
Time Protocol Select the time service protocol that your time server uses. Not all time servers
support all protocols, so you may have to check with your ISP/network
administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works.
The main difference between them is the format.
Daytime (RFC 867) format is day/month/year/time zone of the server.
Time (RFC 868) format displays a 4-byte integer giving the total number of
seconds since 1970/1/1 at 0:0:0.
The default, NTP (RFC 1305), is similar to Time (RFC 868).
Time Server Enter the IP address or URL of your time server. Check with your ISP/network
Address administrator if you are unsure of this information.
Synchronize Now Click this button to have the ZyWALL get the time and date from a time server
(see the Time Server Address field). This also saves your changes (including
the time server address).
Time Zone Setup
Time Zone Choose the time zone of your location. This will set the time difference between
your time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Enable Daylight Daylight saving is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries set
Saving their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daytime light in
the evening.
Select this option if you use Daylight Saving Time.
Start Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected
Enable Daylight Saving. The o'clock field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a
couple of examples:
Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second
Sunday of March. Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight
Saving Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United States you would select
Second, Sunday, March and 2:00.
Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March.
All of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at
the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would
select Last, Sunday, March. The time you type in the o'clock field depends on
your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because Germany's
time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).

Table 200 MAINTENANCE > Time and Date (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
End Date Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected
Enable Daylight Saving. The o'clock field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a
couple of examples:
Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November.
Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M.
local time. So in the United States you would select First, Sunday, November
and 2:00.
Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of
October. All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving
Time at the same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you
would select Last, Sunday, October. The time you type in the o'clock field
depends on your time zone. In Germany for instance, you would type 2 because
Germany's time zone is one hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
33.4.1 Time Server Synchronization Example

Click the Synchronize Now button to get the time and date from the predefined time server or
the time server you specified in the Time Server Address field.
When the System Time and Date Synchronization in Process screen appears, wait up to one
minute.
Figure 343 Synchronization in Process
Click the Return button to go back to the Time and Date screen after the time and date is
updated successfully.
Figure 344 Synchronization is Successful
If the update was not successful, the following screen appears. Click Return to go back to the
Time and Date screen.

Figure 345 Synchronization Fail
33.5 The Device Mode Screen

Use this screen to configure your ZyWALL as a router or a bridge. In router mode, the
ZyWALL functions as a router. In bridge mode, the ZyWALL functions as a transparent
firewall (also known as a bridge firewall).
Introduction To Transparent Bridging

A transparent bridge is invisible to the operation of a network in that it does not modify the
frames it forwards. The bridge checks the source address of incoming frames on the port and
learns MAC addresses to associate with that port. All future communications to that MAC
address will only be sent on that port.
The bridge gradually builds a host MAC-address-to-port mapping table such as in the
following example, during the learning process.
Table 201 MAC-address-to-port Mapping Table
HOST MAC PORT
ADDRESS
00a0c5123456 3
00a0c5123478 (host A) 1
00a0c512349a 3
00a0c51234bc 2
00a0c51234de 4
For example, if a bridge receives a frame via port 1 from host A (MAC address
00a0c5123478), the bridge associates host A with port 1. When the bridge receives another
frame on one of its ports with destination address 00a0c5123478, it forwards the frame
directly through port 1 after checking the internal table.
The bridge takes one of these actions after it checks the destination address of an incoming
frame with its internal table:
• If the table contains an association between the destination address and any of the bridge's
ports aside from the one on which the frame was received, the frame is forwarded out the
associated port.

• If no association is found, the frame is flooded to all ports except the inbound port.
Broadcasts and multicasts also are flooded in this way.
• If the associated port is the same as the incoming port, then the frame is dropped (filtered).
Transparent Firewalls
A transparent firewall (also known as a transparent, in-line, shadow, stealth or bridging
firewall) has the following advantages over “router firewalls”:
1 The use of a bridging firewall reduces configuration and deployment time because no
networking configuration changes to your existing network (hosts, neighboring routers
and the firewall itself) are needed. Just put it in-line with the network it is protecting. As
it only moves frames between ports (after inspecting them), it is completely transparent.
2 Performance is improved as there's less processing overhead.
3 As a transparent bridge does not modify the frames it forwards, it is effectively “stealth”
as it is invisible to attackers.
Bridging devices are most useful in complex environments that require a rapid or new firewall
deployment. A transparent, bridging firewall can also be good for companies with several
branch offices since the setups at these offices are often the same and it's likely that one design
can be used for many of the networks. A bridging firewall could be configured at HQ, sent to
the branches and then installed directly without additional configuration.
33.6 Configuring the Device Mode Screen (Router)

Click MAINTENANCE > Device Mode to open the following screen.
In router mode, the ZyWALL functions as a router. The ZyWALL routes traffic traveling
between the ZyWALL's interfaces and filters and inspects packets.
In router mode, the ZyWALL can provide multiple WAN with load balancing (including 3G
on the ZyWALL 5). It can also get an IP address from a DHCP server. It can also serve as a
DHCP server to assign IP addresses to your local computers. The LAN, WAN, DMZ and
WLAN interfaces all have different IP addresses. The ZyWALL also provides NAT, port
forwarding, policy routing, and DNS in router mode. These features allow you to set up
private network. See Table 6 on page 74 for a detailed list of other features available in router
mode.
The following screen displays when the ZyWALL is in router mode.

Figure 346 MAINTENANCE > Device Mode (Router Mode)

Table 202 MAINTENANCE > Device Mode (Router Mode)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Current Device
Mode
Device Mode This displays whether the ZyWALL is functioning as a router or a bridge.
Device Mode Setup
Router When the ZyWALL is in router mode, there is no need to select or clear this radio
button.
IP Address Click LAN, WAN, DMZ or WLAN to go to the LAN, WAN, DMZ or WLAN screen
where you can view and/or change the corresponding settings.
Bridge Select this radio button and configure the following fields, then click Apply to set
the ZyWALL to bridge mode.
IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask of the ZyWALL.
Gateway IP Enter the gateway IP address.
Address
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyWALL. After you click Apply,
please wait for one minute and use the IP address you configured in the IP
Address field to access the ZyWALL again.
33.7 Configuring the Device Mode Screen (Bridge)

Click MAINTENANCE > Device Mode to open the following screen. Use this screen to
configure your ZyWALL as a router or a bridge.
In bridge mode, the ZyWALL functions as a transparent firewall (also known as a bridge
firewall). The ZyWALL bridges traffic traveling between the ZyWALL's interfaces and still
filters and inspects packets. You do not need to change the configuration of your existing
network.

In bridge mode, the ZyWALL cannot get an IP address from a DHCP server. The LAN, WAN,
DMZ and WLAN interfaces all have the same (static) IP address and subnet mask. You can
configure the ZyWALL's IP address in order to access the ZyWALL for management. If you
connect your computer directly to the ZyWALL, you also need to assign your computer a
static IP address in the same subnet as the ZyWALL's IP address in order to access the
ZyWALL.
You can use the firewall and VPN in bridge mode. See Table 6 on page 74the user’s guide for
a detailed list of other features available in bridge mode.
Figure 347 MAINTENANCE > Device Mode (Bridge Mode)

Table 203 MAINTENANCE > Device Mode (Bridge Mode)
LABEL DESCRIPTION
Current Device
Mode
Device Mode This displays whether the ZyWALL is functioning as a router or a bridge.
Device Mode Setup
Router Select this radio button and click Apply to set the ZyWALL to router mode.
LAN Interface IP Enter the IP address of your ZyWALL’ s LAN port in dotted decimal notation.
Address 192.168.1.1 is the factory default.
LAN Interface Enter the IP subnet mask of the ZyWALL’s LAN port.
Subnet Mask
individual clients (computers) to obtain TCP/IP configuration at startup from a
server. Unless you are instructed by your ISP, leave the DHCP check box
selected. Clear it to stop the ZyWALL from acting as a DHCP server. When
configured as a server, the ZyWALL provides TCP/IP configuration for the
clients. If not, DHCP service is disabled and you must have another DHCP
server on your LAN, or else the computers must be manually configured. When
set as a server, fill in the rest of the DHCP setup fields.
Address

Table 203 MAINTENANCE > Device Mode (Bridge Mode) (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Bridge When the ZyWALL is in bridge mode, there is no need to select or clear this
radio button.
IP Address Click Bridge to go to the Bridge screen where you can view and/or change the
bridge settings.
Apply Click Apply to save your changes back to the ZyWALL. After you click Apply,
please wait for one minute and use the IP address you configured in the LAN
Interface IP Address field to access the ZyWALL again.
33.8 The F/W Upload Screen

Find firmware at www.zyxel.com in a file that (usually) uses the system model name with a
.bin extension, for example, “zywall.bin”. The upload process uses HTTP (Hypertext Transfer
Protocol) and may take up to two minutes. After a successful upload, the system will reboot.
See Section 49.5 on page 733 for upgrading firmware using FTP/TFTP commands.
Click MAINTENANCE > F/W UPLOAD. Follow the instructions in this screen to upload
firmware to your ZyWALL.
1 Only upload firmware for your specific model!
Figure 348 MAINTENANCE > Firmware Upload

Table 204 MAINTENANCE > Firmware Upload
LABEL DESCRIPTION
File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse ... to find it.
Browse... Click Browse... to find the .bin file you want to upload. Remember that you must
decompress compressed (.zip) files before you can upload them.
Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process. This process may take up to two minutes.

1 Do not turn off the ZyWALL while firmware upload is in progress!
After you see the Firmware Upload in Process screen, wait two minutes before logging into
the ZyWALL again.
Figure 349 Firmware Upload In Process
The ZyWALL automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect. In
some operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.
Figure 350 Network Temporarily Disconnected
After two minutes, log in again and check your new firmware version in the HOME screen.
If the upload was not successful, the following screen will appear. Click Return to go back to
the F/W Upload screen.
Figure 351 Firmware Upload Error


See Section 49.5 on page 733 for transferring configuration files using FTP/TFTP commands.
Click MAINTENANCE > Backup & Restore. Information related to factory defaults,
backup configuration, and restoring configuration appears as shown next.
Figure 352 MAINTENANCE > Backup and Restore
Backup Configuration
Backup configuration allows you to back up (save) the ZyWALL’s current configuration to a
file on your computer. Once your ZyWALL is configured and functioning properly, it is
highly recommended that you back up your configuration file before making configuration
changes. The backup configuration file will be useful in case you need to return to your
previous settings.
Click Backup to save the ZyWALL’s current configuration to your computer.
Restore Configuration
Load a configuration file from your computer to your ZyWALL.
Table 205 Restore Configuration
LABEL DESCRIPTION
File Path Type in the location of the file you want to upload in this field or click Browse ... to find it.
Browse... Click Browse... to find the file you want to upload. Remember that you must
decompress compressed (.ZIP) files before you can upload them.
Upload Click Upload to begin the upload process.
1 Do not turn off the ZyWALL while configuration file upload is in progress.

After you see a “restore configuration successful” screen, you must then wait one minute
before logging into the ZyWALL again.
Figure 353 Configuration Upload Successful
The ZyWALL automatically restarts in this time causing a temporary network disconnect. In
some operating systems, you may see the following icon on your desktop.
Figure 354 Network Temporarily Disconnected
If you uploaded the default configuration file you may need to change the IP address of your
computer to be in the same subnet as that of the default device IP address (192.168.1.1). See
your Quick Start Guide for details on how to set up your computer’s IP address.
If the upload was not successful, the following screen will appear. Click Return to go back to
the Configuration screen.
Figure 355 Configuration Upload Error
Back to Factory Defaults

Click the Reset button to clear all user-entered configuration information and return the
ZyWALL to its factory defaults as shown on the screen. The following warning screen
appears.

Figure 356 Reset Warning Message
You can also press the hardware RESET button to reset the factory defaults of your
ZyWALL. Refer to Section 3.3 on page 63 for more information on the RESET button.
33.10 The Restart Screen

System restart allows you to reboot the ZyWALL without turning the power off.
Click MAINTENANCE > Restart. Click Restart to have the ZyWALL reboot. Restart is
different to reset; (see Section on page 598) reset returns the device to its default
configuration.
Figure 357 MAINTENANCE > Restart
33.11 The Diagnostics Screen

Use the Diagnostics screen to have the ZyWALL generate and send diagnostic files by e-mail
and/or the console port. The diagnostics files contain the ZyWALL’s configuration and
diagnostic information. You may need to generate this file and send it to customer support
during troubleshooting.
Click MAINTENANCE > Diagnostics to open the following screen.
" The ZyWALL sends only one diagnostic e-mail within five minutes (unless you
click Perform Diagnostics Now).

Figure 358 MAINTENANCE > Diagnostics

Table 206 MAINTENANCE > Diagnostics
LABEL DESCRIPTION
General Setup
Enable Diagnostics Select this option to turn on the diagnostics feature.
Perform Diagnostics Set the ZyWALL to generate and send a diagnostic e-mail every time the
when CPU utilization CPU usage goes over the specified percent for more than 60 seconds. Enter
exceeds 0 to have the ZyWALL not generate and send diagnostic files based on CPU
usage going over a specific level.
Display on Console Select this option to have the ZyWALL send diagnostic information through
the console port. To receive the information through the console port, you
still need to configure the mail settings and open a terminal emulation
program on the computer connected to the console port.
To handle the size of the diagnostic file, change your console port speed to
115200 bps (on both the ZyWALL and your terminal emulation program) and
enlarge the console text buffer.
E-mail Settings
Mail Server Enter the server name or the IP address of the mail server for the e-mail
address specified in the Mail Sender field. If this field is left blank, diagnostic
files will not be sent via e-mail.
Mail Subject Type a title that you want to be in the subject line of the diagnostic e-mail
message that the ZyWALL sends.
Mail Sender Enter the e-mail address that you want to be in the from/sender line of the
diagnostic e-mail message that the ZyWALL sends. If you activate SMTP
authentication, the e-mail address must be able to be authenticated by the
mail server as well.

Table 206 MAINTENANCE > Diagnostics (continued)

LABEL DESCRIPTION
Send Report to Diagnostic files are sent to the e-mail address specified in this field. If this
field is left blank, diagnostic files will not be sent via e-mail.
SMTP Authentication SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) is the message-exchange standard
for the Internet. SMTP enables you to move messages from one e-mail
server to another.
Select the check box to activate SMTP authentication. If mail server
authentication is needed but this feature is disabled, you will not receive the
diagnostic files.
User Name Enter the user name (up to 63 characters) (usually the user name of a mail
account you specified in the Mail Sender field).
Perform Diagnostics Click this button to generate and send a diagnostic e-mail immediately,
Now instead of based on a time period or CPU usage level.
Schedule
Periodic Diagnostics Use these fields to set the ZyWALL to generate and send diagnostic e-mails
at regular intervals.
Even if you enable both CPU utilization-based and periodic diagnostics, the
ZyWALL only sends one diagnostic e-mail within five minutes (unless you
click Perform Diagnostics Now).
Diagnostics Frequency Set how often the ZyWALL generates and sends diagnostic files.
Hourly
Daily
Weekly
None.
If you select Daily or Weekly, specify a time of day for the ZyWALL to
generate and send diagnostic e-mails. If you select Weekly, then also
specify which day of the week. Select None to have the ZyWALL not
generate and send diagnostic e-mails based on a time period.
Day for Diagnostics Use the drop down list box to select which day of the week to generate and
send diagnostic files.
Time for Diagnostics Enter the time of day in 24-hour format (for example 23:00 equals 11:00 pm)
to generate and send diagnostic files.


P ART VI
SMT
Introducing the SMT (605)
SMT Menu 1 - General Setup (613)
WAN and Dial Backup Setup (619)
LAN Setup (633)
Internet Access (639)
DMZ Setup (645)
Route Setup (649)
Wireless Setup (653)
Remote Node Setup (659)
IP Static Route Setup (669)
Network Address Translation (NAT) (673)
Introducing the ZyWALL Firewall (693)
Filter Configuration (695)
SNMP Configuration (711)
System Information & Diagnosis (713)
Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance (725)
System Maintenance Menus 8 to 10 (739)
Remote Management (745)
IP Policy Routing (749)
Call Scheduling (757)
603
604
CHAPTER 34
Introducing the SMT
This chapter explains how to access the System Management Terminal and gives an overview
of its menus.
34.1 Introduction to the SMT

The ZyWALL’s SMT (System Management Terminal) is a menu-driven interface that you can
access from a terminal emulator through the console port or over a telnet connection. This
chapter shows you how to access the SMT (System Management Terminal) menus via console
port, how to navigate the SMT and how to configure SMT menus.
34.2 Accessing the SMT via the Console Port

Make sure you have the physical connection properly set up as described in the Quick Start
Guide.
When configuring using the console port, you need a computer equipped with
communications software configured to the following parameters:
• VT100 terminal emulation.
• 9600 Baud.
• No parity, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, flow control set to none.
34.2.1 Initial Screen

When you turn on your ZyWALL, it performs several internal tests as well as line
initialization.
After the tests, the ZyWALL asks you to press [ENTER] to continue, as shown next.

Chapter 34 Introducing the SMT
Figure 359 Initial Screen
Copyright (c) 1994 - 2007 ZyXEL Communications Corp.
initialize ch =0, ethernet address: 00:A0:C5:01:23:45

initialize ch =4, ethernet address: 00:00:00:00:00:00
AUX port init . done
Modem init . inactive
Press ENTER to continue...
34.2.2 Entering the Password

The login screen appears after you press [ENTER], prompting you to enter the password, as
shown below.
For your first login, enter the default password “1234”. As you type the password, the screen
displays an “X” for each character you type.
Please note that if there is no activity for longer than five minutes after you log in, your
ZyWALL will automatically log you out and display a blank screen. If you see a blank screen,
press [ENTER] to bring up the login screen again.
Figure 360 Password Screen
Enter Password : XXXX
34.3 Navigating the SMT Interface

The SMT is an interface that you use to configure your ZyWALL.
Several operations that you should be familiar with before you attempt to modify the
configuration are listed in the table below.
Table 207 Main Menu Commands
OPERATION KEYSTROKES DESCRIPTION
Move down [ENTER] To move forward to a submenu, type in the number of the desired
to another submenu and press [ENTER].
menu
Move up to a [ESC] Press the [ESC] key to move back to the previous menu.
previous
menu
Move to a Press [SPACE Fields beginning with “Edit” lead to hidden menus and have a
“hidden” BAR] to change default setting of No. Press [SPACE BAR] to change No to Yes,
menu No to Yes then and then press [ENTER] to go to a “hidden” menu.
press [ENTER].

Table 207 Main Menu Commands

OPERATION KEYSTROKES DESCRIPTION
Move the [ENTER] or [UP]/ Within a menu, press [ENTER] to move to the next field. You can
cursor [DOWN] arrow also use the [UP]/[DOWN] arrow keys to move to the previous and
keys the next field, respectively.
When you are at the top of a menu, press the [UP] arrow key to
move to the bottom of a menu.
Entering Fill in, or press You need to fill in two types of fields. The first requires you to type
information [SPACE BAR], in the appropriate information. The second allows you to cycle
then press through the available choices by pressing [SPACE BAR].
[ENTER] to select
from choices.
Required <? > All fields with the symbol <?> must be filled in order be able to
fields save the new configuration.
N/A fields <N/A> Some of the fields in the SMT will show a <N/A>. This symbol
refers to an option that is Not Applicable.
Save your [ENTER] Save your configuration by pressing [ENTER] at the message
configuration “Press ENTER to confirm or ESC to cancel”. Saving the data on
the screen will take you, in most cases to the previous menu.
Make sure you save your settings in each screen that you
configure.
Exit the SMT Type 99, then Type 99 at the main menu prompt and press [ENTER] to exit the
press [ENTER]. SMT interface.
34.3.1 Main Menu

After you enter the password, the SMT displays the ZyWALL Main Menu, as shown next.
This guide uses the ZyWALL 70 menus as an example. The menus may vary slightly for
different ZyWALL models. Not all fields or menus are available on all models.
Figure 361 Main Menu (Router Mode)
ZyWALL 70 Main Menu
Getting Started Advanced Management

1. General Setup 21. Filter and Firewall Setup
2. WAN Setup 22. SNMP Configuration
3. LAN Setup 23. System Password
4. Internet Access Setup 24. System Maintenance
5. DMZ Setup 25. IP Routing Policy Setup
6. Route Setup 26. Schedule Setup
7. Wireless Setup
Advanced Applications
11. Remote Node Setup
12. Static Routing Setup
15. NAT Setup
99. Exit
Enter Menu Selection Number:

Figure 362 Main Menu (Bridge Mode)
ZyWALL 70 Main Menu
Getting Started Advanced Management

1. General Setup 21. Filter and Firewall Setup
22. SNMP Configuration
23. System Password
24. System Maintenance
7. Wireless Setup
99. Exit
The following table describes the fields in this menu.

Table 208 Main Menu Summary
NO MENU TITLE FUNCTION
.
1 General Setup Use this menu to set up device mode, dynamic DNS and
administrative information.
2 WAN Setup Use this menu to clone a MAC address from a computer on your LAN
and configure the backup WAN dial-up connection.
3 LAN Setup Use this menu to apply LAN filters, configure LAN DHCP and TCP/IP
settings.
4 Internet Access Setup Configure your Internet access setup (Internet address, gateway, login,
etc.) with this menu.
5 DMZ Setup Use this menu to apply DMZ filters, and configure DHCP and TCP/IP
settings for the DMZ port.
6 Route Setup Use this menu to configure your WAN route assessment, traffic
redirect properties and failover parameters.
7 Wireless Setup Use this menu to configure wireless security, WLAN DHCP and TCP/
IP settings for the wireless LAN interface.
11 Remote Node Setup Use this menu to configure detailed remote node settings (your ISP is
also a remote node) as well as apply WAN filters.
12 Static Routing Setup Configure IP static routes in this menu.
15 NAT Setup Use this menu to configure Network Address Translation.
21 Filter and Firewall Configure filters and activate/deactivate the firewall.
Setup
22 SNMP Configuration Use this menu to configure SNMP-related parameters.
23 System Password Change your password in this menu (recommended).
24 System Maintenance From displaying system status to uploading firmware, this menu
provides comprehensive system maintenance.
25 IP Routing Policy Setup Configure and display policies for use in IP policy routing.

Table 208 Main Menu Summary

NO MENU TITLE FUNCTION
.
26 Schedule Setup Use this menu to schedule outgoing calls.
99 Exit Use this menu to exit (necessary for remote configuration).
34.3.2 SMT Menus Overview

The following table gives you an overview of your ZyWALL’s various SMT menus.
Table 209 SMT Menus Overview
MENUS SUB MENUS

1 General Setup 1.1 Configure Dynamic DNS 1.1.1 DDNS Host Summary 1.1.1 DDNS Edit Host
2 WAN Setup 2.1 Advanced WAN Setup
3 LAN Setup 3.1 LAN Port Filter Setup
3.2 TCP/IP and DHCP 3.2.1 IP Alias Setup
Ethernet Setup
4 Internet Access Setup
5 DMZ Setup 5.1 DMZ Port Filter Setup
Ethernet Setup
6 Route Setup 6.1 Route Assessment
6.2 Traffic Redirect
6.3 Route Failover
7 Wireless Setup 7.1 Wireless Setup 7.1.1 WLAN MAC Address
Filter
Ethernet Setup
11 Remote Node Setup 11.1 Remote Node Profile 11.1.2 Remote Node Network
Layer Options
11.1.4 Remote Node Filter
11.2 Remote Node Profile 11.2.2 Remote Node Network
Layer Options
11.2.3 Remote Node Script
11.3 Remote Node Profile 11.3.2 Remote Node Network
(Backup ISP) Layer Options
11.3.3 Remote Node Script
12 Static Routing Setup 12.1 Edit Static Route Setup
15 NAT Setup 15.1 Address Mapping Sets 15.1.x Address Mapping 15.1.x.x Address
Rules Mapping Rule
15.2 NAT Server Sets 15.2.x NAT Server Setup 15.2.x.x - NAT Server
Configuration
15.3 Trigger Ports 15.3.x Trigger Port Setup

Table 209 SMT Menus Overview (continued)
MENUS SUB MENUS

21 Filter and Firewall 21.1 Filter Set Configuration 21.1.x Filter Rules Summary 21.1.x.x Generic Filter
Setup Rule
21.1.x.x TCP/IP Filter
Rule
21.2 Firewall Setup
22 SNMP Configuration
23 System Password
24 System Maintenance 24.1 System Status
24.2 System Information and 24.2.1 System Information
Console Port Speed
24.2.2 Console Port Speed
24.3 Log and Trace 24.3.1 View Error Log
24.3.2 Syslog Logging
24.3.4 Call-Triggering Packet
24.4 Diagnostic
24.5 Backup Configuration
24.6 Restore Configuration
24.7 Upload Firmware 24.7.1 Upload System
Firmware
24.7.2 Upload System
Configuration File
24.8 Command Interpreter
Mode
24.9 Call Control 24.9.1 Budget Management
24.9.2 Call History
24.10 Time and Date Setting
24.11 Remote Management
Setup
25 IP Routing Policy 25.1 IP Routing Policy Setup 25.1.1 IP Routing Policy
Summary Setup
26 Schedule Setup 26.1 Schedule Set Setup
34.4 Changing the System Password

Change the system password by following the steps shown next.
1 Enter 23 in the main menu to open Menu 23 - System Password as shown next.

Figure 363 Menu 23: System Password
Menu 23 - System Password
Old Password= ?
New Password= ?
Retype to confirm= ?
Enter here to CONFIRM or ESC to CANCEL:
2 Type your existing password and press [ENTER].

3 Type your new system password and press [ENTER].
4 Re-type your new system password for confirmation and press [ENTER].
Note that as you type a password, the screen displays an “x” for each character you type.
34.5 Resetting the ZyWALL

See Section 3.3 on page 63 for directions on resetting the ZyWALL.


CHAPTER 35
SMT Menu 1 - General Setup
Menu 1 - General Setup contains administrative and system-related information.
35.1 Introduction to General Setup

Menu 1 - General Setup contains administrative and system-related information.
35.2 Configuring General Setup

1 Enter 1 in the main menu to open Menu 1 - General Setup.
2 The Menu 1 - General Setup screen appears, as shown next. Fill in the required fields.
Figure 364 Menu 1: General Setup (Router Mode)
Menu 1 - General Setup
System Name=
Domain Name=
Device Mode= Router Mode
Edit Dynamic DNS= No
Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel:

Table 210 Menu 1: General Setup (Router Mode)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
System Name Choose a descriptive name for identification purposes. It is recommended you enter
your computer’s “Computer name” in this field. This name can be up to 30
alphanumeric characters long. Spaces are not allowed, but dashes “-” and
underscores "_" are accepted.
Domain Name Enter the domain name (if you know it) here. If you leave this field blank, the ISP
may assign a domain name via DHCP. You can go to menu 24.8 and type "sys
domain name" to see the current domain name used by your router.
The domain name entered by you is given priority over the ISP assigned domain
name. If you want to clear this field just press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER].

Chapter 35 SMT Menu 1 - General Setup
Table 210 Menu 1: General Setup (Router Mode) (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Device Mode Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Router Mode.
Edit Dynamic Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes or No (default). Select Yes to
DNS configure Menu 1.1: Configure Dynamic DNS discussed next.
When you have completed this menu, press [ENTER] at the prompt “Press ENTER to Confirm…” to
save your configuration, or press [ESC] at any time to cancel.
Figure 365 Menu 1: General Setup (Bridge Mode)
Menu 1 - General Setup
System Name=
Domain Name=
Device Mode= Bridge Mode
IP Address= 192.168.1.1
Network Mask= 255.255.255.0
Gateway= 0.0.0.0
First System DNS Server
IP Address= 0.0.0.0
Second System DNS Server
IP Address= 0.0.0.0
Third System DNS Server
IP Address= 0.0.0.0
The following table describes the fields not previously discussed (see Table 210 on page 613).
Table 211 Menu 1: General Setup (Bridge Mode)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Device Mode Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Bridge Mode.
Network Mask Enter the subnet mask of your ZyWALL.
Gateway Enter the gateway IP address.
First System Enter the DNS server's IP address(es) in the IP Address field(s) if you have the IP
DNS Server address(es) of the DNS server(s).
Second System
DNS Server
Third System
DNS Server

35.2.1 Configuring Dynamic DNS

To configure Dynamic DNS, set the ZyWALL to router mode in menu 1 or in the
MAINTENANCE Device Mode screen and go to Menu 1 - General Setup and press
[SPACE BAR] to select Yes in the Edit Dynamic DNS field. Press [ENTER] to display
Menu 1.1 - Configure Dynamic DNS (shown next).
Figure 366 Menu 1.1: Configure Dynamic DNS
Menu 1.1 - Configure Dynamic DNS
Service Provider= WWW.DynDNS.COM

Active= No
Username=
Password= ********
Edit Host= No
Follow the instructions in the next table to configure Dynamic DNS parameters.
Table 212 Menu 1.1: Configure Dynamic DNS
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Service This is the name of your Dynamic DNS service provider.
Provider
Active Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and then press [ENTER] to make dynamic DNS
active.
Username Enter your user name.
Password Enter the password assigned to you.
Edit Host Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes if you want to configure a
DDNS host.
35.2.1.1 Editing DDNS Host

To configure a DDNS host, follow the procedure below.
1 Configure your ZyWALL as a router in menu 1 or the MAINTENANCE Device Mode
screen.
2 Enter 1 in the main menu to open Menu 1 - General Setup.
3 Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes in the Edit Dynamic DNS field. Press [ENTER] to
display Menu 1.1 - Configure Dynamic DNS.
4 Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes in the Edit Host field. Press
[ENTER] to display Menu 1.1.1 - DDNS Host Summary.

Figure 367 Menu 1.1.1: DDNS Host Summary
Menu 1.1.1 DDNS Host Summary
# Summary
--- - -------------------------------------------------------
01 Hostname=ZyWALL,
Type=Dynamic,WC=Yes,Offline=No,Policy=DDNS Server
Detect, WAN1, HA=Yes
02 _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
03 _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
04 _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
05 _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
Select Command= None Select Rule= N/A


Table 213 Menu 1.1.1: DDNS Host Summary
FIELD DESCRIPTION
# This is the DDNS host index number.
Summary This displays the details about the DDNS host.
Select Command Press [SPACE BAR] to choose from None, Edit, Delete, Next Page or Previous
Page and then press [ENTER]. You must select a DDNS host in the next field
when you choose the Edit or Delete commands.
Select None and then press [ENTER] to go to the "Press ENTER to Confirm…"
prompt.
Use Edit to create or edit a rule. Use Delete to remove a rule. To edit or delete a
DDNS host, first make sure you are on the correct page. When a rule is deleted,
subsequent rules do not move up in the page list.
Select Next Page or Previous Page to view the next or previous page of DDNS
hosts (respectively).
Select Rule Type the DDNS host index number you wish to edit or delete and then press
[ENTER].
When you have completed this menu, press [ENTER] at the prompt "Press ENTER to Confirm…" to
5 Select Edit in the Select Command field; type the index number of the DDNS host you
want to configure in the Select Rule field and press [ENTER] to open Menu 1.1.1 -
DDNS Edit Host (see the next figure).

Figure 368 Menu 1.1.1: DDNS Edit Host
Menu 1.1.1 - DDNS Edit Host
Hostname= ZyWALL
DDNS Type= DynamicDNS
Enable Wildcard Option= Yes
Enable Off Line Option= N/A
Bind WAN= 1
HA= Yes
IP Address Update Policy:
Let DDNS Server Auto Detect= Yes
Use User-Defined= N/A
Use WAN IP Address= N/A

Table 214 Menu 1.1.1: DDNS Edit Host
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Host Name Enter your host name in this field.
DDNS Type Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select DynamicDNS if you have the
Dynamic DNS service.
Select StaticDNS if you have the Static DNS service.
Select CustomDNS if you have the Custom DNS service.
Enable Your ZyWALL supports DYNDNS Wildcard. Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER]
Wildcard to select Yes or No. This field is N/A when you choose DDNS client as your service
Option provider.
Enable Off This field is only available when CustomDNS is selected in the DDNS Type field.
Line Option Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes. When Yes is selected, http://
www.dyndns.com/ traffic is redirected to a URL that you have previously specified
(see www.dyndns.com for details).
Bind WAN Enter the WAN to use for updating the IP address of the domain name.
HA Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes to enable the high availability
(HA) feature.
If the WAN specified in the Bind WAN field does not have a connection, the ZyWALL
will attempt to use the IP address of another WAN to update the domain name.
When the WAN s are in the active/passive operating mode, the ZyWALL will update
the domain name with the IP address of whichever WAN has a connection,
regardless of the setting in the Bind WAN field.
Clear this check box and the ZyWALL will not update the domain name with an IP
address if the WAN specified in the Bind WAN field does not have a connection.
Note: If you enable high availability, DDNS can also function when the
ZyWALL uses the dial backup port. DDNS does not function
when the ZyWALL uses traffic redirect.
Refer to Section on page 489 for detailed information.

Table 214 Menu 1.1.1: DDNS Edit Host (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
IP Address You can select Yes in either the Let DDNS Server Auto Detect field (recommended)
Update Policy: or the Use User-Defined field, but not both.
With the Let DDNS Server Auto Detect and Use User-Defined fields both set to No,
the DDNS server automatically updates the IP address of the host name(s) with the
ZyWALL’s WAN IP address.
DDNS does not work with a private IP address. When both fields are set to No, the
ZyWALL must have a public WAN IP address in order for DDNS to work.
Let DDNS Only select this option when there are one or more NAT routers between the
Server Auto ZyWALL and the DDNS server. Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and then press
Detect [ENTER] to have the DDNS server automatically detect and use the IP address of the
NAT router that has a public IP address.
Note: The DDNS server may not be able to detect the proper IP
address if there is an HTTP proxy server between the ZyWALL
and the DDNS server.
Use User- Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and then press [ENTER] to update the IP address
Defined of the host name(s) to the IP address specified below.
Only select Yes if the ZyWALL uses or is behind a static public IP address.
Use WAN IP Enter the static public IP address if you select Yes in the Use User-Defined field.
Address
The IP address updates when you reconfigure menu 1 or perform DHCP client renewal.

CHAPTER 36
WAN and Dial Backup Setup
This chapter describes how to configure the WAN using menu 2 and dial-backup using menus
2.1 and 11.1.
36.1 Introduction to WAN and Dial Backup Setup

This chapter explains how to configure settings for your, a dial backup connection using the
SMT menus.
36.2 WAN Setup

From the main menu, enter 2 to open menu 2.
Figure 369 MAC Address Cloning in WAN Setup
Menu 2 - WAN Setup
WAN 1 MAC Address:

Assigned By= Factory default
IP Address= N/A
WAN 2 MAC Address:
IP Address= N/A
Dial-Backup:
Active= No
Port Speed= 115200
AT Command String:
Init= at&fs0=0
Edit Advanced Setup= No

Chapter 36 WAN and Dial Backup Setup

Table 215 MAC Address Cloning in WAN Setup
FIELD DESCRIPTION
(WAN 1/2) MAC
Address
Assigned By Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to choose one of two methods to assign a
MAC Address. Choose Factory Default to select the factory assigned default MAC
Address. Choose IP address attached on LAN to use the MAC Address of that
computer whose IP you give in the following field.
IP Address This field is applicable only if you choose the IP address attached on LAN method
in the Assigned By field. Enter the IP address of the computer on the LAN whose
MAC you are cloning.
36.3 Dial Backup

The Dial Backup port can be used in reserve, as a traditional dial-up connection should the
broadband connection to the WAN port fail. To set up the auxiliary port (Dial Backup) for use
in the event that the regular WAN connection is dropped, first make sure you have set up the
switch and port connection (see the Quick Start Guide), then configure
1 Menu 2 - WAN Setup,
2 Menu 2.1 - Advanced WAN Setup and
Refer also to the section about traffic redirect for information on an alternate backup WAN
connection.
36.3.1 Configuring Dial Backup in Menu 2

From the main menu, enter 2 to open menu 2.

Figure 370 Menu 2: Dial Backup Setup
Menu 2 - WAN Setup
WAN 1 MAC Address:

IP Address= N/A
WAN 2 MAC Address:
IP Address= N/A
Dial-Backup:
Active= No
Port Speed= 115200
AT Command String:
Init= at&fs0=0
Edit Advanced Setup= Yes

Table 216 Menu 2: Dial Backup Setup
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Dial-Backup:
Active Use this field to turn the dial-backup feature on (Yes) or off (No).
Port Speed Press [SPACE BAR] and then press [ENTER] to select the speed of the connection
between the Dial Backup port and the external device.
Available speeds are:
9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 or 230400 bps.
AT Command
String:
Init Enter the AT command string to initialize the WAN device. Consult the manual of your
WAN device connected to your Dial Backup port for specific AT commands.
Edit Advanced To edit the advanced setup for the Dial Backup port, move the cursor to this field;
Setup press the [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and then press [ENTER] to go to Menu 2.1 -
Advanced Setup.
36.3.2 Advanced WAN Setup
" Consult the manual of your WAN device connected to your Dial Backup port
for specific AT commands.

To edit the advanced setup for the Dial Backup port, move the cursor to the Edit Advanced
Setup field in Menu 2 - WAN Setup, press the [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and then press
[ENTER].
Figure 371 Menu 2.1: Advanced WAN Setup
Menu 2.1 - Advanced WAN Setup
AT Command Strings: Call Control:

Dial= atdt Dial Timeout(sec)= 60
Drop= ~~+++~~ath Retry Count= 0
Answer= ata Retry Interval(sec)= N/A
Drop Timeout(sec)= 20
Drop DTR When Hang Up= Yes Call Back Delay(sec)= 15
AT Response Strings:
CLID= NMBR =
Called Id=
Speed= CONNECT
The following table describes fields in this menu.

Table 217 Advanced WAN Port Setup: AT Commands Fields
FIELD DESCRIPTION
AT Command
Strings:
Dial Enter the AT Command string to make a call.
Drop Enter the AT Command string to drop a call. “~” represents a one second wait,
e.g., “~~~+++~~ath” can be used if your modem has a slow response time.
Answer Enter the AT Command string to answer a call.
Drop DTR When Press the [SPACE BAR] to choose either Yes or No. When Yes is selected (the
Hang Up default), the DTR (Data Terminal Ready) signal is dropped after the “AT
Command String: Drop” is sent out.
AT Response
Strings:
CLID (Calling Line Enter the keyword that precedes the CLID (Calling Line Identification) in the AT
Identification) response string. This lets the ZyWALL capture the CLID in the AT response
string that comes from the WAN device. CLID is required for CLID
authentication.
Called Id Enter the keyword preceding the dialed number.
Speed Enter the keyword preceding the connection speed.

Table 218 Advanced WAN Port Setup: Call Control Parameters

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Call Control
Dial Timeout (sec) Enter a number of seconds for the ZyWALL to keep trying to set up an outgoing
call before timing out (stopping). The ZyWALL times out and stops if it cannot set
up an outgoing call within the timeout value.
Retry Count Enter a number of times for the ZyWALL to retry a busy or no-answer phone
number before blacklisting the number.
Retry Interval (sec) Enter a number of seconds for the ZyWALL to wait before trying another call after
a call has failed. This applies before a phone number is blacklisted.
Drop Timeout (sec) Enter a number of seconds for the ZyWALL to wait before dropping the DTR
signal if it does not receive a positive disconnect confirmation.
Call Back Delay Enter a number of seconds for the ZyWALL to wait between dropping a callback
(sec) request call and dialing the co-responding callback call.
36.3.3 Remote Node Profile (Backup ISP)

Enter 3 in Menu 11 - Remote Node Setup to open Menu 11.3 - Remote Node Profile
(Backup ISP) (shown below) and configure the setup for your Dial Backup port connection.
Not all fields are available on all models.
Figure 372 Menu 11.3: Remote Node Profile (Backup ISP)
Menu 11.3 - Remote Node Profile (Backup ISP)
Rem Node Name= Dial

Active= No
Edit IP= No
Outgoing: Edit Script Options= No
My Login= ChangeMe
My Password= ******** Telco Option:
Retype to Confirm= ******** Allocated Budget(min)= 0
Authen= CHAP/PAP Period(hr)= 0
Pri Phone #= 0 Schedules=
Sec Phone #= Always On= No
Session Options:
Edit Filter Sets= No
Idle Timeout(sec)= 100


Table 219 Menu 11.3: Remote Node Profile (Backup ISP)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Rem Node Enter a descriptive name for the remote node. This field can be up to eight
Name characters.
Active Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes to enable the remote node or
No to disable the remote node.
Outgoing
My Login Enter the login name assigned by your ISP for this remote node.
My Password Enter the password assigned by your ISP for this remote node.
Retype to Enter your password again to make sure that you have entered is correctly.
Confirm
Authen This field sets the authentication protocol used for outgoing calls.
Options for this field are:
CHAP/PAP - Your ZyWALL will accept either CHAP or PAP when requested by this
remote node.
CHAP - accept CHAP only.
PAP - accept PAP only.
Pri Phone # Enter the first (primary) phone number from the ISP for this remote node. If the
Sec Phone # Primary Phone number is busy or does not answer, your ZyWALL dials the
Secondary Phone number if available. Some areas require dialing the pound sign #
before the phone number for local calls. Include a # symbol at the beginning of the
phone numbers as required.
Edit IP This field leads to a “hidden” menu. Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and press
[ENTER] to go to Menu 11.3.2 - Remote Node Network Layer Options. See
Section 36.3.4 on page 625 for more information.
Edit Script Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and press [ENTER] to edit the AT script for the
Options dial backup remote node (Menu 11.3.3 - Remote Node Script). See Section 36.3.5
Telco Option
Allocated Enter the maximum number of minutes that this remote node may be called within
Budget the time period configured in the Period field. The default for this field is 0 meaning
there is no budget control and no time limit for accessing this remote node.
Period(hr) Enter the time period (in hours) for how often the budget should be reset. For
example, to allow calls to this remote node for a maximum of 10 minutes every hour,
set the Allocated Budget to 10 (minutes) and the Period to 1 (hour).
Schedules You can apply up to four schedule sets here. For more details please refer to Chapter
53 on page 757.
Always On Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes to set this connection to be on all the time,
regardless of whether or not there is any traffic. Select No to have this connection act
as a dial-up connection.
Session
Options
Edit Filter sets This field leads to another “hidden” menu. Use [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and press
[ENTER] to open menu 11.3.4 to edit the filter sets. See Section 36.3.6 on page 628
for more details.
Idle Timeout Enter the number of seconds of idle time (when there is no traffic from the ZyWALL to
the remote node) that can elapse before the ZyWALL automatically disconnects the
PPP connection. This option only applies when the ZyWALL initiates the call.
Once you have configured this menu, press [ENTER] at the message “Press ENTER to Confirm...” to

36.3.4 Editing TCP/IP Options

Move the cursor to the Edit IP field in menu 11.3, then press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes.
Press [ENTER] to open Menu 11.3.2 - Remote Node Network Layer Options. Not all fields
are available on all models.
Figure 373 Menu 11.3.2: Remote Node Network Layer Options
Menu 11.3.2 - Remote Node Network Layer Options
IP Address Assignment= Static

Rem IP Addr= 0.0.0.0
Rem Subnet Mask= 0.0.0.0
My WAN Addr= 0.0.0.0
Network Address Translation= SUA Only

NAT Lookup Set= 255
Metric= 15
Private= No
RIP Direction= None
Version= N/A
Multicast= None

Table 220 Menu 11.3.2: Remote Node Network Layer Options
FIELD DESCRIPTION
IP Address If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address, press [SPACE BAR] and then
Assignment [ENTER] to select Dynamic, otherwise select Static and enter the IP address and
subnet mask in the following fields.
Rem IP Enter the (fixed) IP address assigned to you by your ISP (static IP address assignment
Address is selected in the previous field).
Rem Subnet Enter the subnet mask associated with your static IP.
Mask
My WAN Leave the field set to 0.0.0.0 to have the ISP or other remote router dynamically
Addr (automatically) assign your WAN IP address if you do not know it. Enter your WAN IP
address here if you know it (static).
This is the address assigned to your local ZyWALL, not the remote router.

Table 220 Menu 11.3.2: Remote Node Network Layer Options

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Network Network Address Translation (NAT) allows the translation of an Internet protocol
Address address used within one network (for example a private IP address used in a local
Translation network) to a different IP address known within another network (for example a public
IP address used on the Internet).
Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select either Full Feature, None or SUA
Only.
Choose None to disable NAT.
Choose SUA Only if you have a single public IP address. SUA (Single User Account) is
a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping: Many-to-One and Server.
Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public IP addresses. Full Feature mapping
types include: One-to-One, Many-to-One (SUA/PAT), Many-to-Many Overload,
Many- One-to-One and Server. When you select Full Feature you must configure at
least one address mapping set.
See Chapter 22 on page 435 for a full discussion on this feature.
NAT Lookup If you select SUA Only in the Network Address Translation field, it displays 255 and
Set indicates the SMT will use the pre-configured Set 255 (read only) in menu 15.1.
If you select Full Feature or None in the Network Address Translation field, it
displays 1, 2 or 3 and indicates the SMT will use the pre-configured Set 1 in menu 15.1
for the first WAN port, Set 2 in menu 15.1 for the second WAN port and Set 3 for the
Backup port.
Refer to Section 44.2 on page 675 for more information.
Metric Enter a number from 1 to 15 to set this route’s priority among the ZyWALL’s routes. The
smaller the number, the higher priority the route has.
Private This parameter determines if the ZyWALL will include the route to this remote node in
its RIP broadcasts. If set to Yes, this route is kept private and not included in RIP
broadcasts. If No, the route to this remote node will be propagated to other hosts
through RIP broadcasts.
RIP Direction Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the RIP Direction from Both, None,
In Only, Out Only and None.
Version Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the RIP version from RIP-1, RIP-2B
and RIP-2M.
Multicast IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) is a session-layer protocol used to
establish membership in a Multicast group. The ZyWALL supports both IGMP version 1
(IGMP-v1) and version 2 (IGMP-v2). Press the [SPACE BAR] to enable IP Multicasting
or select None to disable it. See Section on page 152 for more information on this
feature.
Once you have completed filling in Menu 11.3.2 Remote Node Network Layer Options, press
[ENTER] at the message “Press ENTER to Confirm...” to save your configuration and return to menu
11.3, or press [ESC] at any time to cancel.
36.3.5 Editing Login Script

For some remote gateways, text login is required before PPP negotiation is started. The
ZyWALL provides a script facility for this purpose. The script has six programmable sets;
each set is composed of an ‘Expect’ string and a ‘Send’ string. After matching a message from
the server to the ‘Expect’ field, the ZyWALL returns the set’s ‘Send’ string to the server.
For instance, a typical login sequence starts with the server printing a banner, a login prompt
for you to enter the user name and a password prompt to enter the password:
Welcome to Acme, Inc.
Login: myLogin
Password:

To handle the first prompt, you specify “ogin: ” as the ‘Expect’ string and “myLogin” as
the ‘Send’ string in set 1. The reason for leaving out the leading “L” is to avoid having to know
exactly whether it is upper or lower case. Similarly, you specify “word: ” as the ‘Expect’
string and your password as the ‘Send’ string for the second prompt in set 2.
You can use two variables, $USERNAME and $PASSWORD (all UPPER case), to represent the
actual user name and password in the script, so they will not show in the clear. They are
replaced with the outgoing login name and password in the remote node when the ZyWALL
sees them in a ‘Send’ string. Please note that both variables must been entered exactly as
shown. No other characters may appear before or after, either, i.e., they must be used alone in
response to login and password prompts.
Please note that the ordering of the sets is significant, i.e., starting from set 1, the ZyWALL
will wait until the ‘Expect’ string is matched before it proceeds to set 2, and so on for the rest
of the script. When both the ‘Expect’ and the ‘Send’ fields of the current set are empty, the
ZyWALL will terminate the script processing and start PPP negotiation. This implies two
things: first, the sets must be contiguous; the sets after an empty one are ignored. Second, the
last set should match the final message sent by the server. For instance, if the server prints:
login successful.
Starting PPP...
after you enter the password, then you should create a third set to match the final “PPP...”
but without a “Send” string. Otherwise, the ZyWALL will start PPP prematurely right after
sending your password to the server.
If there are errors in the script and it gets stuck at a set for longer than the “Dial Timeout” in
menu 2 (default 60 seconds), the ZyWALL will timeout and drop the line. To debug a script,
go to Menu 24.4 to initiate a manual call and watch the trace display to see if the sequence of
messages and prompts from the server differs from what you expect.
Figure 374 Menu 11.3.3: Remote Node Script
Menu 11.3.3 - Remote Node Script
Active= No
Set 1: Set 5:
Expect= Expect=
Send= Send=
Set 2: Set 6:
Expect= Expect=
Send= Send=
Set 3:
Expect=
Send=
Set 4:
Expect=
Send=


Table 221 Menu 11.3.3: Remote Node Script
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Active Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select either Yes to enable the AT strings or
No to disable them.
Set 1-6: Enter an Expect string to match. After matching the Expect string, the ZyWALL returns
Expect the string in the Send field.
Set 1-6: Enter a string to send out after the Expect string is matched.
Send

Move the cursor to the field Edit Filter Sets in menu 11.3, and then press [SPACE BAR] to
set the value to Yes. Press [ENTER] to open Menu 11.3.4 - Remote Node Filter.
Use menu 11.3.4 to specify the filter set(s) to apply to the incoming and outgoing traffic
between this remote node and the ZyWALL to prevent certain packets from triggering calls.
You can specify up to four filter sets separated by commas, for example, 1, 5, 9, 12, in each
filter field. Note that spaces are accepted in this field. Please refer to Chapter 46 on page 695
for more information on defining the filters.
Figure 375 Menu 11.3.4: Remote Node Filter
Menu 11.3.4 - Remote Node Filter
Input Filter Sets:

protocol filters=
device filters=
Output Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=
Call Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=
3G (Third Generation) is a digital, packet-switched wireless technology. Bandwidth usage is

optimized as multiple users share the same channel and bandwidth is only allocated to users
when they send data. It allows fast transfer of voice and non-voice data and provides
broadband Internet access to mobile devices. See Section 9.4 on page 192 for more
information.
To set up a 3G connection, you need to configure
1 Menu 2 - WAN Setup,
2 Menu 11.2 - Remote Node Profile (3G WAN)

36.3.7 3G Modem Setup

From the main menu, enter 2 to open menu 2 on the ZyWALL that supports a 3G card.
" It is not necessary to configure menu 2 with a Sierra Wireless AC595 3G card.
Figure 376 3G Modem Setup in WAN Setup (ZyWALL 5)
Menu 2 - WAN Setup
WAN 1 MAC Address:

IP Address= N/A
Dial-Backup:
Active= No
Port Speed= 115200
AT Command String:
Init= at&fs0=0
Edit Advanced Setup= No
3G Modem Setup:
Init= Configure APN
APN =internet
PIN code= 0000

Table 222 3G Modem Setup in WAN Setup (ZyWALL 5)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
3G Modem
Setup
Init Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Configure directly if your ISP
provides the initial string or you know how to configure it. Only use this option with a
GSM 3G card.
Select Configure APN if your ISP gave you an APN (Access Point Name) to use.
Init This field displays when you select Configure directly in the previous field. Enter
the string. It can be up to 72 ASCII printable characters.
APN This field displays when you select Configure APN in the Init field. Enter the APN
(Access Point Name) provided by your service provider. Connections with different
APNs may provide different services (such as Internet access or MMS (Multi-Media
Messaging Service)) and charge method.

Table 222 3G Modem Setup in WAN Setup (ZyWALL 5) (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
PIN Code A PIN (Personal Identification Number) code is a key to a 3G card. Without the PIN
code, you cannot use the 3G card.
Enter the 4-digit PIN code (0000 for example) provided by your ISP. If you enter the
PIN code incorrectly, the 3G card may be blocked by your ISP and you cannot use
the account to access the Internet.
If your ISP disabled PIN code authentication, enter an arbitrary number.
36.3.8 Remote Node Profile (3G WAN)

enter 2 in Menu 11 - Remote Node Setup to open Menu 11.2 - Remote Node Profile (3G
WAN) (shown below) and configure the setup for your 3G connection.
Figure 377 Menu 11.2: Remote Node Profile (3G WAN)
Menu 11.2 - Remote Node Profile (3G WAN)
Rem Node Name= WAN 2

Active= Yes
Edit IP= No
Outgoing: Edit Script Options= No
My Login= test
My Password= ********
Retype to Confirm= ********
Authen= CHAP/PAP
Pri Phone #= *99#
Always On= No
Session Options:

Table 223 Menu 11.2: Remote Node Profile (3G WAN)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Name characters.
Active Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes to enable the remote node or
No to disable the remote node.
Outgoing
My Login Enter the login name assigned by your ISP for this remote node.
My Password Enter the password assigned by your ISP for this remote node.

Table 223 Menu 11.2: Remote Node Profile (3G WAN) (continued)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Confirm
remote node.
Pri Phone # Enter the phone number (dial string) used to dial up a connection to your service
provider’s base station. Your ISP should provide the phone number.
For example, *99# is the dial string to establish a GPRS or 3G connection in Taiwan.
[ENTER] to go to Menu 11.3.2 - Remote Node Network Layer Options. See
Section 36.3.4 on page 625 for more information.
Edit Script Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and press [ENTER] to edit the AT script for the
Options dial backup remote node (Menu 11.3.3 - Remote Node Script). See Section 36.3.5
Always On Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes to set this connection to be on all the time,
regardless of whether or not there is any traffic. Select No to have this connection act
as a dial-up connection.
Session
Options
Edit Filter sets This field leads to another “hidden” menu. Use [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and press
[ENTER] to open menu 11.3.4 to edit the filter sets. See Section 36.3.6 on page 628
for more details.
Idle Timeout Enter the number of seconds of idle time (when there is no traffic from the ZyWALL to
the remote node) that can elapse before the ZyWALL automatically disconnects the
3G connection.


CHAPTER 37
LAN Setup
This chapter describes how to configure the LAN using Menu 3 - LAN Setup.
37.1 Introduction to LAN Setup

This chapter describes how to configure the ZyWALL for LAN and wireless LAN
connections.
37.2 Accessing the LAN Menus

From the main menu, enter 3 to open Menu 3 - LAN Setup.
Figure 378 Menu 3: LAN Setup
Menu 3 - LAN Setup
1. LAN Port Filter Setup

2. TCP/IP and DHCP Setup
37.3 LAN Port Filter Setup

This menu allows you to specify the filter sets that you wish to apply to the LAN traffic. You
seldom need to filter the LAN traffic, however, the filter sets may be useful to block certain
packets, reduce traffic and prevent security breaches.

Chapter 37 LAN Setup
Figure 379 Menu 3.1: LAN Port Filter Setup
Menu 3.1 - LAN Port Filter Setup
Input Filter Sets:

protocol filters=
device filters=
Output Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=
37.4 TCP/IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup Menu

From the main menu, enter 3 to open Menu 3 - LAN Setup to configure TCP/IP (RFC 1155)
and DHCP Ethernet setup.
Figure 380 Menu 3: TCP/IP and DHCP Setup
Menu 3 - LAN Setup
1. LAN Port Filter Setup

From menu 3, select the submenu option TCP/IP and DHCP Setup and press [ENTER]. The
screen now displays Menu 3.2 - TCP/IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup, as shown next. Not all
fields are available on all models.

Figure 381 Menu 3.2: TCP/IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup
Menu 3.2 - TCP/IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup
DHCP= Server TCP/IP Setup:

Client IP Pool:
Starting Address= 192.168.1.33 IP Address= 192.168.1.1
Size of Client IP Pool= 128 IP Subnet Mask= 255.255.255.0
RIP Direction= Both
Version= RIP-1
Multicast= None
Edit IP Alias= No
DHCP Server Address= N/A
Follow the instructions in the next table on how to configure the DHCP fields.
Table 224 Menu 3.2: DHCP Ethernet Setup Fields
FIELD DESCRIPTION
DHCP This field enables/disables the DHCP server.
If set to Server, your ZyWALL will act as a DHCP server.
If set to None, the DHCP server will be disabled.
If set to Relay, the ZyWALL acts as a surrogate DHCP server and relays requests
and responses between the remote server and the clients.
When set to Server, the following items need to be set:
Client IP Pool:
Starting Address This field specifies the first of the contiguous addresses in the IP address pool.
Size of Client IP This field specifies the size, or count of the IP address pool.
Pool
DHCP Server If Relay is selected in the DHCP field above, then type the IP address of the actual,
Address remote DHCP server here.
Use the instructions in the following table to configure TCP/IP parameters for the LAN port.
" LAN and DMZ IP addresses must be on separate subnets.
Table 225 Menu 3.2: LAN TCP/IP Setup Fields

FIELD DESCRIPTION
TCP/IP Setup:
IP Address Enter the IP address of your ZyWALL in dotted decimal notation

Table 225 Menu 3.2: LAN TCP/IP Setup Fields (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
RIP Direction Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the RIP direction. Options are:
Both, In Only, Out Only or None.
Version Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the RIP version. Options are:
RIP-1, RIP-2B or RIP-2M.
Multicast IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) is a session-layer protocol used to
establish membership in a Multicast group. The ZyWALL supports both IGMP
version 1 (IGMP-v1) and version 2 (IGMP-v2). Press [SPACE BAR] and then
[ENTER] to enable IP Multicasting or select None (default) to disable it.
Edit IP Alias The ZyWALL supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single physical Ethernet
interface with the ZyWALL itself as the gateway for each LAN network. Press
[SPACE BAR] to select Yes and then press [ENTER] to display menu 3.2.1
When you have completed this menu, press [ENTER] at the prompt [Press ENTER to Confirm…] to
37.4.1 IP Alias Setup

same Ethernet interface. The ZyWALL supports three logical LAN interfaces via its single
physical Ethernet interface with the ZyWALL itself as the gateway for each LAN network.
Use menu 3.2 to configure the first network. Move the cursor to the Edit IP Alias field, press
[SPACE BAR] to choose Yes and press [ENTER] to open Menu 3.2.1 - IP Alias Setup, as
shown next. Use this menu to configure the second and third networks.
Figure 382 Menu 3.2.1: IP Alias Setup
Menu 3.2.1 - IP Alias Setup
IP Alias 1= Yes
IP Address= 192.168.2.1
IP Subnet Mask= 255.255.255.0
RIP Direction= None
Version= RIP-1
Incoming protocol filters=
Outgoing protocol filters=
IP Alias 2= No
IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
RIP Direction= N/A
Version= N/A
Incoming protocol filters= N/A
Outgoing protocol filters= N/A

Use the instructions in the following table to configure IP alias parameters.

Table 226 Menu 3.2.1: IP Alias Setup
FIELD DESCRIPTION
IP Alias 1, 2 Choose Yes to configure the LAN network for the ZyWALL.
IP Subnet Mask Your ZyWALL will automatically calculate the subnet mask based on the IP address
that you assign. Unless you are implementing subnetting, use the subnet mask
RIP Direction Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the RIP direction. Options are
Both, In Only, Out Only or None.
Version Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the RIP version. Options are
RIP-1, RIP-2B or RIP-2M.
Incoming Enter the filter set(s) you wish to apply to the incoming traffic between this node and
Protocol Filters the ZyWALL.
Outgoing Enter the filter set(s) you wish to apply to the outgoing traffic between this node and
Protocol Filters the ZyWALL.


CHAPTER 38
Internet Access
This chapter shows you how to configure your ZyWALL for Internet access.
38.1 Introduction to Internet Access Setup

Use information from your ISP along with the instructions in this chapter to set up your
ZyWALL to access the Internet. There are three different menu 4 screens depending on
whether you chose Ethernet, PPTP or PPPoE Encapsulation. Contact your ISP to
determine what encapsulation type you should use.
" This menu configures WAN 1 on a ZyWALL with multiple WAN ports.
Configure the WAN 2 port in Menu 11.2 - Remote Node Profile or in the WAN
> WAN 2 screen via the web configurator.
38.2 Ethernet Encapsulation

If you choose Ethernet in menu 4 you will see the next menu.

Chapter 38 Internet Access
Figure 383 Menu 4: Internet Access Setup (Ethernet)
Menu 4 - Internet Access Setup
ISP's Name= WAN_1

Encapsulation= Ethernet
Service Type= Standard
My Login= N/A
My Password= N/A
Retype to Confirm= N/A
Login Server= N/A
Relogin Every (min)= N/A
IP Address Assignment= Dynamic
IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
Gateway IP Address= N/A

Table 227 Menu 4: Internet Access Setup (Ethernet)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
ISP’s Name This is the descriptive name of your ISP for identification purposes.
Encapsulation Press [SPACE BAR] and then press [ENTER] to choose Ethernet. The
encapsulation method influences your choices for the IP Address field.
Service Type Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Standard, RR-Toshiba
(RoadRunner Toshiba authentication method), RR-Manager (RoadRunner Manager
authentication method), RR-Telstra or Telia Login. Choose a RoadRunner flavor if
your ISP is Time Warner's RoadRunner; otherwise choose Standard.
Note: DSL users must choose the Standard option only. The My Login, My
Password and Login Server fields are not applicable in this case.
My Login Enter the login name given to you by your ISP.
My Password Type your password again for confirmation.
Confirm
Login Server The ZyWALL will find the RoadRunner Server IP if this field is left blank. If it does
not, then you must enter the authentication server IP address.
Relogin Every This field is available when you select Telia Login in the Service Type field.
(min) The Telia server logs the ZyWALL out if the ZyWALL does not log in periodically.
Type the number of minutes from 1 to 59 (30 recommended) for the ZyWALL to wait
between logins.
IP Address If your ISP did not assign you a fixed IP address, press [SPACE BAR] and then
Assignment [ENTER] to select Dynamic, otherwise select Static and enter the IP address and
IP Address Enter the (fixed) IP address assigned to you by your ISP (static IP address
assignment is selected in the previous field).
IP Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask associated with your static IP.

Table 227 Menu 4: Internet Access Setup (Ethernet) (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Gateway IP Enter the gateway IP address associated with your static IP.
Address
Translation network) to a different IP address known within another network (for example a
public IP address used on the Internet).
Choose SUA Only if you have a single public IP address. SUA (Single User
Account) is a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping: Many-to-One and
Server.
Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public IP addresses. Full Feature
mapping types include: One-to-One, Many-to-One (SUA/PAT), Many-to-Many
Overload, Many- One-to-One and Server. When you select Full Feature you must
configure at least one address mapping set!
Please see Chapter 22 on page 435 for a more detailed discussion on the Network
Address Translation feature.
38.3 Configuring the PPTP Client
" The ZyWALL supports only one PPTP server connection at any given time.
To configure a PPTP client, you must configure the My Login and Password fields for a PPP
connection and the PPTP parameters for a PPTP connection.
After configuring My Login and Password for PPP connection, press [SPACE BAR] and
then [ENTER] in the Encapsulation field in Menu 4 -Internet Access Setup to choose
PPTP as your encapsulation option. This brings up the following screen.

Figure 384 Internet Access Setup (PPTP)
ISP's Name= WAN_1

Encapsulation= PPTP
Service Type= N/A
My Login=
Idle Timeout= 100

IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
The following table contains instructions about the new fields when you choose PPTP in the
Encapsulation field in menu 4.
Table 228 New Fields in Menu 4 (PPTP) Screen
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Encapsulation Press [SPACE BAR] and then press [ENTER] to choose PPTP. The encapsulation
method influences your choices for the IP Address field.
Idle Timeout This value specifies the time, in seconds, that elapses before the ZyWALL
automatically disconnects from the PPTP server.
38.4 Configuring the PPPoE Client

If you enable PPPoE in menu 4, you will see the next screen.

Figure 385 Internet Access Setup (PPPoE)
ISP's Name= WAN_1

Encapsulation= PPPoE
Service Type= N/A
My Login=
Idle Timeout= 100

IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
The following table contains instructions about the new fields when you choose PPPoE in the
Encapsulation field in menu 4.
Table 229 New Fields in Menu 4 (PPPoE) screen
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Encapsulation Press [SPACE BAR] and then press [ENTER] to choose PPPoE. The
encapsulation method influences your choices in the IP Address field.
automatically disconnects from the PPPoE server.
If you need a PPPoE service name to identify and reach the PPPoE server, please go to menu
11 and enter the PPPoE service name provided to you in the Service Name field.
38.5 Basic Setup Complete

Well done! You have successfully connected, installed and set up your ZyWALL to operate on
your network as well as access the Internet.
" When the firewall is activated, the default policy allows all communications to
the Internet that originate from the LAN, and blocks all traffic to the LAN that
originates from the Internet.
You may deactivate the firewall in menu 21.2 or via the ZyWALL embedded web
configurator. You may also define additional firewall rules or modify existing ones but please
exercise extreme caution in doing so. See the chapters on firewall for more information on the
firewall.


CHAPTER 39
DMZ Setup
This chapter describes how to configure the ZyWALL’s DMZ using Menu 5 - DMZ Setup.
39.1 Configuring DMZ Setup

From the main menu, enter 5 to open Menu 5 – DMZ Setup.
Figure 386 Menu 5: DMZ Setup
Menu 5 - DMZ Setup
1. DMZ Port Filter Setup

39.2 DMZ Port Filter Setup

This menu allows you to specify the filter sets that you wish to apply to your public server(s)
traffic.
Figure 387 Menu 5.1: DMZ Port Filter Setup
Menu 5.1 - DMZ Port Filter Setup
Input Filter Sets:

protocol filters=
device filters=
Output Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=

Chapter 39 DMZ Setup
39.3 TCP/IP Setup

For more detailed information about RIP setup, IP Multicast and IP alias, please refer to
Chapter 7 on page 149.
39.3.1 IP Address
From the main menu, enter 5 to open Menu 5 - DMZ Setup to configure TCP/IP (RFC 1155).
Figure 388 Menu 5: DMZ Setup
Menu 5 - DMZ Setup
1. DMZ Port Filter Setup

From menu 5, select the submenu option 2. TCP/IP and DHCP Setup and press [ENTER].
The screen now displays Menu 5.2 - TCP/IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup, as shown next.
DHCP= None TCP/IP Setup:

Client IP Pool:
Starting Address= N/A IP Address= 10.10.2.1
Size of Client IP Pool= N/A IP Subnet Mask= 255.255.255.0
RIP Direction= None
Version= N/A
Multicast= IGMP-v2
Edit IP Alias= No
The DHCP and TCP/IP setup fields are the same as the ones in Menu 3.2 - TCP/IP and
DHCP Ethernet Setup. Each public server will need a unique IP address. Refer to Section
37.4 on page 634 for information on how to configure these fields.

" DMZ, WLAN and LAN IP addresses must be on separate subnets. You must
also configure NAT for the DMZ port (see Chapter 44 on page 673) in menus
15.1 and 15.2.

Use menu 5.2 to configure the first network. Move the cursor to the Edit IP Alias field, press
[SPACE BAR] to choose Yes and press [ENTER] to open Menu 5.2.1 - IP Alias Setup, as
shown next. Use this menu to configure the second and third networks.
IP Alias 1= No
IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
RIP Direction= N/A
Version= N/A
IP Alias 2= No
IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
RIP Direction= N/A
Version= N/A
Refer to Table 226 on page 637 for instructions on configuring IP alias parameters.


CHAPTER 40
Route Setup
This chapter describes how to configure the ZyWALL's traffic redirect.
40.1 Configuring Route Setup

From the main menu, enter 6 to open Menu 6 - Route Setup.
Figure 391 Menu 6: Route Setup
Menu 6 - Route Setup
1. Route Assessment
2. Traffic Redirect
3. Route Failover
40.2 Route Assessment

This menu allows you to configure traffic redirect properties.
Figure 392 Menu 6.1: Route Assessment
Menu 6.1 - Route Assessment
Probing WAN 1 Check Point= Yes

Use Default Gateway as Check Point= Yes
Check Point= N/A
Probing WAN 2 Check Point= Yes
Use Default Gateway as Check Point= Yes
Check Point= N/A
Probing Traffic Redirection Check Point= No
Use Default Gateway as Check Point= N/A
Check Point= N/A

Chapter 40 Route Setup

Table 230 Menu 6.1: Route Assessment
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Probing WAN 1/2 Press [SPACE BAR] and then press [ENTER] to choose Yes to test your
Check Point ZyWALL's WAN accessibility.
If you do not select No in the Use Default Gateway as Check Point field and
enter a domain name or IP address of a reliable nearby computer (for example,
your ISP's DNS server address) in the Check Point field, the ZyWALL will use
the default gateway IP address.
Probing Traffic Press [SPACE BAR] and then press [ENTER] to choose Yes to test your
Redirection Check ZyWALL's traffic redirect connection.
Point If you do not select No in the Use Default Gateway as Check Point field and
enter a domain name or IP address of a reliable nearby computer (for example,
your ISP's DNS server address) in the Check Point field, the ZyWALL will use
the default gateway IP address.
40.3 Traffic Redirect

To configure the parameters for traffic redirect, enter 2 in Menu 6 - Route Setup to open
Menu 6.2 - Traffic Redirect as shown next.
Figure 393 Menu 6.2: Traffic Redirect
Menu 6.2 - Traffic Redirect
Active= No
Configuration:
Backup Gateway IP Address= 0.0.0.0
Metric= 14

Table 231 Menu 6.2: Traffic Redirect
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Active Press [SPACE BAR] and select Yes (to enable) or No (to disable) traffic
redirect setup. The default is No.
Backup Gateway IP Enter the IP address of your backup gateway in dotted decimal notation.
Address The ZyWALL automatically forwards traffic to this IP address if the ZyWALL's
Internet connection terminates.
Metric This field sets this route's priority among the routes the ZyWALL uses.
Enter a number from 1 to 15 to set this route's priority among the ZyWALL's
routes (see Section on page 171) The smaller the number, the higher priority
the route has.

40.4 Route Failover

This menu allows you to configure how the ZyWALL uses the route assessment ping check
function.
Figure 394 Menu 6.3: Route Failover
Menu 6.3 - Route Failover
Period= 5
Timeout=: 3
Fail Tolerance= 3

Table 232 Menu 6.3: Route Failover
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Period Type the number of seconds for the ZyWALL to wait between checks to see if it
can connect to the WAN IP address (in the Check Point field of menu 6.1) or the
default gateway. Allow more time if your destination IP address handles lots of
traffic.
Timeout Type the number of seconds for your ZyWALL to wait for a ping response from the
IP address in the Check Point field of menu 6.1 before it times out. The WAN
connection is considered "down" after the ZyWALL times out the number of times
specified in the Fail Tolerance field. Use a higher value in this field if your network
is busy or congested.
Fail Tolerance Type the number of times your ZyWALL may attempt and fail to connect to the
Internet before traffic is forwarded to the backup gateway.


CHAPTER 41
Wireless Setup
Use menu 7 to set up your ZyWALL as the wireless access point.
41.1 Wireless LAN Setup
" If you are configuring the ZyWALL from a computer connected to the wireless
LAN and you change the ZyWALL’s ESSID or WEP settings, you will lose your
wireless connection when you press [ENTER] to confirm. You must then
change the wireless settings of your computer to match the ZyWALL’s new
settings.
From the main menu, enter 7 to open Menu 7 - WLAN Setup to configure the Wireless LAN
setup. To edit the wireless LAN configuration, enter 1 to open Menu 7.1 - Wireless Setup as
shown next.
Figure 395 Menu 7.1: Wireless Setup
Menu 7.1 - Wireless Setup
Enable Wireless LAN= No

Bridge Channel= WLAN
ESSID= ZyXEL
Hide ESSID= No
Channel ID= CH06 2437MHz
RTS Threshold= 2432
Frag. Threshold= 2432
WEP= Disable
Default Key= N/A
Key1= N/A
Key2= N/A
Key3= N/A
Key4= N/A
Edit MAC Address Filter= No

Chapter 41 Wireless Setup
" The settings of all client stations on the wireless LAN must match those of the
ZyWALL.
Follow the instructions in the next table on how to configure the wireless LAN parameters.
Table 233 Menu 7.1: Wireless Setup
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Enable Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes to turn on the wireless LAN. The wireless LAN is off
Wireless by default. Configure wireless LAN security features such as Mac filters and 802.1X
LAN before you turn on the wireless LAN.
Bridge Select LAN to use the wireless card as part of the LAN.
Channel Select DMZ to use the wireless card as part of the DMZ.
Select WLAN to use the wireless card as part of the WLAN.
The ZyWALL restarts after you change the wireless card setting.
Note: If you set the wireless card to be part of the LAN or DMZ, you can
still use wireless access, but not the WLAN interface in the
firewall. The firewall will treat the wireless card as part of the LAN
or DMZ respectively.
ESSID (Extended Service Set IDentification) The ESSID identifies the AP to which the wireless
stations associate. Wireless stations associating to the Access Point must have the
same ESSID. Enter a descriptive name (up to 32 characters) for the wireless LAN.
Hide ESSID Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes to hide the ESSID in the outgoing beacon frame so
a station cannot obtain the ESSID through passive scanning.
Channel ID This allows you to set the operating frequency/channel depending on your particular
region. Use the [SPACE BAR] to select a channel.
RTS Use RTS/CTS to reduce data collisions on the wireless network if you have wireless
Threshold clients that are associated with the same AP but out of range of one another. When
enabled, a wireless client sends an RTS (Request To Send) and then waits for a CTS
(Clear To Send) before it transmits. This stops wireless clients from transmitting
packets at the same time (and causing data collisions).
A wireless client sends an RTS for all packets larger than the number (of bytes) that
you enter here. Set the RTS/CTS equal to or higher than the fragmentation threshold to
turn RTS/CTS off.
Frag. The threshold (number of bytes) for the fragmentation boundary for directed messages.
Threshold It is the maximum data fragment size that can be sent.
WEP Select Disable to allow wireless stations to communicate with the access points
without any data encryption.
Default Key Enter the key number (1 to 4) in this field. Only one key can be enabled at any one
time. This key must be the same on the ZyWALL and the wireless stations to
communicate.

Table 233 Menu 7.1: Wireless Setup

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Key 1 to Key The WEP keys are used to encrypt data. Both the ZyWALL and the wireless stations
4 must use the same WEP key for data transmission.
If you chose 64-bit WEP in the WEP Encryption field, then enter any 5 ASCII
characters or 10 hexadecimal characters ("0-9", "A-F").
If you chose 128-bit WEP in the WEP Encryption field, then enter 13 ASCII characters
or 26 hexadecimal characters ("0-9", "A-F").
Note: Enter “0x” before the key to denote a hexadecimal key. Don’t
enter “0x” before the key to denote an ASCII key.
Edit MAC Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and then press [ENTER] to display menu 7.1.1.
Address
Filter
41.1.1 MAC Address Filter Setup

Your ZyWALL checks the MAC address of the wireless station device against a list of
allowed or denied MAC addresses. However, intruders could fake allowed MAC addresses so
MAC-based authentication is less secure than EAP authentication.
Follow the steps below to create the MAC address table on your ZyWALL.
1 From the main menu, enter 7 to open Menu 7 - WLAN Setup.
2 Enter 1 to display Menu 7.1 - Wireless Setup.
3 In the Edit MAC Address Filter field, press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and press
[ENTER]. Menu 7.1.1 - WLAN MAC Address Filter displays as shown next.
Figure 396 Menu 7.1.1: WLAN MAC Address Filter
Menu 7.1.1 - WLAN MAC Address Filter
Active= No
Filter Action= Allowed Association
MAC Address Filter
Address 1= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 2= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 3= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 4= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 5= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 6= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 7= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 8= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 9= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 10= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 11= 00:00:00:00:00:00
Address 12= 00:00:00:00:00:00


Table 234 Menu 7.1.1: WLAN MAC Address Filter
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Active To enable MAC address filtering, press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and press
[ENTER].
Filter Action Define the filter action for the list of MAC addresses in the MAC address filter table.
To deny access to the ZyWALL, press [SPACE BAR] to select Deny Association
and press [ENTER]. MAC addresses not listed will be allowed to access the router.
The default action, Allowed Association, permits association with the ZyWALL.
MAC addresses not listed will be denied access to the router.
MAC Address
Filter
Address 1..12 Enter the MAC addresses (in XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX format) of the client computers
that are allowed or denied access to the ZyWALL in these address fields.
41.2 TCP/IP Setup

For more detailed information about RIP setup, IP Multicast and IP alias, please refer to
41.2.1 IP Address
From the main menu, enter 7 to open Menu 7 - WLAN Setup to configure TCP/IP (RFC
1155).
Figure 397 Menu 7: WLAN Setup
Menu 7 - WLAN Setup
1. Wireless Setup
From menu 7, select the submenu option 2. TCP/IP and DHCP Setup and press [ENTER].
The screen now displays Menu 7.2 - TCP/IP and DHCP Ethernet Setup, as shown next.

DHCP= None TCP/IP Setup:

Client IP Pool:
Starting Address= N/A IP Address= 0.0.0.0
Size of Client IP Pool= N/A IP Subnet Mask= 0.0.0.0
RIP Direction= None
Version= N/A
Multicast= IGMP-v2
Edit IP Alias= No
The DHCP and TCP/IP setup fields are the same as the ones in Menu 3.2 - TCP/IP and
DHCP Ethernet Setup. Each public server will need a unique IP address. Refer to Section
37.4 on page 634 for information on how to configure these fields.
" DMZ, WLAN and LAN IP addresses must be on separate subnets. You must
also configure NAT for the WLAN port (see Chapter 44 on page 673) in menus
15.1 and 15.2.

You must use menu 7.2 to configure the first network. Move the cursor to the Edit IP Alias
field, press [SPACE BAR] to choose Yes and press [ENTER] to configure the second and
third network.
Pressing [ENTER] opens Menu 7.2.1 - IP Alias Setup, as shown next.

IP Alias 1= No
IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
RIP Direction= N/A
Version= N/A
IP Alias 2= No
IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
RIP Direction= N/A
Version= N/A
Refer to Table 226 on page 637 for instructions on configuring IP alias parameters.

CHAPTER 42
Remote Node Setup
This chapter shows you how to configure a remote node.
42.1 Introduction to Remote Node Setup

A remote node is required for placing calls to a remote gateway. A remote node represents
both the remote gateway and the network behind it across a WAN connection. Note that when
you use menu 4 to set up Internet access, you are actually configuring a remote node. The
following describes how to configure Menu 11.x (where x is 1 or 2) - Remote Node Profile,
Menu 11.x.2 - Remote Node Network Layer Options and Menu 11.x.4 - Remote Node
Filter.
42.2 Remote Node Setup

From the main menu, select menu option 11 to open Menu 11 - Remote Node Setup (shown
below).
On a ZyWALL with multiple WAN ports, enter 1 or 2 to open Menu 11.x - Remote Node
Profile and configure the setup for your first or second WAN port. Enter 3 to open Menu 11.3
Remote Node Profile (Backup ISP) and configure the setup for your Dial Backup port
connection (see Chapter 36 on page 619).
On a ZyWALL with a single WAN port and a 3G card, enter 1 to open Menu 11.1 - Remote
Node Profile and configure the setup for your WAN port. Enter 2 to open Menu 11.2 -
Remote Node Profile (3G WAN) and configure the setup for your 3G connection. Enter 3 to
open Menu 11.3 Remote Node Profile (Backup ISP) and configure the setup for your Dial
Backup port connection.
Figure 400 Menu 11: Remote Node Setup
Menu 11 - Remote Node Setup
1. WAN_1 (ISP, SUA)

2. WAN_2 (ISP, NAT)
3. -Dial (BACKUP_ISP, SUA)
Enter Node # to Edit:

Chapter 42 Remote Node Setup
42.3 Remote Node Profile Setup

The following explains how to configure the remote node profile menu. Not all fields are
42.3.1 Ethernet Encapsulation

There are three variations of menu 11.x depending on whether you choose Ethernet
Encapsulation, PPPoE Encapsulation or PPTP Encapsulation. You must choose the
Ethernet option when the WAN port is used as a regular Ethernet. The first menu 11.x screen
you see is for Ethernet encapsulation shown next.
Figure 401 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for Ethernet Encapsulation
Menu 11.1 - Remote Node Profile
Rem Node Name= WAN 1 Route= IP

Active= Yes
Encapsulation= Ethernet Edit IP= No

Service Type= Standard Session Options:
Schedules=
Outgoing: Edit Filter Sets= No
My Login= N/A
My Password= N/A
Server= N/A

Table 235 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for Ethernet Encapsulation
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Name characters.
Active Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes (activate remote node) or No
(deactivate remote node).
Encapsulation Ethernet is the default encapsulation. Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to
change to PPPoE or PPTP encapsulation.
Service Type Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select from Standard, RR-Toshiba
(RoadRunner Toshiba authentication method), RR-Manager (RoadRunner
Manager authentication method), RR-Telstra or Telia Login. Choose one of the
RoadRunner methods if your ISP is Time Warner's RoadRunner; otherwise choose
Standard.
Outgoing
My Login This field is applicable for PPPoE encapsulation only. Enter the login name
assigned by your ISP when the ZyWALL calls this remote node. Some ISPs append
this field to the Service Name field above (e.g., jim@poellc) to access the PPPoE
server.

Table 235 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for Ethernet Encapsulation (continued)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
My Password Enter the password assigned by your ISP when the ZyWALL calls this remote node.
Valid for PPPoE encapsulation only.
Retype to Type your password again to make sure that you have entered it correctly.
Confirm
Server This field is valid only when RoadRunner is selected in the Service Type field. The
ZyWALL will find the RoadRunner Server IP automatically if this field is left blank. If
it does not, then you must enter the authentication server IP address here.
Relogin Every This field is available when you select Telia Login in the Service Type field.
(min) The Telia server logs the ZyWALL out if the ZyWALL does not log in periodically.
Type the number of minutes from 1 to 59 (30 recommended) for the ZyWALL to wait
between logins.
Route This field refers to the protocol that will be routed by your ZyWALL – IP is the only
option for the ZyWALL.
[ENTER] to go to Menu 11.x.2 - Remote Node Network Layer Options.
Session Options
Schedules You can apply up to four schedule sets here. For more details please refer to
Edit Filter Sets This field leads to another “hidden” menu. Use [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and
press [ENTER] to open menu 11.x.4 to edit the filter sets. See Section 42.5 on page
666 for more details.
42.3.2 PPPoE Encapsulation

The ZyWALL supports PPPoE (Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet). You can only use
PPPoE encapsulation when you’re using the ZyWALL with a DSL modem as the WAN
device. If you change the Encapsulation to PPPoE, then you will see the next screen.

Figure 402 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for PPPoE Encapsulation

Active= Yes
Encapsulation= PPPoE Edit IP= No

Service Type= Standard Telco Option:
Service Name= Allocated Budget(min)= 0
Outgoing: Period(hr)= 0
My Login= Schedules=
My Password= ******** Nailed-Up Connection= No
Authen= CHAP/PAP
Session Options:
42.3.2.1 Outgoing Authentication Protocol

Generally speaking, you should employ the strongest authentication protocol possible, for
obvious reasons. However, some vendor’s implementation includes a specific authentication
protocol in the user profile. It will disconnect if the negotiated protocol is different from that in
the user profile, even when the negotiated protocol is stronger than specified. If you encounter
a case where the peer disconnects right after a successful authentication, please make sure that
you specify the correct authentication protocol when connecting to such an implementation.
42.3.2.2 Nailed-Up Connection

A nailed-up connection is a dial-up line where the connection is always up regardless of traffic
demand. The ZyWALL does two things when you specify a nailed-up connection. The first is
that idle timeout is disabled. The second is that the ZyWALL will try to bring up the
connection when turned on and whenever the connection is down. A nailed-up connection can
be very expensive for obvious reasons.
Do not specify a nailed-up connection unless your telephone company offers flat-rate service
or you need a constant connection and the cost is of no concern.
The following table describes the fields not already described in Table 235 on page 660.

42.3.2.3 Metric
See Section on page 171 for details on the Metric field.
Table 236 Fields in Menu 11.1 (PPPoE Encapsulation Specific)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Service Name If you are using PPPoE encapsulation, then type the name of your PPPoE service
here. Only valid with PPPoE encapsulation.
remote node.
Telco Option
Allocated The field sets a ceiling for outgoing call time for this remote node. The default for this
Budget field is 0 meaning no budget control.
Period(hr) This field is the time period that the budget should be reset. For example, if we are
allowed to call this remote node for a maximum of 10 minutes every hour, then the
Allocated Budget is (10 minutes) and the Period(hr) is 1 (hour).
Schedules You can apply up to four schedule sets here. For more details please refer to
Nailed-Up This field specifies if you want to make the connection to this remote node a nailed-
Connection up connection. More details are given earlier in this section.
Session
Options
Idle Timeout Type the length of idle time (when there is no traffic from the ZyWALL to the remote
node) in seconds that can elapse before the ZyWALL automatically disconnects the
PPPoE connection. This option only applies when the ZyWALL initiates the call.
42.3.3 PPTP Encapsulation

If you change the Encapsulation to PPTP in menu 11.1, then you will see the next screen.

Figure 403 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for PPTP Encapsulation

Active= Yes
Encapsulation= PPTP Edit IP= No

Allocated Budget(min)= 0
Outgoing: Period(hr)= 0
My Login= Schedules=
Authen= CHAP/PAP
PPTP: Session Options:
My IP Addr= 10.0.0.140 Edit Filter Sets= No
My IP Mask= 255.255.255.0 Idle Timeout(sec)= 100
Server IP Addr= 10.0.0.138
Connection ID/Name=
The next table shows how to configure fields in menu 11.1 not previously discussed.
Table 237 Menu 11.1: Remote Node Profile for PPTP Encapsulation
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Encapsulation Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select PPTP. You must also go to menu
11.3 to check the IP Address setting once you have selected the encapsulation
method.
My IP Addr Enter the IP address of the WAN Ethernet port.
My IP Mask Enter the subnet mask of the WAN Ethernet port.
Server IP Addr Enter the IP address of the ANT modem.
Connection ID/ Enter the connection ID or connection name in the ANT. It must follow the “c:id” and
Name “n:name” format.
This field is optional and depends on the requirements of your DSL modem.
Schedules You can apply up to four schedule sets here. For more details refer to Chapter 53
on page 757.
Nailed-Up Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes if you want to make the
Connections connection to this remote node a nailed-up connection.
42.4 Edit IP
Move the cursor to the Edit IP field in menu 11.1, then press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes.
Press [ENTER] to open Menu 11.1.2 - Remote Node Network Layer Options. Not all fields
are available on all models.

Figure 404 Menu 11.1.2: Remote Node Network Layer Options for Ethernet Encapsulation

Rem IP Addr= N/A
Rem Subnet Mask= N/A
My WAN Addr= N/A

NAT Lookup Set= 255
Metric= 1
Private= No
RIP Direction= None
Version= N/A
Multicast= None
This menu displays the My WAN Addr field for PPPoE and PPTP encapsulations and
Gateway IP Addr field for Ethernet encapsulation. The following table describes the fields
in this menu.
Table 238 Remote Node Network Layer Options Menu Fields
FIELD DESCRIPTION
IP Address If your ISP did not assign you an explicit IP address, press [SPACE BAR] and then
Assignment [ENTER] to select Dynamic; otherwise select Static and enter the IP address &
(Rem) IP If you have a static IP Assignment, enter the IP address assigned to you by your ISP.
Address
(Rem) IP If you have a static IP Assignment, enter the subnet mask assigned to you.
Subnet Mask
Gateway IP This field is applicable to Ethernet encapsulation only. Enter the gateway IP address
Addr assigned to you if you are using a static IP address.
My WAN Addr This field is applicable to PPPoE and PPTP encapsulations only. Some
implementations, especially the UNIX derivatives, require the WAN link to have a
separate IP network number from the LAN and each end must have a unique address
within the WAN network number. If this is the case, enter the IP address assigned to
the WAN port of your ZyWALL.
Note that this is the address assigned to your local ZyWALL, not the remote router.
Translation network) to a different IP address known within another network (for example a public
IP address used on the Internet).
Choose SUA Only if you have a single public IP address. SUA (Single User Account)
is a subset of NAT that supports two types of mapping: Many-to-One and Server.
Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public IP addresses. Full Feature mapping
types include: One-to-One, Many-to-One (SUA/PAT), Many-to-Many Overload,
Many- One-to-One and Server. When you select Full Feature you must configure at
least one address mapping set.
See Chapter 22 on page 435 for a full discussion on this feature.

Table 238 Remote Node Network Layer Options Menu Fields (continued)
FIELD DESCRIPTION
NAT Lookup If you select SUA Only in the Network Address Translation field, it displays 255 and
Set indicates the SMT will use the pre-configured Set 255 (read only) in menu 15.1.
If you select Full Feature or None in the Network Address Translation field, it
displays 1, 2 or 3 and indicates the SMT will use the pre-configured Set 1 in menu
15.1 for the first WAN port, Set 2 in menu 15.1 for the second WAN port and Set 3 for
the Backup port.
Refer to Section 44.2 on page 675 for more information.
Metric Enter a number from 1 to 15 to set this route’s priority among the ZyWALL’s routes
(see Section on page 171). The smaller the number, the higher priority the route has.
Private This field is valid only for PPTP/PPPoE encapsulation. This parameter determines if
the ZyWALL will include the route to this remote node in its RIP broadcasts. If set to
Yes, this route is kept private and not included in RIP broadcast. If No, the route to this
remote node will be propagated to other hosts through RIP broadcasts.
RIP Direction Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the RIP direction from Both/ None/In
Only/Out Only. See Chapter 7 on page 149 for more information on RIP. The default
for RIP on the WAN side is None. It is recommended that you do not change this
setting.
Version Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the RIP version from RIP-1/RIP-2B/
RIP-2M or None.
Multicast IGMP (Internet Group Management Protocol) is a network-layer protocol used to
establish membership in a Multicast group. The ZyWALL supports both IGMP version
1 (IGMP-v1) and version 2 (IGMP-v2). Press [SPACE BAR] to enable IP Multicasting
or select None to disable it. See Chapter 7 on page 149 for more information on this
feature.
Once you have completed filling in Menu 11.3 Remote Node Network Layer Options, press [ENTER]
at the message “Press ENTER to Confirm...” to save your configuration and return to menu 11, or
press [ESC] at any time to cancel.
42.5 Remote Node Filter

Move the cursor to the field Edit Filter Sets in menu 11.1, and then press [SPACE BAR] to
set the value to Yes. Press [ENTER] to open Menu 11.1.4 - Remote Node Filter.
Use menu 11.1.4 to specify the filter set(s) to apply to the incoming and outgoing traffic
between this remote node and the ZyWALL to prevent certain packets from triggering calls.
You can specify up to 4 filter sets separated by commas, for example, 1, 5, 9, 12, in each filter
field. Note that spaces are accepted in this field. For more information on defining the filters,
please refer to Chapter 46 on page 695. For PPPoE or PPTP encapsulation, you have the
additional option of specifying remote node call filter sets.

Figure 405 Menu 11.1.4: Remote Node Filter (Ethernet Encapsulation)
Input Filter Sets:

protocol filters=
device filters=
Output Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=
Figure 406 Menu 11.1.4: Remote Node Filter (PPPoE or PPTP Encapsulation)
Input Filter Sets:

protocol filters=
device filters=
Output Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=
Call Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=


CHAPTER 43
IP Static Route Setup
This chapter shows you how to configure static routes with your ZyWALL.
43.1 IP Static Route Setup

Enter 12 from the main menu. Select one of the IP static routes as shown next to configure IP
static routes in menu 12.1.
" The first two static route entries are for default WAN1 and WAN2 routes on a
ZyWALL with multiple WAN interfaces. You cannot modify or delete a static
default route.
The default route is disabled after you change the static WAN IP address to a
dynamic WAN IP address.
" The “-” before a route name indicates the static route is inactive.

Chapter 43 IP Static Route Setup
Figure 407 Menu 12: IP Static Route Setup
Menu 12 - IP Static Route Setup
1. Reserved 16. ________ 31. ________ 46. ________

2. Reserved 17. ________ 32. ________ 47. ________
3. ________ 18. ________ 33. ________ 48. ________
4. ________ 19. ________ 34. ________ 49. ________
5. ________ 20. ________ 35. ________ 50. ________
6. ________ 21. ________ 36. ________
7. ________ 22. ________ 37. ________
8. ________ 23. ________ 38. ________
9. ________ 24. ________ 39. ________
10. ________ 25. ________ 40. ________
11. ________ 26. ________ 41. ________
12. ________ 27. ________ 42. ________
13. ________ 28. ________ 43. ________
14. ________ 29. ________ 44. ________
15. ________ 30. ________ 45. ________
Enter selection number:
Now, enter the index number of the static route that you want to configure.
Figure 408 Menu 12. 1: Edit IP Static Route
Menu 12.1 - Edit IP Static Route
Route #: 3
Route Name= ?
Active= No
Destination IP Address= ?
IP Subnet Mask= ?
Gateway IP Address= ?
Metric= 2
Private= No
Press ENTER to CONFIRM or ESC to CANCEL:
`The following table describes the IP Static Route Menu fields.

Table 239 Menu 12. 1: Edit IP Static Route
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Route # This is the index number of the static route that you chose in menu 12.
Route Name Enter a descriptive name for this route. This is for identification purposes only.
Active This field allows you to activate/deactivate this static route.

Table 239 Menu 12. 1: Edit IP Static Route

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Destination IP This parameter specifies the IP network address of the final destination. Routing is
Address always based on network number. If you need to specify a route to a single host,
use a subnet mask of 255.255.255.255 in the subnet mask field to force the network
number to be identical to the host ID.
IP Subnet Mask Enter the IP subnet mask for this destination.
Gateway IP Enter the IP address of the gateway. The gateway is an immediate neighbor of your
Address ZyWALL that will forward the packet to the destination. On the LAN, the gateway
must be a router on the same segment as your ZyWALL; over the WAN, the
gateway must be the IP address of one of the remote nodes.
Metric Enter a number from 1 to 15 to set this route’s priority among the ZyWALL’s routes
(see Section on page 171). The smaller the number, the higher priority the route
has.
Private This parameter determines if the ZyWALL will include the route to this remote node
in its RIP broadcasts. If set to Yes, this route is kept private and not included in RIP
broadcast. If No, the route to this remote node will be propagated to other hosts
through RIP broadcasts.
Once you have completed filling in this menu, press [ENTER] at the message “Press ENTER to
Confirm…” to save your configuration, or press [ESC] to cancel.


CHAPTER 44
Network Address Translation
(NAT)
This chapter discusses how to configure NAT on the ZyWALL.
44.1 Using NAT
" You must create a firewall rule in addition to setting up SUA/NAT, to allow
traffic from the WAN to be forwarded through the ZyWALL.
44.1.1 SUA (Single User Account) Versus NAT

SUA (Single User Account) is a ZyNOS implementation of a subset of NAT that supports two
types of mapping, Many-to-One and Server. See Section 44.2.1 on page 676 for a detailed
description of the NAT set for SUA. The ZyWALL also supports Full Feature NAT to map
multiple global IP addresses to multiple private LAN IP addresses of clients or servers using
mapping types.
" Choose SUA Only if you have just one public WAN IP address for your
ZyWALL.
Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses for your
ZyWALL.
44.1.2 Applying NAT

You apply NAT via menu 4 or 11.1.2 as displayed next. The next figure shows you how to
apply NAT for Internet access in menu 4. Enter 4 from the main menu to go to Menu 4 -
Internet Access Setup.

Figure 409 Menu 4: Applying NAT for Internet Access
ISP's Name= ChangeMe

My Login= N/A
My Password= N/A
Login Server= N/A
IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
The following figure shows how you apply NAT to the remote node in menu 11.1.
1 Enter 11 from the main menu.
2 Enter 1 to open Menu 11.1 - Remote Node Profile.
3 Move the cursor to the Edit IP field, press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and then press
[ENTER] to bring up Menu 11.1.2 - Remote Node Network Layer Options.
Figure 410 Menu 11.1.2: Applying NAT to the Remote Node

IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
Gateway IP Addr= N/A
Network Address Translation= Full Feature

NAT Lookup Set= 1
Metric= 1
Private= N/A
RIP Direction= None
Version= N/A
Multicast= None


Table 240 Applying NAT in Menus 4 & 11.1.2
FIELD DESCRIPTION OPTIONS
Network When you select this option the SMT will use Address Mapping Set 1 Full
Address (menu 15.1 - see Section 44.2.1 on page 676 for further discussion). You Feature
Translation can configure any of the mapping types described in Chapter 22 on page
435. Choose Full Feature if you have multiple public WAN IP addresses
for your ZyWALL.
When you select Full Feature you must configure at least one address
mapping set.
NAT is disabled when you select this option. None
When you select this option the SMT will use Address Mapping Set 255 SUA Only
(menu 15.1 - see Section 44.2.1 on page 676). Choose SUA Only if you
have just one public WAN IP address for your ZyWALL.
44.2 NAT Setup

Use the address mapping sets menus and submenus to create the mapping table used to assign
global addresses to computers on the LAN, DMZ and WLAN. Set 255 is used for SUA. When
you select Full Feature in menu 4, menu 11.1.2 or menu 11.2.2, the SMT will use Set 1 for
the first WAN port and Set 2 for the second WAN port. When you select SUA Only, the SMT
will use the pre-configured Set 255 (read only).
The server set is a list of LAN, DMZ and WLAN servers mapped to external ports. To use this
set, a server rule must be set up inside the NAT address mapping set. Please see the section on
port forwarding in Chapter 22 on page 435 for further information on these menus. To
configure NAT, enter 15 from the main menu to bring up the following screen.
" On a ZyWALL with two WAN interfaces, you can configure port forwarding and
trigger port rules for the first WAN interface and separate sets of rules for the
second WAN interface.
Figure 411 Menu 15: NAT Setup
Menu 15 - NAT Setup
1. Address Mapping Sets

2. Port Forwarding Setup
3. Trigger Port Setup

" Configure DMZ, WLAN and LAN IP addresses in NAT menus 15.1 and 15.2.
DMZ, WLAN and LAN IP addresses must be on separate subnets.
44.2.1 Address Mapping Sets

Enter 1 to bring up Menu 15.1 - Address Mapping Sets.
Figure 412 Menu 15.1: Address Mapping Sets
Menu 15.1 - Address Mapping Sets
1. NAT_SET
2. example
255. SUA (read only)
44.2.1.1 SUA Address Mapping Set

Enter 255 to display the next screen (see also Section 44.1.1 on page 673). The fields in this
menu cannot be changed.
Figure 413 Menu 15.1.255: SUA Address Mapping Rules
Menu 15.1.255 - Address Mapping Rules
Set Name= SUA
Idx Local Start IP Local End IP Global Start IP Global End IP Type
--- --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---
1. 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 M-1
2. 0.0.0.0 Server
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
The following table explains the fields in this menu.

" Menu 15.1.255 is read-only.
Table 241 SUA Address Mapping Rules

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Set Name This is the name of the set you selected in menu 15.1 or enter the name of a new set
you want to create.
Idx This is the index or rule number.
Local Start IP Local Start IP is the starting local IP address (ILA).
Local End IP Local End IP is the ending local IP address (ILA). If the rule is for all local IPs, then the
start IP is 0.0.0.0 and the end IP is 255.255.255.255.
Global Start This is the starting global IP address (IGA). If you have a dynamic IP, enter 0.0.0.0 as
IP the Global Start IP.
Global End IP This is the ending global IP address (IGA).
Type These are the mapping types discussed above. Server allows us to specify multiple
servers of different types behind NAT to this machine. See later for some examples.
Once you have finished configuring a rule in this menu, press [ENTER] at the message “Press ENTER
to Confirm…” to save your configuration, or press [ESC] to cancel.
44.2.1.2 User-Defined Address Mapping Sets

Now look at option 1 in menu 15.1. Enter 1 to bring up this menu. Look at the differences
from the previous menu. Note the extra Action and Select Rule fields mean you can configure
rules in this screen. Note also that the [?] in the Set Name field means that this is a required
field and you must enter a name for the set.
" The entire set will be deleted if you leave the Set Name field blank and press
[ENTER] at the bottom of the screen.

Figure 414 Menu 15.1.1: First Set
Set Name= NAT_SET
--- --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- --
1. 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 M-1
2. 0.0.0.0 Server
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Action= None Select Rule= N/A
" The Type, Local and Global Start/End IPs are configured in menu 15.1.1.1
(described later) and the values are displayed here.
44.2.1.3 Ordering Your Rules

Ordering your rules is important because the ZyWALL applies the rules in the order that you
specify. When a rule matches the current packet, the ZyWALL takes the corresponding action
and the remaining rules are ignored. If there are any empty rules before your new configured
rule, your configured rule will be pushed up by that number of empty rules. For example, if
you have already configured rules 1 to 6 in your current set and now you configure rule
number 9. In the set summary screen, the new rule will be rule 7, not 9.

Now if you delete rule 4, rules 5 to 7 will be pushed up by 1 rule, so as old rule 5 becomes rule
4, old rule 6 becomes rule 5 and old rule 7 becomes rule 6.
Table 242 Fields in Menu 15.1.1
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Set Name Enter a name for this set of rules. This is a required field. If this field is left blank, the entire
set will be deleted.
Action Press [SPACE BAR] to choose from None, Edit, Insert Before, Delete, Go To Rule,
Next Page or Previous Page and then press [ENTER]. You must select a rule in the next
field when you choose the Edit, Insert Before, Delete or Go To Rule commands.
None disables the Select Rule item.
Use Edit to create or edit a rule.
Use Insert Before to insert a rule before the rule selected.
Use Delete to delete the selected rule and then all the rules after the selected one will be
advanced one rule.
Use Go To Rule to view the page where your desired rule is listed.
Select Next Page or Previous Page to view the next or previous page of rules
(respectively).
Select When you choose Edit, Insert Before or Delete in the previous field the cursor jumps to
Rule this field to allow you to select the rule to apply the action in question.
" You must press [ENTER] at the bottom of the screen to save the whole set.
You must do this again if you make any changes to the set – including deleting
a rule. No changes to the set take place until this action is taken.
Selecting Edit in the Action field and then selecting a rule brings up the following menu,
Menu 15.1.1.1 - Address Mapping Rule in which you can edit an individual rule and
configure the Type, Local and Global Start/End IPs.
" An IP End address must be numerically greater than its corresponding IP Start
address.

Figure 415 Menu 15.1.1.1: Editing/Configuring an Individual Rule in a Set
Menu 15.1.1.1 Address Mapping Rule
Type= One-to-One
Local IP:
Start=
End = N/A
Global IP:
Start=
End = N/A
Server Mapping Set= N/A

Table 243 Menu 15.1.1.1: Editing/Configuring an Individual Rule in a Set
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Type Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select from a total of five types. These are the
mapping types discussed in Chapter 22 on page 435. Server allows you to specify multiple
servers of different types behind NAT to this computer. See Section 44.4.3 on page 685 for
an example.
Local IP Only local IP fields are N/A for server; Global IP fields MUST be set for Server.
Start Enter the starting local IP address (ILA).
End Enter the ending local IP address (ILA). If the rule is for all local IPs, then put the Start IP
as 0.0.0.0 and the End IP as 255.255.255.255. This field is N/A for One-to-One and Server
types.
Global IP
Start Enter the starting global IP address (IGA). If you have a dynamic IP, enter 0.0.0.0 as the
Global IP Start. Note that Global IP Start can be set to 0.0.0.0 only if the types are Many-
to-One or Server.
End Enter the ending global IP address (IGA). This field is N/A for One-to-One, Many-to-One
and Server types.
Server This field is available only when you select Server in the Type field.
Mapping
Set
Once you have finished configuring a rule in this menu, press [ENTER] at the message “Press ENTER
to Confirm…” to save your configuration, or press [ESC] to cancel.

44.3 Configuring a Server behind NAT
management setup.
Follow these steps to configure a server behind NAT:

1 Enter 15 in the main menu to go to Menu 15 - NAT Setup.
2 Enter 2 to open menu 15.2.
Figure 416 Menu 15.2: NAT Server Sets
Menu 15.2 - NAT Server Sets
1. Server Set 1
2. Server Set 2
Enter Set Number to Edit:
3 Enter 1 or 2 to go to Menu 15.2.x - NAT Server Setup and configure the address
mapping rules for the WAN 1 or WAN 2 interface on a ZyWALL with multiple WAN
interfaces.
Figure 417 Menu 15.2.x: NAT Server Sets
Menu 15.2.1 - NAT Server Setup
Default Server: 0.0.0.0

Rule Act. Start Port End Port IP Address
------------------------------------------------------
001 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
002 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
003 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
004 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
005 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
006 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
007 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
008 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
009 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
010 No 0 0 0.0.0.0


4 Select Edit Rule in the Select Command field; type the index number of the NAT
server you want to configure in the Select Rule field and press [ENTER] to open Menu
15.2.x.x - NAT Server Configuration (see the next figure).
Figure 418 15.2.x.x: NAT Server Configuration
15.2.1.2 - NAT Server Configuration
Wan= 1 Index= 2
------------------------------------------------
Name= 1
Active= Yes
Start port= 21 End port= 25
IP Address= 192.168.1.33

Table 244 15.2.x.x: NAT Server Configuration
FIELD DESCRIPTION
WAN On a ZyWALL with two WAN ports, you can configure port forwarding and trigger port
rules for the first WAN port and separate sets of rules for the second WAN port.
This is the WAN port (server set) you select in menu 15.2.
Index This is the index number of an individual port forwarding server entry.
Name Enter a name to identify this port-forwarding rule.
Active Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes to enable the NAT server entry.
Start Port Enter a port number in the Start Port field. To forward only one port, enter it again in
the End Port field. To specify a range of ports, enter the last port to be forwarded in
End Port the End Port field.
IP Address Enter the inside IP address of the server.
5 Enter a port number in the Start Port field. To forward only one port, enter it again in
the End Port field. To specify a range of ports, enter the last port to be forwarded in the
End Port field.
6 Enter the inside IP address of the server in the IP Address field. In the following figure,
you have a computer acting as an FTP, Telnet and SMTP server (ports 21, 23 and 25) at
192.168.1.33.
7 Press [ENTER] at the “Press ENTER to confirm …” prompt to save your configuration
after you define all the servers or press [ESC] at any time to cancel.

Figure 419 Menu 15.2.1: NAT Server Setup

------------------------------------------------------
001 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
002 Yes 21 25 192.168.1.33
003 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
004 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
005 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
006 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
007 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
008 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
009 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
010 No 0 0 0.0.0.0

You assign the private network IP addresses. The NAT network appears as a single host on the
Internet. A is the FTP/Telnet/SMTP server.
Figure 420 Server Behind NAT Example
44.4 General NAT Examples

The following are some examples of NAT configuration.
44.4.1 Internet Access Only

In the following Internet access example, you only need one rule where all your ILAs (Inside
Local addresses) map to one dynamic IGA (Inside Global Address) assigned by your ISP.

Figure 421 NAT Example 1
Figure 422 Menu 4: Internet Access & NAT Example
ISP's Name= ChangeMe

My Login= N/A
My Password= N/A
Login Server= N/A
IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
From menu 4 shown above, simply choose the SUA Only option from the Network Address
Translation field. This is the Many-to-One mapping discussed in Section 44.4 on page 683.
The SUA Only read-only option from the Network Address Translation field in menus 4
and 11.3 is specifically pre-configured to handle this case.

44.4.2 Example 2: Internet Access with a Default Server

In this case, you do exactly as above (use the convenient pre-configured SUA Only set) and
also go to menu 15.2.1 to specify the Default Server behind the NAT as shown in the next
figure.
Figure 424 Menu 15.2.1: Specifying an Inside Server

------------------------------------------------------
001 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
002 Yes 21 25 192.168.1.33
003 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
004 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
005 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
006 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
007 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
008 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
009 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
010 No 0 0 0.0.0.0

44.4.3 Example 3: Multiple Public IP Addresses With Inside Servers

In this example, there are 3 IGAs from our ISP. There are many departments but two have
their own FTP server. All departments share the same router. The example will reserve one
IGA for each department with an FTP server and all departments use the other IGA. Map the
FTP servers to the first two IGAs and the other LAN traffic to the remaining IGA. Map the
third IGA to an inside web server and mail server. Four rules need to be configured, two bi-
directional and two uni-directional as follows.
1 Map the first IGA to the first inside FTP server for FTP traffic in both directions (1 : 1
mapping, giving both local and global IP addresses).

2 Map the second IGA to our second inside FTP server for FTP traffic in both directions (1
: 1 mapping, giving both local and global IP addresses).
3 Map the other outgoing LAN traffic to IGA3 (Many : 1 mapping).
4 You also map your third IGA to the web server and mail server on the LAN. Type
Server allows you to specify multiple servers, of different types, to other computers
behind NAT on the LAN.
The example situation looks somewhat like this:
1 In this case you need to configure Address Mapping Set 1 from Menu 15.1 - Address
Mapping Sets. Therefore you must choose the Full Feature option from the Network
Address Translation field (in menu 4 or menu 11.3) in Figure 426 on page 687.
2 Then enter 15 from the main menu.
3 Enter 1 to configure the Address Mapping Sets.
4 Enter 1 to begin configuring this new set. Enter a Set Name, choose the Edit Action
and then enter 1 for the Select Rule field. Press [ENTER] to confirm.
5 Select Type as One-to-One (direct mapping for packets going both ways), and enter
the local Start IP as 192.168.1.10 (the IP address of FTP Server 1), the global Start IP
as 10.132.50.1 (our first IGA). (See Figure 427 on page 687).
6 Repeat the previous step for rules 2 to 4 as outlined above.
7 When finished, menu 15.1.1 should look like as shown in Figure 428 on page 688.

Figure 426 Example 3: Menu 11.1.2

IP Address= N/A
IP Subnet Mask= N/A
Gateway IP Addr= N/A

NAT Lookup Set= 255
Metric= 1
Private= N/A
RIP Direction= None
Version= N/A
Multicast= None
The following figure shows how to configure the first rule.
Figure 427 Example 3: Menu 15.1.1.1
Type= One-to-One
Local IP:
Start= 192.168.1.10
End = N/A
Global IP:
Start= 10.132.50.1
End = N/A
Server Mapping Set= N/A

Figure 428 Example 3: Final Menu 15.1.1
Set Name= Example3
--- --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---
1. 192.168.1.10 10.132.50.1 1-1
2 192.168.1.11 10.132.50.2 1-1
3. 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 10.132.50.3 M-1
4. 10.132.50.3 Server
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Action= Edit Select Rule=
Now configure the IGA3 to map to our web server and mail server on the LAN.
1 Enter 15 from the main menu.
2 Enter 2 to go to menu 15.2.
3 (Enter 1 or 2 from menu 15.2 on a ZyWALL with multiple WAN ports) configure the
menu as shown in Figure 429 on page 688.
Figure 429 Example 3: Menu 15.2.1

------------------------------------------------------
001 Yes 80 80 192.168.1.21
002 Yes 25 25 192.168.1.20
003 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
004 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
005 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
006 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
007 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
008 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
009 No 0 0 0.0.0.0
010 No 0 0 0.0.0.0


44.4.4 Example 4: NAT Unfriendly Application Programs

Some applications do not support NAT Mapping using TCP or UDP port address translation.
In this case it is better to use Many-One-to-One mapping as port numbers do not change for
Many-One-to-One (and One-to-One) NAT mapping types. The following figure illustrates
this.
" Other applications such as some gaming programs are NAT unfriendly
because they embed addressing information in the data stream. These
applications won’t work through NAT even when using One-to-One and
Many-One-to-One mapping types.
Follow the steps outlined in example 3 above to configure these two menus as follows.
Figure 431 Example 4: Menu 15.1.1.1: Address Mapping Rule
Type= Many-One-to-One
Local IP:
Start= 192.168.1.10
End = 192.168.1.12
Global IP:
Start= 10.132.50.1
End = 10.132.50.3
After you’ve configured your rule, you should be able to check the settings in menu 15.1.1 as
shown next.

Figure 432 Example 4: Menu 15.1.1: Address Mapping Rules
Set Name= Example4
--- --------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- ---
1. 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.12 10.132.50.1 10.132.50.3 M-1-1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Action= Edit Select Rule=
44.5 Trigger Port Forwarding

Some services use a dedicated range of ports on the client side and a dedicated range of ports
on the server side. With regular port forwarding you set a forwarding port in NAT to forward a
service (coming in from the server on the WAN) to the IP address of a computer on the client
side (LAN). The problem is that port forwarding only forwards a service to a single LAN IP
address. In order to use the same service on a different LAN computer, you have to manually
replace the LAN computer's IP address in the forwarding port with another LAN computer's IP
address.
Trigger port forwarding solves this problem by allowing computers on the LAN to
dynamically take turns using the service. The ZyWALL records the IP address of a LAN
computer that sends traffic to the WAN to request a service with a specific port number and
protocol (a "trigger" port). When the ZyWALL's WAN port receives a response with a specific
port number and protocol ("incoming" port), the ZyWALL forwards the traffic to the LAN IP
address of the computer that sent the request. After that computer’s connection for that service
closes, another computer on the LAN can use the service in the same manner. This way you do
not need to configure a new IP address each time you want a different LAN computer to use
the application.
44.5.1 Two Points To Remember About Trigger Ports

1 Trigger events only happen on data that is going coming from inside the ZyWALL and
going to the outside.
2 If an application needs a continuous data stream, that port (range) will be tied up so that
another computer on the LAN can’t trigger it.

" Only one LAN computer can use a trigger port (range) at a time.
Enter 3 in menu 15 to display Menu 15.3 - Trigger Ports. For a ZyWALL with multiple
WAN interfaces, enter 1 or 2 from menu 15.3 to go to Menu 15.3.1 or Menu 15.3.2 - Trigger
Port Setup and configure trigger port rules for the first or second WAN interface.
Figure 433 Menu 15.3.1: Trigger Port Setup
Menu 15.3.1 - Trigger Port Setup
Incoming Trigger
Rule Name Start Port End Port Start Port End Port
--------------------------------------------------------------
1. Real Audio 6970 7170 7070 7070
2. 0 0 0 0
3. 0 0 0 0
4. 0 0 0 0
5. 0 0 0 0
6. 0 0 0 0
7. 0 0 0 0
8. 0 0 0 0
9. 0 0 0 0
10. 0 0 0 0
11. 0 0 0 0
12. 0 0 0 0
HTTP:80 FTP:21 Telnet:23 SMTP:25 POP3:110 PPTP:1723

Table 245 Menu 15.3.1: Trigger Port Setup
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Rule This is the rule index number.
Name Enter a unique name for identification purposes. You may enter up to 15 characters in
this field. All characters are permitted - including spaces.
Incoming Incoming is a port (or a range of ports) that a server on the WAN uses when it sends out
a particular service. The ZyWALL forwards the traffic with this port (or range of ports) to
the client computer on the LAN that requested the service.
Start Port Enter a port number or the starting port number in a range of port numbers.
End Port Enter a port number or the ending port number in a range of port numbers.
Trigger The trigger port is a port (or a range of ports) that causes (or triggers) the ZyWALL to
record the IP address of the LAN computer that sent the traffic to a server on the WAN.
Start Port Enter a port number or the starting port number in a range of port numbers.

Table 245 Menu 15.3.1: Trigger Port Setup (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
End Port Enter a port number or the ending port number in a range of port numbers.
Press [ENTER] at the message “Press ENTER to Confirm...” to save your configuration, or press [ESC]
at any time to cancel.

CHAPTER 45
Introducing the ZyWALL Firewall
This chapter shows you how to get started with the ZyWALL firewall.
45.1 Using ZyWALL SMT Menus

From the main menu enter 21 to go to Menu 21 - Filter Set and Firewall Configuration to
display the screen shown next.
Figure 434 Menu 21: Filter and Firewall Setup
Menu 21 - Filter and Firewall Setup
1. Filter Setup
2. Firewall Setup
45.1.1 Activating the Firewall

Enter option 2 in this menu to bring up the following screen. Press [SPACE BAR] and then
[ENTER] to select Yes in the Active field to activate the firewall. The firewall must be active
to protect against Denial of Service (DoS) attacks. Use the web configurator to configure
firewall rules.

Chapter 45 Introducing the ZyWALL Firewall
Figure 435 Menu 21.2: Firewall Setup
Menu 21.2 - Firewall Setup
The firewall protects against Denial of Service (DoS) attacks

when it is active.
Your network is vulnerable to attacks when the firewall is

turned off.
Refer to the User's Guide for details about the firewall

default policies.
You may define additional policy rules or modify existing ones

but please exercise extreme caution in doing so.
Active: Yes
You can use the Web Configurator to configure the firewall.
" Configure the firewall rules using the web configurator or CLI commands.

CHAPTER 46
Filter Configuration
This chapter shows you how to create and apply filters.
46.1 Introduction to Filters

Your ZyWALL uses filters to decide whether to allow passage of a data packet and/or to make
a call. There are two types of filter applications: data filtering and call filtering. Filters are
subdivided into device and protocol filters, which are discussed later.
Data filtering screens the data to determine if the packet should be allowed to pass. Data filters
are divided into incoming and outgoing filters, depending on the direction of the packet
relative to a port. Data filtering can be applied on either the WAN side or the LAN side. Call
filtering is used to determine if a packet should be allowed to trigger a call. Remote node call
filtering is only applicable when using PPPoE encapsulation. Outgoing packets must undergo
data filtering before they encounter call filtering as shown in the following figure.
Figure 436 Outgoing Packet Filtering Process
For incoming packets, your ZyWALL applies data filters only. Packets are processed
depending upon whether a match is found. The following sections describe how to configure
filter sets.

Chapter 46 Filter Configuration
46.1.1 The Filter Structure of the ZyWALL

A filter set consists of one or more filter rules. Usually, you would group related rules, e.g., all
the rules for NetBIOS, into a single set and give it a descriptive name. The ZyWALL allows
you to configure up to twelve filter sets with six rules in each set, for a total of 72 filter rules in
the system. You cannot mix device filter rules and protocol filter rules within the same set.
You can apply up to four filter sets to a particular port to block multiple types of packets. With
each filter set having up to six rules, you can have a maximum of 24 rules active for a single
port.
Sets of factory default filter rules have been configured in menu 21 to prevent NetBIOS traffic
from triggering calls and to prevent incoming telnet sessions. A summary of their filter rules is
shown in the figures that follow.
The following figure illustrates the logic flow when executing a filter rule. See also Figure 441
on page 702 for the logic flow when executing an IP filter.

Figure 437 Filter Rule Process
You can apply up to four filter sets to a particular port to block multiple types of packets. With
each filter set having up to six rules, you can have a maximum of 24 rules active for a single
port.

46.2 Configuring a Filter Set

The ZyWALL includes filtering for NetBIOS over TCP/IP packets by default. To configure
another filter set, follow the procedure below.
1 Enter 21 in the main menu to open menu 21.
Figure 438 Menu 21: Filter and Firewall Setup
Menu 21 - Filter and Firewall Setup
1. Filter Setup
2. Firewall Setup
2 Enter 1 to bring up the following menu.
Figure 439 Menu 21.1: Filter Set Configuration
Menu 21.1 - Filter Set Configuration
Filter Filter
Set # Comments Set # Comments
------ ----------------- ------ -----------------
1 _______________ 7 _______________
2 _______________ 8 _______________
3 _______________ 9 _______________
4 _______________ 10 _______________
5 _______________ 11 _______________
6 _______________ 12 _______________
Enter Filter Set Number to Configure= 0
Edit Comments= N/A
3 Select the filter set you wish to configure (1-12) and press [ENTER].
4 Enter a descriptive name or comment in the Edit Comments field and press [ENTER].
5 Press [ENTER] at the message [Press ENTER to confirm] to open Menu 21.1.x -
Filter Rules Summary.
This screen shows the summary of the existing rules in the filter set. The following tables
contain a brief description of the abbreviations used in the previous menus.

Table 246 Abbreviations Used in the Filter Rules Summary Menu

FIELD DESCRIPTION
A Active: “Y” means the rule is active. “N” means the rule is inactive.
Type The type of filter rule: “GEN” for Generic, “IP” for TCP/IP.
Filter Rules These parameters are displayed here.
M More.
“Y” means there are more rules to check which form a rule chain with the present rule.
An action cannot be taken until the rule chain is complete.
“N” means there are no more rules to check. You can specify an action to be taken i.e.,
forward the packet, drop the packet or check the next rule. For the latter, the next rule is
independent of the rule just checked.
m Action Matched.
“F” means to forward the packet immediately and skip checking the remaining rules.
“D” means to drop the packet.
“N“ means to check the next rule.
n Action Not Matched.
“F” means to forward the packet immediately and skip checking the remaining rules.
“D” means to drop the packet.
“N” means to check the next rule.
The protocol dependent filter rules abbreviation are listed as follows:

Table 247 Rule Abbreviations Used
ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION
IP
Pr Protocol
SA Source Address
SP Source Port number
DA Destination Address
DP Destination Port number
GEN
Off Offset
Len Length
Refer to the next section for information on configuring the filter rules.
46.2.1 Configuring a Filter Rule

To configure a filter rule, type its number in Menu 21.1.x - Filter Rules Summary and press
[ENTER] to open menu 21.1.x.x for the rule.
To speed up filtering, all rules in a filter set must be of the same class, i.e., protocol filters or
generic filters. The class of a filter set is determined by the first rule that you create. When
applying the filter sets to a port, separate menu fields are provided for protocol and device
filter sets. If you include a protocol filter set in a device filter field or vice versa, the ZyWALL
will warn you and will not allow you to save.

46.2.2 Configuring a TCP/IP Filter Rule

This section shows you how to configure a TCP/IP filter rule. TCP/IP rules allow you to base
the rule on the fields in the IP and the upper layer protocol, for example, UDP and TCP
headers.
To configure TCP/IP rules, select TCP/IP Filter Rule from the Filter Type field and press
[ENTER] to open Menu 21.1.x.x - TCP/IP Filter Rule, as shown next.
Figure 440 Menu 21.1.1.1: TCP/IP Filter Rule
Menu 21.1.1.1 - TCP/IP Filter Rule
Filter #: 1,1
Filter Type= TCP/IP Filter Rule
Active= Yes
IP Protocol= 0 IP Source Route= No
Destination: IP Addr=
IP Mask=
Port #=
Port # Comp= None
Source: IP Addr=
IP Mask=
Port #=
Port # Comp= None
TCP Estab= N/A
More= No Log= None
Action Matched= Check Next Rule
Action Not Matched= Check Next Rule
The following table describes how to configure your TCP/IP filter rule.
Table 248 Menu 21.1.1.1: TCP/IP Filter Rule
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Active Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes to activate the filter rule or No
to deactivate it.
IP Protocol Protocol refers to the upper layer protocol, e.g., TCP is 6, UDP is 17 and ICMP is 1.
Type a value between 0 and 255. A value of 0 matches ANY protocol.
IP Source Route Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes to apply the rule to packets
with an IP source route option. Otherwise the packets must not have a source route
option. The majority of IP packets do not have source route.
Destination
IP Addr Enter the destination IP Address of the packet you wish to filter. This field is ignored
if it is 0.0.0.0.
IP Mask Enter the IP mask to apply to the Destination: IP Addr.
Port # Enter the destination port of the packets that you wish to filter. The range of this field
is 0 to 65535. This field is ignored if it is 0.

Table 248 Menu 21.1.1.1: TCP/IP Filter Rule

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Port # Comp Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the comparison to apply to the
destination port in the packet against the value given in Destination: Port #.
Options are None, Equal, Not Equal, Less and Greater.
Source
IP Addr Enter the source IP Address of the packet you wish to filter. This field is ignored if it
is 0.0.0.0.
IP Mask Enter the IP mask to apply to the Source: IP Addr.
Port # Enter the source port of the packets that you wish to filter. The range of this field is 0
to 65535. This field is ignored if it is 0.
Port # Comp Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the comparison to apply to the
source port in the packet against the value given in Source: Port #.
Options are None, Equal, Not Equal, Less and Greater.
TCP Estab This field is applicable only when the IP Protocol field is 6, TCP. Press [SPACE
BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes, to have the rule match packets that want to
establish a TCP connection (SYN=1 and ACK=0); if No, it is ignored.
More Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes or No. If Yes, a matching
packet is passed to the next filter rule before an action is taken; if No, the packet is
disposed of according to the action fields.
If More is Yes, then Action Matched and Action Not Matched will be N/A.
Log Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select a logging option from the following:
None – No packets will be logged.
Action Matched - Only packets that match the rule parameters will be logged.
Action Not Matched - Only packets that do not match the rule parameters will be
logged.
Both – All packets will be logged.
Action Matched Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the action for a matching packet.
Options are Check Next Rule, Forward and Drop.
Action Not Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the action for a packet not
Matched matching the rule.
Options are Check Next Rule, Forward and Drop.
When you have Menu 21.1.1.1 - TCP/IP Filter Rule configured, press [ENTER] at the message “Press
ENTER to Confirm” to save your configuration, or press [ESC] to cancel. This data will now be
displayed on Menu 21.1.1 - Filter Rules Summary.
The following figure illustrates the logic flow of an IP filter.

Figure 441 Executing an IP Filter
46.2.3 Configuring a Generic Filter Rule

This section shows you how to configure a generic filter rule. The purpose of generic rules is
to allow you to filter non-IP packets. For IP, it is generally easier to use the IP rules directly.

For generic rules, the ZyWALL treats a packet as a byte stream as opposed to an IP or IPX
packet. You specify the portion of the packet to check with the Offset (from 0) and the Length
fields, both in bytes. The ZyWALL applies the Mask (bit-wise ANDing) to the data portion
before comparing the result against the Value to determine a match. The Mask and Value are
specified in hexadecimal numbers. Note that it takes two hexadecimal digits to represent a
byte, so if the length is 4, the value in either field will take 8 digits, for example, FFFFFFFF.
To configure a generic rule, select Generic Filter Rule in the Filter Type field in menu
21.1.x.x and press [ENTER] to open Generic Filter Rule, as shown below.
Figure 442 Menu 21.1.1.1: Generic Filter Rule
Menu 21.1.1.1 - Generic Filter Rule
Filter #: 1,1
Filter Type= Generic Filter Rule
Active= No
Offset= 0
Length= 0
Mask= N/A
Value= N/A
More= No Log= None
Action Matched= Check Next Rule
Action Not Matched= Check Next Rule
The following table describes the fields in the Generic Filter Rule menu.
Table 249 Generic Filter Rule Menu Fields
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Filter # This is the filter set, filter rule co-ordinates, i.e., 2,3 refers to the second filter set and the
third rule of that set.
Filter Type Use [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select a rule type. Parameters displayed below
each type will be different. TCP/IP filter rules are used to filter IP packets while generic
filter rules allow filtering of non-IP packets.
Options are Generic Filter Rule and TCP/IP Filter Rule.
Active Select Yes to turn on the filter rule or No to turn it off.
Offset Enter the starting byte of the data portion in the packet that you wish to compare. The
range for this field is from 0 to 255.
Length Enter the byte count of the data portion in the packet that you wish to compare. The range
for this field is 0 to 8.
Mask Enter the mask (in Hexadecimal notation) to apply to the data portion before comparison.
Value Enter the value (in Hexadecimal notation) to compare with the data portion.
More If Yes, a matching packet is passed to the next filter rule before an action is taken; else
the packet is disposed of according to the action fields.
If More is Yes, then Action Matched and Action Not Matched will be No.

Table 249 Generic Filter Rule Menu Fields

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Log Select the logging option from the following:
None - No packets will be logged.
Action Matched - Only packets that match the rule parameters will be logged.
Action Not Matched - Only packets that do not match the rule parameters will be logged.
Both – All packets will be logged.
Action Select the action for a packet matching the rule.
Matched Options are Check Next Rule, Forward and Drop.
Action Not Select the action for a packet not matching the rule.
Matched Options are Check Next Rule, Forward and Drop.
Once you have completed filling in Menu 21.1.1.1 - Generic Filter Rule, press [ENTER] at the
message “Press ENTER to Confirm” to save your configuration, or press [ESC] to cancel. This data will
now be displayed on Menu 21.1.1 - Filter Rules Summary.
46.3 Example Filter

Here is an example to block outside users from accessing the ZyWALL via telnet.
Figure 443 Telnet Filter Example
1 Enter 21 from the main menu to open Menu 21 - Filter and Firewall Setup.
2 Enter 1 to open Menu 21.1 - Filter Set Configuration.
3 Enter the index of the filter set you wish to configure (say 3) and press [ENTER].
4 Enter a descriptive name or comment in the Edit Comments field and press [ENTER].
5 Press [ENTER] at the message [Press ENTER to confirm] to open Menu 21.1.3 - Filter
Rules Summary.
6 Enter 1 to configure the first filter rule (the only filter rule of this set). Make the entries
in this menu as shown in the following figure.

Figure 444 Example Filter: Menu 21.1.3.1
Menu 21.1.3.1 - TCP/IP Filter Rule
Filter #: 3,1
Filter Type= TCP/IP Filter Rule
Active= Yes
IP Protocol= 6 IP Source Route= No
Destination: IP Addr= 0.0.0.0
IP Mask= 0.0.0.0
Port #= 23
Port # Comp= Equal
Source: IP Addr= 0.0.0.0
IP Mask= 0.0.0.0
Port #= 0
Port # Comp= None
TCP Estab= No
More= No Log= None
Action Matched= Drop
Action Not Matched= Forward

Press Space Bar to Toggle.
The port number for the telnet service (TCP protocol) is 23. See RFC 1060 for port numbers of
well-known services.
When you press [ENTER] to confirm, you will see the following screen. Note that there is
only one filter rule in this set.
Figure 445 Example Filter Rules Summary: Menu 21.1.3
Menu 21.1.3 - Filter Rules Summary
# A Type Filter Rules M m n

- - ---- ----------------------------------------------- - - -
1 Y IP Pr=6, SA=0.0.0.0, DA=0.0.0.0, DP=23 N D F
2 N
3 N
4 N7
5 N
6 N
Enter Filter Rule Number (1-6) to Configure: 1
This shows you that you have configured and activated (A = Y) a TCP/IP filter rule (Type =
IP, Pr = 6) for destination telnet ports (DP = 23).
M = N means an action can be taken immediately. The action is to drop the packet (m = D) if
the action is matched and to forward the packet immediately (n = F) if the action is not
matched no matter whether there are more rules to be checked (there aren’t in this example).

After you’ve created the filter set, you must apply it.
1 Enter 11 from the main menu to go to menu 11.
2 Enter 1 or 2 to open Menu 11.x - Remote Node Profile.
3 Go to the Edit Filter Sets field, press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes and press [ENTER].
4 This brings you to menu 11.1.4. Apply a filter set (our example filter set 3) as shown in
Figure 449 on page 709.
5 Press [ENTER] to confirm after you enter the set numbers and to leave menu 11.1.4.
46.4 Filter Types and NAT

There are two classes of filter rules, Generic Filter (Device) rules and protocol filter (TCP/
IP) rules. Generic filter rules act on the raw data from/to LAN and WAN. Protocol filter rules
act on the IP packets. Generic and TCP/IP filter rules are discussed in more detail in the next
section. When NAT (Network Address Translation) is enabled, the inside IP address and port
number are replaced on a connection-by-connection basis, which makes it impossible to know
the exact address and port on the wire. Therefore, the ZyWALL applies the protocol filters to
the “native” IP address and port number before NAT for outgoing packets and after NAT for
incoming packets. On the other hand, the generic, or device filters are applied to the raw
packets that appear on the wire. They are applied at the point when the ZyWALL is receiving
and sending the packets; i.e. the interface. The interface can be an Ethernet port or any other
hardware port. The following diagram illustrates this.
Figure 446 Protocol and Device Filter Sets
46.5 Firewall Versus Filters

Below are some comparisons between the ZyWALL’s filtering and firewall functions.
46.5.1 Packet Filtering:

• The router filters packets as they pass through the router’s interface according to the filter
rules you designed.
• Packet filtering is a powerful tool, yet can be complex to configure and maintain,
especially if you need a chain of rules to filter a service.
• Packet filtering only checks the header portion of an IP packet.

46.5.1.1 When To Use Filtering

1 To block/allow LAN packets by their MAC addresses.
2 To block/allow special IP packets which are neither TCP nor UDP, nor ICMP packets.
3 To block/allow both inbound (WAN to LAN) and outbound (LAN to WAN) traffic
between the specific inside host/network "A" and outside host/network "B". If the filter
blocks the traffic from A to B, it also blocks the traffic from B to A. Filters cannot
distinguish traffic originating from an inside host or an outside host by IP address.
4 To block/allow IP trace route.
46.5.2 Firewall
• The firewall inspects packet contents as well as their source and destination addresses.
Firewalls of this type employ an inspection module, applicable to all protocols, that
understands data in the packet is intended for other layers, from the network layer (IP
headers) up to the application layer.
• The firewall performs stateful inspection. It takes into account the state of connections it
handles so that, for example, a legitimate incoming packet can be matched with the
outbound request for that packet and allowed in. Conversely, an incoming packet
masquerading as a response to a non-existent outbound request can be blocked.
• The firewall uses session filtering, i.e., smart rules, that enhance the filtering process and
control the network session rather than control individual packets in a session.
• The firewall provides e-mail service to notify you of routine reports and when alerts occur.
46.5.2.1 When To Use The Firewall

1 To prevent DoS attacks and prevent hackers cracking your network.
2 A range of source and destination IP addresses as well as port numbers can be specified
within one firewall rule making the firewall a better choice when complex rules are
required.
3 To selectively block/allow inbound or outbound traffic between inside host/networks
and outside host/networks. Remember that filters cannot distinguish traffic originating
from an inside host or an outside host by IP address.
4 The firewall performs better than filtering if you need to check many rules.
5 Use the firewall if you need routine e-mail reports about your system or need to be
alerted when attacks occur.
6 The firewall can block specific URL traffic that might occur in the future. The URL can
be saved in an Access Control List (ACL) database.
46.6 Applying a Filter

This section shows you where to apply the filter(s) after you design it (them). The ZyWALL
already has filters to prevent NetBIOS traffic from triggering calls, and block incoming telnet,
FTP and HTTP connections.

" If you do not activate the firewall, it is advisable to apply filters.
46.6.1 Applying LAN Filters

LAN traffic filter sets may be useful to block certain packets, reduce traffic and prevent
security breaches. Go to menu 3.1 (shown next) and enter the number(s) of the filter set(s) that
you want to apply as appropriate. You can choose up to four filter sets (from twelve) by
entering their numbers separated by commas, e.g., 3, 4, 6, 11. Input filter sets filter incoming
traffic to the ZyWALL and output filter sets filter outgoing traffic from the ZyWALL. For
PPPoE or PPTP encapsulation, you have the additional option of specifying remote node call
filter sets.
Figure 447 Filtering LAN Traffic
Menu 3.1 - LAN Port Filter Setup
Input Filter Sets:

protocol filters=
device filters=
Output Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=
46.6.2 Applying DMZ Filters

DMZ traffic filter sets may be useful to block certain packets, reduce traffic and prevent
security breaches. Go to menu 5.1 (shown next) and enter the number(s) of the filter set(s) that
you want to apply as appropriate. You can choose up to four filter sets (from twelve) by
entering their numbers separated by commas, e.g., 3, 4, 6, 11. Input filter sets filter incoming
traffic to the ZyWALL and output filter sets filter outgoing traffic from the ZyWALL. The
ZyWALL already has filters to prevent NetBIOS traffic from triggering calls, and block
incoming telnet, FTP and HTTP connections.
Figure 448 Filtering DMZ Traffic
Menu 5.1 - DMZ Port Filter Setup
Input Filter Sets:

protocol filters=
device filters=
Output Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=

46.6.3 Applying Remote Node Filters

Go to menu 11.1.4 (shown below – note that call filter sets are only present for PPPoE
encapsulation) and enter the number(s) of the filter set(s) as appropriate. You can cascade up
to four filter sets by entering their numbers separated by commas. The ZyWALL already has
filters to prevent NetBIOS traffic from triggering calls, and block incoming telnet, FTP and
HTTP connections.
Figure 449 Filtering Remote Node Traffic
Menu 11.1.4 - Remote Node Filter Setup
Input Filter Sets:

protocol filters=
device filters=
Output Filter Sets:
protocol filters=
device filters=


CHAPTER 47
SNMP Configuration
This chapter explains SNMP configuration menu 22.
47.1 SNMP Configuration

To configure SNMP, enter 22 from the main menu to display Menu 22 - SNMP
Configuration as shown next. The “community” for Get, Set and Trap fields is SNMP
terminology for password.
Figure 450 Menu 22: SNMP Configuration
Menu 22 - SNMP Configuration
SNMP:
Get Community= public
Set Community= public
Trusted Host= 0.0.0.0
Trap:
Community= public
Destination= 0.0.0.0
The following table describes the SNMP configuration parameters.

Table 250 SNMP Configuration Menu Fields
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Get Community Type the Get community, which is the password for the incoming Get- and GetNext
requests from the management station.
Set Community Type the Set community, which is the password for incoming Set requests from the
management station.
Trusted Host If you enter a trusted host, your ZyWALL will only respond to SNMP messages from
this address. A blank (default) field means your ZyWALL will respond to all SNMP
messages it receives, regardless of source.
Trap
Community Type the Trap community, which is the password sent with each trap to the SNMP
manager.

Chapter 47 SNMP Configuration
Table 250 SNMP Configuration Menu Fields (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Destination Type the IP address of the station to send your SNMP traps to.
When you have completed this menu, press [ENTER] at the prompt “Press [ENTER] to confirm or
[ESC] to cancel” to save your configuration or press [ESC] to cancel and go back to the previous
screen.
47.2 SNMP Traps

The ZyWALL will send traps to the SNMP manager when any one of the following events
occurs:
Table 251 SNMP Traps
TRAP # TRAP NAME DESCRIPTION
0 coldStart (defined in RFC-1215) A trap is sent after booting (power on).
1 warmStart (defined in RFC-1215) A trap is sent after booting (software reboot).
4 authenticationFailure (defined in A trap is sent to the manager when receiving any
RFC-1215) SNMP get or set requirements with the wrong
community (password).
6 whyReboot (defined in ZYXEL- A trap is sent with the reason of restart before rebooting
MIB) when the system is going to restart (warm start).
6a For intentional reboot: A trap is sent with the message "System reboot by
user!" if reboot is done intentionally, (for example,
download new files, CI command "sys reboot", etc.).
6b For fatal error: A trap is sent with the message of the fatal code if the
system reboots because of fatal errors.

CHAPTER 48
System Information & Diagnosis
This chapter covers SMT menus 24.1 to 24.4.
48.1 Introduction to System Status

This chapter covers the diagnostic tools that help you to maintain your ZyWALL. These tools
include updates on system status, port status and log and trace capabilities.
Select menu 24 in the main menu to open Menu 24 - System Maintenance, as shown below.
Figure 451 Menu 24: System Maintenance
Menu 24 - System Maintenance
1. System Status
2. System Information and Console Port Speed
3. Log and Trace
4. Diagnostic
5. Backup Configuration
6. Restore Configuration
7. Upload Firmware
8. Command Interpreter Mode
9. Call Control
10. Time and Date Setting
11. Remote Management Setup
48.2 System Status

The first selection, System Status, gives you information on the version of your system
firmware and the status and statistics of the ports, as shown in the next figure. System Status is
a tool that can be used to monitor your ZyWALL. Specifically, it gives you information on
your system firmware version, number of packets sent and number of packets received.
To get to the System Status:
1 Enter number 24 to go to Menu 24 - System Maintenance.
2 In this menu, enter 1 to open Menu 24.1 - System Maintenance - Status.

Chapter 48 System Information & Diagnosis
3 There are three commands in Menu 24.1 - System Maintenance - Status. Entering 1 or
2 drops the WAN1 or WAN2 connection, 9 resets the counters and [ESC] takes you
back to the previous screen.
Figure 452 Menu 24.1: System Maintenance: Status
Menu 24.1 - System Maintenance - Status 10:04:42

Wed. Aug. 08, 2007
Port Status TxPkts RxPkts Cols Tx B/s Rx B/s Up Time
WAN1 100M/Full 630 3325 0 0 0 0:52:41
WAN2 Down 0 0 0 0 0 0:00:00
LAN 100M/Full 106 0 0 0 0 0:52:41
WCRD Down 0 0 0 0 0 0:00:00
DMZ 100M/Full 0 0 0 0 0 0:52:41
WLAN 100M/Full 5 0 0 0 0 0:52:41
Port Ethernet Address IP Address IP Mask DHCP

WAN1 00:00:AA:77:89:26 172.23.37.207 255.255.0.0 None
WAN2 00:00:AA:77:89:28 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 Client
LAN 00:00:AA:77:89:25 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 Server
WLAN 00:00:AA:77:89:29 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 None
DMZ 00:00:AA:77:89:27 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 None
System up Time: 0:52:46
Press Command:
COMMANDS: 1, 2-Drop WAN1,2 9-Reset Counters ESC-Exit
The following table describes the fields present in Menu 24.1 - System Maintenance -
Status. These fields are READ-ONLY and meant for diagnostic purposes. The upper right
corner of the screen shows the time and date according to the format you set in menu 24.10.
Table 252 System Maintenance: Status Menu Fields
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Port This field identifies an interface (WAN1, WAN2, LAN, WCRD (wireless LAN card),
DMZ or WLAN) on the ZyWALL.
Status For the LAN, DMZ, and WLAN Interfaces, this displays the port speed and duplex
setting.
For the WAN interfaces, it displays the port speed and duplex setting if you’re
using Ethernet encapsulation or the remote node name (configured through the
SMT) for a PPP connection and Down (line is down or not connected), Idle (line
(ppp) idle), Dial (starting to trigger a call) or Drop (dropping a call) if you’re using
PPPoE encapsulation.
For the wireless card, it displays the transmission rate when a wireless LAN card
is inserted and WLAN is enabled or Down when a wireless LAN is not inserted or
WLAN is disabled.
Note: In Menu 24.1, WCRD only represents the WLAN card status.
The WCRD status is always down when a TURBO card is
installed.
TxPkts This is the number of transmitted packets on this port.
RxPkts This is the number of received packets on this port.

Table 252 System Maintenance: Status Menu Fields (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Cols This is the number of collisions on this port.
Tx B/s This field shows the transmission speed in Bytes per second on this port.
Rx B/s This field shows the reception speed in Bytes per second on this port.
Up Time This is the total amount of time the line has been up.
Ethernet Address This is the MAC address of the port listed on the left.
IP Address This is the IP address of the port listed on the left.
IP Mask This is the IP mask of the port listed on the left.
DHCP This is the DHCP setting of the port listed on the left.
System up Time This is the total time the ZyWALL has been on.
CARD bridged to This field shows whether the wireless card is set to be part of the LAN, DMZ or
WLAN.
You may enter 1 to drop the WAN connection, 9 to reset the counters or [ESC] to return to menu 24.
48.3 System Information and Console Port Speed

This section describes your system and allows you to choose different console port speeds. To
get to the System Information and Console Port Speed:
1 Enter 24 to go to Menu 24 - System Maintenance.
2 Enter 2 to open Menu 24.2 - System Information and Console Port Speed.
3 From this menu you have two choices as shown in the next figure:
Figure 453 Menu 24.2: System Information and Console Port Speed
Menu 24.2 - System Information and Console Port Speed
1. System Information
2. Console Port Speed
Please enter selection:
48.3.1 System Information

System Information gives you information about your system as shown below. More
specifically, it gives you information on your routing protocol, Ethernet address, IP address,
etc.

Figure 454 Menu 24.2.1: System Maintenance: Information
Menu 24.2.1 - System Maintenance - Information
Name:
Routing: IP
ZyNOS F/W Version: V4.03(WM.0)b1 | 06/29/2007
Country Code: 255
LAN
Ethernet Address: 00:13:49:00:00:02
IP Address: 192.168.1.1
IP Mask: 255.255.255.0
DHCP: Server
Press ESC or RETURN to Exit:

Table 253 Fields in System Maintenance: Information
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Name This is the ZyWALL's system name + domain name assigned in menu 1. For
example, System Name= xxx; Domain Name= baboo.mickey.com
Name= xxx.baboo.mickey.com
Routing Refers to the routing protocol used.
ZyNOS F/W Version Refers to the version of ZyXEL's Network Operating System software.
Country Code Refers to the country code of the firmware.
LAN
Ethernet Address Refers to the Ethernet MAC (Media Access Control) address of your ZyWALL.
IP Address This is the IP address of the ZyWALL in dotted decimal notation.
IP Mask This shows the IP mask of the ZyWALL.
DHCP This field shows the DHCP setting of the ZyWALL.
When finished viewing, press [ESC] or [ENTER] to exit.
48.3.2 Console Port Speed

You can change the speed of the console port through Menu 24.2.2 – Console Port Speed.
Your ZyWALL supports 9600 (default), 19200, 38400, 57600, and 115200 bps for the console
port. Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the desired speed in menu 24.2.2, as
shown next.

Figure 455 Menu 24.2.2: System Maintenance: Change Console Port Speed
Menu 24.2.2 - System Maintenance - Change Console Port Speed
Console Port Speed: 9600
Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to Cancel:Press

Space Bar to Toggle.
48.4 Log and Trace

There are two logging facilities in the ZyWALL. The first is the error logs and trace records
that are stored locally. The second is the UNIX syslog facility for message logging.
48.4.1 Viewing Error Log

The first place you should look for clues when something goes wrong is the error/trace log.
Follow the procedure below to view the local error/trace log:
1 Select option 24 from the main menu to open Menu 24 - System Maintenance.
2 From menu 24, select option 3 to open Menu 24.3 - System Maintenance - Log and
Trace.
3 Select the first option from Menu 24.3 - System Maintenance - Log and Trace to
display the error log in the system.
After the ZyWALL finishes displaying, you will have the option to clear the error log.
Figure 456 Menu 24.3: System Maintenance: Log and Trace
Menu 24.3 - System Maintenance - Log and Trace
1. View Error Log

2. UNIX Syslog
4. Call-Triggering Packet
Please enter selection
Examples of typical error and information messages are presented in the following figure.

Figure 457 Examples of Error and Information Messages
52 Thu Jul 1 05:54:53 2004 PP05 ERROR Wireless LAN init fail, code=15
53 Thu Jul 1 05:54:53 2004 PINI INFO Channel 0 ok
54 Thu Jul 1 05:54:56 2004 PP05 -WARN SNMP TRAP 3: interface 3: link up
55 Thu Jul 1 05:54:56 2004 PP0d INFO LAN promiscuous mode <0>
57 Thu Jul 1 05:54:56 2004 PP0d INFO LAN promiscuous mode <1>
58 Thu Jul 1 05:54:56 2004 PINI INFO Last errorlog repeat 1 Times
59 Thu Jul 1 05:54:56 2004 PINI INFO main: init completed
60 Thu Jul 1 05:55:26 2004 PSSV -WARN SNMP TRAP 0: cold start
61 Thu Jul 1 05:56:56 2004 PINI INFO SMT Session Begin
62 Thu Jul 1 07:50:58 2004 PINI INFO SMT Session End
63 Thu Jul 1 07:53:28 2004 PINI INFO SMT Session Begin
Clear Error Log (y/n):
48.4.2 Syslog Logging

The ZyWALL uses the syslog facility to log the CDR (Call Detail Record) and system
messages to a syslog server. Syslog and accounting can be configured in Menu 24.3.2 -
System Maintenance - Syslog Logging, as shown next.
Figure 458 Menu 24.3.2: System Maintenance: Syslog Logging
Menu 24.3.2 - System Maintenance - Syslog Logging
Syslog:
Active= No
Syslog Server IP Address= 0.0.0.0
Log Facility= Local 1
You need to configure the syslog parameters described in the following table to activate syslog
then choose what you want to log.
Table 254 System Maintenance Menu Syslog Parameters
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Syslog:
Active Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to turn syslog on or off.
Syslog Server IP Enter the server n77777ame or IP address of the syslog server that will log the
Address selected categories of logs.
Log Facility Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select a location. The log facility allows
you to log the messages to different files in the syslog server. Refer to the
documentation of your syslog program for more details.
When finished configuring this screen, press [ENTER] to confirm or [ESC] to cancel.
Your ZyWALL sends five types of syslog messages. Some examples (not all ZyWALL
specific) of these syslog messages with their message formats are shown next:

1 CDR
CDR Message Format

SdcmdSyslogSend( SYSLOG_CDR, SYSLOG_INFO, String );
String = board xx line xx channel xx, call xx, str
board = the hardware board ID
line = the WAN ID in a board
Channel = channel ID within the WAN
call = the call reference number which starts from 1 and increments by 1 for each new call
str = C01 Outgoing Call dev xx ch xx (dev:device No. ch:channel No.)
L02 Tunnel Connected(L2TP)
C02 OutCall Connected xxxx (means connected speed) xxxxx (means Remote Call Number)
L02 Call Terminated
C02 Call Terminated
Jul 19 11:19:27 192.168.102.2 ZyXEL: board 0 line 0 channel 0, call 1, C01 Outgoing Call dev=2
ch=0 40002
Jul 19 11:19:32 192.168.102.2 ZyXEL: board 0 line 0 channel 0, call 1, C02 OutCall Connected
64000 40002
Jul 19 11:20:06 192.168.102.2 ZyXEL: board 0 line 0 channel 0, call 1, C02 Call Terminated
2 Packet triggered
Packet triggered Message Format

SdcmdSyslogSend( SYSLOG_PKTTRI, SYSLOG_NOTICE, String );
String = Packet trigger: Protocol=xx Data=xxxxxxxxxx…..x
Protocol: (1:IP 2:IPX 3:IPXHC 4:BPDU 5:ATALK 6:IPNG)
Data: We will send forty-eight Hex characters to the server
Jul 19 11:28:39 192.168.102.2 ZyXEL: Packet Trigger: Protocol=1,
Data=4500003c100100001f010004c0a86614ca849a7b08004a5c02000100616263646566676869
6a6b6c6d6e6f7071727374
Data=4500002c1b0140001f06b50ec0a86614ca849a7b0427001700195b3e00000000600220008c
d40000020405b4
Data=45000028240140001f06ac12c0a86614ca849a7b0427001700195b451d143013500400007
7600000
3 Filter log

Filter log Message Format

SdcmdSyslogSend(SYSLOG_FILLOG, SYSLOG_NOTICE, String );
String = IP[Src=xx.xx.xx.xx Dst=xx.xx.xx.xx prot spo=xxxx dpo=xxxx] S04>R01mD
IP[…] is the packet header and S04>R01mD means filter set 4 (S) and rule 1 (R), match (m) drop
(D).
Src: Source Address
Dst: Destination Address
prot: Protocol ("TCP","UDP","ICMP")
spo: Source port
dpo: Destination portMar 03 10:39:43 202.132.155.97 ZyXEL: GEN[fffffffffffnordff0080]
}S05>R01mF
Mar 03 10:41:29 202.132.155.97 ZyXEL:
GEN[00a0c5f502fnord010080] }S05>R01mF
Mar 03 10:41:34 202.132.155.97 ZyXEL:
IP[Src=192.168.2.33 Dst=202.132.155.93 ICMP]}S04>R01mF
Mar 03 11:59:20 202.132.155.97 ZyXEL:
GEN[00a0c5f502fnord010080] }S05>R01mF
Mar 03 12:00:52 202.132.155.97 ZyXEL:
GEN[ffffffffffff0080] }S05>R01mF
Mar 03 12:00:57 202.132.155.97 ZyXEL:
GEN[00a0c5f502010080] }S05>R01mF
Mar 03 12:01:06 202.132.155.97 ZyXEL:
IP[Src=192.168.2.33 Dst=202.132.155.93 TCP spo=01170 dpo=00021]}S04>R01mF
4 PPP log
PPP Log Message Format

SdcmdSyslogSend( SYSLOG_PPPLOG, SYSLOG_NOTICE, String );
String = ppp:Proto Starting / ppp:Proto Opening / ppp:Proto Closing / ppp:Proto Shutdown
Proto = LCP / ATCP / BACP / BCP / CBCP / CCP / CHAP/ PAP / IPCP /
IPXCP
Jul 19 11:42:44 192.168.102.2 ZyXEL: ppp:LCP Closing
Jul 19 11:42:49 192.168.102.2 ZyXEL: ppp:IPCP Closing
Jul 19 11:42:54 192.168.102.2 ZyXEL: ppp:CCP Closing

5 Firewall log
Firewall Log Message Format

SdcmdSyslogSend(SYSLOG_FIREWALL, SYSLOG_NOTICE, buf);
buf = IP[Src=xx.xx.xx.xx : spo=xxxx Dst=xx.xx.xx.xx : dpo=xxxx | prot | rule | action]
Src: Source Address
spo: Source port (empty means no source port information)
Dst: Destination Address
dpo: Destination port (empty means no destination port information)
prot: Protocol ("TCP","UDP","ICMP", "IGMP", "GRE", "ESP")
rule: <a,b> where a means "set" number; b means "rule" number.
Action: nothing(N) block (B) forward (F)
08-01-200011:48:41Local1.Notice192.168.10.10RAS: FW 172.21.1.80 :137 ->172.21.1.80
:137 |UDP|default permit:<2,0>|B
08-01-200011:48:41Local1.Notice192.168.10.10RAS: FW 192.168.77.88 :520 ->192.168.77.88
:520 |UDP|default permit:<2,0>|B
08-01-200011:48:39Local1.Notice192.168.10.10RAS: FW 172.21.1.50 ->172.21.1.50
|IGMP<2>|default permit:<2,0>|B
08-01-200011:48:39Local1.Notice192.168.10.10RAS: FW 172.21.1.25 ->172.21.1.25
|IGMP<2>|default permit:<2,0>|B
48.4.3 Call-Triggering Packet

Call-Triggering Packet displays information about the packet that triggered a dial-out call in
an easy readable format. Equivalent information is available in menu 24.1 in hex format. An
example is shown next.

Figure 459 Call-Triggering Packet Example
IP Frame: ENET0-RECV Size: 44/ 44 Time: 17:02:44.262

Frame Type:
IP Header:
IP Version = 4
Header Length = 20
Type of Service = 0x00 (0)
Total Length = 0x002C (44)
Identification = 0x0002 (2)
Flags = 0x00
Fragment Offset = 0x00
Time to Live = 0xFE (254)
Protocol = 0x06 (TCP)
Header Checksum = 0xFB20 (64288)
Source IP = 0xC0A80101 (192.168.1.1)
Destination IP = 0x00000000 (0.0.0.0)
TCP Header:
Source Port = 0x0401 (1025)
Destination Port = 0x000D (13)
Sequence Number = 0x05B8D000 (95997952)
Ack Number = 0x00000000 (0)
Header Length = 24
Flags = 0x02 (....S.)
Window Size = 0x2000 (8192)
Checksum = 0xE06A (57450)
Urgent Ptr = 0x0000 (0)
Options =
0000: 02 04 02 00
RAW DATA:
0000: 45 00 00 2C 00 02 00 00-FE 06 FB 20 C0 A8 01 01 E......... ....
0010: 00 00 00 00 04 01 00 0D-05 B8 D0 00 00 00 00 00
................
0020: 60 02 20 00 E0 6A 00 00-02 04 02 00
Press any key to continue...
48.5 Diagnostic
The diagnostic facility allows you to test the different aspects of your ZyWALL to determine
if it is working properly. Menu 24.4 allows you to choose among various types of diagnostic
tests to evaluate your system, as shown next. Not all fields are available on all models.
Follow the procedure below to get to Menu 24.4 - System Maintenance - Diagnostic.
1 From the main menu, select option 24 to open Menu 24 - System Maintenance.
2 From this menu, select option 4. Diagnostic. This will open Menu 24.4 - System
Maintenance - Diagnostic.

Figure 460 Menu 24.4: System Maintenance: Diagnostic (ZyWALL 5)
Menu 24.4 - System Maintenance - Diagnostic
TCP/IP
1. Ping Host
2. WAN DHCP Release
3. WAN DHCP Renewal
4. PPPoE/PPTP/3G Setup Test
System
11. Reboot System
WAN=
Host IP Address= N/A
48.5.1 WAN DHCP

DHCP functionality can be enabled on the LAN or WAN as shown in Figure 461 on page 723.
LAN DHCP has already been discussed. The ZyWALL can act either as a WAN DHCP client
(IP Address Assignment field in menu 4 or menu 11.x.2 is Dynamic and the Encapsulation
field in menu 4 or menu 11 is Ethernet) or None, (when you have a static IP). The WAN
Release and Renewal fields in menu 24.4 conveniently allow you to release and/or renew the
assigned WAN IP address, subnet mask and default gateway in a fashion similar to winipcfg.
Figure 461 WAN & LAN DHCP
The following table describes the diagnostic tests available in menu 24.4 for your ZyWALL
and associated connections.

Table 255 System Maintenance Menu Diagnostic

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Ping Host Enter 1 to ping any machine (with an IP address) on your LAN, DMZ, WLAN
or WAN. Enter its IP address in the Host IP Address field below.
WAN DHCP Release Enter 2 to release your WAN DHCP settings.
WAN DHCP Renewal Enter 3 to renew your WAN DHCP settings.
Internet Setup Test Enter 4 to test the Internet setup. You can also test the Internet setup in
or Menu 4 - Internet Access. Please refer to Chapter 38 on page 639 for more
PPPoE/PPTP/3G details.
Setup Test This feature is only available for a 3G connection or dial-up connections
using PPPoE or PPTP encapsulation.
Reboot System Enter 11 to reboot the ZyWALL.
WAN If you entered 2, 3, or 4 in the Enter Menu Selection Number field, enter the
number of the WAN interface in this field.
Host IP Address If you entered 1in the Enter Menu Selection Number field, then enter the IP
address of the computer you want to ping in this field.
Enter the number of the selection you would like to perform or press [ESC] to cancel.

CHAPTER 49
Firmware and Configuration File
Maintenance
This chapter tells you how to back up and restore your configuration file as well as upload new
firmware and a new configuration file.
49.1 Introduction
Use the instructions in this chapter to change the ZyWALL’s configuration file or upgrade its
firmware. After you configure your ZyWALL, you can backup the configuration file to a
computer. That way if you later misconfigure the ZyWALL, you can upload the backed up
configuration file to return to your previous settings. You can alternately upload the factory
default configuration file if you want to return the ZyWALL to the original default settings.
The firmware determines the ZyWALL’s available features and functionality. You can
download new firmware releases from your nearest ZyXEL FTP site to use to upgrade your
ZyWALL’s performance.
49.2 Filename Conventions

The configuration file (often called the romfile or rom-0) contains the factory default settings
in the menus such as password, DHCP Setup, TCP/IP Setup, etc. It arrives from ZyXEL with a
“rom” filename extension. Once you have customized the ZyWALL's settings, they can be
saved back to your computer under a filename of your choosing.
ZyNOS (ZyXEL Network Operating System sometimes referred to as the “ras” file) is the
system firmware and has a “bin” filename extension. With many FTP and TFTP clients, the
filenames are similar to those seen next.
ftp> put firmware.bin ras

This is a sample FTP session showing the transfer of the computer file "firmware.bin" to the
ZyWALL.
ftp> get rom-0 config.cfg
This is a sample FTP session saving the current configuration to the computer file
“config.cfg”.
If your (T)FTP client does not allow you to have a destination filename different than the
source, you will need to rename them as the ZyWALL only recognizes “rom-0” and “ras”. Be
sure you keep unaltered copies of both files for later use.

Chapter 49 Firmware and Configuration File Maintenance
The following table is a summary. Please note that the internal filename refers to the filename
on the ZyWALL and the external filename refers to the filename not on the ZyWALL, that is,
on your computer, local network or FTP site and so the name (but not the extension) may vary.
After uploading new firmware, see the ZyNOS F/W Version field in Menu 24.2.1 - System
Maintenance - Information to confirm that you have uploaded the correct firmware version.
The AT command is the command you enter after you press “y” when prompted in the SMT
menu to go into debug mode.
Table 256 Filename Conventions
INTERNAL EXTERNAL NAME
FILE TYPE DESCRIPTION
NAME
Configuration Rom-0 This is the configuration filename on the ZyWALL. *.rom
File Uploading the rom-0 file replaces the entire ROM file
system, including your ZyWALL configurations,
system-related data (including the default
password), the error log and the trace log.
Firmware Ras This is the generic name for the ZyNOS firmware on *.bin
the ZyWALL.
49.3 Backup Configuration
" The ZyWALL displays different messages explaining different ways to backup,
restore and upload files in menus 24.5, 24.6, 24. 7.1 and 24.7.2 depending on
whether you use the console port or Telnet.
Option 5 from Menu 24 - System Maintenance allows you to backup the current ZyWALL
configuration to your computer. Backup is highly recommended once your ZyWALL is
functioning properly. FTP is the preferred method for backing up your current configuration to
your computer since it is faster. You can also perform backup and restore using menu 24
through the console port. Any serial communications program should work fine; however, you
must use Xmodem protocol to perform the download/upload and you don’t have to rename the
files.
Please note that terms “download” and “upload” are relative to the computer. Download
means to transfer from the ZyWALL to the computer, while upload means from your
computer to the ZyWALL.
49.3.1 Backup Configuration

Follow the instructions as shown in the next screen.

Figure 462 Telnet into Menu 24.5
Menu 24.5 - Backup Configuration
To transfer the configuration file to your workstation, follow

the procedure below:
1. Launch the FTP client on your workstation.

2. Type "open" and the IP address of your router. Then type
"admin" and SMT password as requested.
3. Locate the 'rom-0' file.
4. Type 'get rom-0' to back up the current router
configuration to your workstation.
For details on FTP commands, please consult the documentation

of your FTP client program. For details on backup using TFTP
(note that you must remain in this menu to back up using TFTP),
please see your router manual.
49.3.2 Using the FTP Command from the Command Line

1 Launch the FTP client on your computer.
2 Enter “open”, followed by a space and the IP address of your ZyWALL.
3 Press [ENTER] when prompted for a username.
4 Enter your password as requested (the default is “1234”).
5 Enter “bin” to set transfer mode to binary.
6 Use “get” to transfer files from the ZyWALL to the computer, for example, “get rom-0
config.rom” transfers the configuration file on the ZyWALL to your computer and
renames it “config.rom”. See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename
conventions.
7 Enter “quit” to exit the ftp prompt.
49.3.3 Example of FTP Commands from the Command Line

Figure 463 FTP Session Example
331 Enter PASS command

Password:
230 Logged in
ftp> bin
200 Type I OK
ftp> get rom-0 zyxel.rom
200 Port command okay
150 Opening data connection for STOR ras
226 File received OK
ftp: 16384 bytes sent in 1.10Seconds
297.89Kbytes/sec.
ftp> quit

49.3.4 GUI-based FTP Clients

The following table describes some of the commands that you may see in GUI-based FTP
clients.
Table 257 General Commands for GUI-based FTP Clients
COMMAND DESCRIPTION
Host Address Enter the address of the host server.
Login Type Anonymous.
This is when a user I.D. and password is automatically supplied to the server
for anonymous access. Anonymous logins will work only if your ISP or
service administrator has enabled this option.
Normal.
The server requires a unique User ID and Password to login.
Transfer Type Transfer files in either ASCII (plain text format) or in binary mode.
Configuration and firmware files should be transferred in binary mode
Initial Remote Directory Specify the default remote directory (path).
Initial Local Directory Specify the default local directory (path).
49.3.5 File Maintenance Over WAN

TFTP, FTP and Telnet over the WAN will not work when:
1 The firewall is active (turn the firewall off in menu 21.2 or create a firewall rule to allow
access from the WAN).
2 You have disabled Telnet service in menu 24.11.
3 You have applied a filter in menu 3.1 (LAN) or in menu 11.5 (WAN) to block Telnet
service.
4 The IP you entered in the Secure Client IP field in menu 24.11 does not match the client
IP. If it does not match, the ZyWALL will disconnect the Telnet session immediately.
5 You have an SMT console session running.
49.3.6 Backup Configuration Using TFTP

The ZyWALL supports the up/downloading of the firmware and the configuration file using
TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol) over LAN. Although TFTP should work over WAN as
well, it is not recommended.
To use TFTP, your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients. To backup the
configuration file, follow the procedure shown next.
1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyWALL and log in. Because TFTP
does not have any security checks, the ZyWALL records the IP address of the telnet
client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address.
2 Put the SMT in command interpreter (CI) mode by entering 8 in Menu 24 – System
Maintenance.
3 Enter command “sys stdio 0” to disable the SMT timeout, so the TFTP transfer
will not be interrupted. Enter command “sys stdio 5” to restore the five-minute
SMT timeout (default) when the file transfer is complete.

4 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyWALL. Set the transfer
mode to binary before starting data transfer.
5 Use the TFTP client (see the example below) to transfer files between the ZyWALL and
the computer. The file name for the configuration file is “rom-0” (rom-zero, not capital
o).
Note that the telnet connection must be active and the SMT in CI mode before and during the
TFTP transfer. For details on TFTP commands (see following example), please consult the
documentation of your TFTP client program. For UNIX, use “get” to transfer from the
ZyWALL to the computer and “binary” to set binary transfer mode.
49.3.7 TFTP Command Example

The following is an example TFTP command:
tftp [-i] host get rom-0 config.rom
Where “i” specifies binary image transfer mode (use this mode when transferring binary files),
“host” is the ZyWALL IP address, “get” transfers the file source on the ZyWALL (rom-0,
name of the configuration file on the ZyWALL) to the file destination on the computer and
renames it config.rom.
49.3.8 GUI-based TFTP Clients

The following table describes some of the fields that you may see in GUI-based TFTP clients.
Table 258 General Commands for GUI-based TFTP Clients
COMMAND DESCRIPTION
Host Enter the IP address of the ZyWALL. 192.168.1.1 is the ZyWALL’s default IP
address when shipped.
Send/Fetch Use “Send” to upload the file to the ZyWALL and “Fetch” to back up the file on your
computer.
Local File Enter the path and name of the firmware file (*.bin extension) or configuration file
(*.rom extension) on your computer.
Remote File This is the filename on the ZyWALL. The filename for the firmware is “ras” and for
the configuration file, is “rom-0”.
Binary Transfer the file in binary mode.
Abort Stop transfer of the file.
Refer to Section 49.3.5 on page 728 to read about configurations that disallow TFTP and FTP
over WAN.
49.3.9 Backup Via Console Port

Back up configuration via console port by following the HyperTerminal procedure shown
next. Procedures using other serial communications programs should be similar.
1 Display menu 24.5 and enter “y” at the following screen.

Figure 464 System Maintenance: Backup Configuration
Ready to backup Configuration via Xmodem.

Do you want to continue (y/n):
2 The following screen indicates that the Xmodem download has started.
Figure 465 System Maintenance: Starting Xmodem Download Screen
You can enter ctrl-x to terminate operation any

time.
Starting XMODEM download...
3 Run the HyperTerminal program by clicking Transfer, then Receive File as shown in
the following screen.
Figure 466 Backup Configuration Example
Type a location for storing the configuration file or click Browse to look for one.
Then click Receive.
4 After a successful backup you will see the following screen. Press any key to return to
the SMT menu.
Figure 467 Successful Backup Confirmation Screen
** Backup Configuration completed. OK.

### Hit any key to continue.###
49.4 Restore Configuration

This section shows you how to restore a previously saved configuration. Note that this
function erases the current configuration before restoring a previous back up configuration;
please do not attempt to restore unless you have a backup configuration file stored on disk.

FTP is the preferred method for restoring your current computer configuration to your
ZyWALL since FTP is faster. Please note that you must wait for the system to automatically
restart after the file transfer is complete.
" WARNING!
Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY
DAMAGE YOUR ZyWALL. When the Restore Configuration process is
complete, the ZyWALL will automatically restart.
49.4.1 Restore Using FTP

For details about backup using (T)FTP please refer to earlier sections on FTP and TFTP file
upload in this chapter.
Figure 468 Telnet into Menu 24.6
Menu 24.6 - Restore Configuration
To transfer the firmware and the configuration file, follow the

procedure below:

2. Type "open" and the IP address of your router. Then type "admin" and
SMT password as requested.
3. Type "put backupfilename rom-0" where backupfilename is the name of
your backup configuration file on your workstation and rom-spt is the
remote file name on the router. This restores the configuration to
your router.
4. The system reboots automatically after a successful file transfer.
For details on FTP commands, please consult the documentation of your

FTP client program. For details on restoring using TFTP (note that you
must remain on this menu to restore using TFTP), please see your router
manual.

6 Find the “rom” file (on your computer) that you want to restore to your ZyWALL.
7 Use “put” to transfer files from the ZyWALL to the computer, for example, “put
config.rom rom-0” transfers the configuration file “config.rom” on your computer to the
ZyWALL. See earlier in this chapter for more information on filename conventions.
8 Enter “quit” to exit the ftp prompt. The ZyWALL will automatically restart after a
successful restore process.

49.4.2 Restore Using FTP Session Example

Figure 469 Restore Using FTP Session Example
ftp> put config.rom rom-0

150 Opening data connection for STOR rom-0
221 Goodbye for writing flash
ftp: 16384 bytes sent in 0.06Seconds 273.07Kbytes/sec.
ftp>quit
over WAN.
49.4.3 Restore Via Console Port

Restore configuration via console port by following the HyperTerminal procedure shown next.
Procedures using other serial communications programs should be similar.
1 Display menu 24.6 and enter “y” at the following screen.
Figure 470 System Maintenance: Restore Configuration
Ready to restore Configuration via Xmodem.

Do you want to continue (y/n):
2 The following screen indicates that the Xmodem download has started.
Figure 471 System Maintenance: Starting Xmodem Download Screen
Starting XMODEM download (CRC mode) ...CCCCCCCCC
3 Run the HyperTerminal program by clicking Transfer, then Send File as shown in the
following screen.
Figure 472 Restore Configuration Example
Type the configuration file’s location,

or click Browse to search for it.
Then click Send.

4 After a successful restoration you will see the following screen. Press any key to restart
the ZyWALL and return to the SMT menu.
Figure 473 Successful Restoration Confirmation Screen
Save to ROM
Hit any key to start system reboot.
49.5 Uploading Firmware and Configuration Files

This section shows you how to upload firmware and configuration files. You can upload
configuration files by following the procedure in Section 49.4 on page 730 or by following the
instructions in Menu 24.7.2 - System Maintenance - Upload System Configuration File
(for console port).
1 Do not interrupt the file transfer process as this may PERMANENTLY

DAMAGE YOUR ZyWALL.
49.5.1 Firmware File Upload

FTP is the preferred method for uploading the firmware and configuration. To use this feature,
your computer must have an FTP client.
When you telnet into the ZyWALL, you will see the following screens for uploading firmware
and the configuration file using FTP.

Figure 474 Telnet Into Menu 24.7.1: Upload System Firmware
Menu 24.7.1 - System Maintenance - Upload System Firmware
To upload the system firmware, follow the procedure below:

2. Type "open" and the IP address of your system. Then type "admin"
and SMT password as requested.
3. Type "put firmwarefilename ras" where "firmwarefilename" is the
name of your firmware upgrade file on your workstation and "ras" is the
remote file name on the system.
4. The system reboots automatically after a successful firmware
upload.

FTP client program. For details on uploading system firmware using TFTP
(note that you must remain on this menu to upload system firmware using
TFTP), please see your manual.
Press ENTER to Exit:
49.5.2 Configuration File Upload

You see the following screen when you telnet into menu 24.7.2.
Figure 475 Telnet Into Menu 24.7.2: System Maintenance
Menu 24.7.2 - System Maintenance - Upload System Configuration File
To upload the system configuration file, follow the procedure below:

2. Type "open" and the IP address of your system. Then type "admin"
and SMT password as requested.
3. Type "put configurationfilename rom-0" where
"configurationfilename" is the name of your system configuration file on
your workstation, which will be transferred to the "rom-0" file on the
system.
4. The system reboots automatically after the upload system
configuration file process is complete.

FTP client program. For details on uploading configuration file using
TFTP (note that you must remain on this menu to upload configuration
file using TFTP), please see your manual.
Press ENTER to Exit:
To upload the firmware and the configuration file, follow these examples

49.5.3 FTP File Upload Command from the DOS Prompt Example
6 Use “put” to transfer files from the computer to the ZyWALL, for example, “put
firmware.bin ras” transfers the firmware on your computer (firmware.bin) to the
ZyWALL and renames it “ras”. Similarly, “put config.rom rom-0” transfers the
configuration file on your computer (config.rom) to the ZyWALL and renames it “rom-
0”. Likewise “get rom-0 config.rom” transfers the configuration file on the ZyWALL to
your computer and renames it “config.rom.” See earlier in this chapter for more
information on filename conventions.
7 Enter “quit” to exit the ftp prompt.
49.5.4 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload

Figure 476 FTP Session Example of Firmware File Upload
331 Enter PASS command

Password:
230 Logged in
ftp> bin
200 Type I OK
ftp> put firmware.bin ras
150 Opening data connection for STOR ras
ftp: 1103936 bytes sent in 1.10Seconds
297.89Kbytes/sec.
ftp> quit
More commands (found in GUI-based FTP clients) are listed earlier in this chapter.
over WAN.
49.5.5 TFTP File Upload

The ZyWALL also supports the uploading of firmware files using TFTP (Trivial File Transfer
Protocol) over LAN. Although TFTP should work over WAN as well, it is not recommended.
To use TFTP, your computer must have both telnet and TFTP clients. To transfer the firmware
and the configuration file, follow the procedure shown next.
1 Use telnet from your computer to connect to the ZyWALL and log in. Because TFTP
does not have any security checks, the ZyWALL records the IP address of the telnet
client and accepts TFTP requests only from this address.

2 Put the SMT in command interpreter (CI) mode by entering 8 in Menu 24 – System
Maintenance.
3 Enter the command “sys stdio 0” to disable the console timeout, so the TFTP
transfer will not be interrupted. Enter “command sys stdio 5” to restore the five-
minute console timeout (default) when the file transfer is complete.
4 Launch the TFTP client on your computer and connect to the ZyWALL. Set the transfer
mode to binary before starting data transfer.
5 Use the TFTP client (see the example below) to transfer files between the ZyWALL and
the computer. The file name for the firmware is “ras”.
Note that the telnet connection must be active and the ZyWALL in CI mode before and during
the TFTP transfer. For details on TFTP commands (see following example), please consult the
documentation of your TFTP client program. For UNIX, use “get” to transfer from the
ZyWALL to the computer, “put” the other way around, and “binary” to set binary transfer
mode.
49.5.6 TFTP Upload Command Example

The following is an example TFTP command:
tftp [-i] host put firmware.bin ras
Where “i” specifies binary image transfer mode (use this mode when transferring binary files),
“host” is the ZyWALL’s IP address, “put” transfers the file source on the computer
(firmware.bin – name of the firmware on the computer) to the file destination on the remote
host (ras - name of the firmware on the ZyWALL).
Commands that you may see in GUI-based TFTP clients are listed earlier in this chapter.
49.5.7 Uploading Via Console Port

FTP or TFTP are the preferred methods for uploading firmware to your ZyWALL. However,
in the event of your network being down, uploading files is only possible with a direct
connection to your ZyWALL via the console port. Uploading files via the console port under
normal conditions is not recommended since FTP or TFTP is faster. Any serial
communications program should work fine; however, you must use the Xmodem protocol to
perform the download/upload.
49.5.8 Uploading Firmware File Via Console Port

1 Select 1 from Menu 24.7 – System Maintenance – Upload Firmware to display Menu
24.7.1 - System Maintenance - Upload System Firmware, and then follow the
instructions as shown in the following screen.

Figure 477 Menu 24.7.1 As Seen Using the Console Port
Menu 24.7.1 - System Maintenance - Upload System Firmware
To upload system firmware:

1. Enter "y" at the prompt below to go into debug mode.
2. Enter "atur" after "Enter Debug Mode" message.
3. Wait for "Starting XMODEM upload" message before activating
Xmodem upload on your terminal.
4. After successful firmware upload, enter "atgo" to restart the router.
Warning: Proceeding with the upload will erase the current system
firmware.
Do You Wish To Proceed:(Y/N)
2 After the "Starting Xmodem upload" message appears, activate the Xmodem protocol on
your computer. Follow the procedure as shown previously for the HyperTerminal
program. The procedure for other serial communications programs should be similar.
49.5.9 Example Xmodem Firmware Upload Using HyperTerminal

Click Transfer, then Send File to display the following screen.
After the firmware upload process has completed, the ZyWALL will automatically restart.
49.5.10 Uploading Configuration File Via Console Port

1 Select 2 from Menu 24.7 – System Maintenance – Upload Firmware to display Menu
24.7.2 - System Maintenance - Upload System Configuration File. Follow the
instructions as shown in the next screen.

Figure 479 Menu 24.7.2 As Seen Using the Console Port
Menu 24.7.2 - System Maintenance - Upload System Configuration File
To upload system configuration file:

1. Enter "y" at the prompt below to go into debug mode.
2. Enter "atlc" after "Enter Debug Mode" message.
3. Wait for "Starting XMODEM upload" message before activating
Xmodem upload on your terminal.
4. After successful firmware upload, enter "atgo" to restart
the system.
Warning:
1. Proceeding with the upload will erase the current
configuration file.
2. The system's console port speed (Menu 24.2.2) may change when it is
restarted; please adjust your terminal's speed accordingly. The password
may change (menu 23), also.
3. When uploading the DEFAULT configuration file, the console
port speed will be reset to 9600 bps and the password to "1234".
Do You Wish To Proceed:(Y/N)
2 After the "Starting Xmodem upload" message appears, activate the Xmodem protocol on
your computer. Follow the procedure as shown previously for the HyperTerminal
program. The procedure for other serial communications programs should be similar.
3 Enter “atgo” to restart the ZyWALL.
49.5.11 Example Xmodem Configuration Upload Using HyperTerminal

Click Transfer, then Send File to display the following screen.
After the configuration upload process has completed, restart the ZyWALL by entering
“atgo”.

CHAPTER 50
System Maintenance Menus 8 to
10
This chapter leads you through SMT menus 24.8 to 24.10.
50.1 Command Interpreter Mode

The Command Interpreter (CI) is a part of the main router firmware. The CI provides much of
the same functionality as the SMT, while adding some low-level setup and diagnostic
functions. Enter the CI from the SMT by selecting menu 24.8. Access can be by Telnet or by a
serial connection to the console port, although some commands are only available with a serial
connection. See the CLI Reference Guide for information on the commands. Enter 8 from
Menu 24 - System Maintenance.
" Use of undocumented commands or misconfiguration can damage the unit

and possibly render it unusable.
Figure 481 Command Mode in Menu 24
1. System Status
3. Log and Trace
4. Diagnostic
7. Upload Firmware
9. Call Control

Chapter 50 System Maintenance Menus 8 to 10
50.2 Call Control Support

The ZyWALL provides two call control functions: budget management and call history.
Please note that this menu is only applicable when Encapsulation is set to PPPoE or PPTP
in menu 4 or menu 11.1.
The budget management function allows you to set a limit on the total outgoing call time of
the ZyWALL within certain times. When the total outgoing call time exceeds the limit, the
current call will be dropped and any future outgoing calls will be blocked.
Call history chronicles preceding incoming and outgoing calls.
To access the call control menu, select option 9 in menu 24 to go to Menu 24.9 - System
Maintenance - Call Control, as shown in the next table.
Figure 482 Call Control
Menu 24.9 - System Maintenance - Call Control
1.Budget Management
2.Call History
50.2.1 Budget Management

Menu 24.9.1 shows the budget management statistics for outgoing calls. Enter 1 from Menu
24.9 - System Maintenance - Call Control to bring up the following menu. Not all fields are
Figure 483 Budget Management
Menu 24.9.1 - Budget Management
Remote Node Connection Time/Total Budget Elapsed Time/Total Period
1.WAN_1 No Budget No Budget
2.WAN_2 No Budget No Budget
3.Dial No Budget No Budget
Reset Node (0 to update screen):

The total budget is the time limit on the accumulated time for outgoing calls to a remote node.
When this limit is reached, the call will be dropped and further outgoing calls to that remote
node will be blocked. After each period, the total budget is reset. The default for the total
budget is 0 minutes and the period is 0 hours, meaning no budget control. You can reset the
accumulated connection time in this menu by entering the index of a remote node. Enter 0 to
update the screen. The budget and the reset period can be configured in menu 11.1 for the
remote node.
Table 259 Budget Management
FIELD DESCRIPTION EXAMPLE
Remote Node Enter the index number of the remote node you 1
want to reset (just one in this case)
Connection Time/ This is the total connection time that has gone by 5/10 means that 5 minutes
Total Budget (within the allocated budget that you set in menu out of a total allocation of 10
11.1). minutes have lapsed.
Elapsed Time/Total The period is the time cycle in hours that the 0.5/1 means that 30
Period allocation budget is reset (see menu 11.1.) The minutes out of the 1-hour
elapsed time is the time used up within this time period has lapsed.
period.
Enter “0” to update the screen or press [ESC] to return to the previous screen.
50.2.2 Call History

This is the second option in Menu 24.9 - System Maintenance - Call Control. It displays
information about past incoming and outgoing calls. Enter 2 from Menu 24.9 - System
Maintenance - Call Control to bring up the following menu.
Figure 484 Call History
Menu 24.9.2 - Call History
Phone Number Dir Rate #call Max Min Total

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Enter Entry to Delete(0 to exit):

Table 260 Call History
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Phone Number The PPPoE service names are shown here.
Dir This shows whether the call was incoming or outgoing.

Table 260 Call History

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Rate This is the transfer rate of the call.
#call This is the number of calls made to or received from that telephone number.
Max This is the length of time of the longest telephone call.
Min This is the length of time of the shortest telephone call.
Total This is the total length of time of all the telephone calls to/from that telephone
number.
You may enter an entry number to delete it or ‘”0” to exit.
50.3 Time and Date Setting

The ZyWALL’s Real Time Chip (RTC) keeps track of the time and date. There is also a
software mechanism to set the time manually or get the current time and date from an external
server when you turn on your ZyWALL. Menu 24.10 allows you to update the time and date
settings of your ZyWALL. The real time is then displayed in the ZyWALL error logs and
firewall logs.
Select menu 24 in the main menu to open Menu 24 - System Maintenance, as shown next.
Figure 485 Menu 24: System Maintenance
1. System Status
3. Log and Trace
4. Diagnostic
7. Upload Firmware
9. Call Control
Enter 10 to go to Menu 24.10 - System Maintenance - Time and Date Setting to update the
time and date settings of your ZyWALL as shown in the following screen.

Figure 486 Menu 24.10 System Maintenance: Time and Date Setting
Menu 24.10 - System Maintenance - Time and Date Setting
Time Protocol= NTP (RFC-1305)

Time Server Address= 0.pool.ntp.org
Current Time: 08 : 24 : 26
New Time (hh:mm:ss): N/A N/A N/A
Current Date: 2005 - 07 - 27

New Date (yyyy-mm-dd): N/A N/A N/A
Time Zone= GMT
Daylight Saving= No
Start Date (mm-nth-week-hr): Jan. - 1st - Sun. - 00
End Date (mm-nth-week-hr): Jan. - 1st - Sun. - 00

Table 261 Menu 24.10 System Maintenance: Time and Date Setting
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Time Protocol Enter the time service protocol that your timeserver uses. Not all time servers
support all protocols, so you may have to check with your ISP/network
administrator or use trial and error to find a protocol that works. The main
differences between them are the format.
Daytime (RFC 867) format is day/month/year/time zone of the server.
Time (RFC-868) format displays a 4-byte integer giving the total number of
seconds since 1970/1/1 at 0:0:0.
The default, NTP (RFC-1305), is similar to Time (RFC-868).
Select Manual to enter the new time and new date manually.
Time Server Enter the IP address or domain name of your timeserver. Check with your ISP/
Address network administrator if you are unsure of this information.
Current Time This field displays an updated time only when you reenter this menu.
New Time Enter the new time in hour, minute and second format. This field is available when
you select Manual in the Time Protocol field.
Current Date This field displays an updated date only when you reenter this menu.
New Date Enter the new date in year, month and day format. This field is available when you
select Manual in the Time Protocol field.
Time Zone Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to set the time difference between your
time zone and Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Daylight Saving Daylight Saving Time is a period from late spring to early fall when many countries
set their clocks ahead of normal local time by one hour to give more daylight time in
the evenings. If you use daylight savings time, then choose Yes.

Table 261 Menu 24.10 System Maintenance: Time and Date Setting
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Start Date (mm- Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time starts if you selected Yes
nth-week-hr) in the Daylight Saving field. The hr field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a
couple of examples:
Daylight Saving Time starts in most parts of the United States on the second
Sunday of March. Each time zone in the United States starts using Daylight Saving
Time at 2 A.M. local time. So in the United States you would select Mar., 2nd, Sun.
and type 02 in the hr field.
Daylight Saving Time starts in the European Union on the last Sunday of March. All
of the time zones in the European Union start using Daylight Saving Time at the
same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would select
Mar., Last, Sun. The time you type in the hr field depends on your time zone. In
Germany for instance, you would type 02 because Germany's time zone is one
hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
End Date (mm- Configure the day and time when Daylight Saving Time ends if you selected Yes in
nth-week-hr) the Daylight Saving field. The hr field uses the 24 hour format. Here are a couple
of examples:
Daylight Saving Time ends in the United States on the first Sunday of November.
Each time zone in the United States stops using Daylight Saving Time at 2 A.M.
local time. So in the United States you would select Nov., First, Sun. and type 02
in the hr field.
Daylight Saving Time ends in the European Union on the last Sunday of October.
All of the time zones in the European Union stop using Daylight Saving Time at the
same moment (1 A.M. GMT or UTC). So in the European Union you would select
Oct., Last, Sun. The time you type in the hr field depends on your time zone. In
Germany for instance, you would type 02 because Germany's time zone is one
hour ahead of GMT or UTC (GMT+1).
Once you have filled in this menu, press [ENTER] at the message “Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to
Cancel“ to save your configuration, or press [ESC] to cancel.

CHAPTER 51
Remote Management
This chapter covers remote management found in SMT menu 24.11.
51.1 Remote Management

Remote management allows you to determine which services/protocols can access which
ZyWALL interface (if any) from which computers.
" When you configure remote management to allow management from any
network except the LAN, you still need to configure a firewall rule to allow
access. See Chapter 13 on page 251 for details on configuring firewall rules.
You can also disable a service on the ZyWALL by not allowing access for the service/protocol
through any of the ZyWALL interfaces.
To disable remote management of a service, select Disable in the corresponding Access field.
Enter 11 from menu 24 to bring up Menu 24.11 - Remote Management Control.

Chapter 51 Remote Management
Figure 487 Menu 24.11 – Remote Management Control
Menu 24.11 - Remote Management Control
TELNET Server: Port = 23 Access = Disable

Secure Client IP = 0.0.0.0
FTP Server: Port = 21 Access = LAN+WAN1+DMZ+WLAN+WAN2
SSH Server: Certificate = auto_generated_self_signed_cert
Port = 22 Access = LAN+WAN1+DMZ+WLAN+WAN2
HTTPS Server: Certificate = auto_generated_self_signed_cert
Authenticate Client Certificates = No
Port = 443 Access = LAN+WAN1+DMZ+WLAN+WAN2
HTTP Server: Port = 80 Access = LAN+WAN1+DMZ+WLAN+WAN2
SNMP Service: Port = 161 Access = LAN+WAN1+DMZ+WLAN+WAN2
DNS Service: Port = 53 Access = LAN+WAN1+DMZ+WLAN+WAN2

Table 262 Menu 24.11 – Remote Management Control
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Telnet Server Each of these read-only labels denotes a service that you may use to remotely
FTP Server manage the ZyWALL.
SSH Server
HTTPS Server
HTTP Server
SNMP Service
DNS Service
Port This field shows the port number for the service or protocol. You may change the
port number if needed, but you must use the same port number to access the
ZyWALL.
Access Select the access interface (if any) by pressing [SPACE BAR], then [ENTER] to
choose from: LAN, WAN, LAN+WAN, DMZ, LAN+DMZ, WAN+DMZ,
LAN+WAN+DMZ, WLAN, LAN+WLAN, WAN+WLAN, LAN+WAN+WLAN,
DMZ+WLAN, LAN+DMZ+WLAN, WAN+DMZ+WLAN, LAN+WAN+DMZ+WLAN
or Disable.
Secure Client IP The default 0.0.0.0 allows any client to use this service to remotely manage the
ZyWALL. Enter an IP address to restrict access to a client with a matching IP
address.
Certificate Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select the certificate that the ZyWALL
will use to identify itself. The ZyWALL is the SSL server and must always
authenticate itself to the SSL client (the computer which requests the HTTPS
connection with the ZyWALL).

Table 262 Menu 24.11 – Remote Management Control (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Authenticate Select Yes by pressing [SPACE BAR], then [ENTER] to require the SSL client to
Client authenticate itself to the ZyWALL by sending the ZyWALL a certificate. To do that
Certificates the SSL client must have a CA-signed certificate from a CA that has been imported
as a trusted CA on the ZyWALL (see Section 27.2.5 on page 496 for details).
Once you have filled in this menu, press [ENTER] at the message "Press ENTER to Confirm or ESC to
Cancel" to save your configuration, or press [ESC] to cancel.
51.1.1 Remote Management Limitations

Remote management over LAN or WAN will not work when:
1 A filter in menu 3.1 (LAN) or in menu 11.5 (WAN) is applied to block a Telnet, FTP or
Web service.
2 You have disabled that service in menu 24.11.
3 The IP address in the Secure Client IP field (menu 24.11) does not match the client IP
address. If it does not match, the ZyWALL will disconnect the session immediately.
4 There is an SMT console session running.
5 There is already another remote management session with an equal or higher priority
running. You may only have one remote management session running at one time.
6 There is a firewall rule that blocks it.


CHAPTER 52
IP Policy Routing
This chapter covers setting and applying policies used for IP routing.
52.1 IP Routing Policy Summary

Menu 25 shows the summary of a policy rule, including the criteria and the action of a single
policy, and whether a policy is active or not. Each policy contains two lines. The former part is
the criteria of the incoming packet and the latter is the action. Between these two parts,
separator "|" means the action is taken on criteria matched and separator "=" means the action
is taken on criteria not matched.
Figure 488 Menu 25: Sample IP Routing Policy Summary
Menu 25 - IP Routing Policy Summary
# A Criteria/Action
--- - -------------------------------------------------------
001 N SA=1.1.1.1-1.1.1.1 DA=2.2.2.2-2.2.2.5
SP=20-25 DP=20-25 P=6 T=NM PR=0 |GW=192.168.1.1 T=MT PR=0
002 N _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
003 N _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
004 N _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
005 N _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________
006 N _______________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________

Press Space Bar to Toggle.

Table 263 Menu 25: Sample IP Routing Policy Summary
FIELD DESCRIPTION
# This is the policy index number.
A This displays whether a policy is active (Y) or not (N).

Chapter 52 IP Policy Routing
Table 263 Menu 25: Sample IP Routing Policy Summary (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Criteria/Action This displays the details about to which packets the policy applies and how the
policy has the ZyWALL handle those packets. Refer to Table 264 on page 750 for
detailed information.
Select Command Press [SPACE BAR] to choose from None, Edit, Delete, Go To Rule, Next Page
or Previous Page and then press [ENTER]. You must select a rule in the next
field when you choose the Edit, Delete or Go To commands.
Select None and then press [ENTER] to go to the "Press ENTER to Confirm…"
prompt.
Use Edit to create or edit a rule. Use Delete to remove a rule. To edit or delete a
rule, first make sure you are on the correct page. When a rule is deleted,
subsequent rules do not move up in the page list.
Use Go To Rule to view the page where your desired rule is listed.
Select Next Page or Previous Page to view the next or previous page of rules
(respectively).
Select Rule Type the policy index number you wish to edit or delete and then press [ENTER].
Table 264 IP Routing Policy Setup

ABBREVIATION MEANING
Criterion SA Source IP Address
SP Source Port
DA Destination IP Address
DP Destination Port
P IP layer 4 protocol number (TCP=6, UDP=17…)
T Type of service of incoming packet
PR Precedence of incoming packet
Action GW Gateway IP address
T Outgoing Type of service
P Outgoing Precedence
Service NM Normal
MD Minimum Delay
MT Maximum Throughput
MR Maximum Reliability
MC Minimum Cost
52.2 IP Routing Policy Setup

To setup a routing policy, perform the following procedures:
1 Type 25 in the main menu to open Menu 25 - IP Routing Policy Summary.

2 Select Edit in the Select Command field; type the index number of the rule you want to
configure in the Select Rule field and press [ENTER] to open Menu 25.1 - IP Routing
Policy Setup (see the next figure).
Figure 489 Menu 25.1: IP Routing Policy Setup
Menu 25.1 - IP Routing Policy Setup
Rule Index= 1 Active= Yes

Criteria:
IP Protocol = 6
Type of Service= Normal Packet length= 40
Precedence = 0 Len Comp= Equal
Source:
addr start= 1.1.1.1 end= 1.1.1.1
port start= 20 end= 25
Destination:
addr start= 2.2.2.2 end= 2.2.2.5
Action= Matched
Gateway Type= IP Address
Gateway addr = 192.168.1.1 Redirect packet= N/A
Type of Service= Max Thruput Log= No
Precedence = 0
Edit policy to packets received from= No

Table 265 Menu 25.1: IP Routing Policy Setup
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Rule Index This is the index number of the routing policy selected in Menu 25 - IP Routing
Policy Summary.
Active Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes to activate the policy.
Criteria
IP Protocol Enter a number that represents an IP layer 4 protocol, for example, UDP=17,
TCP=6, ICMP=1 and Don't care=0.
Type of Service Prioritize incoming network traffic by choosing from Don't Care, Normal, Min
Delay, Max Thruput or Max Reliable.
Precedence Precedence value of the incoming packet. Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER]
to select a value from 0 to 7 or Don't Care.
Packet Length Type the length of incoming packets (in bytes). The operators in the Len Comp
(next field) apply to packets of this length.
Len Comp Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to choose from Equal, Not Equal, Less,
Greater, Less or Equal or Greater or Equal.
Source
addr start / end Source IP address range from start to end.
port start / end Source port number range from start to end; applicable only for TCP/UDP.
Destination

Table 265 Menu 25.1: IP Routing Policy Setup

FIELD DESCRIPTION
addr start / end Destination IP address range from start to end.
port start / end Destination port number range from start to end; applicable only for TCP/UDP.
Action Specifies whether action should be taken on criteria Matched or Not Matched.
Gateway Type Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select IP Address and enter the IP
address of the gateway if you want to specify the IP address of the gateway. The
gateway is an immediate neighbor of your ZyWALL that will forward the packet to
the destination. The gateway must be a router on the same segment as your
ZyWALL's LAN or WAN port.
Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Remote Node to have the
ZyWALL send traffic that matches the policy route through a specific WAN port.
Gateway addr This field displays if you selected IP Address in the Gateway Type field. Defines
the outgoing gateway address. The gateway must be on the same subnet as the
ZyWALL if it is on the LAN, otherwise, the gateway must be the IP address of a
remote node. The default gateway is specified as 0.0.0.0.
Remote Node Idx This field displays if you selected Remote Node in the Gateway Type field. Type
1 for WAN port 1 or 2 for WAN port 2.
Redirect Packet This field applies if you selected Remote Node in the Gateway Type field.
Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes to have the ZyWALL send
traffic that matches the policy route through the other WAN interface if it cannot
send the traffic through the WAN interface you selected.
Type of Service Set the new TOS value of the outgoing packet. Prioritize incoming network traffic
by choosing Don't Care, Normal, Min Delay, Max Thruput, Max Reliable or Min
Cost.
Precedence Set the new outgoing packet precedence value. Values are 0 to 7 or Don't Care.
Log Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes to make an entry in the
system log when a policy is executed.
Edit policy to Press [SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select Yes or No (default). Select Yes
packets received to configure Menu 25.1.1: IP Routing Policy Setup discussed next.
from
When you have completed this menu, press [ENTER] at the prompt "Press [ENTER] to confirm or
[ESC] to cancel" to save your configuration or press [ESC] to cancel and go back to the previous
screen.
52.2.1 Applying Policy to Packets

To apply the policy to packets received on the selected interface(s), go to Menu 25.1: IP
Routing Policy Setup and press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes in the Edit policy to packets
received from field. Press [ENTER] to display Menu 25.1.1 - IP Routing Policy Setup
(shown next).

Figure 490 Menu 25.1.1: IP Routing Policy Setup
Menu 25.1.1 - IP Routing Policy Setup
Apply policy to packets received from:

LAN= No
DMZ= No
WLAN= No
ALL WAN= Yes
Selected Remote Node index= N/A

Table 266 Menu 25.1.1: IP Routing Policy Setup
FIELD DESCRIPTION
LAN/DMZ/WLAN/ Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes or No. Choose Yes and press [ENTER] to
ALL WAN apply the policy to packets received on the specific interface(s).
Selected Remote If you select No in the ALL WAN field, enter the number of the WAN interface.
Node index
52.3 IP Policy Routing Example

If a network has both Internet and remote node connections, you can route Web packets to the
Internet using one policy and route FTP packets to a remote network using another policy. See
the next figure.
Route 1 represents the default IP route and route 2 represents the configured IP route.

Figure 491 Example of IP Policy Routing
To force Web packets coming from clients with IP addresses of 192.168.1.33 to 192.168.1.64
to be routed to the Internet via the WAN port of the ZyWALL, follow the steps as shown next.
1 Create a rule in Menu 25.1 - IP Routing Policy Setup as shown next.
Figure 492 IP Routing Policy Example 1
Rule Index= 1 Active= Yes

Criteria:
IP Protocol = 6
Type of Service= Don't Care Packet length= 10
Precedence = Don't Care Len Comp= Equal
Source:
addr start= 192.168.1.33 end= 192.168.1.64
port start= 0 end= N/A
Destination:
addr start= 0.0.0.0 end= N/A
Action= Matched
Type of Service= Max Thruput Log= No
Precedence = 0

2 Select Yes in the LAN field in menu 25.1.1 to apply the policy to packets received on the
LAN port.
3 Check Menu 25 - IP Routing Policy Summary to see if the rule is added correctly.
4 Create another rule in menu 25.1 for this rule to route packets from any host (IP=0.0.0.0
means any host) with protocol TCP and port FTP access through another gateway
(192.168.1.100).
Figure 493 IP Routing Policy Example 2
Rule Index= 2 Active= No

Criteria:
IP Protocol = 6
Type of Service= Don't Care Packet length= 10
Precedence = Don't Care Len Comp= Equal
Source:
port start= 0 end= N/A
Destination:
Action= Matched
Type of Service= Don't Care Log= No
Precedence = Don't Care
5 Select Yes in the LAN field in menu 25.1.1 to apply the policy to packets received on the
LAN port.
6 Check Menu 25 - IP Routing Policy Summary to see if the rule is added correctly.


CHAPTER 53
Call Scheduling
Call scheduling allows you to dictate when a remote node should be called and for how long.
53.1 Introduction to Call Scheduling

The call scheduling feature allows the ZyWALL to manage a remote node and dictate when a
remote node should be called and for how long. This feature is similar to the scheduler in a
video cassette recorder (you can specify a time period for the VCR to record). You can apply
up to 4 schedule sets in Menu 11.1 - Remote Node Profile. From the main menu, enter 26 to
access Menu 26 - Schedule Setup as shown next.
Figure 494 Schedule Setup
Menu 26 - Schedule Setup
Schedule Schedule
Set # Name Set # Name
------ ------------------ ------ ------------------
1 _________________ 7 _________________
2 _________________ 8 _________________
3 _________________ 9 _________________
4 _________________ 10 _________________
5 _________________ 11 _________________
6 _________________ 12 _________________
Enter Schedule Set Number to Configure= 0

Edit Name= N/A
Lower numbered sets take precedence over higher numbered sets thereby avoiding scheduling
conflicts. For example, if sets 1, 2, 3 and 4 are applied in the remote node, then set 1 will take
precedence over set 2, 3 and 4 as the ZyWALL, by default, applies the lowest numbered set
first. Set 2 will take precedence over set 3 and 4, and so on.
You can design up to 12 schedule sets but you can only apply up to four schedule sets for a
remote node.

Chapter 53 Call Scheduling
" To delete a schedule set, enter the set number and press [SPACE BAR] and
then [ENTER] or [DEL] in the Edit Name field.
To set up a schedule set, select the schedule set you want to setup from menu 26 (1-12) and
press [ENTER] to see Menu 26.1 - Schedule Set Setup as shown next.
Figure 495 Schedule Set Setup
Menu 26.1 - Schedule Set Setup
Active= Yes
How Often= Once
Start Date(yyyy-mm-dd) = N/A
Once:
Date(yyyy-mm-dd)= 2000 - 01 - 01
Weekdays:
Sunday= N/A
Monday= N/A
Tuesday= N/A
Wednesday= N/A
Thursday= N/A
Friday= N/A
Saturday= N/A
Start Time (hh:mm)= 00 : 00
Duration (hh:mm)= 00 : 00
Action= Forced On

Press Space Bar to Toggle
If a connection has been already established, your ZyWALL will not drop it. Once the
connection is dropped manually or it times out, then that remote node can't be triggered up
until the end of the Duration.
Table 267 Schedule Set Setup
FIELD DESCRIPTION
Active Press [SPACE BAR] to select Yes or No. Choose Yes and press [ENTER] to activate
the schedule set.
How Often Should this schedule set recur weekly or be used just once only? Press [SPACE BAR]
and then [ENTER] to select Once or Weekly. Both these options are mutually
exclusive. If Once is selected, then all weekday settings are N/A. When Once is
selected, the schedule rule deletes automatically after the scheduled time elapses.
Start Date Enter the start date when you wish the set to take effect in year -month-date format.
Valid dates are from the present to 2036-February-5.
Once:
Date If you selected Once in the How Often field above, then enter the date the set should
activate here in year-month-date format.
Weekdays:

Table 267 Schedule Set Setup (continued)

FIELD DESCRIPTION
Day If you selected Weekly in the How Often field above, then select the day(s) when the
set should activate (and recur) by going to that day(s) and pressing [SPACE BAR] to
select Yes, then press [ENTER].
Start Time Enter the start time when you wish the schedule set to take effect in hour-minute format.
Duration The duration determines how long the ZyWALL is to apply the action configured in the
Action field. Enter the maximum length of time in hour-minute format.
Action Forced On means that the connection is maintained whether or not there is a demand
call on the line and will persist for the time period specified in the Duration field.
Forced Down means that the connection is blocked whether or not there is a demand
call on the line.
Enable Dial-On-Demand means that this schedule permits a demand call on the line.
Disable Dial-On-Demand means that this schedule prevents a demand call on the line.
Once your schedule sets are configured, you must then apply them to the desired remote
node(s). Enter 11 from the Main Menu and then enter the target remote node index. Press
[SPACE BAR] and then [ENTER] to select PPPoE in the Encapsulation field to make the
schedule sets field available as shown next.
Figure 496 Applying Schedule Set(s) to a Remote Node (PPPoE)
Rem Node Name= ChangeMe Route= IP

Active= Yes
Encapsulation= PPPoE Edit IP= No

Service Name= Allocated Budget(min)= 0
Outgoing= Period(hr)= 0
My Login= Schedules= 1,2,3,4
Authen= CHAP/PAP
Session Options:
You can apply up to four schedule sets, separated by commas, for one remote node. Change
the schedule set numbers to your preference(s).

Figure 497 Applying Schedule Set(s) to a Remote Node (PPTP)
Rem Node Name= ChangeMe Route= IP

Active= Yes
Encapsulation= PPTP Edit IP= No

Allocated Budget(min)= 0
Outgoing= Period(hr)= 0
My Login= Schedules= 1,2,3,4
My Password= ******** Nailed-up Connections= No
Authen= CHAP/PAP
PPTP: Session Options:
My IP Addr= Edit Filter Sets= No
My IP Mask= Idle Timeout(sec)= 100
Server IP Addr=
Connection ID/Name=

P ART VII
Troubleshooting
and Product
Specifications
Troubleshooting (763)
Product Specifications (769)
761
762
CHAPTER 54
Troubleshooting
This chapter offers some suggestions to solve problems you might encounter. The potential
problems are divided into the following categories.
• Power, Hardware Connections, and LEDs
• ZyWALL Access and Login
• Internet Access
• Wireless Router/AP Troubleshooting
• UPnP
54.1 Power, Hardware Connections, and LEDs
V The ZyWALL does not turn on. None of the LEDs turn on.
1 Make sure the ZyWALL is turned on.

2 Make sure you are using the power adaptor or cord included with the ZyWALL.
3 Make sure the power adaptor or cord is connected to the ZyWALL and plugged in to an
appropriate power source. Make sure the power source is turned on.
4 Turn the ZyWALL off and on or disconnect and re-connect the power adaptor or cord to
the ZyWALL.
5 If the problem continues, contact the vendor.
V One of the LEDs does not behave as expected.
1 Make sure you understand the normal behavior of the LED. See Section 2.6 on page 59.
2 Check the hardware connections. See the Quick Start Guide.
3 Inspect your cables for damage. Contact the vendor to replace any damaged cables.
the ZyWALL.
5 If the problem continues, contact the vendor.

Chapter 54 Troubleshooting
54.2 ZyWALL Access and Login
V I forgot the LAN IP address for the ZyWALL.
1 The default LAN IP address is 192.168.1.1.

2 Use the console port to log in to the ZyWALL.
3 If you changed the IP address and have forgotten it, you might get the IP address of the
ZyWALL by looking up the IP address of the default gateway for your computer. To do
this in most Windows computers, click Start > Run, enter cmd, and then enter ipconfig.
The IP address of the Default Gateway might be the IP address of the ZyWALL (it
depends on the network), so enter this IP address in your Internet browser.
4 If this does not work, you have to reset the device to its factory defaults. See Section 3.3
on page 63.
V I forgot the password.
1 The default password is 1234.

on page 63.
V I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web configurator.
1 Make sure you are using the correct IP address.

• The default IP address is 192.168.1.1.
• Use the ZyWALL’s LAN IP address when configuring from the LAN.
• Use the ZyWALL’s WAN IP address when configuring from the WAN.
• If you changed the LAN IP address (Section 7.2 on page 152), use the new IP address.
• If you changed the LAN IP address and have forgotten it, see the troubleshooting
suggestions for I forgot the LAN IP address for the ZyWALL.
2 Check the hardware connections, and make sure the LEDs are behaving as expected. See
the Quick Start Guide and Section 2.6 on page 59.
3 Make sure your Internet browser does not block pop-up windows and has JavaScripts
and Java enabled. See Appendix B on page 785.
4 Make sure your computer's Ethernet adapter is installed and functioning properly.
5 Make sure your computer is in the same subnet as the ZyWALL. (If you know that there
are routers between your computer and the ZyWALL, skip this step.)

• If there is a DHCP server on your network, make sure your computer is using a
dynamic IP address. See Appendix D on page 795. Your ZyWALL is a DHCP server
by default.
6 Reset the device to its factory defaults, and try to access the ZyWALL with the default
IP address. See Section 3.3 on page 63.
7 If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor, or try one of the
advanced suggestions.
Advanced Suggestions
• Try to access the ZyWALL using another service, such as Telnet. If you can access the
ZyWALL, check the remote management settings, firewall rules, and SMT filters to find
out why the ZyWALL does not respond to HTTP.
• If your computer is connected to the WAN port or is connected wirelessly, use a computer
that is connected to a LAN port.
• You may also need to clear your Internet browser’s cache.
In Internet Explorer, click Tools and then Internet Options to open the Internet Options
screen.
In the General tab, click Delete Files. In the pop-up window, select the Delete all offline
content check box and click OK. Click OK in the Internet Options screen to close it.
• If you disconnect your computer from one device and connect it to another device that has
the same IP address, your computer’s ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) table may
contain an entry that maps the management IP address to the previous device’s MAC
address).
In Windows, use arp -d at the command prompt to delete all entries in your computer’s
ARP table.
V I can see the Login screen, but I cannot log in to the ZyWALL.
1 Make sure you have entered the user name and password correctly. The default user
name is admin, and the default password is 1234. These fields are case-sensitive, so
make sure [Caps Lock] is not on.
2 You cannot log in to the web configurator while someone is using the SMT, Telnet, or
the console port to access the ZyWALL. Log out of the ZyWALL in the other session, or
ask the person who is logged in to log out.
the ZyWALL.
on page 63.
V I cannot access the SMT. / I cannot Telnet to the ZyWALL.

See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web
configurator. Ignore the suggestions about your browser.
V I cannot use FTP to upload / download the configuration file. / I cannot use
FTP to upload new firmware.
See the troubleshooting suggestions for I cannot see or access the Login screen in the web
configurator. Ignore the suggestions about your browser.
54.3 Internet Access
V I cannot get a WAN IP address from the ISP.
1 The ISP provides the WAN IP address after authenticating you. Authentication may be
through the user name and password, the MAC address or the host name.
The username and password apply to PPPoE and PPPoA encapsulation only. Make sure
that you have entered the correct Service Type, User Name and Password (be sure to
use the correct casing). Refer to the WAN setup chapter (web configurator or SMT).
2 Disconnect all the cables from your device, and follow the directions in the Quick Start
Guide again.
3 If the problem continues, contact your ISP.
V I cannot access the Internet.
2 Make sure you entered your ISP account information correctly in the wizard, WAN
screen or SMT menu. These fields are case-sensitive, so make sure [Caps Lock] is not
on.
3 If you are trying to access the Internet wirelessly, make sure the wireless settings in the
wireless client are the same as the settings in the AP.
4 Disconnect all the cables from your device, and follow the directions in the Quick Start
Guide again.

V I cannot access the Internet anymore. I had access to the Internet (with the
ZyWALL), but my Internet connection is not available anymore.
2 Check the schedule rules. Refer to Chapter 53 on page 757 (SMT).
3 If you use PPPoA or PPPoE encapsulation, check the idle time-out setting. Refer to the
Chapter 9 on page 169 (web configurator) or Chapter 38 on page 639 (SMT).
4 Reboot the ZyWALL.
V The Internet connection is slow or intermittent.
1 There might be a lot of traffic on the network. Look at the LEDs, and check Section 2.6
on page 59. If the ZyWALL is sending or receiving a lot of information, try closing some
programs that use the Internet, especially peer-to-peer applications.
2 Check the signal strength. If the signal strength is low, try moving the ZyWALL closer
to the AP if possible, and look around to see if there are any devices that might be
interfering with the wireless network (for example, microwaves, other wireless
networks, and so on).
3 Reboot the ZyWALL.
4 If the problem continues, contact the network administrator or vendor, or try one of the
advanced suggestions.
Advanced Suggestions
• Check the settings for bandwidth management. If it is disabled, you might consider
activating it. If it is enabled, you might consider changing the allocations.
54.4 Wireless Router/AP Troubleshooting
V I cannot access the ZyWALL or ping any computer from the WLAN.
1 Make sure the wireless LAN is enabled on the ZyWALL

2 Make sure the wireless adapter on the wireless station is working properly.
3 Make sure the wireless adapter (installed on your computer) is IEEE 802.11 compatible
and supports the same wireless standard as the ZyWALL.
4 Make sure your computer (with a wireless adapter installed) is within the transmission
range of the ZyWALL.

5 Check that both the ZyWALL and your wireless station are using the same wireless and
wireless security settings.
6 Make sure traffic between the WLAN and the LAN is not blocked by the firewall on the
ZyWALL.
7 Make sure you allow the ZyWALL to be remotely accessed through the WLAN
interface. Check your remote management settings.
54.5 UPnP
V When using UPnP and the ZyWALL reboots, my computer cannot detect
UPnP and refresh My Network Places > Local Network.
1 Disconnect the Ethernet cable from the ZyWALL’s LAN port or from your computer.
2 Re-connect the Ethernet cable.
V The Local Area Connection icon for UPnP disappears in the screen.
Restart your computer.
V I cannot open special applications such as white board, file transfer and video
when I use the MSN messenger.
1 Wait more than three minutes.

2 Restart the applications.

CHAPTER 55
Product Specifications
The following tables summarize the ZyWALL’s hardware and firmware features.
Table 268 Hardware Specifications
Dimensions ZyWALL 70: 355(L) x 200(D) x 55(H) mm
ZyWALL 5 and ZyWALL 35: 242.0(W) x 175.0(D) x 35.5(H) mm
Weight ZyWALL 70: 2,600g
ZyWALL 5 and ZyWALL 35: 1,200g
Power Specification ZyWALL 70: 100 ~ 240 VAC
ZyWALL 5 and ZyWALL 35: 12V DC
Fuse Specifications ZyWALL 70: T 0.5 Amp, 250 VAC
Ethernet Interface
LAN ZyWALL 70: One auto-negotiating, auto MDI/MDI-X 10/100 Mbps RJ-45
Ethernet port
ZyWALL 5 and 35: Four LAN/DMZ/WLAN auto-negotiating, auto MDI/MDI-
X 10/100 Mbps RJ-45 Ethernet ports.
WAN ZyWALL 35 and 70: Dual auto-negotiating, auto MDI/MDI-X 10/100 Mbps
RJ-45 Ethernet ports
ZyWALL 5: One auto-negotiating, auto MDI/MDI-X 10/100 Mbps RJ-45
Ethernet port
DMZ ZyWALL 70: Four DMZ/WLAN auto-negotiating, auto MDI/MDI-X 10/100
Mbps RJ-45 Ethernet ports.
ZyWALL 5 and 35: Four LAN/DMZ/WLAN auto-negotiating, auto MDI/MDI-
X 10/100 Mbps RJ-45 Ethernet ports.
Reset Button Restores factory default settings
Console RS-232 DB9F
Dial Backup RS-232 DB9M
Extension Card Slot For installing an optional ZyXEL wireless LAN card, 3G card or a ZyWALL
Turbo extension card
Operating Temperature 0º C ~ 50º C
Storage Temperature -30º C ~ 60º C
Operating Humidity 20% ~ 95% RH (non-condensing)
Storage Humidity 20% ~ 95% RH (non-condensing)
Certifications EMC: FCC Class B, CE-EMC Class B, C-Tick Class B, VCCI Class B
Safety: CSA International, CE EN60950-1
MTBF (Mean Time ZyWALL 70: 40.9 years
Between Failures) ZyWALL 35: 41.8 years
(Bellcore model) ZyWALL 5: 41.7 years

Chapter 55 Product Specifications
Table 269 Firmware Specifications

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Default IP Address 192.168.1.1
Default Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 (24 bits)
Default Password 1234
Default DHCP Pool 192.168.1.33 to 192.168.1.160
Device Management Use the web configurator to easily configure the rich range of features on
the ZyWALL.
Wireless Functionality Allow the IEEE 802.11b and/or IEEE 802.11g wireless clients to connect
to the ZyWALL wirelessly. Enable wireless security (WEP, WPA(2),
WPA(2)-PSK) and/or MAC filtering to protect your wireless network.
Firmware Upgrade Download new firmware (when available) from the ZyXEL web site and
use the web configurator, an FTP or a TFTP tool to put it on the
ZyWALL.
Note: Only upload firmware for your specific model!

Configuration Backup & Make a copy of the ZyWALL’s configuration. You can put it back on the
Restoration ZyWALL later if you decide to revert back to an earlier configuration.
Network Address Each computer on your network must have its own unique IP address.
Translation (NAT) Use NAT to convert your public IP address(es) to multiple private IP
addresses for the computers on your network.
Port Forwarding If you have a server (mail or web server for example) on your network,
you can use this feature to let people access it from the Internet.
DHCP (Dynamic Host Use this feature to have the ZyWALL assign IP addresses, an IP default
Configuration Protocol) gateway and DNS servers to computers on your network.
Dynamic DNS Support With Dynamic DNS (Domain Name System) support, you can use a
fixed URL, www.zyxel.com for example, with a dynamic IP address. You
must register for this service with a Dynamic DNS service provider.
IP Multicast IP multicast is used to send traffic to a specific group of computers. The
ZyWALL supports versions 1 and 2 of IGMP (Internet Group
Management Protocol) used to join multicast groups (see RFC 2236).
IP Alias IP alias allows you to subdivide a physical network into logical networks
over the same Ethernet interface with the ZyWALL itself as the gateway
for each subnet.
Time and Date Get the current time and date from an external server when you turn on
your ZyWALL. You can also set the time manually. These dates and
times are then used in logs.
Logging and Tracing Use packet tracing and logs for troubleshooting. You can send logs from
the ZyWALL to an external syslog server.
PPPoE PPPoE mimics a dial-up Internet access connection.
PPTP Encapsulation Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP) enables secure transfer of
data through a Virtual Private Network (VPN). The ZyWALL supports
one PPTP connection at a time.
Universal Plug and Play A UPnP-enabled device can dynamically join a network, obtain an IP
(UPnP) address and convey its capabilities to other devices on the network.
RoadRunner Support The ZyWALL supports Time Warner’s RoadRunner Service in addition
to standard cable modem services.

Table 269 Firmware Specifications

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Firewall You can configure firewall on the ZyXEL Device for secure Internet
access. When the firewall is on, by default, all incoming traffic from the
Internet to your network is blocked unless it is initiated from your
network. This means that probes from the outside to your network are
not allowed, but you can safely browse the Internet and download files
for example.
Content Filter The ZyWALL blocks or allows access to web sites that you specify and
blocks access to web sites with URLs that contain keywords that you
specify. You can define time periods and days during which content
filtering is enabled. You can also include or exclude particular computers
on your network from content filtering.
You can also subscribe to category-based content filtering that allows
your ZyWALL to check web sites against an external database.
IPSec VPN This allows you to establish a secure Virtual Private Network (VPN)
tunnel to connect with business partners and branch offices using data
encryption and the Internet without the expense of leased site-to-site
lines. The ZyWALL VPN is based on the IPSec standard and is fully
interoperable with other IPSec-based VPN products.
Bandwidth Management You can efficiently manage traffic on your network by reserving
bandwidth and giving priority to certain types of traffic and/or to particular
computers.
Remote Management This allows you to decide whether a service (HTTP or FTP traffic for
example) from a computer on a network (LAN or WAN for example) can
access the ZyWALL.
Table 270 Feature and Performance Specifications

FEATURE ZYWALL 70 ZYWALL 35 ZYWALL 5
Local User Database Entries 32 32 32
Static DHCP Table Entries 128 128 128
Static Routes 50 50 30
Policy Routes 48 48 N/A
Port Forwarding Rules 100 50 30
Concurrent Sessions (NAT sessions) 10,000 10,000 6,000 (without the
ZyWALL Turbo Card)
4,000 (with the ZyWALL
Turbo Card)
Address Mapping Rules 100 50 30
Configurable IPSec VPN Network Policies 120 40 10
(including network policies in the recycle
bin)
Simultaneous IPSec VPN Connections 100 35 10
Bandwidth Management Classes 100 50 20
Bandwidth Management Class Levels 5 3 1
DNS Address Record Entries 30 30 30
DNS Name Server Record Entries 16 16 16
Concurrent E-mail Sessions with Anti- 200 100 20
Spam Enabled

Table 270 Feature and Performance Specifications (continued)

FEATURE ZYWALL 70 ZYWALL 35 ZYWALL 5
Anti-Spam Whitelist and Blacklist Entries 12,288 Kb 6,144 Kb 3,072 Kb Individual entries
Individual Individual my vary in size. The total
entries my entries my number you can configure
vary in size. vary in size. is less than 220.
The total The total
number you number you
can configure can configure
is less than is less than
860. 450.
Firewall Throughput (with NAT) 80Mbps 75Mbps 60Mbps
VPN (3DES) Throughput 40Mbps 35Mbps 30Mbps
User Licenses Unlimited Unlimited Unlimited
Compatible ZyXEL WLAN Cards

The following table lists the ZyXEL WLAN cards that you can use in the ZyWALL at the time
of writing. It also shows the security features that each card supports.
" Check the product page on the www.zyxel.com website for updates on ZyXEL
WLAN cards that you can use in the ZyWALL.
Table 271 Compatible ZyXEL WLAN Cards and Security Features

B-100 B-101 B-120 G-100 G-110
No Security Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Static WEP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
WPA-PSK No No Yes Yes Yes
WPA (MD5 is not supported) No No Yes Yes Yes
802.1x + Dynamic WEP (MD5 is not supported) No No Yes Yes Yes
802.1x + Static WEP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
802.1x + No WEP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No Access 802.1x + Static WEP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
No Access 802.1x + No WEP Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

55.1 Compatible 3G Cards

At the time of writing, you can use the following 3G wireless cards in the ZyWALL 5. The
table also shows you the 3G features supported by the compatible 3G cards.
Table 272 3G Features Supported By Compatible 3G Cards
SIERRA
SIERRA SIERRA SIERRA SIERRA
3G CARD WIRELESS WIRELESS WIRELESS WIRELESS WIRELESS
FEATURES AC880/
AC881 AC580 AC595 AC850/860 AC875
Radio Technology HSDPA 1xEV-DO 1xEV-DO HSDPA HSDPA

Rev. 0 Rev. A
Maximum Speed 7.2 Mbps / 2.4 Mbps/ 3.1 Mbps/ 1.8 Mbps / 3.6 Mbps /
(Downstream/Upstream) 2.0 Mbps 384 Kbps 1.8 Mbps 384 Kbps 384 Kbps
SIM card authentication Y Y Y

via the web configurator
Enabling of the internal Y
modem on the 3G card
Network type selection via Y Y Y
the web configurator
Manual or automatic Y Y Y
service provider selection
Signal strength update Y Y Y Y
even when data is
transmitting
Network type update even Y
when data is transmitting
Roaming status update Y Y
even when data is
transmitting
Dormant status update Y
after the connection is
established
Budget Control Y Y Y Y Y
Bandwidth Management Y Y Y Y Y
Table 273 3G Features Supported By Additional Compatible 3G Cards

3G CARD HUAWEI HUAWEI HUAWEI HUAWEI HUAWEI
FEATURES E612 E620 E630 EC321 EC360
Radio Technology UMTS HSDPA HSDPA 1xRTT 1xEV-DO
Rev. A
Maximum Speed 384 Kbps 1.8 Mbps / 3.6Mbps / 153.6Kbps/ 3.1Mbps/
(Downstream/Upstream) 384 Kbps 384Kbps 153.6Kbps 1.8Mbps
SIM card authentication Y Y Y

Enabling of the internal
Network type selection via


3G CARD HUAWEI HUAWEI HUAWEI HUAWEI HUAWEI
FEATURES E612 E620 E630 EC321 EC360
Manual or automatic Y Y Y
Signal strength update Y Y Y
even when data is
transmitting
Network type update even
Roaming status update
even when data is
transmitting
Dormant status update
established

OPTION
GLOBETRO NOVATEL NOVATEL
3G CARD HUAWEI HUAWEI TTER MERLIN MERLIN
FEATURES EC500 E220 HSDPA 7.2 EX720 PC720
READY
Radio Technology 1xEV-DO HSDPA HSDPA 1xEV-DO 1xEV-DO
Rev. 0 Rev. A Rev. A
Maximum Speed 2.4 Mbps/ 3.6Mbps / 7.2Mbps / 1.4 Mbps/ 3.1Mbps/

(Downstream/Upstream) 384 Kbps 384Kbps 384Kbps 500Kbps 1.8Mbps
SIM card authentication Y Y

Enabling of the internal
Network type selection via
Manual or automatic Y Y
Signal strength update Y Y
even when data is
transmitting
Network type update even
Roaming status update
even when data is
transmitting
Dormant status update
established


OPTION
GLOBETRO NOVATEL NOVATEL
3G CARD HUAWEI HUAWEI TTER MERLIN MERLIN
FEATURES EC500 E220 HSDPA 7.2 EX720 PC720
READY
55.2 Power Adaptor Specifications
Table 275 North American Plug Standards

AC POWER ADAPTOR MODEL PSA18R-120P (ZA)-R
INPUT POWER 100-240VAC, 50/60HZ, 0.5A
OUTPUT POWER 12VDC, 1.5A
POWER CONSUMPTION 18 W MAX.
SAFETY STANDARDS UL, CUL (UL 60950-1 FIRST EDITIONCSA C22.2 NO.
60950-1-03 1ST.)
Table 276 European Plug Standards

AC POWER ADAPTOR MODEL PSA18R-120P (ZE)-R
SAFETY STANDARDS TUV, CE (EN 60950-1)
Table 277 United Kingdom Plug Standards

AC POWER ADAPTOR MODEL PSA18R-120P (ZK)-R
SAFETY STANDARDS TUV (BS EN 60950-1)
Table 278 Australia And New Zealand Plug Standards

AC POWER ADAPTOR MODEL PSA18R-120P (ZS)-R
SAFETY STANDARDS AS/NZ60950
Table 279 Japan Plug Standards


Table 279 Japan Plug Standards

SAFETY STANDARDS JET
Table 280 China Plug Standards

SAFETY STANDARDS CCC
Cable Pin Assignments

In a serial communications connection, generally a computer is DTE (Data Terminal
Equipment) and a modem is DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment). The ZyWALL is
DCE when you connect a computer to the console port. The ZyWALL is DTE when you
connect a modem to the dial backup port.4
Figure 498 Console/Dial Backup Port Pin Layout
Table 281 Console/Dial Backup Port Pin Assignments

CONSOLE Port RS – 232 (Female) DB-9F DIAL BACKUP RS – 232 (Male) DB-9M (Not on all
models)
Pin 1 = NON Pin 1 = NON
Pin 2 = DCE-TXD Pin 2 = DTE-RXD
Pin 3 = DCE –RXD Pin 3 = DTE-TXD
Pin 4 = DCE –DSR Pin 4 = DTE-DTR
Pin 5 = GND Pin 5 = GND
Pin 6 = DCE –DTR Pin 6 = DTE-DSR
Pin 7 = DCE –CTS Pin 7 = DTE-RTS
Pin 8 = DCE –RTS Pin 8 = DTE-CTS
PIN 9 = NON PIN 9 = NON.
The CON/AUX port also has these pin ZyWALLs with a CON/AUX port also have a 9-pin
assignments. The CON/AUX switch changes adaptor for the console cable with these pin
the setting in the firmware only and does not assignments on the male end.
change the CON/AUX port’s pin assignments.
4. Pins 2,3 and 5 are used.

Table 282 Ethernet Cable Pin Assignments

WAN / LAN ETHERNET CABLE PIN LAYOUT
Straight-through Crossover
(Switch) (Adapter) (Switch) (Switch)
1 IRD + 1 OTD 1 IRD + 1 IRD +
+
2 IRD - 2 OTD - 2 IRD - 2 IRD -
3 OTD 3 IRD + 3 OTD + 3 OTD
+ +
6 OTD - 6 IRD - 6 OTD - 6 OTD -


P ART VIII
Appendices and
Index
Removing and Installing a Fuse (781)
Common Services (783)
Wireless LANs (787)
Windows 98 SE/Me Requirements for Anti-Virus Message Display (801)
Legal Information (805)
Customer Support (809)
Index (815)
779
780
APPENDIX A
Removing and Installing a Fuse
This appendix shows you how to remove and install fuses for the ZyWALL.
If you need to install a new fuse, follow the procedure below.
" If you use a fuse other than the included fuses, make sure it matches the fuse
specifications in the product specifications chapter.
Removing a Fuse
" Disconnect all power from the ZyWALL before you begin this procedure.
1 Place the rear panel of the ZyWALL in front of you.

2 Remove the power cord from the back of the unit.
3 The fuse housing is located between the power switch and the power port. Use a small
flat-head screwdriver to carefully pry out the fuse housing.
4 A burnt-out fuse is blackened, darkened or cloudy inside its glass casing. A working fuse
has a completely clear glass casing. Pull gently, but firmly, to remove the burnt out fuse
from the fuse housing. Dispose of the burnt-out fuse.
Installing a Fuse
1 The ZyWALL is shipped from the factory with one spare fuse included in a box-like
section of the fuse housing. Push the middle part of the box-like section to access the
spare fuse. Put another spare fuse in its place in order to always have one on hand.
2 Push the replacement fuse into the fuse housing until you hear a click.
3 Firmly, but gently, push the fuse housing back into the ZyWALL until you hear a click.
4 Plug the power cord back into the unit.

Appendix A Removing and Installing a Fuse

APPENDIX B
Common Services
The following table lists some commonly-used services and their associated protocols and port
numbers. For a comprehensive list of port numbers, ICMP type/code numbers and services,
visit the IANA (Internet Assigned Number Authority) web site.
• Name: This is a short, descriptive name for the service. You can use this one or create a
different one, if you like.
• Protocol: This is the type of IP protocol used by the service. If this is TCP/UDP, then the
service uses the same port number with TCP and UDP. If this is USER-DEFINED, the
Port(s) is the IP protocol number, not the port number.
• Port(s): This value depends on the Protocol. Please refer to RFC 1700 for further
information about port numbers.
• If the Protocol is TCP, UDP, or TCP/UDP, this is the IP port number.
• If the Protocol is USER, this is the IP protocol number.
• Description: This is a brief explanation of the applications that use this service or the
situations in which this service is used.
Table 283 Commonly Used Services
NAME PROTOCOL PORT(S) DESCRIPTION

AH User-Defined 51 The IPSEC AH (Authentication Header)
(IPSEC_TUNNEL) tunneling protocol uses this service.
AIM/New-ICQ TCP 5190 AOL’s Internet Messenger service. It is also
used as a listening port by ICQ.
AUTH TCP 113 Authentication protocol used by some
servers.
BGP TCP 179 Border Gateway Protocol.
BOOTP_CLIENT UDP 68 DHCP Client.
BOOTP_SERVER UDP 67 DHCP Server.
CU-SEEME TCP 7648 A popular videoconferencing solution from
UDP 24032 White Pines Software.
DNS TCP/UDP 53 Domain Name Server, a service that

matches web names (e.g. www.zyxel.com)
to IP numbers.
ESP User-Defined 50 The IPSEC ESP (Encapsulation Security
(IPSEC_TUNNEL) Protocol) tunneling protocol uses this
service.
FINGER TCP 79 Finger is a UNIX or Internet related
command that can be used to find out if a
user is logged on.

Appendix B Common Services
Table 283 Commonly Used Services (continued)

FTP TCP 20 File Transfer Program, a program to enable
TCP 21 fast transfer of files, including large files that
may not be possible by e-mail.
H.323 TCP 1720 NetMeeting uses this protocol.
HTTP TCP 80 Hyper Text Transfer Protocol - a client/
server protocol for the world wide web.
HTTPS TCP 443 HTTPS is a secured http session often used
in e-commerce.
ICMP User-Defined 1 Internet Control Message Protocol is often
used for diagnostic or routing purposes.
ICQ UDP 4000 This is a popular Internet chat program.
IGMP (MULTICAST) User-Defined 2 Internet Group Management Protocol is
used when sending packets to a specific
group of hosts.
IKE UDP 500 The Internet Key Exchange algorithm is
used for key distribution and management.
IRC TCP/UDP 6667 This is another popular Internet chat
program.
MSN Messenger TCP 1863 Microsoft Networks’ messenger service
uses this protocol.
NEW-ICQ TCP 5190 An Internet chat program.
NEWS TCP 144 A protocol for news groups.
NFS UDP 2049 Network File System - NFS is a client/
server distributed file service that provides
transparent file sharing for network
environments.
NNTP TCP 119 Network News Transport Protocol is the
delivery mechanism for the USENET
newsgroup service.
PING User-Defined 1 Packet INternet Groper is a protocol that
sends out ICMP echo requests to test
whether or not a remote host is reachable.
POP3 TCP 110 Post Office Protocol version 3 lets a client
computer get e-mail from a POP3 server
through a temporary connection (TCP/IP or
other).
PPTP TCP 1723 Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol enables
secure transfer of data over public
networks. This is the control channel.
PPTP_TUNNEL User-Defined 47 PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol)
(GRE) enables secure transfer of data over public
networks. This is the data channel.
RCMD TCP 512 Remote Command Service.
REAL_AUDIO TCP 7070 A streaming audio service that enables real
time sound over the web.
REXEC TCP 514 Remote Execution Daemon.
RLOGIN TCP 513 Remote Login.

Table 283 Commonly Used Services (continued)

RTELNET TCP 107 Remote Telnet.
RTSP TCP/UDP 554 The Real Time Streaming (media control)
Protocol (RTSP) is a remote control for
multimedia on the Internet.
SFTP TCP 115 Simple File Transfer Protocol.
SMTP TCP 25 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol is the
message-exchange standard for the
Internet. SMTP enables you to move
messages from one e-mail server to
another.
SNMP TCP/UDP 161 Simple Network Management Program.
SNMP-TRAPS TCP/UDP 162 Traps for use with the SNMP (RFC:1215).
SQL-NET TCP 1521 Structured Query Language is an interface
to access data on many different types of
database systems, including mainframes,
midrange systems, UNIX systems and
network servers.
SSH TCP/UDP 22 Secure Shell Remote Login Program.
STRM WORKS UDP 1558 Stream Works Protocol.
SYSLOG UDP 514 Syslog allows you to send system logs to a
UNIX server.
TACACS UDP 49 Login Host Protocol used for (Terminal
Access Controller Access Control System).
TELNET TCP 23 Telnet is the login and terminal emulation
protocol common on the Internet and in
UNIX environments. It operates over TCP/
IP networks. Its primary function is to allow
users to log into remote host systems.
TFTP UDP 69 Trivial File Transfer Protocol is an Internet
file transfer protocol similar to FTP, but
uses the UDP (User Datagram Protocol)
rather than TCP (Transmission Control
Protocol).
VDOLIVE TCP 7000 Another videoconferencing solution.


APPENDIX C
Wireless LANs
Wireless LAN Topologies

This section discusses ad-hoc and infrastructure wireless LAN topologies.
Ad-hoc Wireless LAN Configuration

The simplest WLAN configuration is an independent (Ad-hoc) WLAN that connects a set of
computers with wireless adapters (A, B, C). Any time two or more wireless adapters are within
range of each other, they can set up an independent network, which is commonly referred to as
an ad-hoc network or Independent Basic Service Set (IBSS). The following diagram shows an
example of notebook computers using wireless adapters to form an ad-hoc wireless LAN.
Figure 499 Peer-to-Peer Communication in an Ad-hoc Network
BSS
A Basic Service Set (BSS) exists when all communications between wireless clients or
between a wireless client and a wired network client go through one access point (AP).
Intra-BSS traffic is traffic between wireless clients in the BSS. When Intra-BSS is enabled,
wireless client A and B can access the wired network and communicate with each other. When
Intra-BSS is disabled, wireless client A and B can still access the wired network but cannot
communicate with each other.

Appendix C Wireless LANs
Figure 500 Basic Service Set
ESS
An Extended Service Set (ESS) consists of a series of overlapping BSSs, each containing an
access point, with each access point connected together by a wired network. This wired
connection between APs is called a Distribution System (DS).
This type of wireless LAN topology is called an Infrastructure WLAN. The Access Points not
only provide communication with the wired network but also mediate wireless network traffic
in the immediate neighborhood.
An ESSID (ESS IDentification) uniquely identifies each ESS. All access points and their
associated wireless clients within the same ESS must have the same ESSID in order to
communicate.

Figure 501 Infrastructure WLAN
Channel
A channel is the radio frequency(ies) used by wireless devices to transmit and receive data.
Channels available depend on your geographical area. You may have a choice of channels (for
your region) so you should use a channel different from an adjacent AP (access point) to
reduce interference. Interference occurs when radio signals from different access points
overlap causing interference and degrading performance.
Adjacent channels partially overlap however. To avoid interference due to overlap, your AP
should be on a channel at least five channels away from a channel that an adjacent AP is using.
For example, if your region has 11 channels and an adjacent AP is using channel 1, then you
need to select a channel between 6 or 11.
RTS/CTS
A hidden node occurs when two stations are within range of the same access point, but are not
within range of each other. The following figure illustrates a hidden node. Both stations (STA)
are within range of the access point (AP) or wireless gateway, but out-of-range of each other,
so they cannot "hear" each other, that is they do not know if the channel is currently being
used. Therefore, they are considered hidden from each other.

Figure 502 RTS/CTS
When station A sends data to the AP, it might not know that the station B is already using the
channel. If these two stations send data at the same time, collisions may occur when both sets
of data arrive at the AP at the same time, resulting in a loss of messages for both stations.
RTS/CTS is designed to prevent collisions due to hidden nodes. An RTS/CTS defines the
biggest size data frame you can send before an RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send)
handshake is invoked.
When a data frame exceeds the RTS/CTS value you set (between 0 to 2432 bytes), the station
that wants to transmit this frame must first send an RTS (Request To Send) message to the AP
for permission to send it. The AP then responds with a CTS (Clear to Send) message to all
other stations within its range to notify them to defer their transmission. It also reserves and
confirms with the requesting station the time frame for the requested transmission.
Stations can send frames smaller than the specified RTS/CTS directly to the AP without the
RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake.
You should only configure RTS/CTS if the possibility of hidden nodes exists on your network
and the "cost" of resending large frames is more than the extra network overhead involved in
the RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake.
If the RTS/CTS value is greater than the Fragmentation Threshold value (see next), then the
RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake will never occur as data frames will
be fragmented before they reach RTS/CTS size.
" Enabling the RTS Threshold causes redundant network overhead that could
negatively affect the throughput performance instead of providing a remedy.
Fragmentation Threshold
A Fragmentation Threshold is the maximum data fragment size (between 256 and 2432
bytes) that can be sent in the wireless network before the AP will fragment the packet into
smaller data frames.
A large Fragmentation Threshold is recommended for networks not prone to interference
while you should set a smaller threshold for busy networks or networks that are prone to
interference.

If the Fragmentation Threshold value is smaller than the RTS/CTS value (see previously)
you set then the RTS (Request To Send)/CTS (Clear to Send) handshake will never occur as
data frames will be fragmented before they reach RTS/CTS size.
Preamble Type
Preamble is used to signal that data is coming to the receiver. Short and long refer to the length
of the synchronization field in a packet.
Short preamble increases performance as less time sending preamble means more time for
sending data. All IEEE 802.11 compliant wireless adapters support long preamble, but not all
support short preamble.
Use long preamble if you are unsure what preamble mode other wireless devices on the
network support, and to provide more reliable communications in busy wireless networks.
Use short preamble if you are sure all wireless devices on the network support it, and to
provide more efficient communications.
Use the dynamic setting to automatically use short preamble when all wireless devices on the
network support it, otherwise the ZyWALL uses long preamble.
" The wireless devices MUST use the same preamble mode in order to
communicate.
IEEE 802.11g Wireless LAN

IEEE 802.11g is fully compatible with the IEEE 802.11b standard. This means an IEEE
802.11b adapter can interface directly with an IEEE 802.11g access point (and vice versa) at
11 Mbps or lower depending on range. IEEE 802.11g has several intermediate rate steps
between the maximum and minimum data rates. The IEEE 802.11g data rate and modulation
are as follows:
Table 284 IEEE 802.11g
DATA RATE (MBPS) MODULATION
1 DBPSK (Differential Binary Phase Shift Keyed)
2 DQPSK (Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying)
5.5 / 11 CCK (Complementary Code Keying)
6/9/12/18/24/36/48/54 OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing)
Wireless Security Overview

Wireless security is vital to your network to protect wireless communication between wireless
clients, access points and the wired network.

Wireless security methods available on the ZyWALL are data encryption, wireless client
authentication, restricting access by device MAC address and hiding the ZyWALL identity.
The following figure shows the relative effectiveness of these wireless security methods
available on your ZyWALL.
Table 285 Wireless Security Levels
SECURITY SECURITY TYPE
LEVEL
Least Unique SSID (Default)
Secure
Unique SSID with Hide SSID Enabled
MAC Address Filtering
WEP Encryption
IEEE802.1x EAP with RADIUS Server Authentication
Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA)
Most Secure WPA2
" You must enable the same wireless security settings on the ZyWALL and on
all wireless clients that you want to associate with it.
IEEE 802.1x
In June 2001, the IEEE 802.1x standard was designed to extend the features of IEEE 802.11 to
support extended authentication as well as providing additional accounting and control
features. It is supported by Windows XP and a number of network devices. Some advantages
of IEEE 802.1x are:
• User based identification that allows for roaming.
• Support for RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial In User Service, RFC 2138, 2139) for
centralized user profile and accounting management on a network RADIUS server.
• Support for EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol, RFC 2486) that allows additional
authentication methods to be deployed with no changes to the access point or the wireless
clients.
RADIUS
RADIUS is based on a client-server model that supports authentication, authorization and
accounting. The access point is the client and the server is the RADIUS server. The RADIUS
server handles the following tasks:
• Authentication
• Authorization

Determines the network services available to authenticated users once they are connected
to the network.
• Accounting
RADIUS is a simple package exchange in which your AP acts as a message relay between the
wireless client and the network RADIUS server.
Types of RADIUS Messages

RADIUS server for user authentication:
• Access-Request
Sent by an access point requesting authentication.
• Access-Reject
Sent by a RADIUS server rejecting access.
• Access-Accept
Sent by a RADIUS server allowing access.
• Access-Challenge
Sent by a RADIUS server requesting more information in order to allow access. The
access point sends a proper response from the user and then sends another Access-Request
message.
RADIUS server for user accounting:
• Accounting-Request
Sent by the access point requesting accounting.
• Accounting-Response
Sent by the RADIUS server to indicate that it has started or stopped accounting.
In order to ensure network security, the access point and the RADIUS server use a shared
secret key, which is a password, they both know. The key is not sent over the network. In
addition to the shared key, password information exchanged is also encrypted to protect the
network from unauthorized access.
Types of EAP Authentication

This section discusses some popular authentication types: EAP-MD5, EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS,
PEAP and LEAP. Your wireless LAN device may not support all authentication types.
EAP (Extensible Authentication Protocol) is an authentication protocol that runs on top of the
IEEE 802.1x transport mechanism in order to support multiple types of user authentication. By
using EAP to interact with an EAP-compatible RADIUS server, an access point helps a
wireless station and a RADIUS server perform authentication.
The type of authentication you use depends on the RADIUS server and an intermediary AP(s)
that supports IEEE 802.1x. .

For EAP-TLS authentication type, you must first have a wired connection to the network and
obtain the certificate(s) from a certificate authority (CA). A certificate (also called digital IDs)
can be used to authenticate users and a CA issues certificates and guarantees the identity of
each certificate owner.
EAP-MD5 (Message-Digest Algorithm 5)

MD5 authentication is the simplest one-way authentication method. The authentication server
sends a challenge to the wireless client. The wireless client ‘proves’ that it knows the password
by encrypting the password with the challenge and sends back the information. Password is
not sent in plain text.
However, MD5 authentication has some weaknesses. Since the authentication server needs to
get the plaintext passwords, the passwords must be stored. Thus someone other than the
authentication server may access the password file. In addition, it is possible to impersonate an
authentication server as MD5 authentication method does not perform mutual authentication.
Finally, MD5 authentication method does not support data encryption with dynamic session
key. You must configure WEP encryption keys for data encryption.
EAP-TLS (Transport Layer Security)

With EAP-TLS, digital certifications are needed by both the server and the wireless clients for
mutual authentication. The server presents a certificate to the client. After validating the
identity of the server, the client sends a different certificate to the server. The exchange of
certificates is done in the open before a secured tunnel is created. This makes user identity
vulnerable to passive attacks. A digital certificate is an electronic ID card that authenticates the
sender’s identity. However, to implement EAP-TLS, you need a Certificate Authority (CA) to
handle certificates, which imposes a management overhead.
EAP-TTLS (Tunneled Transport Layer Service)

EAP-TTLS is an extension of the EAP-TLS authentication that uses certificates for only the
server-side authentications to establish a secure connection. Client authentication is then done
by sending username and password through the secure connection, thus client identity is
protected. For client authentication, EAP-TTLS supports EAP methods and legacy
authentication methods such as PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP and MS-CHAP v2.
PEAP (Protected EAP)

Like EAP-TTLS, server-side certificate authentication is used to establish a secure connection,
then use simple username and password methods through the secured connection to
authenticate the clients, thus hiding client identity. However, PEAP only supports EAP
methods, such as EAP-MD5, EAP-MSCHAPv2 and EAP-GTC (EAP-Generic Token Card),
for client authentication. EAP-GTC is implemented only by Cisco.
LEAP
LEAP (Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol) is a Cisco implementation of IEEE
802.1x.

Dynamic WEP Key Exchange

The AP maps a unique key that is generated with the RADIUS server. This key expires when
the wireless connection times out, disconnects or reauthentication times out. A new WEP key
is generated each time reauthentication is performed.
If this feature is enabled, it is not necessary to configure a default encryption key in the
wireless security configuration screen. You may still configure and store keys, but they will
not be used while dynamic WEP is enabled.
" EAP-MD5 cannot be used with Dynamic WEP Key Exchange
For added security, certificate-based authentications (EAP-TLS, EAP-TTLS and PEAP) use
dynamic keys for data encryption. They are often deployed in corporate environments, but for
public deployment, a simple user name and password pair is more practical. The following
table is a comparison of the features of authentication types.
Table 286 Comparison of EAP Authentication Types
EAP-MD5 EAP-TLS EAP-TTLS PEAP LEAP
Mutual Authentication No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Certificate – Client No Yes Optional Optional No
Certificate – Server No Yes Yes Yes No
Dynamic Key Exchange No Yes Yes Yes Yes
Credential Integrity None Strong Strong Strong Moderate
Deployment Difficulty Easy Hard Moderate Moderate Moderate
Client Identity Protection No No Yes Yes No
WPA and WPA2

Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) is a subset of the IEEE 802.11i standard. WPA2 (IEEE
802.11i) is a wireless security standard that defines stronger encryption, authentication and
key management than WPA.
Key differences between WPA or WPA2 and WEP are improved data encryption and user
authentication.
If both an AP and the wireless clients support WPA2 and you have an external RADIUS
server, use WPA2 for stronger data encryption. If you don't have an external RADIUS server,
you should use WPA2-PSK (WPA2-Pre-Shared Key) that only requires a single (identical)
password entered into each access point, wireless gateway and wireless client. As long as the
passwords match, a wireless client will be granted access to a WLAN.
If the AP or the wireless clients do not support WPA2, just use WPA or WPA-PSK depending
on whether you have an external RADIUS server or not.
Select WEP only when the AP and/or wireless clients do not support WPA or WPA2. WEP is
less secure than WPA or WPA2.

Encryption
Both WPA and WPA2 improve data encryption by using Temporal Key Integrity Protocol
(TKIP), Message Integrity Check (MIC) and IEEE 802.1x. WPA and WPA2 use Advanced
Encryption Standard (AES) in the Counter mode with Cipher block chaining Message
authentication code Protocol (CCMP) to offer stronger encryption than TKIP.
TKIP uses 128-bit keys that are dynamically generated and distributed by the authentication
server. AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) is a block cipher that uses a 256-bit
mathematical algorithm called Rijndael. They both include a per-packet key mixing function,
a Message Integrity Check (MIC) named Michael, an extended initialization vector (IV) with
sequencing rules, and a re-keying mechanism.
WPA and WPA2 regularly change and rotate the encryption keys so that the same encryption
key is never used twice.
The RADIUS server distributes a Pairwise Master Key (PMK) key to the AP that then sets up
a key hierarchy and management system, using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data
encryption keys to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated between the AP
and the wireless clients. This all happens in the background automatically.
The Message Integrity Check (MIC) is designed to prevent an attacker from capturing data
packets, altering them and resending them. The MIC provides a strong mathematical function
in which the receiver and the transmitter each compute and then compare the MIC. If they do
not match, it is assumed that the data has been tampered with and the packet is dropped.
By generating unique data encryption keys for every data packet and by creating an integrity
checking mechanism (MIC), with TKIP and AES it is more difficult to decrypt data on a Wi-Fi
network than WEP and difficult for an intruder to break into the network.
The encryption mechanisms used for WPA(2) and WPA(2)-PSK are the same. The only
difference between the two is that WPA(2)-PSK uses a simple common password, instead of
user-specific credentials. The common-password approach makes WPA(2)-PSK susceptible to
brute-force password-guessing attacks but it’s still an improvement over WEP as it employs a
consistent, single, alphanumeric password to derive a PMK which is used to generate unique
temporal encryption keys. This prevent all wireless devices sharing the same encryption keys.
(a weakness of WEP)
User Authentication
WPA and WPA2 apply IEEE 802.1x and Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) to
authenticate wireless clients using an external RADIUS database. WPA2 reduces the number
of key exchange messages from six to four (CCMP 4-way handshake) and shortens the time
required to connect to a network. Other WPA2 authentication features that are different from
WPA include key caching and pre-authentication. These two features are optional and may not
be supported in all wireless devices.
Key caching allows a wireless client to store the PMK it derived through a successful
authentication with an AP. The wireless client uses the PMK when it tries to connect to the
same AP and does not need to go with the authentication process again.
Pre-authentication enables fast roaming by allowing the wireless client (already connecting to
an AP) to perform IEEE 802.1x authentication with another AP before connecting to it.

Wireless Client WPA Supplicants

A wireless client supplicant is the software that runs on an operating system instructing the
wireless client how to use WPA. At the time of writing, the most widely available supplicant is
the WPA patch for Windows XP, Funk Software's Odyssey client.
The Windows XP patch is a free download that adds WPA capability to Windows XP's built-
in "Zero Configuration" wireless client. However, you must run Windows XP to use it.
WPA(2) with RADIUS Application Example

To set up WPA(2), you need the IP address of the RADIUS server, its port number (default is
1812), and the RADIUS shared secret. A WPA(2) application example with an external
RADIUS server looks as follows. "A" is the RADIUS server. "DS" is the distribution system.
1 The AP passes the wireless client's authentication request to the RADIUS server.
2 The RADIUS server then checks the user's identification against its database and grants
or denies network access accordingly.
3 A 256-bit Pairwise Master Key (PMK) is derived from the authentication process by the
RADIUS server and the client.
4 The RADIUS server distributes the PMK to the AP. The AP then sets up a key hierarchy
and management system, using the PMK to dynamically generate unique data encryption
keys. The keys are used to encrypt every data packet that is wirelessly communicated
between the AP and the wireless clients.
Figure 503 WPA(2) with RADIUS Application Example
WPA(2)-PSK Application Example

A WPA(2)-PSK application looks as follows.
1 First enter identical passwords into the AP and all wireless clients. The Pre-Shared Key
(PSK) must consist of between 8 and 63 ASCII characters or 64 hexadecimal characters
(including spaces and symbols).
2 The AP checks each wireless client's password and allows it to join the network only if
the password matches.

3 The AP and wireless clients generate a common PMK (Pairwise Master Key). The key
itself is not sent over the network, but is derived from the PSK and the SSID.
4 The AP and wireless clients use the TKIP or AES encryption process, the PMK and
information exchanged in a handshake to create temporal encryption keys. They use
these keys to encrypt data exchanged between them.
Figure 504 WPA(2)-PSK Authentication
Security Parameters Summary

Refer to this table to see what other security parameters you should configure for each
authentication method or key management protocol type. MAC address filters are not
dependent on how you configure these security features.
Table 287 Wireless Security Relational Matrix
AUTHENTICATION ENCRYPTIO ENTER
METHOD/ KEY IEEE 802.1X
MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL N METHOD MANUAL KEY
Open None No Disable

Enable without Dynamic WEP Key
Open WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key
Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key
Yes Disable
Shared WEP No Enable with Dynamic WEP Key
Yes Enable without Dynamic WEP Key
Yes Disable
WPA TKIP/AES No Enable
WPA-PSK TKIP/AES Yes Disable
WPA2 TKIP/AES No Enable
WPA2-PSK TKIP/AES Yes Disable

Antenna Overview
An antenna couples RF signals onto air. A transmitter within a wireless device sends an RF
signal to the antenna, which propagates the signal through the air. The antenna also operates in
reverse by capturing RF signals from the air.
Positioning the antennas properly increases the range and coverage area of a wireless LAN.
Antenna Characteristics
Frequency
An antenna in the frequency of 2.4GHz (IEEE 802.11b and IEEE 802.11g) or 5GHz (IEEE
802.11a) is needed to communicate efficiently in a wireless LAN
Radiation Pattern
A radiation pattern is a diagram that allows you to visualize the shape of the antenna’s
coverage area.
Antenna Gain
Antenna gain, measured in dB (decibel), is the increase in coverage within the RF beam width.
Higher antenna gain improves the range of the signal for better communications.
For an indoor site, each 1 dB increase in antenna gain results in a range increase of
approximately 2.5%. For an unobstructed outdoor site, each 1dB increase in gain results in a
range increase of approximately 5%. Actual results may vary depending on the network
environment.
Antenna gain is sometimes specified in dBi, which is how much the antenna increases the
signal power compared to using an isotropic antenna. An isotropic antenna is a theoretical
perfect antenna that sends out radio signals equally well in all directions. dBi represents the
true gain that the antenna provides.
Types of Antennas for WLAN

There are two types of antennas used for wireless LAN applications.
• Omni-directional antennas send the RF signal out in all directions on a horizontal plane.
The coverage area is torus-shaped (like a donut) which makes these antennas ideal for a
room environment. With a wide coverage area, it is possible to make circular overlapping
coverage areas with multiple access points.
• Directional antennas concentrate the RF signal in a beam, like a flashlight does with the
light from its bulb. The angle of the beam determines the width of the coverage pattern.
Angles typically range from 20 degrees (very directional) to 120 degrees (less directional).
Directional antennas are ideal for hallways and outdoor point-to-point applications.

Positioning Antennas
In general, antennas should be mounted as high as practically possible and free of
obstructions. In point-to–point application, position both antennas at the same height and in a
direct line of sight to each other to attain the best performance.
For omni-directional antennas mounted on a table, desk, and so on, point the antenna up. For
omni-directional antennas mounted on a wall or ceiling, point the antenna down. For a single
AP application, place omni-directional antennas as close to the center of the coverage area as
possible.
For directional antennas, point the antenna in the direction of the desired coverage area.

APPENDIX D
Windows 98 SE/Me
Requirements for Anti-Virus
Message Display
With the anti-virus packet scan, when a virus is detected, an alert message is displayed on
Miscrosoft Windows-based computers.
For Windows 98 SE/Me, you must open the WinPopup window in order to view real-time
alert messages. For Windows 2000 and later versions, a message window automatically
displays when an alert is received.
Click Start, Run and enter “winpopup” in the field provided and click OK. The WinPopup
window displays as shown.
Figure 505 Windows 98 SE: WinPopup
If you want to display the WinPopup window at startup, follow the steps below for Windows
98 SE (steps are similar for Windows Me).
1 Right-click on the program task bar and click Properties.

Appendix D Windows 98 SE/Me Requirements for Anti-Virus Message Display
Figure 506 WIndows 98 SE: Program Task Bar
2 Click the Start Menu Programs tab and click Advanced ...
Figure 507 Windows 98 SE: Task Bar Properties
3 Double-click Programs and click StartUp.

4 Right-click in the StartUp pane and click New, Shortcut.

Figure 508 Windows 98 SE: StartUp
5 A Create Shortcut window displays. Enter “winpopup” in the Command line field and
click Next.
Figure 509 Windows 98 SE: Startup: Create Shortcut
6 Specify a name for the shortcut or accept the default and click Finish.

Figure 510 Windows 98 SE: Startup: Select a Title for the Program
7 A shortcut is created in the StartUp pane. Restart the computer when prompted.
Figure 511 Windows 98 SE: Startup: Shortcut
" The WinPopup window displays after the computer finishes the startup
process (see Figure 505 on page 801).

APPENDIX E
Legal Information
Copyright
Copyright © 2008 by ZyXEL Communications Corporation.
The contents of this publication may not be reproduced in any part or as a whole, transcribed,
stored in a retrieval system, translated into any language, or transmitted in any form or by any
means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical, photocopying, manual, or
otherwise, without the prior written permission of ZyXEL Communications Corporation.
Published by ZyXEL Communications Corporation. All rights reserved.
Disclaimer
ZyXEL does not assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any products, or
software described herein. Neither does it convey any license under its patent rights nor the
patent rights of others. ZyXEL further reserves the right to make changes in any products
described herein without notice. This publication is subject to change without notice.
Your use of the ZyWALL is subject to the terms and conditions of your service provider.
Trademarks
ZyNOS (ZyXEL Network Operating System) is a registered trademark of ZyXEL
Communications, Inc. Other trademarks mentioned in this publication are used for
identification purposes only and may be properties of their respective owners.
Certifications
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Interference Statement
The device complies with Part 15 of FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
• This device may not cause harmful interference.
• This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operations.

Appendix E Legal Information
This device has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This device generates,
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not installed and used in accordance with
the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is
no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this device does cause harmful interference to radio/television reception, which can be
determined by turning the device off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the
interference by one or more of the following measures:
1 Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
2 Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.
3 Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the
receiver is connected.
4 Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
FCC Radiation Exposure Statement

• This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna
or transmitter.
• IEEE 802.11b or 802.11g operation of this product in the U.S.A. is firmware-limited to
channels 1 through 11.
• To comply with FCC RF exposure compliance requirements, a separation distance of at
least 20 cm must be maintained between the antenna of this device and all persons.
注意 !
依據低功率電波輻射性電機管理辦法
第十二條經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機，非經許可，公司、商號或使用
者均不得擅自變更頻率、加大功率或變更原設計之特性及功能。
第十四條低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信；經發現
有干擾現象時，應立即停用，並改善至無干擾時方得繼續使用。
前項合法通信，指依電信規定作業之無線電信。低功率射頻電機須忍
受合法通信或工業、科學及醫療用電波輻射性電機設備之干擾。
Notices
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
This device has been designed for the WLAN 2.4 GHz network throughout the EC region and
Switzerland, with restrictions in France.
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.

Viewing Certifications
1 Go to http://www.zyxel.com.
2 Select your product on the ZyXEL home page to go to that product's page.
3 Select the certification you wish to view from this page.
ZyXEL Limited Warranty

ZyXEL warrants to the original end user (purchaser) that this product is free from any defects
in materials or workmanship for a period of up to two years from the date of purchase. During
the warranty period, and upon proof of purchase, should the product have indications of failure
due to faulty workmanship and/or materials, ZyXEL will, at its discretion, repair or replace the
defective products or components without charge for either parts or labor, and to whatever
extent it shall deem necessary to restore the product or components to proper operating
condition. Any replacement will consist of a new or re-manufactured functionally equivalent
product of equal or higher value, and will be solely at the discretion of ZyXEL. This warranty
shall not apply if the product has been modified, misused, tampered with, damaged by an act
of God, or subjected to abnormal working conditions.
Note
Repair or replacement, as provided under this warranty, is the exclusive remedy of the
purchaser. This warranty is in lieu of all other warranties, express or implied, including any
implied warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular use or purpose. ZyXEL shall in
no event be held liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind to the purchaser.
To obtain the services of this warranty, contact your vendor. You may also refer to the
warranty policy for the region in which you bought the device at http://www.zyxel.com/web/
support_warranty_info.php.
Registration
Register your product online to receive e-mail notices of firmware upgrades and information
at www.zyxel.com for global products, or at www.us.zyxel.com for North American products.


APPENDIX F
Customer Support
In the event of problems that cannot be solved by using this manual, you should contact your
vendor. If you cannot contact your vendor, then contact a ZyXEL office for the region in
which you bought the device. Regional offices are listed below (see also http://
www.zyxel.com/web/contact_us.php). Please have the following information ready when you
contact an office.
Required Information
• Product model and serial number.
• Warranty Information.
• Date that you received your device.
• Brief description of the problem and the steps you took to solve it.
“+” is the (prefix) number you dial to make an international telephone call.
Corporate Headquarters (Worldwide)

• Support E-mail: [email protected]
• Sales E-mail: [email protected]
• Telephone: +886-3-578-3942
• Fax: +886-3-578-2439
• Web: www.zyxel.com
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications Corp., 6 Innovation Road II, Science Park,
Hsinchu 300, Taiwan
China - ZyXEL Communications (Beijing) Corp.

• Telephone: +86-010-82800646
• Fax: +86-010-82800587
• Address: 902, Unit B, Horizon Building, No.6, Zhichun Str, Haidian District, Beijing
• Web: http://www.zyxel.cn
China - ZyXEL Communications (Shanghai) Corp.

• Telephone: +86-021-61199055
• Fax: +86-021-52069033

Appendix F Customer Support
• Address: 1005F, ShengGao International Tower, No.137 XianXia Rd., Shanghai

• Web: http://www.zyxel.cn
Costa Rica
• Telephone: +506-2017878
• Fax: +506-2015098
• Web: www.zyxel.co.cr
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Costa Rica, Plaza Roble Escazú, Etapa El Patio, Tercer Piso, San
José, Costa Rica
Czech Republic
• E-mail: [email protected]
• Telephone: +420-241-091-350
• Fax: +420-241-091-359
• Web: www.zyxel.cz
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications, Czech s.r.o., Modranská 621, 143 01 Praha 4 -
Modrany, Ceská Republika
Denmark
• Telephone: +45-39-55-07-00
• Fax: +45-39-55-07-07
• Web: www.zyxel.dk
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications A/S, Columbusvej, 2860 Soeborg, Denmark
Finland
• Telephone: +358-9-4780-8411
• Fax: +358-9-4780-8448
• Web: www.zyxel.fi
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications Oy, Malminkaari 10, 00700 Helsinki, Finland
France
• Telephone: +33-4-72-52-97-97
• Fax: +33-4-72-52-19-20
• Web: www.zyxel.fr
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL France, 1 rue des Vergers, Bat. 1 / C, 69760 Limonest, France

Germany
• Telephone: +49-2405-6909-69
• Fax: +49-2405-6909-99
• Web: www.zyxel.de
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Deutschland GmbH., Adenauerstr. 20/A2 D-52146, Wuerselen,
Germany
Hungary
• Telephone: +36-1-3361649
• Fax: +36-1-3259100
• Web: www.zyxel.hu
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Hungary, 48, Zoldlomb Str., H-1025, Budapest, Hungary
India
• Telephone: +91-11-30888144 to +91-11-30888153
• Fax: +91-11-30888149, +91-11-26810715
• Web: http://www.zyxel.in
• Regular Mail: India - ZyXEL Technology India Pvt Ltd., II-Floor, F2/9 Okhla Phase -1,
New Delhi 110020, India
Japan
• Telephone: +81-3-6847-3700
• Fax: +81-3-6847-3705
• Web: www.zyxel.co.jp
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Japan, 3F, Office T&U, 1-10-10 Higashi-Gotanda, Shinagawa-ku,
Tokyo 141-0022, Japan
Kazakhstan
• Support: http://zyxel.kz/support
• Telephone: +7-3272-590-698
• Fax: +7-3272-590-689
• Web: www.zyxel.kz
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Kazakhstan, 43 Dostyk Ave., Office 414, Dostyk Business Centre,
050010 Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan

Malaysia
• Telephone: +603-8076-9933
• Fax: +603-8076-9833
• Web: http://www.zyxel.com.my
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Malaysia Sdn Bhd., 1-02 & 1-03, Jalan Kenari 17F, Bandar
Puchong Jaya, 47100 Puchong, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia
North America
• Support Telephone: +1-800-978-7222
• Sales Telephone: +1-714-632-0882
• Fax: +1-714-632-0858
• Web: www.zyxel.com
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications Inc., 1130 N. Miller St., Anaheim, CA 92806-
2001, U.S.A.
Norway
• Telephone: +47-22-80-61-80
• Fax: +47-22-80-61-81
• Web: www.zyxel.no
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications A/S, Nils Hansens vei 13, 0667 Oslo, Norway
Poland
• Telephone: +48-22-333 8250
• Fax: +48-22-333 8251
• Web: www.pl.zyxel.com
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications, ul. Okrzei 1A, 03-715 Warszawa, Poland
Russia
• Support: http://zyxel.ru/support
• Telephone: +7-095-542-89-29
• Fax: +7-095-542-89-25
• Web: www.zyxel.ru
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Russia, Ostrovityanova 37a Str., Moscow 117279, Russia

Singapore
• Telephone: +65-6899-6678
• Fax: +65-6899-8887
• Web: http://www.zyxel.com.sg
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Singapore Pte Ltd., No. 2 International Business Park, The Strategy
#03-28, Singapore 609930
Spain
• Telephone: +34-902-195-420
• Fax: +34-913-005-345
• Web: www.zyxel.es
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications, Arte, 21 5ª planta, 28033 Madrid, Spain
Sweden
• Telephone: +46-31-744-7700
• Fax: +46-31-744-7701
• Web: www.zyxel.se
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications A/S, Sjöporten 4, 41764 Göteborg, Sweden
Taiwan
• Telephone: +886-2-27399889
• Fax: +886-2-27353220
• Web: http://www.zyxel.com.tw
• Address: Room B, 21F., No.333, Sec. 2, Dunhua S. Rd., Da-an District, Taipei
Thailand
• Telephone: +662-831-5315
• Fax: +662-831-5395
• Web: http://www.zyxel.co.th
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Thailand Co., Ltd., 1/1 Moo 2, Ratchaphruk Road, Bangrak-Noi,
Muang, Nonthaburi 11000, Thailand.

Turkey
• Telephone: +90 212 222 55 22
• Fax: +90-212-220-2526
• Web: http:www.zyxel.com.tr
• Address: Kaptanpasa Mahallesi Piyalepasa Bulvari Ortadogu Plaza N:14/13 K:6
Okmeydani/Sisli Istanbul/Turkey
Ukraine
• Telephone: +380-44-247-69-78
• Fax: +380-44-494-49-32
• Web: www.ua.zyxel.com
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Ukraine, 13, Pimonenko Str., Kiev 04050, Ukraine
United Kingdom
• Telephone: +44-1344-303044, 0845 122 0301 (UK only)
• Fax: +44-1344-303034
• Web: www.zyxel.co.uk
• Regular Mail: ZyXEL Communications UK Ltd., 11 The Courtyard, Eastern Road,
Bracknell, Berkshire RG12 2XB, United Kingdom (UK)

Index
Index
Numerics alert message 801

packet scan 801
real-time alert message 801
9600 baud 605 scanner types 310
Windows 98/Me requirements 801
anti-virus scan packet types 300
AP 654
A AP (access point) 789
Application Layer Gateway. See ALG.
access control 281 applications 52
active protocol 394 asymmetrical routes 274
AH 394 vs virtual interfaces 274
and encapsulation 394 AT command 621, 726
ESP 394
authentication 662
Address Assignment 479
authentication algorithms 388, 397
address assignment 182 and active protocol 388
ADP (Anomaly, Detection and Prevention) 277, 289 Authentication Header. See AH.
Advanced Encryption Standard authentication protocol 624, 631, 662
See AES.
AES 796
AH 394
and transport mode 395 B
ALG 531
RTP 532
SIP 534 backdoor 281
STUN 534 backup configuration 597, 726
allocated budget 624, 663 TFTP 728
antenna bandwidth class 465
directional 799 bandwidth management 465
gain 799 address type 475
omni-directional 799 bandwidth borrowing 473
anti-probing 263 bandwidth class 465
bandwidth filter 475
anti-spam 313
class configuration 473
action for no spam score 320
class setup 471
action for spam mails 317
maximize bandwidth usage 468, 469
concurrent e-mail sessions 318
monitor 478
customization 320
proportional allocation 466
excess e-mail sessions 318
root class 471
external database 314, 318
scheduler 469
external database service status 320
statistics 477
general 315
sub-class layers 471
invalid spam score 320
mail sessions threshold 318 Basic Service Set, See BSS 787
phishing 315 baud 605
score 315, 319 blacklist 314, 322
spam patterns 314 boot sector virus 310
tag for no spam score 320
BPDU 166
threshold 315, 319
bridge firewall 71, 161, 591, 593
anti-virus

Index
Bridge Protocol Data Unit. See BPDU. via console port 737
broadcast 152 connection ID/name 664
BSS 787 console port 605, 715
budget 663 configuration upload 737
budget management 740 data bits 605
file backup 729
buffer overflow 281
file upload 736
flow control 605
parity 605
restoring files 732
C settings 605
speed 715, 716
stop bit 605
CA 399, 794
contact information 809
call back delay 623
content filter general 328
call control 740
content filtering
call history 741
categories 327, 331
call scheduling 757 customizing 343
max number of schedule sets 757 days and times 327
PPPoE 759 filter list 327
precedence 757 restrict web features 327
setting up a schedule 758 URL for blocked access 331
call-triggering packet 721 copyright 805
certificate 364 CTS (Clear to Send) 790
Certificate Authority custom ports 267
See CA.
customer support 809
certificates 399
and IKE SA 390
CA 399
thumbprint algorithms 400
thumbprints 400 D
verifying fingerprints 400
Certification Authority. See CA. data bits 605
certifications 805 Data Terminal Ready. See DTR
notices 806 date setting 588, 742
viewing 807
daylight saving 589, 743
changing the password 610
Daytime time protocol 589
channel 789
DDNS
ID 233, 654
configuration 615
interference 789
host 617
CHAP 624, 631, 663 offline 617
CNM 514 type 617
command interpreter mode 739 use server detected IP 618
command line 727 wildcard 617
commands default configuration 63
FTP 727 default server IP address 441
computer names 152, 154 default settings 598
computer virus 300 Denial of Service. See DoS.
infection and prevention 310 device introduction 51
types 310 DHCP 82, 151, 152, 488, 635
concurrent e-mail sessions 318 Relay 635
configuration backup 597, 726 Server 635
TFTP 728 WAN 723
configuration information 599 DHCP clients 586
configuration restore 597, 730 DHCP table 82

Index
diagnostic 722 Ethernet

diagnostics 599 encapsulation 88, 639, 660
dial timeout 623 extended authentication 391
Diffie-Hellman key group 389 Extended Service Set IDentification. See ESSID.
Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS) 395 Extended Service Set, See ESS 788
digest 314 external database 314, 318
disclaimer 805
DMZ
IP alias setup 647
port filter setup 645 F
setup 645
TCP/IP setup 646
F/W version 716
DNS 513
factory defaults 598
DNS Server
factory-default configuration file 63
For VPN Host 480
FCC interference statement 805
DNS server address assignment 183
feature specifications 771
domain name 716
file backup
Domain Name System. See DNS.
console port 729
DoS 251, 265
file infector 310
drop timeout 623
file maintenance
DSL modem 661 over WAN 728
DTR 202, 622 file upload
Dynamic DNS 481, 488 console port 736
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. See DHCP. FTP 735
dynamic WEP key exchange 795 TFTP 735
DYNDNS Wildcard 480, 488 Xmodem 737
filename conventions 725
filter 628, 645, 666, 695
and NAT 706
E applying 707
configuration 695
configuring 698
EAP 245 DMZ 708
EAP Authentication 793 example 704
e-Donkey 281 filter rule execution 696
generic filter rule 702
e-mail attributes 316
incoming protocol 637
e-mail virus 310 IP filter logic flow 701
e-Mule 281 protocol 637
Encapsulating Security Payload. See ESP. remote node 709
encapsulation 640, 660, 664 structure 696
and active protocol 394 WLAN MAC address filter 656
transport mode 394 finding an IDP signature 284
tunnel mode 394 fingerprint ID 314
VPN 394 firewall
encryption 796 action for matched packets 263
WEP 235 activating 693
encryption algorithms 388, 397 address type 262, 333
and active protocol 388 anti-probing 263
entering information 607 creating/editing rules 260
ESP 394 custom ports 267
and transport mode 395 DoS 265
Dos threshold 265
ESS 788
maximum incomplete high 265
ESSID 230, 233, 654, 767 maximum incomplete low 265

Index
one minute high 265 I

one minute low 265
rules 251
rules for VPN 122, 127 IANA 150
service type 266 IBSS 787
SMT menus 693 iCard 144
stateful inspection 251 identifying
TCP maximum incomplete 265 legitimate e-mail 314
three-way handshake 275 spam 314
VPN 127
identity theft 315
when to use 707
idle timeout 624, 631, 662, 663
firmware
file maintenance 725 IDP
upload 595 policy query 283
firmware upload 733 IEEE 802.11g 791
FTP 733 IGMP 152
flow control 605 version 152
fragmentation threshold 790 IKE SA
aggressive mode 359, 391
From VPN traffic 120
and certificates 390
FTP 481, 509 and RADIUS 391
commands 727 authentication algorithms 388, 397
file upload 735 Diffie-Hellman key group 389
firmware upload 733 encryption algorithms 388, 397
GUI-based clients 728 extended authentication 391
restoring files 731 ID content 389
fuse ID type 389
replacement 781 IP address, remote IPSec router 360
type 769 IP address, ZyXEL Device 360
local identity 390
main mode 359, 391
NAT traversal 392
G negotiation mode 359
password 391
peer identity 390
gateway IP address 641, 665, 671 pre-shared key 389
general setup 585, 613 proposal 388
GMT 589 SA life time 396
Greenwich Mean Time. See GMT. user name 391
IMAP 315
incoming protocol filter 637
Independent Basic Service Set
H See IBSS 787
initialization vector (IV) 796
H.323 532 installation, freestanding 55
RTP 532 installing fuses 781
hardware installation 55 Internet access setup 88, 639, 640
Hello BPDU 166 Internet Assigned Number Authority. See IANA.
hidden menus 606 Internet Message Access Protocol. See IMAP.
hidden node 789 Internet Protocol Security. See IPSec.
HTTPS 504 intrusions
example 493 firewalls 294
HyperTerminal 729, 732, 737, 738 host 295
IDP 295
network 295
severity levels 282

Index
IP address link type 73

assignment 640, 665 loading a configuration file 597
pool 151, 154, 212, 222, 635 log 717
private 150
log and trace 717
IP alias 636
log facility 718
IP alias setup 636
login screen 606
DMZ 647
IP policy routing 457, 749
IP protocol type 262
IP routing policy 749 M
IP static route 669
active 670
destination IP address 671 MAC address 183, 620
name 670 filter 243, 656
route number 670 macro virus 310
IPSec 357 mail sessions threshold 318
established in two phases 358 main menu commands 606
local network 357 maintenance 585
NAT over 393
Management Information Base. See MIB.
remote IPSec router 357
remote network 357 managing subscription services 141
See also VPN. managing the device
IPSec SA good habits 54
active protocol 394 using FTP. See FTP.
authentication algorithms 388, 397 using Telnet. See command interface.
authentication key (manual keys) 395 using the command interface. See command
encapsulation 394 interface.
encryption algorithms 388, 397 Max Age 166
encryption key (manual keys) 395 maximum incomplete high 265
local and remote network any 393 maximum incomplete low 265
local policy 392 MBTF 769
manual keys 395
Mean Time Between Failures. See MBTF.
misconfiguration 393
nail up 396 Media Access Control. See MAC address.
Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS) 395 menu overview 609
proposal 395 Message Integrity Check (MIC) 796
remote policy 392 Message Integrity Check. See MIC.
SA life time 396
metric 171, 454, 626, 663, 666, 671
Security Parameter Index (SPI) (manual keys) 395
transport mode 394 MIB 511
tunnel mode 394 MIC 245
when IKE SA is disconnected 392, 396 MIME 314, 320, 322
IPSec SA. See also VPN. header 314, 323
ISP parameters 88 value 314, 324
multicast 152, 222, 626, 636, 666
Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions. See MIME.
mutation virus 310
L MyDoom 278, 295, 296, 297
mySecurityZone 291, 307
LAN 152 myZyXEL.com 141
port filter setup 633
setup 633
legitimate e-mail 314
levels of severity of intrusions 282
license key 144

Index
N packet scan 801

Pairwise Master Key (PMK) 796, 798
PAP 624, 631, 663
nailed-up connection 662, 664
parity 605
NAT 150, 435, 441, 442, 626, 641, 665, 666, 706
and VPN 392 password 61, 586, 606
application 449 Perfect Forward Secrecy. see PFS.
configuring 675 PFS 395
default server IP address 441 Diffie-Hellman key group 395
examples 683 phishing 315
in the SMT 673
phishing tag 317
inside global address 447
inside local address 447 PIN number 144
Many to Many No Overload 435 ping 724
Many to Many Overload 435 Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet. See PPPoE
Many to One 435 Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol. See PPTP.
mapping types 435 policy actions 282
NAT unfriendly applications 689 types 282
One to One 435
policy query, IDP 283
ordering rules 678
over IPSec 393 policy routing 457, 749
port forwarding 441 benefits 457
port restricted cone 449 cost savings 457
Server 435 criteria 458
server set 675 load sharing 457
Single User Account 436 policy severity
trigger port forwarding 690 levels 282
what NAT does 448 policy-based routing 457
NAT traversal 392, 519 polymorphic virus 310
navigation panel 74 pool of IP addresses 151, 154
NBNS 152, 154 POP2 315
NetBIOS 155 POP3 315, 318, 320
NetBIOS Name Server. See NBNS. port filter setup
Network Address Translation. See NAT. DMZ 645
Network Basic Input/Output System. See NetBIOS. LAN 633
Nimda 278, 295, 296 port forwarding 441
VPN 372
Nmap 281
port restricted cone NAT 449
NTP time protocol 589
port scans 277
port statistics 80
Post Office Protocol. See POP.
O PPPoE
client 642
encapsulation 89, 186, 639, 643, 660, 661, 662
one minute high 265 idle timeout 643
one minute low 265 PPTP 90, 189
online services center 141 Client 641
outgoing protocol filter 637 configuring a client 641
overlap in VPN 393 encapsulation 90, 189, 663
idle timeout 642
preamble mode 791
precedence 458
P private 455, 626, 666, 671
private IP address 150, 182
packet filtering 706 product overview 51

Index
product registration 807 host IP address 541, 542

protocol filter 637 protocol/port 541, 543
incoming 637 web site hits 541
outgoing 637 required fields 607
PSK 796 reset button 63
resetting the time 588
resetting the ZyWALL 63
restore configuration 597, 730
Q via console port 737
restoring factory defaults 598
QoS 457 restoring files
Quality of Service. See QoS. via console port 732
query view (IDP) 284 via FTP 731
retry count 623
retry interval 623
RFC 1058. See RIP.
R RFC 1305. See NTP time protocol.
RFC 1389. See RIP.
RADIUS 231, 244, 792 RFC 1466. See IP address.
and IKE SA 391 RFC 1597. See private IP address.
message types 244, 793 RFC 1631. See NAT.
messages 793 RFC 1889. See RTP.
shared secret key 244, 793
RFC 2131. See DHCP.
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol. See Rapid STP.
RFC 2132. See DHCP
Rapid STP 162
RFC 2138. See RADIUS.
Real time Transport Protocol. See RTP.
RFC 2139. See RADIUS.
real-time alert message 801
RFC 2402. See AH.
registering your ZyWALL 142
RFC 2406. See ESP.
registration
RFC 3489. See STUN.
product 807
RFC 867. See Daytime time protocol.
related documentation 3
RFC 868. See Time protocol.
reload factory-default configuration file 63
RIP 151, 626, 636, 637, 666
Remote Authentication Dial In User Service. See
direction 151, 637
RADIUS.
version 151, 637, 666
remote management 492, 745
routing 457
CNM 514
DNS 513 Routing Information Protocol. See RIP.
FTP 509 routing policy 458, 749
how SSH works 516 RSTP 162
HTTPS 504 RTC 587, 742
HTTPS example 493
RTP 532
limitations 492, 747
secure FTP using SSH 504 RTS (Request To Send) 790
secure telnet using SSH 502 threshold 789, 790
SNMP 510 rubber feet 55
SSH 507
SSH implementation 507
system timeout 492
Telnet 508 S
WWW 505
remote node 659
SA
filter 628, 666
life time 396
removing and installing fuses 781
safety warnings 6
reports 539

Index
scanner types 310 source-based routing 457

schedule 661, 664 spam 87, 313
duration 758 score 315
searching for IDP signatures 284 tag 317
secure FTP using SSH 504 Spanning Tree Protocol. See STP.
secure Telnet using SSH 502 spoofing 316
security associations. See VPN. SQL Slammer 296
security settings for VPN traffic 119 SSH 507
server set 675 how SSH works 516
implementation 507
service set 230, 233
stateful inspection firewall 251
service type 266, 640, 660
static route 669
services 141
stop bit 605
Session Initiation Protocol. See SIP.
STP 162, 166
severity levels of intrusions 282
BPDU 166
signature categories Hello BPDU 166
backdoor/trojan 281 how it works 166
buffer overflow 281 Max Age 166
IM 281 port states 167
P2P 281
STUN 534
scan 281
virus/worm 281 SUA 673
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol. See SMTP. subnet mask 150
Simple Traversal of User Datagram Protocol (UDP) subscription services 141
through Network Address Translators. See STUN. SYN scanning 281
Single User Account. See SUA. syntax conventions 4
SIP 534 syslog logging 718
RTP 532 system
SIP ALG 531 information 713
skip VPN overlap 393 maintenance 713
name 585, 613
SMT 605
status 713
changing the password 610
timeout 492
entering information 607
general setup 613 System Management Terminal. See SMT.
hidden menus 606
initial screen 605
login screen 606
main menu commands 606 T
menu overview 609
navigation 606
target market 51
password 606
required fields 607 task bar properties 802
SMTP 315, 318, 320 TCP maximum incomplete 265
SNMP 510 TCP/IP 664
community 711 and DHCP Ethernet setup 634
configuration 711 filter rule 700
Get 511 setup 635
GetNext 511 Telnet 508
manager 511 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol (TKIP) 796
MIB 511 Temporal Key Integrity Protocol. See TKIP.
password 711
terminal emulation 605
Set 511
Trap 511 TFTP
trusted host 711 configuration backup 728
file upload 735
source address 262, 334
GUI-based clients 729

Index
time 588 V
and date setting 742
Daylight Saving Time 589
resetting 588 Vantage CNM 514
synchronization with server 590 virtual address mapping 393
zone 589, 744 virtual address mapping over VPN 369
Time protocol 589 virtual interfaces
time protocol 589 vs asymmetrical routes 274
Daytime 589 vs triangle routes 274
NTP 589 Virtual Private Network. See VPN.
Time 589 virus 281
time setting 742 virus attack 300
timeout virus life cycle 310
system 492
virus scan 300
TKIP 245
VPN 189, 357
To VPN traffic 121 active protocol 394
ToS 457 adjust TCP maximum segment size 382
trace 717 and NAT 392
trademarks 805 and the firewall 122
traffic avoiding overlap 393
from VPN 120 certificate 364
redirect 197 From VPN traffic 120
to VPN 121 gateway policy 96, 361, 362
IPSec 357
transparent firewall 71, 161, 591, 593
IPSec SA. See IPSec SA.
triangle routes 274 local and remote network any 393
vs virtual interfaces 274 local and remote overlap 393
trigger port forwarding 690 avoiding 393
Trivial File Transfer Protocol. See TFTP. local policy 392
trojan horse 281 misconfiguration 393
NAT 393
troubleshooting 599
network policy 97, 113, 361, 367
Type of Service. See ToS. overlap 393
port forwarding 372
pre-shared key 364
proposal 388
U remote policy 392
security associations (SA) 358
security on traffic 119
unicast 152
skip overlap 393
Universal Plug and Play. See UPnP. To VPN traffic 121
unsolicited commercial e-mail 87, 313 virtual address mapping 369, 393
upgrading firmware 595 VPN. See also IKE SA, IPSec SA.
upload 737 VT100 terminal emulation 605
firmware 733
UPnP 519, 526
examples 520
forum 520 W
NAT traversal 519
port mapping 527
UPnP Implementers Corp. 520 WAN
user authentication 245 file maintenance 728
user profiles 427 WAN (Wide Area Network) 169
WAN DHCP 723
WAN IP address 182
WAN setup 619, 629

Index
warranty 807 file upload 737

note 807 protocol 726
web attack 282
web configurator 61
web site hits 541
WEP encryption 239, 242 Z
whitelist 314, 321
Wi-Fi Protected Access 795 ZyNOS 716, 726
Wi-Fi Protected Access. See WPA. ZyWALL registration 142
Windows Internet Naming Service. See WINS. ZyXEL’s Network Operating System. See ZyNOS.
WinPopup window 801
WINS 152, 154
WINS server 154
wireless channel 767
wireless client WPA supplicants 797
wireless LAN 767
wireless security 767, 791
wizard setup 87
WLAN
interference 789
IP alias 657
MAC address filter 656
security parameters 798
setup 653, 656
TCP/IP setup 657
worm 281, 296, 300
Blaster 296
SQL Slammer 296
WPA 231, 245, 795
key caching 796
pre-authentication 796
user authentication 796
vs WPA-PSK 796
wireless client supplicant 797
with RADIUS application example 797
WPA2 795
user authentication 796
vs WPA2-PSK 796
wireless client supplicant 797
with RADIUS application example 797
WPA2-Pre-Shared Key 795
WPA2-PSK 795, 796
application example 797
WPA-PSK 231, 795, 796
application example 797
WWW 505
www.dyndns.org 617
X
Xmodem 737

ZyWALL 5 - 4.04

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZyWALL 5 - 4.04

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZyWALL 5 - 4.04

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series

Internet Security Appliance

About This User's Guide

User Guide Feedback

ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide 3

4 ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide

Icons Used in Figures

ZyWALL Computer Notebook computer

Server Firewall Telephone

ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide 5

6 ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide

This product is recyclable. Dispose of it properly.

ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide 7

8 ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide

Getting to Know Your ZyWALL .................................................................................................. 51

Network ................................................................................................................................. 147

LAN Screens ........................................................................................................................... 149

Security ................................................................................................................................. 249

Firewall Screens ...................................................................................................................... 251

Advanced .............................................................................................................................. 433

Network Address Translation (NAT) ........................................................................................ 435

ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide 9

Reports, Logs and Maintenance ......................................................................................... 537

Reports Screens ...................................................................................................................... 539

SMT ....................................................................................................................................... 603

Introducing the SMT ................................................................................................................ 605

Troubleshooting and Product Specifications ................................................................... 761

Troubleshooting ....................................................................................................................... 763

Appendices and Index ......................................................................................................... 779

10 ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide

Contents Overview ................................................................................................................... 9

List of Figures ......................................................................................................................... 29

1.1 ZyWALL Internet Security Appliance Overview ................................................................... 51

2.1 General Installation Instructions .......................................................................................... 55

3.1 Web Configurator Overview ................................................................................................. 61

ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide 11

3.2 Accessing the ZyWALL Web Configurator .......................................................................... 61

4.1 Wizard Setup Overview ...................................................................................................... 87

5.1 Dynamic VPN Rule Configuration ..................................................................................... 109

12 ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide

6.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 141

Part II: Network..................................................................................... 147

7.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 149

ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide 13

8.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 161

9.1 Overview ............................................................................................................................ 169

10.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 207

14 ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide

11.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 219

12.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 229

Part III: Security.................................................................................... 249

13.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 251

ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide 15

13.7 The Firewall Thresholds Screen ..................................................................................... 264

14.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 277

15.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 299

16.1 Overview .......................................................................................................................... 313

16 ZyWALL 5/35/70 Series User’s Guide

16.1.1 What You Can Do in the Antispam Screens ........................................................... 313